GAU Catalog 2018-2019 by Girne American University

This catalog describes the programs offered and the policies, procedures and academic rules of the Girne American University (GAU).The university reserves the right through its established procedures, to modify the requirements for admission and graduation and to change other rules and regulations and provisions including those stated in this catalog and to refuse admission to any student or to require the withdrawal of a student if it is determined to be in the interest of the student or the University. For assistance with understanding University policies and procedures please contact the Registrarâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Office. Turkish students need to comply with the requirements of the Turkish Higher Education Authority (YĂ&#x2013;K), and especially those seeking military deferment should refer to the separate University regulations issued in Turkish to ensure they satisfy the detailed conditions for entry, academic good-standing and graduation requirements as required by YĂ&#x2013;K. This catalogue is updated every Summer Semester, and a new version is printed in every Fall Semester.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

2018 - 2019 ACADEMIC YEAR CATALOG GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CONTENTS Chancellor’s Welcome

Honorary Chairman’s Message

Rector’s Message

Administration

About Girne American University

Admission

Financial Aid & Scholarships

Academic Regulations

Study Abroad Opportunities

Student Accommodation

Social Life

Academic Calendar

Library, Research Centers & Laboratories

On-Campus Resources

Campus Map

List of Academic Programs

Faculties & Schools

Faculty of Architecture, Design & Fine Arts

Faculty of Business & Economics

Faculty of Communication

Faculty of Education

Faculty of Engineering

Faculty of Health Sciences

Faculty of Humanities

Faculty of Law

Faculty of Pharmacy

Faculty of Political Science

School of Aviation

School of Physical Education & Sports

School of Performing Arts

School of Applied Social Sciences

School of Marine & Transportation

Vocational School: Two-year Associate Degree Programs

The Graduate School: Master’s Programs

112

The Graduate School: PhD Programs

117

Course Descriptions

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EAST CAMPUS

WELCOME

to GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Hoşgeldiniz Ve l k o m m e n Bienvenue Wo l k o m

Welcome to the Girne American University, This Catalog is aimed to provide a snapshot of our University’s programs and policies, and also a glimpse into our distinct University culture. As we approach our 50th year, we remain committed to being a university that does not consider education as a preparation for life, but rather sees education as the life itself. We support our students in their pursuit of knowledge and help them embrace the boundless possibilities this world has to offer. With approximately 20,000 students from 135+ countries, studying in over 150+ courses, Girne American University offers its students a great cosmopolitan atmosphere in one of the world’s most scenic campuses. Through our international accreditations, and agreements, Girne American University Diploma is highly regarded worldwide. I wish you every success,

Willkommen Bienvenido Va l k o m m e n Shalom

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Dr. Serhat Akpınar Chancellor of the Girne American University

Welcome to Girne American University! Education can be life changing and has a huge impact on our lives, providing us with many opportunities that we wouldnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t have otherwise. In order for you to develop your character and personal skills, your learning is necessary so that you can introduce yourself to others. This is the constant goal of Girne American University, as it is our motto to act in a way that will enable your; young, healthy, well-balanced personality to be achieved with the best quality education possible.

At GAU; one of the largest and most well established university providing higher education in North Cyprus, we are very proud of the success of our students, the quality of our teaching, the support we provide and the excellent facilities and resources in the centre Kyrenia. We are proud to have a diverse range of students at GAU and whatever your age, background or qualifications, we are sure that we can help you to realise your aspirations. Direct your future with GAU. The path to perfection that enlightens the future with the power it has acquired from past achievements. With best wishes, Memduh Erdal Honorary Chairman of Girne American University

As an institution approaching its 35th year in education, Girne American University is pushing the frontiers in providing a world-class education to its students from over 110 countries. With our accreditations, and our international campuses, GAU is positioning itself among the leading higher education institutions in the world. This Catalog is an invaluable resource of our university’s rules and regulations, and provides in-depth information of our academic programs instructed in English. You may visit our website for more information on our Turkish programs.

Yours Sincerely,

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Prof. Dr. Kutsal Öztürk Rector of Girne American University

ADMINISTRATION RECTOR: Prof. Dr. Kutsal Öztürk VICE RECTOR: Prof. Dr. Ali Haydar VICE RECTOR : Asc. Prof. Dr. Mehmet Zeki Avci VICE RECTOR: Asc. Prof. Dr. Sualp Davut DIRECTOR of ADMISSIONS & REGISTRAR: Ms. Zerrin Gürler DEANS Faculty of Architecture, Design & Fine Arts: Asc. Prof. Dr. Mehmet Adil Faculty of Business & Economics: Asc. Prof. Dr. Murat Akkaya Faculty of Communication: Asc. Prof. Dr. Remziye Terkan Faculty of Education: Prof. Dr. Mehmet Arslan Faculty of Engineering: Prof. Dr. Ali Haydar Faculty of Health Sciences: Prof. Dr. Tülin Bodamyalı Faculty of Humanities: Prof. Dr. Çiçek Ağayeva 12

Faculty of Law: Prof. Dr. Meltem Dikmen Faculty of Pharmacy: Prof. Dr. K. Turay Yardımcı Faculty of Political Science: Prof. Dr. Aykut Toros DIRECTORS School of Applied Social Sciences: Ast. Prof. Dr. Feriha Dikmen School of Aviation: Ast. Prof. Dr. Ceren Ulusoy School of Health Sciences: Dr. Ali Fuat Atalay School of Marine & Transportation: Prof. Dr. Hatice Funda Yercan School of Nursing: Asc. Prof. Dr. Mehmet Zeki Avcı School of Performing Arts: Ms. Mafalda Deville & Ms. Sevim Akpınar School of Physical Education & Sports: Prof. Dr. Mustafa Ferit Acar Vocational School: Asc. Prof. Dr. Murat Akkaya The Graduate School: Prof. Dr. Barlas Aytaçoğlu English Foundation School: Mrs. Hatice Asvaroğlu

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ABOUT GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY 1. Mission & Core Values Over its history GAU has been guided by its focus on five core values: access, speed, relevance, value and community. GAU is dedicated to making American model learning opportunities accessible throughout life and to making them challenging and relevant to a diverse population of young adults. Its aim is to make possible an education that is at the same time both accessible and excellent. It does this through exceptional management of the University operations and resources, innovative delivery systems, student services and relevant Programs that are learner centered, success-oriented and responsive to technology. In support of its mission, a Program has been initiated to transform all courses into digital format. This effective format for course presentation is a practical expression of one of the University’s core values - that of providing access to higher education. The format helps students to complete their Programs expeditiously, thus reflecting another core value of speed.

ABOUT GAU

Another aspect of speed is the ability to make adjustments in the curricula to keep abreast of developments in each field. In this way GAU is able to offer new Programs promptly when new needs and opportunities present themselves. This responsiveness supports the core value of relevance. Even as GAU works to provide Programs that are current and relevant it also strives to provide them at an affordable price so that the student receives value. As GAU has matured the University has recognized that it cannot succeed without a sense of community. This it strives to achieve by creating an atmosphere of mutual respect, openness, honesty and attentiveness to the core values. The University has made significant progress in creating such a community among its members and it has thereby created opportunities for students to gain an appreciation of their own role in the community by building experience at local and global level. At GAU we strive to reach the unreachable, to provide learning and to encourage educational development worldwide.

2. History of GAU Girne American University was founded in 1985 and has grown from its small beginnings to being a very strong university with 20,000 students. Over the course of the years, University has grown from its campus in Girne to being a global institution. In the spirit of globalization, GAU has no borders and has established study abroad campuses in three different continents with its Canterbury, Hong Kong, Washington DC and Istanbul campuses. GAU is a university which provides high standards of education for the students of over 135 different countries and also it is the first university in North Cyprus that had been granted the accreditation of the academic programs from the world wide recognized accreditation institutions. In the Eduniversal rankings, GAU is emphasized as “One of the Best 100 Higher Education Provider Universities” followed by the result of the research “Best Higher Education Provider Universities” (www.best-masters.com) undertaken between 100 thousand of students and masters programs` analysis of 153 countries.

3. American System of University Education Girne American University was founded in 1985 as an independent, non-profit institution of higher education. From its outset it has focused on providing access to the American System of learning and has established strong links with forward-looking American partners. Girne American University conforms to the academic calendar used throughout the United States. The academic year consists of 15 week Spring and Fall Semesters and a 7 week Summer Term. Students typically enrol in a total of six courses (subjects) during Fall and Spring Semesters (together) and up to three courses in the summer. Known for its flexibility, the American educational system has several distinctive features. First, it provides a broader and more varied education than many other systems by giving its students three kinds of courses. These comprise general education courses for all students, regardless of their specialty, required courses within their chosen field, and electives. The American system also assesses its students continuously from the beginning, by assigning grades at regular intervals through class work and examinations given by the instructors, who know each student’s strengths and weaknesses, rather than solely by impersonal external boards of examiners, as in other systems. Thus students are always informed about their own progress. The American system measures this progress in credit hours, of which the student must earn 120 - 150, depending upon the

chosen specialization to graduate with a Bachelor’s degree, the standard US university degree. One credit (or credit hour) typically requires 15 hours of classroom instruction. For example, a student attending a class for three hours a week for a full 14 week semester (plus 1 week of exams) will receive three credits for the course. Half credits are typically awarded for practical classes. American students enter the university after twelve years of schooling at about the age of eighteen. At this point the student is called a freshman (first-year). After earning 30 credits students become sophomores (second-year), after 60 juniors (third-year),

to the emphasize the importance of these academic freedoms in commemoration of University’s 30th year of founding. Therefore articulates University’s main academic freedoms and obligations as follows.

and after 90 seniors (fourth-year).

2. The faculty members, administration and staff-at-large at the University are responsible for the protection of academic freedoms of each member of the University in their artistic or scholarly expression of his or her opinion, free from ideological pressure, and that their jobs shall never be in jeopardy because of their political views.

4. GAU’s Academic Principles & Policies All staff, faculty and students of the GAU are expected to abide by the content of the following principles and declarations at all times. Further details on the scope of these principles and policies can be found online or from the Rectorate.

Statement of Academic Integrity As a reputable higher education institution, GAU upholds the principle of academic integrity at all levels of teaching, research and creative work and learning that is pursued by our staff and by our students. All GAU Community must obey the rules of honest scholarship in production of knowledge. All academic work must result from an individual’s own efforts. All published work must meet the rigorous standards set forth by the GAU Senate. Academic work completed by someone other than the person himself or in any other dishonest way is considered fraudulent and such cases are referred to the GAU Disciplinary Committee. Students are encouraged to make use of university resources, such as the Academic Writing Center, to receive assistance on how to avoid plagiarism.

Declaration of Academic Freedoms

Recognizing and Reaffirming to the principles articulated in the UNESCO World Conference of Higher Education in 2009, as well as the Preamble and Bylaws of the International Association of Universities, Girne American University takes it upon itself

3. University does not and shall not attempt to influence, control or manipulate individual opinion(s) or the public expression of that opinion(s) of any member of the University community. 4. Right to academic freedom carries with it the duty to use that freedom to reflect highest ethical values, as well as commitment to excellence, innovation, teaching and research at an individual level and in a collaborative spirit of one’s profession. 5. University respects the expression of opinion and choice of association by its members in their private civic capacity.

6. University recognizes its active role in safeguarding these freedoms through clear and continuous communication of ethical obligations and responsibilities of the university community.

Non-Discrimination Policy One of key principles for Girne American University is equal opportunity. GAU respects all of its members (student, faculty, and staff) without any discrimination for their gender, religion, national and ethnic origin, race, color, physical disability, physical appearance, marital status, sexual orientation, age, or political leaning. This principle is reflected in all of GAU’s administration of its educational programs, admission, scholarship and employment decisions and policies.GAU maintains a grievance procedure for faculty or staff who experiences discrimination. Inquiries should be addressed to the office of the Rector.

Sexual Harassment Policy GAU is committed to providing a positive learning, working and living environment for all members of our community. Any kind of non-consensual sexual advances, gender-based violence,

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Mindful of the role the International Society has entrusted to the Universities in betterment of the common good, advancement and dissemination of values that shape and foster the human dignity, freedoms and justice for the betterment of the human civilization as a whole, the Girne American University’s Board of Trustees, University Senate, Executive Board, Faculty and Staff jointly take responsibility for assuring the fullest protection of freedoms in its community’s conduct of inquiry, scholarly and artistic expression, and other forms of conduct in their pursuit of truth and production of knowledge.

1. All university community members who are engaged in the practice of dissemination of knowledge, are entitled to freedom in the conduct of their teaching, research, publication, discussion and interpretation in their production of knowledge and in facilitation of learning.

or disturbing acts that lead to an undesirable environment of an individual can fall under sexual harassment. University operates on a zero-tolerance policy, and does not ignore sexual harassment and assault cases under any circumstance. Individuals who suspect that they have experienced or witnessed sexual harassment are encouraged to speak with their faculty advisor or line manager. Otherwise, written appeals can be addressed to the Disciplinary Committee of the Rectorate. University offers follow-up on sexual harassment cases, and provides counseling services for the victims.

5. Accreditations & International Standards

ABOUT GAU

Girne American University (GAU) is nationally accredited by The Higher Education Planning, Evaluation, Accreditation and Coordination Council (YODAK) of North Cyprus and The Council of Higher Education (YOK) of Turkey. Girne American University’s academic programs are nationally accredited by the Ministries of Education of various countries including the Higher Education Commission of Pakistan and by the equivalent authorities in U.A.E, Jordan, Oman, Thailand, Iran, Palestine, Iraq, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan and is generally recognized in Central Asian countries. GAU is also recognized in the United Kingdom by the National Recognition Information Centre (NARIC), important for those students wishing to transfer or later use their qualifications in Europe. We maintain these accreditations and memberships to continuously enhance the quality of the education we provide. The accrediting bodies monitor and confirm the quality of our education provision. It is our policy to conform to the requirements of the several relevant accrediting bodies and to seek accreditation from additional bodies as appropriate. Our professional memberships act as a forum for exchanging the latest ideas and innovations in the field of higher education. As a result of these initiatives our degrees and diplomas are routinely recognized for transfer by universities in the USA, Europe and elsewhere.

Business and Management Faculty The University has received specialized accreditation for its business programs through the International Assembly for Collegiate Business Education (IACBE), located in Lenexa, Kansas, USA. The IACBE is the primary accrediting body for specialist business colleges and schools in the USA and has international standing. University’s Business bachelor and master courses are also accredited by the European Council for Business Education (ECBE).

Engineering Faculty Accredited by Agency Specialized in Accrediting Degree Programs in Engineering, Informatics, Natural Sciences and Mathematics (ASIIN) and European Accreditation of Engineering programmers (EUR-ACE) by European Network for Accreditation of Engineering Education, (ENAEE).

Foundation School Accredited by Educational Excellence (EDEXCEL) and Excellence in Language Education (EAQUALS)

GAU Canterbury Campus is accredited by British Council (BC), British Accreditation Council (BAC), UK Campus, OPENAWARDS.

Tourism and Hospitality Faculty Accredited member of the United Nations World Tourism Organization (UNWTO) and earned the TedQual (Tourism Education Quality).

School of Transportation, Marine & School Aviation

GAU degree programs recognized by Turkish Republic’s Ministry of Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications (UDH), Directorate General of Civil Aviation (DGCA). University is a member of various international organizations: • European Council of International Schools (ECIS), • European Council for Business Education (ECBE), • International Association of Universities (IAU) of UNESCO, • European Foundation for Management Development (EFMD), • Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP), • European Association for Architectural Education (EAAE), • Federation of the Universities of the Islamic World (FUIW), • International Vocational Education and Training Association (IVETA), • Leading Hotel Schools in Europe (EURHODIP), • European Association for International Education (EAIE), • American Hotel & Lodging Educational Institute (AHLA), • World Tourism Forum (AMFORT), • International Hotel & Restaurant Association (IH-RA), • Institute of Hospitality (HCIMA), • SKAL International, • National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA), • International Scientific Committee of the Eduniversal,

• Cyprus Universities Association (CUA), • International Search and Rescue Council of Universities (IUSARC), • European University Continuing Education Network (EUCEN), • Northern Cyprus Universities Consortium (NCUC) • Observatory Magna Charta Universitatum • Mediterranean Universities Union (UNIMED).

6. International Cooperation & Articulations The University has a policy of seeking association and articulation agreements with relevant universities and other institutions of higher education abroad and to encourage the exchange of students and academics. We already have signed various cooperation agreements with 127 universities worldwide. Please consult www.gau.edu.tr for the list of academic cooporations

7. International Initiatives Girne American University is a signatory of the Magna Charta Universitatum declaration of academic freedoms. Also a member and a proud support of the united nations global compact in promotion of Sustainable Development Goals (SDG).

ADMISSION 1. International Admissions Office

The office provides personal support to all international students, referring them to the Student Services office where appropriate. The International Admissions office also assists in the production of publicity materials for the University and information relating to the Admission procedure on the GAU website. Admission Enquiries International Admissions Office Girne American University University Drive, Girne - North Cyprus, Via Mersin 10, TURKEY

2. Application Process The formal academic year starts at the beginning of October with the commencement of the Fall Semester. However, entry in February and June is also possible. We accept applications on a rolling basis. Students are required to submit the GAU application form for Undergraduate Programs or the Graduate Program application form either online or via mail. These application forms can be found online on www.gau.edu.tr. Alternatively, you can request an application form from the GAU Admissions Office by post, fax or email. The application forms will be sent together with details of GAU Programs, tuition and other fees. In addition to the Application Form, students are required to submit the documents outlined below. Please note that all documents must be in English or have a legal translation. At the initial application stage copies of these documents are acceptable. Students must submit original copies of all the documents previously sent to the International Admissions Office upon their arrival at the university. In addition to the required documents listed below, University may require other documents from certain nationalities. English Language Requirement: Students without internationally recognized certificates of English competence or those who have not scored sufficiently will be tested upon arrival at the university. The result of the exam will allocate a student either to appropriate level of GAU’s Foundation English Program (FEP) or to their chosen department of study.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

The International Admissions office is responsible for responding to all initial enquiries from international students regarding the admission procedure and registration process into the University. The International Admissions office also liaises with all international recruitment agents of the University. During the admission process, the office evaluates documents of potential students in order to determine their eligibility and provide adequate information on visa requirements for all prospective students to the University. All received applications are assessed individually, and particular attention is paid to the appropriateness of the course for the prospective student, the equivalence of previously obtained qualifications, language proficiency, fees and course duration. The office liaises with Academic Advisors where necessary to determine a prospective student’s eligibility. The International Admissions office is responsible for issuing provisional acceptance letters and final acceptance letters for all international students. The office also provides additional information and documentation to assist with student visa applications when required. The office keeps and maintains a computerized database of international student records, analyses of recruitment data and produces reports for academic and marketing purposes. The office also works directly and responds to queries from the student accounts and Registrars

office. The office has a direct working relationship with the respective Dormitory Managers and advises prospective students of accommodation details/options and provides necessary induction and orientation advice upon the arrival of the student to the University.

A. Undergraduate Applicants All applicants are required to provide the documents listed below. Please note that all original academic documents should be translated into English and certified either by the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs or the Turkish Embassy in the home country. •

GAU Undergraduate Application Form;

•

High School Diploma/Certificate;

•

For entry into our degree programs we require 12 years of full-time school education and evidence that the required level of academic performance has been achieved. GCSE, A Level;

andequivalent

•

Evidence of English Competence: TOEFL, IELTS or equivalent if available. If not, then the student will be tested upon arrival at the university;

•

Bachelor Degree Certificate and official transcript: An appropriate bachelor’s degree or its equivalent and official transcripts or academic records for all university-level studies that have been completed;

•

Copies of all other academic certificates and transcripts;

•

Photocopy of Passport.

•

Please note that graduate applicants may be required to take “bridging courses.” The final decision is made by the Dean of the relevant faculty. In such cases bridging courses should be paid in addition to the program fees.

International Baccalaureate and equivalent qualifications are recognized;

•

Evidence of English Competence: TOEFL, IELTS or equivalent if available. If not, then the student will be tested upon arrival at the university;

D. PhD Applicants •

GAU Graduate School Application Form

•

Copies of all other academic certificates and transcripts;

•

Photocopy of Passport.

High School Diploma/Certificate: For entry into our degree programs we require 12 years of full-time school education;

•

Evidence of English Competence: TOEFL, IELTS or equivalent if available. If not, then the student will be tested upon arrival at the university;

•

Bachelor Degree Certificate and official transcripts: An appropriate bachelor’s degree or its equivalent and official transcripts or academic records for all university-level studies have been completed;

Transfer and graduate students should also provide the following documents: •

GAU undergraduate Application Form;

•

High School Diploma/Certificate: For entry into our degree programs we require 12 years of full- time school education and evidence that the required level of academic performance has been achieved. GCSE, A Level, International Baccalaureate and equivalent qualifications are recognized;

•

Evidence of English Competence: TOEFL, IELTS or equivalent if available. If not, then the student will be tested upon arrival at the university;

Master Degree Certificate and accompanying transcript: An appropriate Master’s degree or its equivalent and official transcripts or academic records for all universitylevel studies must have been completed;

•

Recent CV;

•

3 Reference Letters;

•

Copies of all other academic certificates and transcripts;

•

Photocopy of Passport.

•

Please note that graduate applicants maybe required to take “bridging courses.” The final decision is made by the Dean of the relevant faculty. In such cases bridging courses should be paid in addition to the program fees.

•

Phd students maybe required to submit cited publications to the Graduate School upon request during period of study.

• ABOUT GAU

A Level, International Baccalaureate qualifications are recognized;

•

B. Transfer Undergraduate Applicants

•

Copy of the official transcript for the current Bachelor Degree studies along with the course description and grading policy of the University of study;

•

Copies of all other academic certificates and transcripts;

•

Photocopy of Passport.

C. Master Degree Applicants GAU Graduate School Application Form High School Diploma/Certificate: For entry into our degree programs we require 12 years of full-time school education and evidence that the required level of academic performance has been achieved. GCSE,

Other Required Documents for all applicants: •

Health Report: This should be from a Government Hospital in the home town or city. In order to satisfy requirements for

the university it is mandatory to have a medical check for illnesses such as HIV, Hepatitis B and Typhus; •

Application Fee: Evidence of payment of a non-refundable application fee. The payment could be made via transfer to GAU’s Bank Account.

Next Steps: After the applications are received, GAU reviews the applications. If the application materials are in order and complies with GAU’s Admission Requirements, we will post, fax or email a letter confirming the decision of the Admission’s Office to the applicant.

3. Registration Process To register at GAU, on arrival, the student will need to provide the following: •

All the original documents and attested translations that were previously sent;

•

12 passport-size photos;

•

Sufficient funds to pay for the tuition and living costs including accommodation;

•

Sufficient additional funds for the general living expenses.

4. Travel Arrangements Once the transit visa to Turkey is obtained a student is ready to travel to Northern Cyprus and to complete on-campus registration with GAU. The final destination should be Ercan Airport in Lefkosa (Nicosia), North Cyprus. The International Admissions Office should be informed of the student’s scheduled arrival date and time as soon as their flight ticket is purchased to facilitate students’ airport pickup.

GAU offers 50 % Tuition Fee Reduction to all prospective international students for Associate, Bachelor or Master Degree Programs. Additional support is available during the course of student’s studies:

1. Merit-Based Awards: Academic Scholarships Students, who are registered to a program at GAU and completed at least two semesters of their studying by achieving minimum 3.50 GPA can apply to benefit from academic scholarship Academic

2. Tuition Assistance: Sports Scholarships Sport Scholarship students who are accepted by our School of Sports to represent the university in GAU Sports Teams will be eligible for a 25% to 100% Tuition Fee Scholarship.

3. Need-Based Awards: Work Team Scholarships Students who declare need are considered for GAU’s “workteam” scholarships. They can work equivalent to scholarships at our University’s relevant units and facilities.

*Scholarships/Discounts Policy: The tuition fee scholarship/discount that is given to a student at the time of registration to the University is valid throughout the studies of the student.

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

1. Registration & Course Enrolment Academic Advisor Each student at the University is assigned an Academic Advisor who assists the student with matters related to scheduling, course selection after the online registration approval, registration, and related matters. The advisor is usually a faculty member in the academic department in which the student is enrolled. The advisor plays a key role in the student’s progress through University studies. It is the student’s ultimate responsibility to meet all University requirements, and it is the responsibility of the Office of the Registrar to ascertain and certify that these requirements have been met. Students must obtain their advisor’s approval for the following transactions: registration, selection of core and elective courses, adding, dropping or withdrawing courses from the schedule. Students are encouraged to visit their advisors during their office hours.

Academic Year & Semester A student’s annual academic activities normally take place in an academic year consisting of two periods of study of at least

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

FINANCIAL AID & SCHOLARSHIPS

scholarships are competitive, merit-based and therefore is not guaranteed. Students who withdraw from a course are, liable to lose their entitlement to a scholarship. Upon completion of the University’s Foundation English School top performing students are awarded with additional scholarships.

15 weeks each, including the schedule of final examinations. These two periods of study are referred to as the fall and spring semesters. First, Second, Third, and Fourth-Year students are designated “freshmen,” sophomores,” “juniors” and “seniors,’’ respectively. ”Semester” is a unit of time in the academic calendar. The duration of a semester is at least 70 working days, approximately 15 weeks. The normal duration of a fouryear Program is 8 semesters, and for a two-year Program it is 4 semesters.

Adding, Dropping& Withdrawing Courses With the approval of their Academic Advisor and the Chair of the Department, students may request the addition or removal of courses in their schedule up until the date announced for the end of Add/Drops. This is typically two weeks after the end of official registration. Adds will normally be allowed provided the allowed course load is not exceeded and no clashes are created. Turkish students dropping courses, and their advisors, should be aware that the total number of courses registered should not fall below that required to be considered as a full-time student. Course withdrawal may take place not later than the official date announced which is typically one week before the start of final exams.

A withdrawal will be indicated by a “W” on the transcript No credit is given for a Withdrawn course in the assessment of the overall performance. No refunds are due for withdrawn courses. Students on scholarship should be aware that they are liable to forfeit the scholarship by withdrawing.

ABOUT GAU

Attendance

load is shown in the Program schedules of each department. A student who is in his/her last academic semester before graduation may be permitted to register for a higher course loads than normal by his/her Academic Advisor, and with the approval of the Chair of the Department.

Course Registration Immediately prior to the commencement of classes each semester, certain days are designated in the academic calendar for formal registration and course enrolment. The enrolment procedure is initiated by paying the tuition and fees prescribed for that semester. At this time, all students are advised by an academic adviser and provided with the class schedules. Students must register for all mandatory courses offered in the fall and spring semesters of the freshman year. Students in probationary standing must register within the rules laid down (see below). All registration must be completed in person. Registration by proxy or mail is not accepted. The current system used by the University is on-line based system where students log in with their assigned student number and personal password (distributed by the Admissions Office). Students must make every effort to register on time in order to benefit fully from their classes. Late registrations may, exceptionally, be accepted but the student will be required to pay the penalty in force at that time. This penalty is progressive with time to discourage late registration.

Credit-Hour One credit hour is equivalent to one lecture hour per week completed for a full 15 week semester. Laboratory or tutorial work is generally considered equivalent to half a credit-hour.

The benefits of academic study come not only from independent study and the preparation of materials for formal grading, but also from participation in class and laboratory activities. Regular attendance of GAU students is therefore required in all registered courses. University regulations do not permit unexcused absence or tardiness. Faculty members may report an “NG” grade if unexcused absences are excessive. Such action may be taken when the number of unexcused absences exceeds 25% of the total class hours scheduled for the course. Students should be aware, that course grades can be adversely affected through absence, whether excused or unexcused.

Thus a course consisting of both lecture and laboratory/tutorial

Course Load

actions as described in the “Disciplinary Regulations” may be

Course load is defined as the number of credit-hours for which a student is registered in a semester. A typical course load for GAU students varies between 15 and 22 credit-hours, depending upon the Program chosen. During a Summer Semester, students typically carry loads from 3 to 9 credit-hours. The normal course

sessions, and meeting for 3 lecture hours and 2 laboratory/tutorial hours weekly would be assigned 4 credit hours, and is shown as (3,2)4 in degree Program descriptions.

Disciplinary Regulations The principles of truth, honesty and proper social behaviour are fundamental to GAU. It is expected that both faculty and students will honour these principles. In the event of academic dishonesty or improper behaviour that could harm the University, disciplinary enforced by the Disciplinary Committee of the University.

Double Major & Minor Degrees In certain Departments it is permissible for students to apply to take a “Double Major.” The academic requirements are set down by the

respective Faculties and their Department. A student may apply to take a double major only if his/her CGPA is at least 3.00. A student must normally apply in the period between the third and fifth semester, inclusive. A student successfully completing both Programs will receive a separate degree and diploma for each degree. A student

should note, however, the limitations placed by YOK regulations on the minimum time required for the completion of degree Programs. It is in the student’s interest to ensure that his/her Dean is aware of any summer course requirements before the end of the previous semester in order that efforts can be made to meet those needs.

is permitted to withdraw from one of his majors and continue to

2. Examinations & Grading

complete the other. In certain faculties a student is able to add a Minor

American & European Credit Systems

to his main, Major Program. A successful student will be awarded a diploma annotated to show both the Major and Minor qualifications. To qualify for the addition of a Minor a student must have a CGPA of at least 2.50 and fulfill the additional requirements specified by the relevant Department.

Guest Students A student who does not register in any Program, but who is permitted to attend some lectures, is given the status of Guest Student. No diploma or degree is conferred upon such a student, but successful students receive a certificate prepared by the Registrar’s Office. Permission for this status is considered by the Chair of a Department, together with the Rector’s Office.

Internship

Course credits are shown (American style) in the Program outlines and the with the course descriptions as follows: (3,0)3, where the first digit represents the class hours per week, the second digit shows the practical or laboratory hours per week and the digit following the bracket gives the total credit hours for the course. Typically laboratory hours carry half credit values. To facilitate the transfer and the mobility of students within Europe, GAU is implementing, in parallel, the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS). In this system all hours worked on a course earn credit, including class work, practical and projects or home assignments. Thus ECTS values are typically roughly twice the American value.

Correction of Grades Once recorded in the Office of the Registrar, grades may be corrected or otherwise amended only if a written explanation, together with

Many Programs require students to take part in industrial work relating to their fields of study. Such training is coordinated by the Department Heads and can be either local or abroad. Students may not enrol for summer courses simultaneously with an Internship or any other practical experience Program in summer.

supporting documentation, is submitted to the appropriate Dean by

Non-Credit Courses

of the announcement of grades. If, following discussion with the

Part-Time Students Exceptionally, a student may be allowed to register for a course load of less than 15 credit-hours with the consent of the Faculty and approval of the Office of the Rector. Students are normally required to pay the full semester fee whatever their load and special dispensation is required in order to pay a fee proportional to the course load taken.

Summer Semester The Summer half-semester is arranged mainly to help students wishing to improve their grades and also for students with a CGPA of at least 3.00 who wish to accelerate their progress. Turkish students

who feels strongly that s/he has received an in-semester grade that is improper, has the right of formal appeal. The student must promptly discuss the matter with the instructor of the course within one week instructor, the student still feels that the grade is improper, s/he may, within the following three days, present the case to the Chair of the Department. The appeal is considered by a committee appointed by the Dean of the Faculty; a decision is reached and submitted to the Executive Board for ratification. If end-of-semester grades are in question, then the time limit for a student to discuss the matter with his/her instructor is extended until the last day of registration for the following semester.

Examinations & Student Evaluation The respective Faculty Deans and the Director of the English Foundation School prepare schedules of examinations well before the examination period designated for each semester. The Deans attempt to ensure that number of students with multiple examinations on a single day is reduced to the minimum. Individual conflicts that may arise from the schedule should be reconciled with the assistance of the

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Students following the Higher Education Council’s (YOK) of the Republic of Turkey regulations are required to study non-credit subjects in Turkish Language and National History as indicated in the Programs shown in the catalogue. International students are not required to complete these courses.

the Instructor and then approved formally by the Rectorate. A student,

respective Dean’s office. A minimum of one mid-term examination, a final examination, plus quizzes or tests are held. The course syllabi provide detailed outlines of each course and information on the grading system and the relative weights of the examinations and course work. Following Final Exams the instructors will combine midterm and final exam marks, quizzes and course work for each student and each class. The marks will be weighted as specified in the syllabus for the respective course, and an overall percentage mark for the course computed. This mark will be converted to a letter grade according to the table below: Mark

(90-100) %

(85-89) %

A-

(80-84) %

B+

(75-79) %

(70-74) %

B-

(65-69) %

C+

(60-64) %

(55-59) %

C-

(50-54) %

D+

(45-49) %

(0-44) %

ABOUT GAU

Grade

Grading Faculty members have the responsibility of providing the University with an individual evaluation of the work of each student in their classes. Grade reports are normally received in the Office of the Registrar immediately after the final examination period for each term, and end-of-course grades are entered on each student’s academic record at the close of each term. Twelve grades, ranging from “superior” to “failure” (A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, F), are awarded. The letter grades are indexed to Grade-Point equivalents as follows:

The following additional symbols are used on the student transcript. “W” - Withdrawn, indicates approved withdrawal from a course within the specified time limits. The latest withdrawal date is announced officially and is typically one week before the start of final exams. The right to withdraw lies with the student. “I” - Incomplete, may be employed exceptionally in cases where a student has been authorised to delay completion of coursework due to serious illness or death of a close family member. The student must apply for an Incomplete using the appropriate official form and submitting documentary evidence to support the application. An “I” grade must be replaced with a normal grade not later than two weeks following the start of the following semester by completing any additional course work and exams as specified by the Department Chair. Failure to achieve this will result in the automatic replacement of the “I” with an “F”. “S or U” - Satisfactory or Unsatisfactory is awarded in those courses not earning credit. “NG” – No grade is applied to these students who for acceptable reason were not able to fulfil the course attendance. Such action may be taken when the number of unexcused absences exceeds 25% of the total class hours scheduled for the course. Students should be aware that course grades can be adversely affected through absence, whether excused or unexcused. In case NG grade is issued twice for the same course, this can be a reason for dismissal of the student from the university.

Grade-Point Average (GPA) & Cumulative GradePoint Average (CGPA) A student’s academic achievement for each semester is expressed numerically by the “Grade Point Average” (GPA). The GPA is obtained by: adding the “Credits Earned” for all courses in the semester and dividing this by the total credit-hours attempted. The GPA so obtained can range from 0.00 to a maximum of 4.00. Overall academic achievement is expressed by the “Cumulative Grade-Point Average” (CGPA). The CGPA is obtained by: adding Credits Earned for all the semesters that the student has studied at the University and dividing by the total Credit-Hours attempted in the same period.

Grade

Grade Points

4.00

A-

3.70

B+

3.30

3.00

B-

2.70

Make-up and Graduation Make-up Exams

C+

2.30

2.00

C-

1.70

D+

1.30

1.00

A student may be allowed to make-up a final exam in exceptional circumstances such as serious illness or death in the family. A formal written application must be made to the relevant dean and if approved a time will be set aside, usually early in the following semester. A fee of 100 Euros will be levied for such a Make-up.

0.00

Students may apply for a Graduation Make-up once they have completed all the courses needed to graduate but have a CGPA of less than 2.00 and have failed not more than three courses. In order to be eligible for a Make-up Students must also satisfy the following conditions: •

They must have taken the course before and been awarded a recognised grade such as F, D or U. They must have achieved an attendance of at least 75% at their last attempts.

•

By repeating the requested exams it must be feasible to achieve a CGPA of greater than 2.00.The standard tuition fee will be levied for the Graduation make-up but class attendance is not obligatory. A student who fails the Graduation Make-up will be required to retake the course in the normal manner.

Objection to Grade Students have a right to object to the grade that was issued in the transcript within one week after the final grades are announced.

Repeating Courses When a course is repeated, the last grade is substituted in place of the previous value even if the second grade is the lower.

Re-sit Exams GAU students, studying at undergraduate degree programs have the right to enter make-up examinations for the F grades they have received in the previous semester. Those students who did not have the right to enter the final examinations shall not be allowed to enter the above mentioned make-up examinations. Those students with No Grade “NG” and/or Withdrawn “W” will not be able to enter the above mentioned make-up examinations.

•

For the students with Incomplete “I”, no additional make-up examination will be held but they will be able to enter the above mentioned make-up examinations.

No make-up examination will be held for the project-based courses, practical courses, workshops and studios and for the courses with no written final examinations. The grade received from the make-up exams shall be replaced with the final grade only, and not the general grade for the course. No additional right shall be given to those students who did not enter the make-up examinations. No excuses will be accommodated and the student shall be considered to have failed the course.

Semester Assessment The student’s performance in GAU in a semester is determined according to the following principles. The student’s performance is evaluated at the end of each semester by calculating his/her Grade Point Average (GPA). A credit received from a course of a student is found by multiplying the credit hours by the grade point corresponding to the grade received. The GPA is then calculated by dividing the total credits received from the courses registered in that semester by the total credit hours of the same courses. The Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) of a student is calculated by dividing the total credits received from the courses that he/she has completed till the registration to the program by the sum of the credit hours of these courses. If some of the courses are repeated by the student, the last grade is included in GPA and CGPA calculations. In GPA and GCPA calculations, the letter grades and the grade point equivalents defined in Grading part are used and the averages are calculated by truncating it as two digits after decimal point.

Student Transcript At the end of each semester, the GAU student is provided with a copy of his/her Academic Record. The accuracy of these records is of the utmost importance, and errors or suspected errors should be brought to the immediate attention of the Registrar and the relevant Faculty Dean. The Academic Record is issued for the information of the student, and should not be submitted as an official college record to individuals, institutions, or agencies outside the University. An Official Transcript of a student’s entire academic record will be provided upon submission of a written request from the student to the Registrar. Payment of the appropriate fee will be required. The official transcript will be mailed by the Registrar to the intended recipient. Neither grade reports nor transcripts will be furnished to any outside agency without a written request from the student. Every official transcript issued by the University must be complete and unedited; the University will not certify partial academic records.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

•

The courses to be considered successful as the result of make-up exams shall be indicated on the student transcripts separately. Make-up examinations are given at the end of each term as of the academic year, but they shall not be held for courses taken during summer schools. The application for the make-up examination is done online and the fee is paid on a course basis. The date of the exam is set and announced on a Semester basis.

3. Academic Standing 1. Honors An undergraduate student who completes his/her Program with a CGPA between 3.00 and 3.49 is designated an “Honor Student”; a student who obtains a semester average between 3.50 and 4.00 is designated a “High Honor Student”. Students who receive honor and high honor standing are recognized annually with an Awards ceremony to celebrate their academic achievement. Invitations are sent in the Spring Semester for each academic year.

Diploma Supplement

At the end of the 2nd academic semester

1.00

At the end of the 3rd academic semester

1.30

At the end of the 4th academic semester

1.50

Financial Good Standing

At the end of the 5th academic semester

1.70

At the end of the 6th academic semester

1.80

At the end of the 7th academic semester

1.90

In order for an undergraduate student to be considered to be of’ “good academic standing”, his/her CGPA must be at least 2.00 out of the maximum possible of 4.00. For a graduate student a minimum CGPA of 3.00 is required.

3. Probation A four year student whose CGPA falls lower than the grades listed below will be placed on academic probation:

A two-year year student whose CGPA falls lower than the grades listed below will be placed on academic probation:

ABOUT GAU

4. Graduation GAU is providing Diploma Supplement to all graduated students free of charge. This Diploma Supplement follows the model developed by the European Commission, Council of Europe and UNESCO/CEPES. The purpose of the supplement is to provide sufficient independent data to improve the international “transparency” and fair academic and professional recognition of qualifications (diplomas, degrees, certificates etc.). It is designed to provide a description of the nature, level, context, content and status of the studies that were pursued and successfully completed by the individual named on the original qualification to which this supplement is appended. It should be free from any value-judgments, equivalence statements or suggestions about recognition.

2. Satisfactory

from a two-year to a four-year degree Program. Students on probation can register for a maximum of only 2 new courses and cannot have a course overload. Where a student has previously completed courses with grades of F, NG, C- , D+, D or D- then this student cannot enrol on new courses if the old courses are offered.

At the end of the 2nd academic semester

1.00

At the end of the 3rd academic semester

1.60

A written Academic Warning is given to both 4 year and 2 year degree students whose CGPA fall below the limits listed above. If a Student receives an ‘Academic Warning’, one of the following alternatives is applied bearing in mind the student’s preference and the advisor’s suggestions:

Continuing in the Program of the current department. Warning the student who chooses to continue in his her own department is required to repeat courses with grades of C- and below. A horizontal transfer to another Program in accordance with the decision of the respective faculty or department board. Under such circumstances it is not possible to transfer

A student is deemed to be of Financial Good Standing once all stipulated fees and charges have been paid. A student who has been permitted to pay by installments is also considered to be of Good Standing provided payments are maintained to the agreed schedule. A student who is not of Financial Good Standing will not be permitted to attend class, laboratories or exams; neither will s/ he be issued with any formal documents or certificates on behalf of GAU.

Graduation An undergraduate student is entitled to graduate if s/he: satisfactorily completes all required courses, laboratory studies, reports and practical assignments, attains a sum of credit-hours amounting to at least the minimum required for graduation, has a CGPA of 2.00 or above and is financially of good standing. A graduate student requires a CGPA of at least 3.00. Graduation is conferred by the University Senate upon the recommendation of the Faculties. The Diplomas are prepared by the Registrar’s Office, and indicate the name of the Program, the date of graduation, and the degree obtained.

5.Transfers & Other Related Policies Transfers to GAU from another University A student, who has completed at least one semester of an equivalent Program at another university, may apply for transfer to a Program at GAU. Such an application will be sympathetically considered. A student may be exempted from courses in his/her chosen Program at GAU, on the basis of having completed equivalent coursework at the other institution. The relevant department at GAU will make decisions concerning equivalence and comparability. Only courses of grade D and above can be considered for transfer. A student is required to complete at least one quarter of the total course load requirement at GAU to be considered for a GAU diploma.

Program Transfers within the University Transfer from one Program to another within GAU is permitted once only and, for Turkish students, if such a change is in compliance with YOK regulations. It is necessary for the student to apply to - and be accepted formally by - the new department. For Turkish students there are specific constraints in moving from a two year to a four-year Program.

Leave of Absence (Freeze) A student, who has a compelling excuse for having a break from University studies for a period of time, may appeal for leave of absence (Freeze). Legitimate reasons for freezing include serious illness of the student or in the family, death of a close relative and, exceptionally, temporary financial difficulties. The student must appeal in writing, providing supporting documentary evidence, through his Dean to the Executive Board for approval. Payment of a specified deposit is normally required as a condition of freezing.

Withdrawal from the University

Refund Policy In order to gain unconditional acceptance to the Girne American University, a provisionally accepted applicant is required to transfer the non-refundable deposit mentioned in their Provisional Acceptance Letter to the Girne American University bank account. This deposit is only refundable if the applicant is refused a transit

STUDY ABROAD OPPORTUNITIES 1. GAU International Campuses Girne, North Cyprus Girne American University was founded in 1985 and has grown from its small beginnings to being a very strong university with 20,000 students. The main campus of GAU is located close to the villages of Karmi and Karaoğlanoğlu, 7km West of the historic, seaside holiday resort town of Girne. It lies in the foothills of the Five Finger (Beşparmak) Mountains overlooking the Mediterranean Sea. The buildings are new and purpose built to house the (now) nine faculties and six schools of the university: Business & Economics, Engineering, Architecture, Education, Health Sciences, Law, Communication, Humanities and Pharmacy, plus the English Foundation School as well Vocational School, Aviation School, Marine School, School of Applied Sciences, School of Performing Arts, Nursing School and Sports School. There are on site sport facilities for basketball and tennis. Horse riding stables are close by. Water sport facilities are convenient and the university operates the Camelot seaside beach club and restaurants for the benefit of its students and staff and for providing practical experience for its Tourism and Hospitality students. There are various student cafes on site. The next ten years will be ones of further growth. The main campus in Cyprus, the expansion plans include a new building for the university hospital, the Architecture faculty, a multipurpose congress center, new accommodation for the faculty and new storage all to be completed by the end of the 2015-2016 Academic Year.

Canterbury, United Kingdom Towards the end of 2009, Girne American University saw the opening of a new campus in the city of Canterbury in the United Kingdom. The campus is at the heart of Canterbury, with short walk to nearby attractions, like the Canterbury Cathedral. Our Canterbury Campus provides students with the opportunity to continue their studies and improve the English language skills. In June 2010 Girne American University received its BAC (British Accreditation Council) accreditation and as of June 2010 started its own student recruitment. Students can now apply direct to Canterbury Campus. GAU Canterbury is fully operational as an Independent Further and Higher Education Institution at Foundation English and Undergraduate Levels

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the University must initiate withdrawal procedures with the Office of the Registrar. The official withdrawal procedure requires that the student obtain clearances from the Registrar, the Library, the Bookstore, Student Housing, Sports Coordinator and the Accounting Department. If a withdrawing student has been awarded any scholarship/discount by the University, the full amount of scholarship/discount should be paid back at the time of withdrawal.

visa to travel through Turkey or a visa to enter into the Turkish Republic of North Cyprus. The administrative charges will be deducted from the deposit in such a case.

Istanbul, Turkey

2. Exchange Programs

With its new set up, Girne American University is starting to offer certificate programs with the English Language Academy of UK (ELA), International Tourism Education Board and other approved educational bodies in its new location in Besiktas, Istanbul. Additionally, GAU Istanbul Campus runs Summer School programs from any faculty, and the students are encouraged to take 2-3 courses. The courses to be opened are contingent on the student applications.

GAU welcomes incoming exchange students from other universities. Exchange students are required to stay at university residence halls. GAU students can benefit from our exchange agreements with over 150 universities worldwide. Alternatively, students can petition for their own designed exchange program with another university. Students can spend up to a year studying abroad, and upon their return their credits will be transferred to their transcripts. Please consult with our Abroad Office for further information and assistance on the exchange opportunities we offer. For rules and regulations regarding exchange programs, please consult GAU Abroad Office via their website: abroad.gau. edu.tr.

Chisinau, Moldova Founded on 2 June 2015, American University of Moldova can be found on the historic Ştefan cel Mare Boulevard in Chişinău. Its state of the art building facilities and with its top-notch academic staff, AUM is commencing its education program with 2015/2016 Academic Year. You can visit www.aum.md for more information. GAU registered students in the undergraduate degree programs: Accounting, Architecture, Business and Administration, Finance and Banking, General Economic, International Relations, Law, Marketing and Logistics, Political Science, Psychology, Tourism and the Foundation English program; will be able to go for a semester or maximum four to Moldova within the frame of the Study Abroad Program.

Hong Kong, China SAR

ABOUT GAU

GAU students have a chance to spend a short term program in the mystical atmosphere of the Far East, Hong Kong. Students are able to take their degree courses while getting to know different cultures and traditions. Hong Kong is a small but dynamic city located to the southeast of the Mainland China, adjoining the province of Guangdong. It forms a triangle with Macau to the west and Guangzhou to the Northwest in the Pearl River Delta. GAU Hong Kong Program provides intensive coursework supplemented by a dynamic cultural immersion program with sightseeing and guided tours.

Washington DC, USA GAU USA, located very near to Washington DC, will be offering dual-degree MBA Programs with GAU MBA Program. On-line Master of Business Administration curriculum offers the students an opportunity to develop a broad understanding of organization and business and then to focus on a special area of interest. It is designed to promote career advancement of professionals from every undergraduate background. The on-line MBA program is specifically designed for the working students. The normal progression of a student leads to the completion of the degree program in a period of two years.

STUDENT ACCOMMODATION All New students are recommended to stay at the University accommodation during their first year of studies.Priority is given to newly enrolled students. The hostels comprise both single and two bedroom opportunities. This accommodation, situated within Girne is convenient to the shops and local places of eating and entertainment. Independent accommodation is also available in and around Girne. Many students adopt this option after their first year. The university can help in recommending suitable estate agents. All GAU Dormitories are served by frequent shuttle buses. Electricity and water are not included in the dormitory fee and should be paid on a monthly basis. Bed sheets, pillow(s), blankets etc. are to be provided by the student. Such services as internet and laundry are chargeable. IMPORTANT NOTE: If a student opts to stay in University accommodation s/he has to commit for a full academic year (spring & fall semesters.) If a student decides to leave the accommodation before completion of the year s/he will lose both the deposit and the accommodation fees for the year. Students are responsible for paying their own utility bills (electricity and water.) The price of accommodation varies depending on size and the sharing of rooms. Note that the summer term is not included and will need to be arranged separately if wanted.

Knowledge Village (dormitory for female students) Located near the city center, 2 km away from the campus. The dormitory has four person shared room options for students. All rooms have Air conditioning, TV, telephone, fridge, wardrobe, table, chairs, beds and WC. Among the shared facilities are the laundry room, study room, kitchen and a study hall. Services offered in the dormitory include 24 hours hot water, cleaning, security, generator, Internet and technical support.

Gordon Bennett Court (dormitory for female students)

conventionally every year. GAU also has a very good reputation and distinguished name in social responsibility projects.

Located five minutes walking distance (approximately 300 meters) from the campus. The dormitory has two or four person shared room options for students. All rooms have Air conditioning, TV, telephone, wardrobe, a table, chairs, beds, WC and a mini-fridge. Among the shared facilities are the laundry room, study room, cafeteria and kitchen. Services offered in the dormitory are 24 hours hot water, cleaning, security, generator, Internet and technical support.

GAU is conscious of the fact that knowledge makes headway with experience. For this reason, GAU promotes the international standard learning content which offers you practical and professional opportunities. We aim to minimize the possible difficulties in adapting yourself in to business life just after graduation and improve your fast generating solution skills for your professional life.

UniverCity Complex (dormitory for male students) Located in the Karmi region, 800 m to the University. The dormitory has single or double room options for students. All rooms have Air conditioning, TV, telephone, wardrobe, a table, chairs, beds, WC and a mini-fridge. Among the shared facilities are the laundry room, study room, cafeteria, restaurants, market, billiard tables, table tennis, and a big screen TV room. Services offered in the dormitory are 24 hours hot water, cleaning, security, generator, Internet and technical support.

Elysium Court (dormitory for female students) Located within the University campus, the dormitory has luxury single or double room options for students. All rooms have Air conditioning, TV, telephone, wardrobe, a table, chairs, bed, WC and a mini-fridge. Among the shared facilities are the laundry room, study room, cafeteria and kitchen. Services offered in the dormitory are 24 hours hot water, cleaning, security, generator, Internet and technical support.

Academic Year Opening Festivities Our university begins each academic year with opening festivities that include various activities by students. Orientation Programs covering academic, local surroundings and campus life are presented within these activities which take place through a week. Official Student Clubs GAU supports many student clubs. If you do not see anything that interests you, you can start your own club by contacting gauclubs@gau.edu.tr

SOCIAL LIFE GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

At Girne American University we believe that students learn better when they enjoy their environment. That is why we offer a full Program of activities and facilities in the knowledge that it will provide opportunities for cross-cultural socialization and individual growth. The wonderful climate in Northern Cyprus means that our students can enjoy sporting and cultural activities for most of the year under the blue Mediterranean sky. Besides the student-oriented education, GAU arranges activities that will improve social and cultural side of the students. Symposiums, conferences and communes within the scope of over 1000 activities are held by experts in their fields to support their studies every academic year. You will be in the right center of campus life with the opening cortege of the academic year, spring fests, dance and theatre festival which are organized

ACADEMIC CALENDAR

SUMMER 2018 20

FALL 2018

September 17-28 Fall Semester Course Registration 26 29 15 20 16 – 24 1 2 11 12-21 30-31

October Last day to add/drop a course Turkish Republic Day (Holiday) November TRNC Republic Day (Holiday) Mevlid Kandili (Holiday) Midterm Exams January New Year’s Day (Holiday) Last day to withdraw from a course Last day of classes Final Exams Re-sit Exams

SPRING 2018

1 4-8 8

ABOUT GAU

6-13 23 1 15 19 22 23-31 1 4-6 11-13 17-20

February Re-sit Exams Spring Semester Course Registration March Last day to add/drop a course April Midterm Exams Children’s Day (Holiday) May Labour Day(Holiday) Last day to withdraw from a course Youth & Sports Day (Holiday) Last day of classes Final Exams June Final Exams Ramadan Bayram (Holiday) Re-sit exams Summer Semester Course Registration

12-14 15-17 30

July TRNC Peace & Freedom Day (Holiday) August Turkish Cypriot Community Resistance Day (Holiday) Kurban Bayram (Holiday) Final Exams Victory Day (Holiday)

LIBRARY, RESEARCH CENTERS & LABORATORIES 1. Library The GAU Library provides quality services to meet the diverse needs of students, faculty and staff by constantly developing and updating the information resources that are available in the library. There is an extensive book collection providing support to all Faculties and the Foundation English School Program. The GAU Library utilizes the latest technology for information retrieval and all resources are searchable by author, title and keyword using the library’s Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) which is accessible on the internet from the library’s website: www.gau.edu.tr/cybrary

2. Research Centers •

Life-long Learning Center (LLC)

•

Cyprus Research Center

•

Mediterranean Underwater Research Center

•

Environment and Nature Research Center

•

Turkish Teaching Center

•

Astrophysics and Space Studies Research Center

•

Beekeeping, Research, Development and Practice Center

•

Tourism and Hospitality Management Practice Center

•

International Cultural Heritage Studies Center

•

Rauf Raif Denktas Research Center

•

Social Sciences Research Center

•

European Union Center

3. Labarotarises Chemistry Laboratories Chemistry Laboratory is designed to reinforce the material the students have learned in class and gives them the chance to apply their knowledge. The lab allows students to get more involved with their chemistry topics. The lab allows students to learn how

to make chemical solutions, perform lab techniques and learn lab safety protocols.

Alternative Energy Laboratory The alternative energy laboratory equipment consists of three separate energy supply systems and computers. Each of these systems produces electrical energy from wind energy and solar energy. Alternative Energy Laboratory will allow our students to: Perform lab experiments for Solar energy and Photovoltaic Systems (EEN477), Alternative Energy Supply Systems, Wind Energy Systems, etc.

Computer Integrated Manufacturing Laboratory Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory is designed for education and for research. The main focus of the GAU CIM laboratory is the integration of the design and manufacturing functions in the computer-integrated manufacturing environment. The laboratory consists of a Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) cell with a robot. The robot is integrated with a Linear Slide Base for performing CNC machine loading/unloading tasks as well as material handling within the FMS work cell. The students learn to configure, program and operate the robot and the FMS work cell. Additionally, the quality control module is used as integrated to the robot for simple simulations of quality control cases.

–more or less- use this laboratory during different courses. The laboratory also gives support to graduation projects of the students.

PLC & Microprocessors Laboratory The PLC & Microprocessor laboratory is equipped for undergraduate level courses and projects. There are three groups of experimental sets in this laboratory: PLC (Siemens, Simatic S-7 200), Microprocessors (8086) sets and microcontroller (PIC F877) sets and their applications. All these sets are supported by computers and they have their specific programming tools that are aimed to teach how hardware can be controlled by a program. Laboratory is used by both Electrical and Computer Engineering students in different core or technical elective courses. The laboratory also supports graduation projects of the students.

Electrical Machinery Laboratory This laboratory provides our students: different experiments on DC and AC machines on both no load and loaded conditions. The data obtained from these experiments are used to find main performance parameters of the machines and are the same time to draw characteristic curves between measured parameters during no load an loaded tests. During lab experiments, students study physical implementation of the rotors and stators for DC and AC machines.

Microwaves and Communications Laboratory

The Work Study and Ergonomics Laboratory provides facilities to perform methods analysis and time study with actual or prerecorded (motion film/video) operator performances. Manufacturing-related cases as well as service-related cases are exemplified. Equipment installed in this laboratory includes, video recording/playback systems, time study equipment, anthropometric kits, ergometer and various assemblies. Human physiology and dexterity, fatigue, workplace comfort-related tests and measurements are also to be conducted in this facility. Students will become familiar with human capabilities and limitations at work; measurement of workloads, designing and testing work methods for human comfort.

This laboratory is equipped by two different kinds of experimental sets. There are two sets for analog communications which include both modulation and demodulation facilities of the most known analog techniques such as AM, FM, ASK, PSK and their variants. This part of the lab is useful for fundamental communications courses. Additionally, microwave trainers are included in this laboratory, which are used for undergraduate and graduate level technical elective courses.

Computer Laboratory Located at Techno park Complex Second Floor, the computer laboratory is equiped with 25 PCs to support the main computing education needs of the Faculty of Engineering. The PC’s are equiped with recent peripherals powerful enough to conduct the bachelor level courses’ laboratory sessions and experiments.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Work Study & Ergonomics Laboratory

further improving the computing requiring experiments and especially further enhance the practical experiences of the third and fourth year engineering students.

Research and Software Development Laboratory The newly established RESODEC lab is the main research facility of the Faculty of Engineering. Equiped with 10 workstation class computers and other advanced peripherals, the laboratory is serving the high computing power needs of the MSc and PhD students as well as the researchers of the Faculty. In collaboration with the INTERDEL lab, RESODEC is adding to the research oriented value of the Faculty and forcing the university’s educational and research oriented computing power position to stand out among other rivals.

Bridge Simulator Navigator competency items related to navigation bridge operations, which can be practiced and assessed using the NaviTrainer Professional 5000 simulator:

ABOUT GAU

•

Plan and conduct a passage and determine position;

•

Maintain a safe navigational watch;

•

Use radar/ARPA and ECDIS to maintain safety of navigation;

•

Respond to emergencies;

•

Respond to a distress signal at sea;

•

Maneuver the ship;

•

Plan a voyage and conduct navigation;

•

Determine position and resultant position fixing accuracy by any means;

•

Determine and allow for compass errors;

•

Coordinate search and rescue operations;

•

Establish watch keeping arrangements and procedures;

•

Maintain safe navigation through the use of information from navigation equipment and systems to assist command decision-making;

•

Maintain the safety of navigation through the use of ECDIS and associated navigation systems to assist command decision making;

•

Maneuver and handle a ship in any condition;

•

Operate remote controls of propulsion plant and engineering systems and services.

Pilotage Laboratory

These laboratories are using for Pilotage students. We train them according to EASA (European Aviation Safety Agency) standards. We prepare our students in these labs for DGCA (Directorate General Civil Aviation) exams which is international exams . students, will learn theoretical course and safety issues before flying.

Civil Engineering Laboratory This laboratory is equipped with instruments of four different fields of Civil Engineering. Mentioned instruments and other facilities are available for Surveying, Construction Materials, Structural Mechanics, and Soil Mechanics experiments. In Soil Mechanics field, soil classification and mechanical tests on soils can be done, while in Materials field, quality control tests are carried out. In Structural Mechanics field, strength and durability tests are carried out and in the field of surveying topographic measurements are done. Civil Engineering Lab is used for both graduate and undergraduate level courses. Moreover, this lab has a capacity to give service to the construction industry. School of Performing Arts has 4 dance studios, fully equipped for contemporary dance education. One of these studios is specifically utilised for ballet classes and the other studios are alternately used for contemporary dance, international dance, jazz dance, functional dance and dance lab classes as well as the practical application of a number of mainly theoretical classes. In addition to dance studios, School of Performing Arts have a stage room which is exclusively usedused by Acting Department classes. Moreover, audio-visual room accomodates classes where Dance DVDs are watched by the students for classes such as dance history, dance analysis, choreography ideas and dance anatomy. Faculty of Healty Sciences has Research Lab and Student Lab with Microscope, those gives opportunity to make research in 3 different research field such as Molecular biology, cell culture and microbiology. Tourism faculty has a Fidelio and Gallileo laboratory and Amodios laboratory, gastronomy laboratory, demo kitchen , bakery, 5 star application hotels with 340 bed capacity purpose. Foundation School has 3 laboratories for practicing their listening, speaking, writing and reading. Faculty of Architecture, Design & Fine Arts has Model Making Laboratory (MML), Faculty of Education has Drama and Music Laboratory, School of Aviation has 2 Pilotage Lab, School of Health and Faculty of Business & Economics and School of Vocational has MIS (CISCO) Lab, Law Faculty has Court Room, School of Tourism has Fidelio, Gallileo Lab And Demo Kitchen, School of Nursing has 2 Nursing Laboratories.

Computer Laboratories GAU is committed to the provision of the latest in technology for its students in order that they can enter the business world with confidence and achieve success. In support of this aim GAU maintains 12 computer laboratories plus the e-library based computers that are available all day to enable students to continue their studies and to surf the Internet. Certain laboratories are reserved for specialised use such as for Tourism and the presentation of the FIDELIO hospitality suite, CISCO and Computer Engineering. The University maintains an intranet service for its students, faculty and administration that allows access to the Internet via a secure firewall. WiFi is available and is used by students throughout the campus. All courses are supported by computer technology and there are now more than 1200 PCs on site.

ON-CAMPUS RESOURCES On the Eastern Campus we have the original custom built teaching blocks with the administrative block “ Rectorate”, in the center. The Spectrum Centre comprises the International Conference center of one main hall accommodating over 900 plus four break--out rooms of around 100 seating each. This facility is used for teaching large classes, for conferences, concerts and major presentations. GAU and Girne community is actively encouraged to use the facility for local events. Freedom Building falls behind the Spectrum Center, and is purpose fit for the Law Faculty and Education Faculty. Beyond the Freedom Building is the on-campus girls residence hall: Elysium. A state-of the art engineering center, Techno Park was completed in 2006 is being used by Engineering Faculty.

Cafes and Restaurants 1. Red Room Café The Red Room Café is located next to the library as a part of the Millennium Complex and provides a seating area of 200300 students. The Red Room is an ideal place for students to study and socialize. Students can enjoy a Cypriot bakery and an international selection of delights with a variety of hot and cold beverages. 2. Simit Factory Simit Sarayi is the place where the real Turkish baking culture is introduced to our students’ lives. It has become one of the biggest hits on campus. Students enjoy their freshly baked pastries for breakfast, lunch and dinner, and they just love to pass time on campus while sipping from their freshly brewed tea and enjoying a piece of cake or freshly baked pastries.

3. Food Republic Food Republic offers students a taste of Turkish cuisines. Here students can enjoy tradition Turkish kebas and home-made meal. 4. Venue Restaurant This restaurant is a part of the Millennium Complex and offers students selection of the Italian style bistro; vitamin bar and delicious morning breakfasts.

This incorporates a wide range of new and up-to-date facilities. These include the Venue restaurant. The building also houses GAU TV and GAU Radio and has available high-tech recording and broadcasting studios and equipment. Of major importance is the e-library or “Cybrary” that provides the students with modern research facilities and access via international on-line data bases to current information from around the globe via 100 PCs located within the library and some 600 additional located in the several campus laboratories. The Millennium Centre also provides an additional, fully equipped Senate Congress Hall that seats over 200.

5. Kiosks

Stage School and the Faculty of the Performing Arts is also on this part of the campus, hosting dance and theater studios as well as the Dance Café, which is a busy spot during lunch time. In

GAU Shuttle Service

The kiosks are located in front of the TechnoPark building, Millennium Building, Inside Block A, and Freedom Complex. Students can enjoy a quick snack during the break. 6. The Starlight Cafe The Starlight Café is also located in the Spectrum Hall and is popular amongst the students and staff. A wide selection of wraps and daily home-made food is available.

Services

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

On the Western Campus we have our tennis, basketball, swimming pool and five-aside football pitches. The half-Olympic Tartan athletic track was brought into use in 2005. On the western part of the university is the Millennium Centre.

front of the Millennium Building is a large plaza. Beneath this is Millennium Park incorporating a wide range of shops, cinema and further shops and restaurants. These facilities are available to the community as well as to students. Our students can also find the half- Olympic swimming pool as well as an indoor sports and training gym on this part of the campus. There are also some offcampus resources for students, such as the Applied Tourism Hotel - Le Chateau Lambousa Hotel and the Recreation Managment Center - The Camelot Beach Club.

WEST CAMPUS 1- MILLENNIUM COMPLEX - CHANCELLORâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S OFFICE - SENATE CONGRESS HALL - FACULTY OF PHARMACY - FACULTY OF MEDICINE - FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCE - SCHOOL OF HEALTH - SCHOOL OF APPLIED SOCIAL SCIENCES - GAU MEDIA OFFICE - CYBRARY - LIBRARY - GAU TV & GAU FM - VENUE RESTAURANT & CAFE 2- REDROOM CAFE - GALLERIA CINEMA 3- SEMI OLYMPIC SWIMMING POOL 4- FITNESS CENTER 5- GAU LYMPICS SPORTS FIELD

6- FOOD REPUBLIC 7- OUTDOOR SPORT FACILITIES 8- SCHOOL OF PERFORMING ARTS 9-BANK 10-SHOPS - HAIRDRESSER - TRAVEL AGENCY - MESJIT - STATIONARY 11- MARINE SCHOOL OUTDOOR TRAINING AREA 12- MARINE SCHOOL 13- FOUNDATION SCHOOL - SCHOOL OF SPORT - SCHOOL OF AVIATION - GIRNE AMERICAN COLLEGE 14- BUS-STOP 12

13 3

23 5

6 17

ABOUT GAU

21 18

EAST CAMPUS 15- TELSIM SHOP - PIT STOP 16- SPECTRUM - INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS HALL - LECTURE HALLS - STARLIGHT CAFE 17- FACULTY OF BUSINESS & ECONOMICS - VOCATIONAL SCHOOL - CAMPUS WATCH - SIMIT FACTORY 18- SCHOOL OF NURSING - MEDICAL CENTER - PSYCOLOGICAL COUNSELING CENTER 19- FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, DESIGN & FINE ARTS - COPY CENTER - ART CAFE

20- ELYSIUM COURT - STUDENT RESIDENCE - MONART ACADEMY - DESIGN STUDIOS - UNIMAR MARKET - AKPINAR PATISSERIE 21- FREEDOM COMPLEX - FACULTY OF LAW - FACULTY OF EDUCATION - IT OFFICE - FREEDOM KIOSK 22- CAMPUS MANAGEMENT - INVENTORY MANAGEMENT - CAMPUS MANAGEMENT 23- ATM MACHINES

24- RECTORATE - STUDENTS ADMISSIONS & ACCOUNT OFFICE - HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - SOCIAL MEDIA & E-LEARNING OFFICE - EVENT & PR OFFICE - INTERNATIONAL OFFICE - DORMITORIES MANAGEMENT OFFICE - GRADUATE SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION - MARKETING OFFICE - ACCREDITATION OFFICE - ALUMNI & CAREER CENTER 25- TECHNOPARK - FACULTY OF ENGINEERING - FACULTY OF COMMUNICATIONS - FACULTY OF HUMANITIES - FACULTY OF POLITICAL SCIENCE - MARINE SCHOOL SIMULATOR - GAU LCC (LIFE LONG LEARNING CENTER) - STUDENT AFFAIRS OFFICE - TECHNO KIOSK

GAU provides its students free of charge bus shuttle services that circulate on the set route, taking students around the city of Girne and at the set hours to the capital of the island. Health Center There is a Medical Center on campus that can handle minor cases. The Girne State Hospital and other private hospitals are located conveniently close to the campus.a ATM Machines The ATMs are available on the campus area to meet the need of students for the cash withdrawals. Campus Safety At GAU we ensure that all students are provided the required level security 24/7. Internet GAU students can benefit free of charge from the WiFi connection available on the campus. Life Long Learning Center

Life-Long Learning Center (GAU-SEM) aims to provide and share scientific and organizational knowledge to individuals and organizations. GAU-SEM contributes to the solution of social problems through providing the needed expertise in all areas of study. Our high quality, contemporary and innovative life-long learning certificates programs will help prepare and develop individuals, public and private organizations by providing them with the practical knowledge they need and thus linking them with the corporate world. Library

Psychological Counseling & Guidance Center If students are aiming at reaching their career and personal potential, they will have to cope and fight back with many situations during

Career Center The Career Center on GAU Cyprus Campus provides professional assistance on subjects such as job applications, correct interview conditions and recruitments according to fields. Academic Writing Center The Academic Writing Center of GAU was founded in November 2015 with the primary objective of assisting graduate students with their academic writings including essays, theses, and dissertations. The secondary objective of Academic Writing Center is to provide support to GAU faculty members in writing conference abstracts, book chapters, and journal articles. The center plans to hold seminars and workshops on different aspects of academic writing and offer relevant introductory and advanced courses to GAU students. It is the mission of the center to help graduate students and lecturers to become more effective writers and communicators in their respective academic and professional fields. In addition to group workshops and writing courses, consultation and interactive sessions can be arranged with friendly and experienced staff. Unimar Market Provides a one-stop shop for all GAU studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; needs. Akpinar Patisserie A cafe chain and local favorite offering fresh pastries.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

The Millennium Centre provides the most modern library on the island, is an e-library with extensive access to online information data bases in the full range of subjects taught at GAU. The book lending services will not be closed but it is expected that students will increasingly find that rapid on-line access to current information is superior to referral to dated works on the library shelves. The number of volumes on the shelves will continue to be increased every year by regular book purchases, based upon the recommendations of the faculty. The library subscription to traditional journals is likely to be reduced but will be more than augmented by subscription to on line journals. A range of encyclopaedias, dictionaries, atlases and an archive journal collection (i.e. National Geographic magazine) are also available on CD-ROMs.

their university life. The GAU Psychological Counselling and Guidance Centre supports our students for adapting to university life, developing self-esteem, becoming aware of responsibilities and accepting these; coping with stress and time pressure; and for adapting to changes. The main aim of the counselling service is to provide a caring, respectful, professional and confidential and free service to our undergraduate and graduate students as well as our staff. This is achieved through one to one support enabling individuals to reach academic potential and prevent further troubling issues. The GAU Psychological Counselling and Guidance Centre is not a place of giving ready prepared prescriptions or providing one directional advice. Our students and psychologists/Counsellors sit together in a comfortable and relaxing atmosphere to arrange a plan for solving problems or preventing future issues. Some students resolve issues in one consultation, whereas some will attend couple of weeks or even a longer period. The counselling service is available to all undergraduate and postgraduate students and dedicated university staff counselling service is also available for all employees free of charge.

‌• •‌

Banking & Finance Banking & Insurance Business Management

ABOUT GAU

Business Management* Business Administration: Executive Master’s (EMBA) Finance Track (MBA) General Track (MBA) Human Resources Management Track (MBA) International Business Track (MBA) Management Information Sys. Track (MBA) Marketing Track (MBA) Chinese Language and Literature Civil Aviation & Cabin Services Civil Engineering Civil Engineering* Coaching Education* Computer Engineering Computer Engineering* Computer & Information Technology Teaching Computer Operations Computer Technology & Programming Construction Management Counseling Psychology Digital Marketing & Social Media* Drama & Acting* Economics

‌•

PhD ‌•

‌•

Arts & Design

Anesthesia* Applied Social Psychology Aviation Management

Master’s (w.out Thesis)

‌•

Architecture Architecture* Automotive Engineering Automotive Technology

Master’s (w. Thesis)

Degree ‌•

Accounting Accounting & Tax Application

Bachelor’s

Degree

PROGRAM NAME

Associate

TABLE OF ACADEMIC PROGRAMS

• ‌• ‌• ‌•

‌•

• ‌• • •‌

‌•

‌• ‌• • •‌ • •‌ • •‌ • ‌ ‌• • ‌• • ‌• • ‌•

‌•

‌• ‌•

• •‌ • ‌• • •‌ •

•

Elderly Care* Electrical & Electronics Engineering Electrical & Electronics Engineering* Electronics Technology Education (Curriculum Development)* Education Administration & Supervision* Energy Systems Engineering English Language Teaching English Language & Literature English Translation & Interpretation Gastronomy & Culinary Arts Graphic Design Guidance & Psychological Counselling* Health Psychology Healthcare Management Healthcare Management* Human Resource Management Industrial Engineering

• •

Logistics & Transportation Management Information Systems Marine Ship Captain & Deck Marketing

PhD

Master’s (w.out Thesis)

•

• • • • •

•

• • • • • •

•

• •

•

• • • •

• • • 35

•

• •

•

• • • •

•

Mechanical Engineering

•

• • • •

• •

•

Medical Documentation & Administration*

•

Medical Imaging Techniques* Midwifery* Music Teaching* Nursing*

• • • •

•

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Laboratory Technician* Law, English Common Law, Turkish Continental*

Master’s (w. Thesis)

‌•

Interior Architecture Interior Architecture* International Business Management International Business Law (LLM) International Relations Journalism, Broadcast & Communication Journalism, Broadcast & Communication* Justice*

Bachelor’s Degree

Associate Degree

PROGRAM NAME

Nutrition & Dietetics Occupational Therapy

• •

Performing Arts: Dance

•

Paramedic* Plastic Arts

•

Pharmacy Pharmaceutical Services* Physical Education Teaching* Physical Therapy & Rehabilitation Physiotherapy Technician* Pilotage/ Pilot Training Pre-School Teaching* Primary School Teaching* Psychology Psychology*

•

ABOUT GAU

Political & International Studies Public Relations Public Relations* Radio, TV & Cinema Radiotherapy* Recreation Management* Rescue & Disaster Management Rescue & Disaster Management* Social Media* Special Needs Teaching* Sports & Physical Education (MA) Sports Management Surgery Services* Sterilization & Disinfection Technician* Tourism & Hotel Administration Turkish Language & Literature*

PhD

Master’s (w.out Thesis)

• • •

•

• •

• • • • • • • • • •

• •

• • • • • • • • • • •

Turkish Language & Literature Teaching* Contemporary Turkish Language* Work Safety*

Master’s (w. Thesis)

•

Political Science & Public Administration 36 36

Bachelor’s Degree

Associate Degree

PROGRAM NAME

• •

•

• •

English Foundation School** * Programs indicated with the (*) symbol are instructed in Turkish. The descriptions of Turkish Programs are omitted in this catalog as they are solely admiting Turkish-Speaking students. For more information on these programs, please visit: www.gau.edu.tr ** Engish Foundation School grants a Foundation School Certificate.

Faculty of Architecture, Design & Fine Arts

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 2/Fall Semester ARC201

Architectural Design Studio I

ARC211

Digital Design & Presentation I

The Faculty of Architecture, Design and Fine Arts offers following academic programs at the undergraduate level: • Architecture • Graphic Design • Interior Architecture • Plastic Arts Interdisciplinary awareness and practice are encouraged throughout the programs. There are common courses across the different departments in which students gain valuable experience in this important aspect of contemporary academic and creative engagement. Furthermore, with our academic staff hailing from diverse cultural and professional backgrounds and students from many countries, the Faculty provides a lively intellectual and social environment.

ARC241

Contemporary Architecture

ARC221

Building Technology Iii: Structural Systems

ELECTIVE

Elective

NH001

National History I

ARC301

Architectural Design Studio III

Architecture (B.Arch.) With a strong emphasis on human value and professional ethics, the department of Architecture has been offering an education based on critical and theoretical knowledge, creative design skills, the most recent techniques of presentation and architectural building technologies. As a member of different international networks such as European Association for Architectural Education (EAAE), the department of Architecture is an international department with its academic staff and students from all over the world, embracing universal values and taking internationalization as a goal.

ARC361

Human Factors in Design

ARC381

Professional Ethics

ARC351

Urban Design & Planning

Technical Elective

Internship I

Year 2/Spring Semester ARC202

Architectural Design Studio II

ARC212

Digital Design & Presentation II

ARC252

Environmental Control Systems

Elective

National History II

NH002

Year 3/ Fall Semester

ARC300

Year 3/Spring Semester ARC302

Architectural Design Studio IV

ARC372

Principles of Restoration & Conservation

Technical Elective

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

ARC101

Basic Design Studio

ARC111

Architectural Drawing I

ARC401

Architectural Design Studio V

ARC121

Building Technology I: Materials & Methods

ARC403

Graduation Research & Preparation

ARC141

History of Art and Culture

ARC481

Project Management

ARC131

Mathematics for Architects

Technical. Elective

TURK001

Turkish I

Technical Elective

Internship II

ARC400

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

ARC102

Introduction to Architectural Design Studio

ARC112

Architectural Drawing II

ARC402

Graduation Project

ARC142

History of Modern Architecture

GRA412

Portfolio & Presentation

ARC134

Programming & Architecture

ARC482

Professional Practice

ARC122

Building Technology Ii: Structural Elements

Technical Elective

TURK002

Turkish II

Technical Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES ARC451

Mediterranean Cities

INT202

Interior Design Studio II

ARC352

Urban Habitat

ARC212

Digital Design & Presentation II

ARC373

Architectural Heritage

INT252

Environmental Control Systems

ARC405

Research Techniques & Methods

Elective

ARC455

Environmental Aesthetics

Elective

ARC414

Advanced Digital Modeling in Design

National History II

NH002

Year 3/ Fall Semester

Interior Architecture (B.A.) The curriculum of this program offers our students information and skills in a wide range of topics that include but are not limited to human needs, spatial and furniture design, materials, applications, presentation techniques, history of art and architecture. These theoretical courses are accompanied by interactive design studio courses, the core of interior design education, in which students have the chance to improve their skills in critical thinking, designing, researching and

INT302

Interior Design Studio IV

presenting under the supervision of lecturers.

INT372

Principles of Restoration & Conservation

Technical Elective

INT300

Internship I

INT301

Interior Design Studio III

ARC381

Professional Ethics

INT361

Human Factors in Design

Technical Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester ARC101

Basic Design Studio

ARC141

History of Art and Culture

ARC111

Architectural Drawing I

ARC121

Building Technology I: Materials and Methods

INT400

Internship II

INT131

Principles of Interior Design

INT401

Interior Design Studio V

TURK001

Turkish I

INT403

Graduation Research and Preparation

INT481

Project Management

Technical Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

INT102

Introduction to Interior Design Studio

ARC112

Architectural Drawing II

ARC142

History of Modern Architecture

PA132

Color Theory and Practice

INT402

Graduation Project

ARC122

Building Technology Ii: Structural Elements

GRA412

Portfolio and Presentation

TURK002

Turkish II

INT482

Professional Practice

Techincal Elective

Year 4/Spring Semester 10

INT201

Interior Design Studio I

ARC211

Digital Design & Presentation I

INT221

Interior Detailing

INT353

Interior Landscape Design

INT241

Contemporary Interior Design

INT413

Model Making

Elective

INT414

Advanced Digital Modeling in Design

National History I

INT455

Environmental Aesthetics

INT484

Business and Marketing

MAJOR ELECTIVES

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 2/Fall Semester

NH001

Graphic Design (B.A.) This Bachelor of Arts degree program provides students with a solid foundation in the principles of advertising, marketing, public relations, sales promotion and cost analysis.

Year 4/ Fall Semester GRA401

Graphic Design Studio V

PA441

Analysis of Art & Design

Elective

3 0

Year 1/Fall Semester ARC101

Basic Design Studio

GRA400

Summer Internship II

GRA121

Lettering & Typography I

PA131

Photography

ARC141

History of Art and Culture

GRA402

Graphic Design Studio VI

PA111

Drawing I

GRA412

Portfolio & Presentation

TURK001

Turkish I

Elective

Year 4/Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester PA102

Introduction to Art Studio

GRA122

Lettering & Typography II

PA112

Drawing II

GRA323

Motion Graphics

PA132

Color Theory & Practice

GRA333

Advertising Design and Art Direction

Elective

GRA340

Design Semiotics

Turkish II

GRA342

Packaging & Label Design

GRA351

Advertising Photography

TURK002

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

GRA201

Graphic Design Studio I

GRA392

Exhibition and Environmental Graphics

GRA221

Computer Applications for Graphic Design

GRA452

Comic Book Design

GRA267

Basic Illustration

GRA223

Vector Design

Plastic Arts ( B.A.)

PA231

Fundamentals of Painting

The Program creates informed practitioners who through a

NH001

National History I

combination of theory and studio practice and a bias towards hybrid, cross-disciplinary experimentation, as opposed to

Year 2/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

GRA202

Graphic Design Studio II

narrow craft orientated traditional techniques, encourages

GRA268

Commercial Illustration

students to externalize creative ideas using the full-gamut of

GRA242

History of Graphic Art

what is available today in any field of knowledge. The aim is to

GRA222

3d Modeling

generate thinking artists who are not only capable of operating

NH002

National History II

locally or regionally, but internationally by producing relevant

Elective

creative work. Students graduating from this program will be able to work as individual, professional artists, have some skills

Year 3/ Fall Semester GRA301

Graphic Design Studio III

in art curatorship and as museum personnel and as freelance

PA311

Experimental Media

consultants in their fields.

Elective

ARC101

Basic Design Studio

Summer Internship

PA103

2d Design

PA131

Photography

GRA300

Year 3/Spring Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

GRA302

Graphic Design Studio IV

PA141

History of Art and Culture

PA312

Visual Codes

PA111

Drawing I

Elective

TURK001

Turkish I

Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

PA102

Introduction to Art Studio

PA402

Graduation Project

PA104

3d Design

GRA412

Portfolio & Presentation

PA132

Colour Theory and Practice

PA442

Critical Practice

PA142

History of Modern Art

T.EL

Technical Elective

PA112

Drawing II

TURK002

Turkish II

Year 2/Fall Semester PA201

Art Studio I

PA231

Fundamentals of Painting

PA211

Advanced Drawing I

PA241

Contemporary Art

T.EL

Technical Elective

NH001

National History I

Year 2/Spring Semester PA202

Art Studio II

PA232

Fundamentals of Sculpture

PA212

Advanced Drawing II

Elective

T.EL

Technical Elective

NH002

National History II

Year 3/ Fall Semester PA301

Art Studio III

PA311

Experimental Media

PA331

Printmaking

Elective

T.EL

Technical Elective

PA300

Summer Internship I

Year 3/Spring Semester Art Studio IV

PA312

Visual Codes

PA332

Art in Context

T.EL

Technical Elective

T.EL

Technical Elective

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Faculty of Business & Economics Faculty provides a wide range of high quality bachelor, master and doctoral degree programs and attracts talented students from all around the world. The Faculty has developed discipline specific graduate attributes and obtained international accreditations (IACBE and ECBE in addition to YÖDAK and YÖK) for its business programs. Given the multidisciplinary and career oriented nature of programs, a bachelor’s degree in FB provides a solid background for many jobs and professions in private sector business including banking and insurance, central and local government, international institutions and education. A bachelor’s degree in business and economics also offers excellent preparation for advanced education in business, management, economics, finance and banking, public policy, international relations, and law. The Faculty of Business offers undergraduate programs in following specializations: • Business Management • Economics • International Business Management • Human Resource Management Business Management (BSc) The department is structured such as to educate managers and organization leaders of the future. These leaders and managers will be able to work successfully in an increasingly complex and ever changing environment in order to attain and maintain longterm competitive edge over their competitors. Intensive theory and practice-based curriculum is offered by our department which creates an academic experience that is contemporary, challenging, diverse, globally oriented and professionally focused.

PA401

Art Studio V

PA441

Analysis of Art and Design

BUS101

Intro. to Business& Management

PA403

Graduation Research and Preparation

COMP103

Computer Application 1

T.EL

Technical Elective

PSYC100

Introduction to Behavioral Science I

PA400

Summer Internship II

MAT101

Business Mathematics

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History L.

Year 1/Fall Semester

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PA302

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

BUS108

Principles of Management

BUS404

Strategic Management

COMP104

Computer Application Ll.

TRME001

Departmental Elective

SOCY100

Sociology

TRME001

Departmental Elective

MAT102

Business Mathematics Ll.

TRME001

Departmental Elective

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

NH002

National History Ll.

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

BUS211

Microeconomics

BUS213

Business Ethics

BUS203

Financial Accounting L

BUS308

Business Finance Il

BUS205

Statistics L

BUS406

Insurance & Risk Management

BUS207

Introduction to Law

BUS407

Innovation & Entrepreneurship

CS201

Communication Skills

BUS408

Non-Governmental Organizations

BUS409

Corporate Governance & Family Business

BUS418

Small Business Seminar

TURK001

Turkish L. Year 2/Spring Semester

BUS212

Macroeconomics

BUS419

Research Methods in Business

BUS204

Financial Accounting Ll.

BUS420

Contemporary Issues in Business

BUS206

Statistics Ll.

BUS422

Business Law

Project Evaluation & Investment Management

BUS208 CS202

Communication Skills Ll.

BUS430

Supply Chain Management

TURK002

Turkish Ll.

BUS444

Cross Cultural Studies in Orgs.

BUS445

Workshop in Export and Import

Year 3/ Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

BUS301

Organizational Behavior

BUS454

Logistic Management

BUS303

Human Resource Management

BUS462

Leadership and Organizational Culture

BUS307

Business Finance L

BUS305

Quantitative Methods & Forecasting

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester BUS302

E-Commerce

BUS304

Operations Management

BUS306

Management Info Systems

BUS310

Organizational Theory

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

STJ030

Internship - 30 Calendar Days

Year 4/ Fall Semester BUS401

International Business

BUS403

Globalization & Economic.integration

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Economics (BSc) This program offers an undergraduate program leading to a Bachelorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Degree in Economics. Students enrolled in the BSc program are required to complete 132 credits. The objective of the program is to establish and improve the understanding of economic problems from the elementary to the most complex, and to provide its students with necessary tools to undertake critical and systematic analyses of the economic environment we live in and develop policy options. Therefore the program prepares students for further study at the graduate level, or alternatively, enables them to enter careers in private as well as public enterprises. Year 1/Fall Semester ECO101

Intro. to Economics I

COMP103

Computer Applications I

BUS101

Intro. to Business Management

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

ECON102

Intro. to Economics II

ECON404

Public Finance

COMP104

Computer Applications II

ECON406

Economic Development

SOCY100

Sociology

ECON410

Econometrics

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

TRME001

Departmental Elective

EGL102

Development of Writing Skill

TRME001

Departmental Elective

NH002

National History II

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

ECON203

Intermediate Microeconomics

ECON403

Managerial Economics

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

ECON408

Turkish Economy

BUS205

Statistics I

ECON411

Industrial Organization

BUS207

Introduction to Law

ECON412

Cyprus Economy

CS201

Communication Skills I

ECON413

Monetary Theory and Policy

TURK001

Turkish I

ECON414

Project Appraisal and Cost Benefit Analysis

ECON415

Environmental Economics

Year 2/Spring Semester ECON204

Intermediate Macroeconomics

ECON417

Empirical Economic Analysis

BUS204

Financial Accounting II

ECON418

Empirical Economic Analysis

BUS206

Statistics II

ECON419

Agricultural Economics

POLS101

Intro. to Political Science

ECON420

Contemporary Issues in Economics

CS202

Communication Skills II

TURK002

Turkish II

0 Year 3/ Fall Semester

ECON301

International Economics I

ECON305

Money & Banking

ECON307

Financial Economics

ECON317

Political Economy

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester

International Business Management (BSc) The mission of the program is to prepare our students to the demanding and continuously changing market conditions so that they can be important players in this environment. Since modern enterprises - governmental, non-profit, and business - operate in a global environment, success is difficult for those who are unaware of events and cultures outside their own. The programâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s goal is to equip students with the ability to work comfortably in more than one corner of the global marketplace. The program requires the completion of 132 credits.

ECON302

International Economics II

ECON304

Mathematical Economics

BUS101

Introduction to Business & Management

ECON306

Business Cycles & Forecasting

COMP103

ECON318

Labor Economics

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I

TRME001

Departmental Elective

PSYC100

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Introduction to Behavioral Science I: Psychology

MAT101

Business Mathematics

STJ030

Internship

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

ECON401

Economic Thought

BUS108

Principles of Management

ECON405

Research Methods

COMP104

ECON402

Global Economics

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems Ii.

TRME001

Departmental Elective

SOCY100

Introduction to Behavioral Science

TRME001

Departmental Elective

MAT102

Business Mathematics Ii.

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

BUS211

Microeconomics

BUS213

Business Ethics

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

BUS403

Globalization & Econ. Integration

BUS205

Statistics I

BUS423

International Finance

BUS207

Introduction to Law

BUS427

International Banking

CS201

Communication Skills I

BUS420

Contemporary Issues in Business

TURK001

Turkish I

BUS454

Logistic Management

BUS407

Innovation & Entrepreneurship

BUS408

Non-Governmental Organizations

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

BUS204

Financial Accounting Ii.

BUS206

Statistics Ii.

BUS208

Business Law

CS202

Communication Skills Ii.

TURK002

Turkish Ii.

Year 3/ Fall Semester BUS301

Organizational Behavior

BUS303

Human Resource Management

BUS305

Quantitative Methods & Forecasting

BUS307

Business Finance I

BUS101

Intro. to Business& Management

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

COMP 103

Computer Application 1

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

PSYC 100

Psychology

MAT 101

Business Mathematics

Year 3/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Human Resource Management (BSc) Students pursuing this track in Business Management will learn how to identify, analyse and solve complex human resource and management issues. The program prepares students to become influential business leaders, capable of developing and implementing organizational policies and guidelines that can efficiently use the human capital within an organization. Year 1/Fall Semester

BUS302

E-Commerce

EGL 101

Development of Reading Skills

BUS304

Operations Management

NH 001

National History l.

BUS306

Management Info Systems

BUS450

Consumer Behavior

BUS 108

Principles of Management

BUS457

Marketing Strategy

COMP 104

Computer Application ll.

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

SOCY 100

Sociology

STJ030

Internship

MAT 102

Business Mathematics ll.

EGL 102

Development of Writing Skills

NH 002

National History ll.

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

BUS401

International Business

BUS444

Cross Cultural Studies in Org.

BUS445

Workshop in Export and Import

BUS211

Microeconomics

TRME001

Departmental Elective

BUS 203

Financial Accounting l

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

BUS 205

Statistics l

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

BUS 207

Introduction to Law

CS 201

Communication Skills l

TURK 001

Turkish l.

Year 4/Spring Semester BUS404

Strategic Management

BUS430

Supply Chain and Management

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

BUS 204

Financial Accounting ll.

BUS 206

Statistics ll.

BUS 208

Business Law

CS 202

Communication Skills ll.

TURK 002

Turkish ll.

Year 3/ Fall Semester BUS 301

Organizational Behavior

BUS 303

Human Resource Management

BUS 307

Business Finance l

BUS 305

Quantitative Methods & Forecasting

BUS 315

Principles of Marketing

Faculty Elective (1)

Faculty of Communication In this faculty we are aiming to educate young generations who will be able to study, think, create, produce and solve problems. The objectives of our faculty are to raise productive, thinking, problem solving, questioning, creative young graduates, who fully comprehend the world in which they live. The faculty of Communication has four departments, which offer academic curriculum both in English and Turkish. Students are free to elect the programs either in English or Turkish. • Journalism, Broadcast & Communication • Public Relations • Radio TV and Cinema

BUS 401

International Business

BUS 477

Indtrial & Lab Rel Prereq:BUS108, BUS303

BUS 478

Perf Managament & Appraisal Systems

Faculty Elective (4)

Public Relations (BA) Fundamental task of public relations professionals is to manage image and reputation of their clients. Positive image and reputation of individuals and organizations play a vital role to initiate, develop and maintain any kind of relationship that essential for achieving individual, organizational and societal goals. During the first and second years the curriculum courses draw upon the foundation of social and behavioral (i.e., psychology, sociology, economics, management, political science, etc.) and managerial sciences. The third and the fourth years, students learn basic theories and models of interpersonal, group, organizational and mass communication; history and pioneers of public relations and advertising. In addition to the practices in the class and internships, students gain necessary work experience by working actively in the University’s radio and TV stations as well as other organizational activities in or out campus of GAU.

Faculty Elective (5)

Unrestricted Elective (1)

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester BUS 302

E-Commerce

BUS 304

Operations Management

BUS 306

Management Info Systems

BUS 310

Organizational Theory

Faculty Elective (2)

Faculty Elective (3)

STJ 030

Internship - 30 calendar days

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

PRE101

Introduction to Communication

PRE103

Introduction to Business and Management I

Strategic Management

BUS 462

Leadership and Organizational Culture

COMP103

Introduction to Computer and Information System I

BUS 479

Int Human Resource Management

PSYC100

Introduction to Behavioural Science I

Faculty Elective (6)

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Faculty Elective (7)

NH001

National History I

Unrestricted Elective (2)

Year 1/Spring Semester PRE102

History of Communication

PRE106

Introduction to Business and Management II

COMP104

Introduction to Computer and Information System II

SOCY100

Introduction to Behavioural Sciences II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

NH002

National History II

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

BUS 404

Year 2/Fall Semester PRE201

Introduction to Political Science

PRE203

Communication Sociology

PRE205

Creative Writing

PRE209

Introduction to Economics I

PRE211

Statistics I

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester PRE202

Introduction to Public Relations

PRE206

Media Law

PRE208

Diction and Debate

PRE210

Advertising Design

PRE212

News Report Writing

TURK002

Turkish II

RTC101

Introduction to Communications

STJ001

Internship

COMP103

Intro to Computer & Information Systems I

PSYC100

Intro to Behavioural Science I: Psychology

Year 3/ Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 1/Fall Semester

PRE303

Research Methods of Social Sciences

RTC103

Basic Concept of Rd-Tv

PRE305

Introduction to Journalism for Pr

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

PRE307

Organisational Behaviour

NH001

National History

PRE309

Human Resources Management

PRE311

Marketing Management

Year 3/Spring Semester 46

Radio, TV & Cinema (BSc) Goal of the Radio, Television and Cinema department is to produce liberal and creative thinking young communicators who are responsive to social problems and who can express their thoughts and act in line with the principles of professional ethics and social responsibility. As an interdisciplinary program, Radio, Television and Cinema department aims to equip students with a strong foundation in sociology, history, philosophy, politics and arts. In accordance with â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;learning by producingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; principle, students attending the practical courses will be equipped with technical know-how and have the opportunity to both practice with and produce radio and television programs, short films and documentaries.

Year 1/Spring Semester RTC102

History of Communications

COMP104

Information Systems and Computers II

PRE302

Theories of Mass Communication

SOCY100

Introduction to Behavioural Science II

PRE304

Organisational Communication

RTC112

News Report Writing

PRE306

Media Planning

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

PRE308

Consumer Behaviour

NH002

National History 2

Elective

Internship

STJ002

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester RTC201

Radio and Tv Programming I

RTC214

History of World Cinema

PRE401

Promotion Management

PRE201

Introduction to Political Science

PRE403

Pr Campaign

PRE203

Communication Sociology

PRE405

Advertsing Workshop

RTC211

Introduction to Economics

Elective

TURK001

Turkish 1

Year 4/Spring Semester PRE404

Publicity

PRE406

Personal Selling

PRE408

Communication Ethics

Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester RTC235

Diction and Debate

RTC202

Radio & Tv Programming II

PRE210

Advertising Design

RTC203

Camera Application

PRE206

Media Law

TURK002

Turkish 2

STJ001

Internship 1

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/ Fall Semester RTC304

Techniques of Tv Production I

CIT101

Information Technology in Education I

RTC307

Radio & Tv Newswriting

MTHS101

Calculus I

RTC338

Visual Advertising Techniques

EGL101

English I: Developing Reading Skills

RTC339

Research of Mass Media

TRK001

Turkish I: Writing

RTC306

Conversation & Techniques of Interview

HIST001

National History I

EDU103

Introduction to Educational Science

Year 3/Spring Semester RTC305

Techniques of Tv Production II

RTC308

Applications of Assembling

RTC312

Radio & Tv Announcing

RTC332

Theories of Mass Media

RTC321

Scenario

STJ002

Internship

Year 1/Spring Semester CIT102

Information Technology in Education II

MTHS102

Calculus II

EGL102

English Ii: Developing Writing Skills

TRK002

Turkish Ii: Speaking

HIST002

National History II

EDU102

Educational Psychology

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester

RTC407

Music Programs of Radio & Tv

CIT203

Programming Languages I

RTC410

History of Turkish Cinema

EDU210

Instructional Design

Elective

CIT205

Computer Hardware

Elective

PHS201

Physics I

Elective

EDU209

Methods of Instruction

VOCEL

Vocational Elective

Year 4/Spring Semester PRE408

Media Ethics

RTC425

Film, Criticism, Analysis

CIT204

Programming Languages II

RTC427

Tv Studio Management

EDU203

Material Design in Education

RTC428

Documentary Film

CIT206

Graphics and Animation in Education

Elective

PHS202

Physics II

EDU208

Measurement and Evaluation

MEL

Major Area Elective

Faculty of Education

Computer & Information Technology Teaching (BA) Students enrolled in this program learn the essential pedagogical and computer science skills necessary to become ICT Teachers.

Year 3/ Fall Semester CIT303

Operating Systems and Applications

CIT307

Web Based Design and Programming

EDU303

Distance Education

GCC303

History of Science

EDU309

Classroom Management

EDU311

Special Teaching Methods I

EDU313

Special Education

Year 3/Spring Semester CIT314

Multimedia Production and Design

CIT306

Computer Networks and Communication

CIT312

Database Management Systems

GCC302

Community Service Applications

EDU314

Turkish Edu.system and School Mgmt

EDU312

Special Teaching Methods II

MEL

Major Area Elective

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Since the beginning of the academic year 1998/1999, the Faculty has fully concentrated on teacher education and accepted the programs designed and developed by the committees established for the National Education Development Project under the coordination of the Higher Education Council in Turkey (YOK), The World Bank and the Turkish Ministry of Education. The overall institutional objective of the faculty is that graduates will have teaching competencies in their particular fields by being furnished with the general and specific knowledge, methods, techniques and skills of contemporary teaching to fit the scientific and technical development of the world in the third millennium.

Year 2/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

CIT403

Project Development and Management I

ELT102

Contextual Grammar II

CIT407

Web Design

ELT104

Advanced Reading and Writing II

EDU413

School Experience

ELT106

Listening and Pronunciation II

EDU423

Research Methods in Education

ELT108

Oral Communication Skills II

MEL

Major Area Elective

ELT110

Lexical Competence

GEL

General Elective

GCC102

Turkish II: Oral Skills

GCC104

Computer II

EDU102

Educational Psychology

Year 4/Spring Semester CIT404

Project Development and Management II

EDU406

Guidance

EDU404

Teaching Practice

ELT201

English Literature I

MEL

Major Area Elective

ELT203

Linguistics I

GEL

General Elective

ELT205

Approaches to ELT I

ELT207

English-Turkish Translation

ELT209

Oral Expression and Public Speaking

GCC201

History of Turkish Education

EDU209

Teaching Principles and Methods

MAJOR ELECTIVES

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

CIT413

Instructional Game Development

EDU251

Trends, Problems and Comparisons of Educational Systems

CIT417

Introduction to Serious Game Studies

CIT224

Information Security Principles, and Standards

CIT332

Data Analysis with Spss

CIT322

Computer Logic and Algorithms

English Language Teaching (BA) The department of English language teaching provides prospective English language teachers with practical training and a deeper understanding of language teaching principles and brings them up-to-date on recent classroom teaching practices. The ELT program offers practical training in current approaches (particularly the communicative approach and task-based learning) and fosters critical thinking, creativity and research skills. Our department hosts highly qualified and internationally experienced staff to provide a professional learning environment to reflect on, observe and evaluate teaching through learning and learner-centered approach. Our graduates pursue careers not only in teaching but also in translation, tourism and communication.

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester ELT202

English Literature II

ELT204

Linguistics II

ELT206

Approaches to ELT II

ELT208

Language Acquisition

EDU204

Specific Teaching Methods I

EDU206

Educational Technology and Materials

Year 3/ Fall Semester ELT301

Teaching English to Young Learners

ELT303

Specific Teaching Methods II

ELT305

Teaching Four Skills I

ELT307

Literature and Language Teaching I

ELT309

Second Foreign Language I

GCC301

Drama Teaching

EDU309

Classroom Management

ELT 302

Teaching English to Young Learners

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester

ELT101

Contextual Grammar

ELT304

Turkish-English Translation

ELT103

Advanced Reading and Writing

ELT306

Teaching Four Skills II

ELT105

Listening and Pronunciation I

ELT308

Literature and Language Teaching II

ELT107

Oral Communication Skills I

ELT310

Second Foreign Language II

GCC101

Turkish I: Writing skills 2

GCC302

Community Service

GCC103

Computer I 2 2 3 0

EDU306

Measurement and Assessment

GCC105

Effective Communication 2 2

EDU103

Introduction to Educational Science

Year 4/ Fall Semester ELT401

Materials Adaptation & Development

ELT403

Second Foreign Language III

ELT405

Elective I: Novel

GCC401

National History I

EDU413

School Experience 1

EDU415

Guidance

EDU417

Special Education

Year 4/Spring Semester ELT402

Language Testing & Evaluation

ELT404

Elective II: Applied Linguistics

ELT406

Elective III: CALL (Computer-assisted language learning)

GCC402

National History II

EDU404

Practice Teaching

EDU410

Comparative Education

EDU412

Turkish Education System and School Administration

Faculty of Engineering Faculty of Engineering aims to educate fully qualified engineers in all aspects. In today’s competitive environment, the engineers who are the graduates of GAU Faculty of Engineering are aimed to be fully equipped with technological, language and engineering skills. The TechnoPark, which is an important asset of Faculty of Engineering, with its various research and educational laboratories, provides opportunity for the students to be well equipped for their future academic and professional career. The Faculty of Engineering, comprises of following academic programs:

Automotive Engineering (BSc) The aim of the program is designing automotive systems with an interdisciplinary knowledge of engineering that deals with the automotive sector and its problems. The application areas of automotive engineering are quite wide such as design,

Year 1/Fall Semester MT111

Calculus 1

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

PS111

General Physics I

CH101

General Chemistry

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENGL001

English I

2 Year 1/Spring Semester

MT104

Linear Algebra

MT112

Calculus II

PS112

General Physics II

ENG102

Computer Programming I

AE102

Engineering Drawing

ENGL002

English

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

•Automotive Engineering •Computer Engineering •Civil Engineering •Electrical & Electronics Engineering •Energy Systems Engineering •Industrial Engineering •Mechanical Engineering •Civil Engineering

automotive production design, assembly, robotic systems and so on. The aim is to inform the engineers who are studying automotive engineering about automotive technologies, production processes and materials, available and alternative fuels, safety systems, and the interaction of automotive technologies and the environment. The program is based on lectures, large assignments, simulations and experiments, and these are carried out as real case studies, or using other similar methods. To graduate from the Automotive Engineering, students must complete a total of 147 credits and complete two internships, where each cannot be less than 30 working days at the second semester of their second and third year of studies. A sound understanding of the principles of basic sciences is essential to the study of automotive engineering. It is essential for the students to be well versed in mathematics and physics. The first 2 years mainly are common for all the departments. In junior year, students take the core courses of the automotive engineering. In the senior year there is a wide range of technical elective courses, which enable students to specialize further in their particular field of interest. The core courses aim to establish a firm general knowledge in all fields of Automotive Engineering. The courses are distributed in eight semesters through four academic years including graduation project and summer trainings. The balanced, integrated curriculum provides an education, which is strong both in the fundamentals and in state-of-the-art knowledge, appropriate for immediate professional practice as well as graduate study and lifelong learning.

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

MT211

Calculus III

AE402

Graduation Project II

MT207

Probability Theory

AE404

Vehicle Dynamics

ENG201

Fund. of Electrical Engineering

AE406

Mechatronics

AE201

Introduction to Automotive Eng.

Elective

AE203

Materials Science

Technical Elective

AE205

Statics

Technical Elective

National History II

Year 2/Spring Semester

NH002

MT212

Engineering Mathematics

MT206

Differential Equations

AE202

Strength of Materials I

AE204

Manufacturing Technology I

AE206

Dynamics

MT208

Numerical Analysis

AE200

Summer Practice

Year 3/ Fall Semester

AE301

Thermodynamics

AE303

Electronic Systems in Vehicles

AE305

Strength of Materials II

AE307

Theory of Machines

AE309

Machine Design I

TUR001

Turkish I

ELXXX

Elective

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 3/Spring Semester AE302

Manufacturing Technology II

AE304

Internal Combustion Engines

AE306

Heat Transfer

AE308

Vehicle Component Design

AE310

Machine Design II

ENG304

Engineering Economy

TURK002

Turkish II

AE300

Summer Practice II

Year 4/ Fall Semester AE401

Graduation Project I

AE403

Modelling of Automative Control Systems

AE405

Quality Planning & Control

ENG401

Engineering Ethics

Technical Elective

National History I

NH001

Computer Engineering (BSc) The undergraduate program is designed to provide students with the fundamental knowledge and interdisciplinary educational foundation for a fulfilling career in high quality engineering profession. All the necessary computing facilities are available to enhance studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; knowledge, skills and competences in the field of Computer Engineering and in the application of computerized techniques. These facilities include well-equipped computer laboratories with high-speed personal computers and hardware laboratory for design.Students enrolled in the BSc program, are required to complete forty courses with 132 credits. The last two years, not only include the core courses of computer engineering such as operating systems, file organization, database system and programming languages, but also include technical electives and free electives. All of the core courses have laboratory sessions. Resources: Research & Software Development Lab The newly established RESODEC lab is the main research facility of the Faculty of Engineering. Equipped with 10 workstation class computers and other advanced peripherals, the laboratory is serving the high computing power needs of the MSc and PhD students as well as the researchers of the Faculty. In collaboration with the INTERDEL lab, RESODEC is adding to the research oriented value of the Faculty and forcing the universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s educational and research oriented computing power position to stand out among other rivals. Computer Engineering Laboratory The mission of the Computer Engineering Laboratory is to give practical skills for the undergraduate and graduate students in the fundamental concepts of the computer engineering discipline. The Computer Engineering Laboratory uses a network of up- to date computers, and some systems that will help the students on the hardware design. The Computer Engineering Laboratory is responsible for education in computer engineering, and software engineering. The curriculum of the laboratory includes basic courses in

computer and software engineering and advanced courses on operating systems, and real-time object-oriented programming. Located at Techno park Complex Second Floor, the computer laboratory is equipped with 25 PCs to support the main computing education needs of the Faculty of Engineering. The PCs are equipped with recent peripherals powerful enough to conduct the bachelor level coursesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; laboratory sessions and experiments.

Year 3/ Fall Semester CEN301

Microprocessor

CEN303

Data Structures and Algorithms

CEN305

Object Oriented Programming

CEN307

Operating Systems

FEL

Free Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester

Information Technologies Research & Development Laboratory The newly established INTERDEL laboratory started to service the Faculty of Engineering on April 11th 2011. Equipped with 44 state of the art PCs and other peripherals, the INTERDEL Laboratory extended the Facultyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s computing capabilities for further improving the computing requiring experiments and especially further enhance the practical experiences of the third and fourth year engineering students.

CEN302

Structured Programming Languages

CEN304

File Organization and Access Methods

CEN306

Database Systems

ENG304

Engineering Economy

MT308

Numerical Analysis

EEN400

Summer Training

Year 4/ Fall Semester CEN401

Graduation Project I

CEN403

Software Design

Technical Elective

Free Elective

National History I

Year 1/Fall Semester CH101

General Chemistry

MT111

Calculus I

PS111

General Physics I

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

TURK001

Turkish I

NH001

Year 4/Spring Semester CEN402

Year 1/Spring Semester

Graduation Project II

Technical Elective

Free Elective

National History II

MT112

Calculus II

MT104

Linear Algebra

PS112

General Physics II

ENG102

Computer Programming I

CEN407

Introduction to Web Design

ENG106

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

CEN410

Computer Networks

TURK002

Turkish II

CEN415

Data Communication

CEN420

Automata Theory and Formal Languages

MAJOR ELECTIVES

MT211

Calculus III

CEN421

Computer Graphics

MT207

Probability Theory

CEN428

Introduction to Neural Networks

ENG201

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

CEN430

System Analysis and Design

ENG203

Computer Programming II

CEN432

Data Security and Protection

ENG205

Logic Circuit Design

CEN440

Computer Hardware and Applications

CEN441

Computer Aided Production Systems

Year 2/Spring Semester MT212

Engineering Mathematics

CEN443

Research Methods

MT206

Differential Equations

CEN446

Introduction to Information Retrieval

ENG202

Physical Electronics

CEN448

Qt Programming

ENG204

Introduction to Modelling and Optimization

CEN450

Computer Architecture

ENG206

Digital Systems

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 2/Fall Semester

NH002

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

CEN455

Parallel Computing

CEN457

Analysis of Algorithms

CEN460

Computer Graphics

CEN465

Image Processing

CEN468

Visual Programming

CEN470

Artificial Intelligence

CEN472

Machine Learning

CEN477

Java Programming

CEN479

Introduction to Cryptography

CEN480

Management Information Systems

CEN490

Distributed Systems

CEN499

Electronics for Computer Engineers

CEN498

Embedded Systems

EEN307

Signals and Systems

EEN420

Programable Logic Controllers & Automation

EEN423

Robotics

MT401

Selected Topics in Mathematics

EEN465

Image Processing

Civil Engineering (BSc) The goal of the Civil Engineering Department undergraduate program is to provide a total learning experience through a curricular flexibility of curriculum. The balanced and integrated curriculum provides an education, which is strong from both theoretical and practical perspectives enabling our graduates for an immediate professional practice as well as graduate study and life-long learning. To graduate from the Civil Engineering Department, students must complete a total of 51 courses with 142 credits as well as two internships (including both on site and office internships) that will prepare them for their future career. A sound understanding of the principles of basic sciences is essential to the study of civil engineering. Therefore, the first 2 years are mainly common for all engineering departments providing courses on basic sciences including physics, chemistry, mathematics and computer programming. Resources: Civil Engineering Laboratory The newly established Civil Engineering Laboratory is equipped with wide range of instruments. The aim of this laboratory is to support the theoretical knowledge taught in civil engineering courses with practical experience and observations, while providing research facilities for both staff and students. Moreover, this laboratory has a capacity to give service to the construction industry by providing testing facilities and consultancy. The laboratory is well

equipped to provide testing and experiment facilities in the fields of Surveying, Construction Materials, Structural Mechanics, and Soil Mechanics. In Soil Mechanics field, soil classification and mechanical tests on soils can be done, while in Construction Materials field, quality control tests are carried out. In Structural Mechanics field, strength and durability tests are carried out and in the field of surveying topographic measurements are done. Year 1/Fall Semester MT111

Calculus I

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

PS111

General Physics I

CH101

General Chemistry

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENGLOO1

English I

Year 1/Spring Semester MT112

Calculus II

PS112

General Physics II

ENG102

Computer Programming I

MT104

Linear Algebra

ENG106

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

ENGL002

English II

2 Year 2/Fall Semester

MT211

Calculus III

MT207

Probability Theory

ENG201

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

ENG203

Computer Programming II

CVEN201

Statics

CVEN205

Technical Drawing

Year 2/Spring Semester MT212

Engineering Mathematics

MT206

Differential Equations

ENG204

Introduction to Modelling and Optimisation

CVEN202

Strength of Materials

CVEN204

Surveying

ELXXX

Free Elective

Year 3/ Fall Semester CVEN301

Dynamics

CVEN305

Transportation Engineering

CVEN307

Soil Mechanics

CVEN303

Structural Analysis I

CVEN309

Fluid Mechanics

CVEN311

Design of Steel Structures I

TURK001

Turkish I

Resources:

Year 3/Spring Semester CVEN306

Reinforced Concrete Structures I

CVEN312

Design of Steel Structures II

CVEN304

Structural Analysis II

CVEN308

Construction Materials

ENG304

Engineering Economy

MT308

Numerical Analysis

TURK002

Turkish II

Year 4/ Fall Semester CVEN401

Earthquake Engineering

CVEN403

Computer Applications

CVEN407

Reinforced Concrete Structures II

CVEN409

Construction Engineering and Management

Technical Elective

Free Elective

National History

NH001

Year 4/Spring Semester CVEN410

Hydrology

CVEN490

Special Project

Technical Elective

NH002

National History II

CVEN350

Summer Practice

MAJOR ELECTIVES Energy Management

CVEN440

Foundation Engineering

CVEN464

Pavement Management Systems

CVEN477

High Performance Concrete

CVEN479

Ssustainable Concrete Construction

CVEN442

Structural Engineering Design

Electrical & Electronics Engineering (BSc) The goals of the Electrical & Electronics Engineering Department undergraduate program is to provide the students with total learning experience through a curricular flexibility and student project work. Department of Electrical and Electronics Engineering also offer the same program in Turkish language. Students enrolled in the BSc program are required to complete forty courses with 133 credits and 4 non-credit courses.

Electronics Laboratory This laboratory includes fundamental instruments and experimental sets for electrical and electronic circuits. It is aimed to support undergraduate courses such as circuit theory, physical electronics, electronic circuits, logic circuits and digital systems. DC and AC circuits, basics of diodes and transistors, amplifiers, OP-AMP applications, frequency response, voltage regulators, active filters, combinational logic applications, multiplexers, counters, Arithmetic Logic Units (ALU) are some applications that are conducted in this laboratory. All engineering students use this laboratory during different courses. The laboratory also gives support to graduation projects of the students. Electric Machinery Laboratory This laboratory provides our students different experiments on DC and AC machines on both no load and loaded conditions. The data obtained from these experiments are used to find main performance parameters of the machines and are the same time to draw characteristic curves between measured parameters during no load an loaded tests. During lab experiments, students study physical implementation of the rotors and stators for DC and AC machines. Microwaves and Communications Laboratory This laboratory is equipped by two different kinds of experimental sets. There are two sets for analog communications which include both modulation and demodulation facilities of the most known analog techniques such as AM, FM, ASK, PSK and their variants. This part of the lab is useful for fundamental communications courses. Additionally, microwave trainers are included in this laboratory, which are used for undergraduate and graduate level technical elective courses.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CVEN475

PLC&Micropssor Laboratory The PLC & Microprocessor laboratory is equipped for undergraduate level courses and projects. There are three groups of experimental sets in this laboratory: PLC (Siemens, Simatic S-7 200), Microprocessors (8086) sets and microcontroller (PIC F877) sets. All these sets are supported by computers and they have their specific programming tools that are aimed to teach how hardware can be controlled by a program. Laboratory is used by both Electrical and Computer Engineering students in different core or technical elective courses. The laboratory also supports graduation projects of the students.

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester CH101

General Chemistry

EEN401

Graduation Project I

MT111

Calculus I

EEN403

Communication Systems

PS111

General Physics I

Tecnical Elective

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

Tecnical Elective

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

Free Electice

TURK001

Turkish I

NH001

National History I

EE400

Summer Practice

Year 1/Spring Semester MT112

Calculus II

MT104

Linear Algebra

PS112

General Physics II

ENG102

Graduation Project II

Technical Elective

Computer Programming I

Technical Elective

ENG106

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

Technical Elective

TURK002

Turkish II

Free Elective

National History II

Year 2/Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

EEN402

NH002

MT211

Calculus III

MT207

Probability Theory

EEN416

Mobile Communications

ENG201

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

EEN417

Active Filter Design

ENG203

Computer Programming II

EEN419

Digital Integrated Circuit Design

ENG205

Logic Circuit Design

EEN420

Plcâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s and Automation

Year 2/Spring Semester 54

Year 4/Spring Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

EEN423

Robotics I

MT212

Engineering Mathematics

EEN425

Transform Theory for Engineers

MT206

Differential Equations

EEN432

Semiconductor Electronics

ENG202

Physical Electronics

EEN433

Photonics and Optoelectronics

ENG204

Introduction to Modelling and Optimization

EEN434

Introduction to Optical Engineering

ENG206

Digital Systems

EEN441

Digital Signal Processing

Year 3/ Fall Semester

EEN445

Digital Communications

EEN301

Electronic Circuits I

EEN446

Satellite Systems

EEN303

Circuit Theory

EEN448

Information Theory & Applications

EEN305

Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation

EEN456

Wireless Communication & Networks

EEN307

Signals and Systems

EEN465

Image Processing

EEN347

Electromagnetic Theory I

EEN470

Artificial Intelligence

Year 3/Spring Semester

EEN474

Power Electronics

EEN302

Electronic Circuits II

EEN475

Electrical Machinery

EEN304

Feedback Control Systems

EEN477

Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Sys.

EEN348

Electromagnetic Theory II

EEN478

Antennas and Propagation

ENG304

Engineering Economy

EEN481

Microwave Circuits

MT308

Numerical Analysis

EEN484

Power Supply & Energy Transmission

EEN486

Power System Analysis & Protection

EEN488

High Voltage Techniques

Energy Systems Engineering (BSc) The Energy Systems Engineering program aims to prepare and educate the students with the essential knowledge of major energy technologies, including how they work, how they are quantitatively evaluated, what they cost, and what is their benefit and impact on the natural environment. The overall aim is to prepare professional engineers in energy systems that will be able to face the challenges and solve problems in energy production, consumption and management. The Energy Systems Engineering is a multidisciplinary program, covering fundamental engineering knowledge and skills in such areas as energy generation, conversion, transportation and distribution, electrical power systems and energy management (like in buildings, transport, industry etc.), along with modules on energy resources, energy policies, economics and associated environmental issues. The program consists of a four-year sequence of courses and requires the students to obtain 133 academic credits through classroom and laboratory academic teaching. The program covers the fundamental sciences of chemistry, physics, mathematics and thermodynamics along with computer programming and other specific courses that address the design of alternative and renewable energy systems. Resources:

Year 1/Fall Semester MT111

Calculus I

PS111

General Physics I

CH101

General Chemistry

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

TURK001

Turkish I

0 Year 1/Spring Semester

MT112

Calculus II

MT104

Linear Algebra

ENG102

Computer Programming

PS112

General Physics II

ENG106

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

TURK002

Turkish II

0 Year 2/Fall Semester

MT211

Calculus III

MT207

Probability Theory

ENG201

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

ENG203

Computer Programming II

ENE201

Introduction to Fluid Mechanics

Year 2/Spring Semester MT212

Engineering Mathematics

Alternative Energy Laboratory In this laboratory students perform a set of physical experiments related to the main courses in the Energy Systems Engineering: Alternative Energy Technologies; Renewable Energy Technologies; Modeling and Simulation of Solar and Wind Energy Systems; Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Systems.

MT206

Differential Equations

ENG202

Physical Electronics

ENG204

Introduction to Modelling & Optimisation

ENE202

Principles of Energy Systems Engineering

Electromechanical Energy Conversion (Electric Machinery) Laboratory This laboratory is provided with the set of electromechanical energy conversion equipment such as direct current motors and generators, three-phase alternative current generators and motors including induction motors. Electromechanical Energy Conversion laboratory allows students to study experimentally basic subjects taught in courses such as Electromechanical Energy Conversion; Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems; Electrical Energy Transmission & Distribution.

Year 3/ Fall Semester Electromechanical Energy Conversion

ENE303

Alternative Energy Technologies

EEN305

Electrical Measurements & Instrumentations

ENE305

Petroleum & Natural Gas Technologies

Technical Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester ENE302

Renewable Energy Technology

ENE306

Electrical Energy Transmission and Distribution

ENG304

Engineering Economics

MT308

Numerical Analysis

Technical Elective

Summer Training

EE400

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ENE301

Year 4/ Fall Semester ENE401

Graduation Project I

ENE403

Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems

ENE405

Energy and Environment

Technical Elective

Free Elective

National History

NH001

Year 4/Spring Semester ENE402

Graduation Project II

ENE404

Energy Saving

Technical Elective

Free Elective

National History

NH002

MAJOR ELECTIVES

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

ENE411

Bioenergy

ENE415

Automatic Control in Energy Systems

ENE416

Modern Thermodynamics for Energy Systems

ENE417

Thermodynamics II

ENE420

Nuclear Energy Technology

ENE421

Electromagnetic Theory

ENE423

Environmental Impact of Energy Systems

ENE424

Wave and Tidal Energy Conversions

ENE432

Programmable Logic Controllers

ENE435

Energy Policy

ENE438

Project Planning and Scheduling

ENE440

Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Systems

ENE441

Energy Efficient Building Design

ENE444

Systems and Control

ENE445

Optimization of Energy Systems

ENE452

Fuels and Combustion

ENE455

Feedback Control Systems

ENE461

Hydrogen Energy Systems

ENE464

High Voltage Techniques

ENE470

Fuels Chemistry

ENE406

Wind Turbines

ENE471

Introduction to Mechatronics and Robotics

ENE419

Internal Combustion Engines

Industrial Engineering (BSc) The Industrial Engineering curriculum in GAU is designed to provide the student with a sound theoretical background while being oriented toward applied problem solving. Students enrolled in BSc program, are required to complete forty courses with 125 credits. In the first two years, students learn the foundation of mathematical, computer sciences and engineering sciences. The basics of social sciences, economics and management are also introduced. Students receive foundations of industrial engineering courses such as work-study, operations research, production planning and control, quality planning and control, system simulation, production systems during junior and senior year. Students are required to select one free elective in their third year and 5 technical elective courses in the last year. Resources: Computer Integrated Manufacturing Laboratory Computer Integrated Manufacturing (CIM) Laboratory is designed for education and for research. The main focus of the GAU CIM laboratory is the integration of the design and manufacturing functions in the computer-integrated manufacturing environment. The laboratory consists of a Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS) cell with a robot. The robot is integrated with a Linear Slide Base for performing CNC machine loading/unloading tasks as well as material handling within the FMS work cell. The students learn to configure, program and operate the robot and the FMS work cell. Additionally, the quality control module is used as integrated to the robot for simple simulations of quality control cases. Work Study & Ergonomics Laboratory The Work Study and Ergonomics Laboratory provides facilities to perform methods analysis and time study with actual or prerecorded (motion film/video) operator performances. Manufacturing-related cases as well as service-related cases are exemplified. Equipment installed in this laboratory includes, video recording/playback systems, time study equipment, anthropometric kits, ergometer and various assemblies. Human physiology and dexterity, fatigue, workplace comfort-related tests and measurements are also to be conducted in this facility. Students will become familiar with human capabilities and limitations at work; measurement of workloads, designing and testing work methods for human comfort.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

CH101

General Chemistry

IE401

Industrial Engineering Project

MT111

Calculus I

IE405

Production Planning and Control

PS111

General Physics I

IE407

Quality Planning and Control

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

Technical Elective

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

Technical Elective

National History I

TURK001 Turkish I

NH001

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

MT112

Calculus II

IE402

Graduation Project

MT104

Linear Algebra

IE412

Production Information Systems Management

PS112

General Physics II

Technical Elective

ENG102

Computer Programming I

Technical Elective

ENG106

Fundamentals of Industrial Engineering

Technical Elective

National History II

TURK002 Turkish II

NH002

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

MT211

Calculus III

IE410

System Simulation

MT207

Probability Theory

IE416

Investment Analysis

ENG201

Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering

IE417

Ergonomics

ENG203

Computer Programming II

IE418

Project Management

IE440

Human Resource Management

ECON201 Introduction to Economics I Year 2/Spring Semester

IE445

Supply Chain Management

MT212

Engineering Mathematics

IE447

An Industrial Approach to Alter Energy Sources

MT206

Differential Equations

IE456

Industrial Safety and Technological Applications

ENG202

Physical Electronics

IE460

Quality Control Systems

ENG204

Introduction to Modelling and Optimization

IE470

Management for Engineers

IE488

Nanotechnology

IE474

Engineering Ethics

ECON202 Introduction to Economics II Year 3/ Fall Semester IE303

Fundamentals of Work Study

IE307

Operations Research I

IE311

Engineering Statistics

3 3

Free Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester IE308

Operations Research II

IE312

Production Systems

IE314

Manufacturing Systems

ENG304

Engineering Economy

MT308

Numerical Analysis

EE400

Summer Training

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ACCT101 Introduction to Accounting

Mechanical Engineering (BSc) The department offers a four-year, undergraduate program leading to the Bachelor of Science (BSc) degree in Mechanical Engineering. The department of Mechanical Engineering aims to train engineers who will be the future employees of the companies who must be motivated to improve the social, technological and economic level of our ever developing nation so that a stronger and a more competitive resistant machinery and automotive sector can be created in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economically globalized world. Besides this main aim, another important goal is to educate students by employing analytical thinking, creativity, theoretical knowledge and practical skills together with traditional working environments. To graduate from the department of mechanical engineering, students must successfully pass courses which total to 142 credits and also successfully complete two summer internships which are organized as 30 working days at the end of both third and fourth years.

Resources: Electromechanical Energy Conversion (Electric Machinery) Laboratory This laboratory is provided with the set of electromechanical energy conversion equipment such as direct current motors and generators, three-phase alternative current generators and motors including induction motors. Electromechanical Energy Conversion laboratory allows students to study experimentally basic subjects taught in courses such as Electromechanical Energy Conversion; Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems; Electrical Energy Transmission & Distribution.

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Electrics Laboratory This laboratory includes fundamental instruments and experimental sets for electrical and electronic circuits. It is aimed to support undergraduate courses such as circuit theory, physical electronics, electronic circuits, logic circuits and digital systems. DC and AC circuits, basics of diodes and transistors, amplifiers, OP-AMP applications, frequency response, voltage regulators, active filters, combinational logic applications, multiplexers, counters, Arithmetic Logic Units (ALU) are some applications that are conducted in this laboratory. All engineering students use this laboratory during different courses. The laboratory also gives support to graduation projects of the students. Mechatronics Laboratory Mechatronics Laboratory equipped with latest technology, automation and robotic systems allows engineering students to make experiments for specific engineering courses such as robotics, simulation etc. Students are reinforcing their theoretical knowledge by making experiments using PLC (programmable logic circuits) test sets, mobile robots and industrial robot. Mechatronics Laboratory is equipped with PLC-controlled elevator system, PLC-controlled sensorequipped walking tape automation, Mitsubishi industrial robot automation, PLC-controlled robot automation, sensorcontrolled industrial fluid transfer system and the mechanical/ pneumatic measurement training sets. Devices and parts of mechatronics laboratory are powered by German Robot Brand; FESTO. Year 1/Fall Semester MT111

Calculus I

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

PS111

General Physics I

CH101

General Chemistry

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENGL001

English I

Year 1/Spring Semester MT112

Calculus II

PS112

General Physics II

ENG102

Computer Programming I

MT104

Linear Algebra

ME102

Engineering Drawing

ENGL002

English II

2 Year 2/Fall Semester

MT211

Calculus III

MT207

Probability Theory

ENG201

Fund. of Electrical Engineering

ME201

Introduction to Mechanical Eng.

ME203

Materials Science

ME205

Statics

3 Year 2/Spring Semester

MT212

Engineering Mathematics

MT206

Differential Equations

ME202

Strength of Materials I

ME204

Manufacturing Technology I

ME206

Dynamics

MT208

Numerical Analysis

Year 3/ Fall Semester ME301

Thermodynamics

ME303

Fluid Mechanics

ME305

Strength of Materials II

ME307

Theory of Machines

ME309

Machine Design I

TURK001

Turkish I

Elective Year 3/Spring Semester ME302

Manufacturing Technology II

ME304

Internal Combustion Engines

ME306

Heat Transfer I

ME308

Machine Elements I

ME310

Machine Design II

ENG304

Engineering Economy

TURK002

Turkish II

ME300

Summer Practice II

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

ME401

Graduation Project I

HS105

Psychology

ME403

Machine Elements II

HCA101

General Accounting I

ME405

Quality Planning & Control

HCA103

Introduction to Economics I

Technical Elective

HCA105

General Business Studies

Engineering Ethics

HCA107

General Principles of Law

Technical Elective

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

National History I

TURK001

Turkish Language I

NH001

National History I

Elective

ENG401 NH001

Year 4/Spring Semester ME402

Graduation Project II

ME404

Control Systems

ME406

Heat Transfer II

HCA102

General Accounting II

Elective

HCA104

Mathematics for Business

Technical Elective

HCA106

Introduction to Economics II

Technical Elective

HCA108

General Principles of Management

National History II

HS104

Self Knowledge and Communication Methods

TURK002

Turkish Language II

NH002

National History II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

NH002

Faculty of Health Sciences

The Faculty of Health Sciences comprises four programs: • Health Care Management • Nutrition & Dietetics • Occupational Therapy • Rescue and Disaster Management Health Care Management (BSc) The aim of Healthcare Management degree program is to generate healthcare managers who recognizes the structure of health systems, is competent in closely following its functions, can generate constructive and sustainable solutions to problems as a manager, can approach situations both academically and practically, and is equipped with contemporary understanding of management.

Year 2/Fall Semester HS205

Medical Terminology

HCA201

HR Management in Healthcare Organizations

HS405

Research Methods

HCA203

Management of Healthcare Organization I

HS305

Epidemiology

COMP103 Introduction to Computer Science I

HS303

Biostatistics

Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester HS208

Medical Documentation

HCA202

Administration Law

HCA204

Business Law

HCA206

Management in Healthcare Organizations II

HCA208

Finance

HS106

Sociology and Health

COMP104 Introduction to Computer Science II

Year 3/ Fall Semester HCA301

Prod and Process Mangmnt in Healthcare Org

HCA303

Financial Mangmnt in Healthcare Org I

HCA305

Quantitative Tech in Healthcare Mangmnt I

HCA307

Cost Accounting in Healthcare Organizations I

HCA309

Statistics in Healthcare Management I

HCA311

Org Behaviour in Healthcare Institutions

HS301

Professional Ethics

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Our mission is to facilitate effective and high quality health services and support the recognition and development of community health with its high standard of educational programs and scientific research projects. Faculty of Health Sciences functions with the aim of: Developing health service personnel with humanistic and professional competencies who will contribute positively to primary healthcare services and community health Conducting pioneering advanced research directed at contribution towards strategy development for the resolution of health issues both locally and internationally Contributing to the development of efficiency and effectiveness of local and regional health services in order to reach higher global standards.

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

HCA302

Marketing in Healthcare Organizations

OT102

Theories of Occupational Therapy

HCA304

Financial Management in Healthcare Org.

OT104

Activities in Occupational Therapy

HCA306

Quantitative Techs in Healthcare Management II

HS102

Growth and Development

HCA308

Statistics in Healthcare Management II

HS104

Self-Knowledge and Communication Methods

HS302

First Aid and Emergency

HS106

Sociology and Health

Elective 3

TURK002

Turkish Language II

Elective 4

NH002

National History II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

ELEC1

Elective

Year 4/ Fall Semester HCA401

Economy for Healthcare

HCA403

Technology Management in Healthcare Org

HCA405

Healthcare Policies and Planning

OT201

Performance Areas : Sensory-Motor

HCA407

Quality Management in Healthcare Organizations

OT203

Performance Areas: Psychosocial

HCA409

Law for Healthcare

OT205

Performance Areas: Cognitive

HS403

Education

OT207

Funct Insufficiencies in Musculoskeletal Syst

Elective 5

OT209

Basic Measurement and Assessment Methods

Elective 6

OT211

Sociology of Disability

Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

HCA402

Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations

HCA404

Communication Skills in Healthcare Management

HCA406

Case Discussions in Healthcare Management

HCA408

Field Practice

Occupational Therapy (BSc) The aim of Occupational Therapy degree programme is to generate occupational therapists who approach people holistically, is person-centered, can apply ergo therapeutic evaluations and treatment interventions, can facilitate independence and enhanced life-quality in individuals through meaningful and targeted activities and support their involvement with the society, possess problem solving skills and can think creatively. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester OT202

Occupational Therapy in Musculoskeletal Diseases

OT204

Daily Life Activities

OT206

Occupational Therapy in Psychiatry

OT208

Functional Kinesiology

OT210

Supportive Technology

Elective

2 Year 3/ Fall Semester

OT301

Neurodevelopmental Dysfunction

OT303

Occupational Therapy in Geriatric Rehn

OT305

Prevtive Occupational Therapy & Env Review

OT307

Problem-Based App in Occupational Therapy

HS301

Professional Ethics

OT101

Introduction to Occupational Therapy

Elective

OT103

Health and Wellness Strategies

Elective

OT107

Nervous System: Structure and Function

Elective

HS101

Anatomy

HS103

Physiology

OT302

Professional Rehabilitation

HS105

Psychology

OT304

Orthotics and Biomechanics

TURK001

Turkish Language I

OT306

Occup Therapy in Neurodev Dysfunction

NH001

National History I

OT308

Dance and Movement Therapy

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Elective

First Aid and Emergency

Year 3/Spring Semester

HS302

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester OT401

Clinical Education I

OT403

Evidence Based Occupational Therapy Applications

HS403

Education

HS405

Research Methods

ELEC10

Elective 10

Year 4/Spring Semester OT402

Clinical Education II

OT404

Society Based Rehabilitation

OT406

Graduation Project

HS402

Health Management

Elective

2 MAJOR ELECTIVES

OT214

Summer Internship

OT310

Summer Internship

Nutrition & Dietetics (BSc) The aim of Nutrition and Dietetics Degree program is to develop dieticians who know the concept of nutrition, has understood the importance of adequate and balanced nutrition in developing health, can evaluate people within a bio-psychosocial unity, can formulate the necessary nutritional program for the treatment of diseases, can identify societyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s nutritional problems and develop appropriate solutions, is aware of the importance of life-long self-development and has universal values. Year 1/Fall Semester

ND104

Introduction to Nutrients

HS102

Growth and Development

HS104

Self-Knowledge and Communication Methods

HS106

Sociology and Health

TURK002

Turkish Language II

NH002

National History II

ELECT1

Elective Course 1

ND102

Organic Chemistry

ELECT2

Elective Course 2

ELECT3

Elective Course 3

Year 2/Fall Semester ND201

Principles of Nutrition

ND203

Nutritional Biochemistry I

ND205

Food Chemistry

HS107

Microbiology-Parasitology

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Elective

4 Year 2/Spring Semester

ND202

Nutritional Biochemistry II

ND204

Food Microbiology and Food Safety

ND206

Introduction to Nutritional Services

ND208

Nutritional Education and Consultancy

ND210

Food Preparation and Cooking Methods

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

STJ001

Summer Intership

Year 3/ Fall Semester

Anatomy

HS103

Physiology

ND301

Mother and Child Nutrition

HS105

Psychology

ND303

Community and Health I

ND101

Basic Approaches in Nutrition and Dietetics

ND305

Medical Nutrition in Adult Diseases I

ND103

General Chemistry

ND307

Management of Food Services

HS203

Medical Biology Genetics

ND309

Legal Procedures for Nutrition

HS115

Basic Matematics

HS301

Professional Ethics

TURK001

Turkish Language I

ND311

Bussiness Management Skills

NH001

National History I

Elective

4 Year 3/Spring Semester

ND302

Nutrition in Child Diseases

ND304

Community and Health II

ND306

Medical Nutrition in Adult Diseases II

ND308

Nutritional Support Systems

ND310

Community Health Intership

STJ002

Summer Internship

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

HS101

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester ND401

Education at Workplace I

DM102

Organizational Behavior

ND403

Graduation Project I

DM104

Education on Emergency Service Equipment

HS303

Biostatistics

DM106

Emergency Patient Care I

HS403

Education

DEM108

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies II

Elective

DM110

Physical Education II

NH002

National History II

Year 4/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

ND404

Graduation Project II

EGL102

Development of Reading & Writing Skills

ND406

Nutrition Related Diseases

TURK002

Turkish II

HS302

First Aid and Emeregency

HS108

Biochemistry

ND408

Case Analysis

HS104

Self Knowledge and Communication Methods

ELECT6

Elective Course 6

ND402

Education at Workplace II

HS405

Research Methods

Year 2/Fall Semester

DM201

Emergency Patient Care II

DM203

Physical Education and Body Building I

DM205

Disaster and Emergency Management I

DM207

Education on Rescue Equipment

DM209

Pathology

DM211

Pharmacology

HS107

Microbiology and Parasitology

OPT1

Elective

DM202

Knowledge of Diseases and Emergency Patient Care

DM204

Physical Education and Body Building II

DM206

Disaster and Emergency Management II

DM208

Spreadable Diseases in Disaster Situations

DM210

Cbrn Arms

DM212

Foundations of Law

Elective

Rescue & Disaster Management (BSc) Rescue and Disaster Management Department enables students to receive theoretical and practical information in Search and Rescue, Emergency Medical Treatment, Fire Fighting and Fire Security, Emergency and Disaster Management Education at the end of a four-year training programme. Teaching and training activities in the department are mainly based on practice. The students gain the synchronized practical skills about search and rescue, and emergency medical treatment during the fieldwork. The medical knowledge and application skills of the graduated students are at the level of paramedics. The students improve themselves in the field of team working and leadership. At the same time, the students are able to acquire knowledge and get hands-on experience in the field of Disaster Management. After graduation, they could work in the civil defense units, emergency and disaster management agencies, emergency services and fire departments. If the students complete the pedagogical formation process, they could work in health colleges as teachers. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester 10

Year 3/ Fall Semester DM301

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies III

DM101

General Chemistry

DM303

Physical Education and Body Building III

DM103

General Principals of Management

DM305

Emergency Psychology

DM105

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies I

DM307

Disaster and Emergency Legislation

DM107

Physical Education I

DM309

Firefighting and Introduction to Fire Safety

DM109

Basic Knowledge of Disaster

DM311

Knowledge of Firefighting Vehicle Material

HS101

Anatomy

DM313

Public Management

HS103

Physiology

DM315

Statistics

HS105

Psychology

DM317

Technical Drawing

EGL101

Development of Reading & Writing Skills

Elective

TURK001

Turkish I

Elective

NH001

National History

Year 3/Spring Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

DM302

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies IV

DM213

Mathematics I

DM304

Physical Education and Body Building IV

DM218

Mathematics II

DM306

Health Management in Disaster

DM215

Epidemiology

DM308

Fire Safety and Chemistry

DM214

Public Relations

DM310

Methods of Firefighting

DM216

Team Leadership

DM312

Basic Knowledge of Structure and Building

DM220

Information Management

DM314

Professional Ethics

DM319

Education Psychology

DM316

Research Methods

DM321

Scientific Principles of Technology

Elective

DM318

Curriculum Development in Education

Elective

DM320

Hydraulics

Elective

DM322

Criminology

DM421

Homeostasis and Physiopathology

Year 4/ Fall Semester DM401

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies V

DM414

Teaching and Practices

DM403

Physical Education and Body Building V

DM416

Basic Meteorological Information

DM405

Disaster and Emergency Management III

DM418

Disaster Information System Design

DM407

Emergency Aid Org and Rehabilitation Studies

DM420

Sports Physiology

DM409

Environmental Health and Biosafety

DM422

Public Health

DM411

Building Safety and Project Knowledge

DM424

Health Politics

DM413

Knowledge of Electrical Installations

DM415

Logistic Management

DM417

Public Education

DM419

Thesis

Faculty of Humanities at the Girne American University promotes a

Elective

research-intensive environment to promote humanistic inquiry and

Elective

2 Year 4/Spring Semester

Faculty of Humanities 63

exchange by supporting innovative scholarly projects and by creating opportunities for interaction among scholars, students and lifelong learners. We aim to ensure that students acquire the analytical skills,

DM402

Emergency Aid and Rescue Studies VI

DM404

Physical Education and Body Building VI

DM406

Disaster and Emergency Management IV

DM408

Methods of Disaster Protection and Prevention and Movement a

DM410

Risk and Crisis Management

DM412

Knowledge of Electric-Electronic Com

Chinese Language & Literature (BA)

Elective

The increasing economic power of China and the development of

Elective

historical depth, and appreciation of diverse cultures needed to assume leadership roles as responsible, ethical, and path-breaking scholars, cultural workers, creative artists, policy makers and professional communicators. We prepare our students to be thoughtful and engaged

Turkish-Chinese relations increase the interest in Chinese departments at the universities in Turkey. These developments have led GAU Humanities Faculty to open a Chinese Language and Literature Department. GAU will now become the first university in TRNC and the third university in Turkey to open a Chinese Language department. The program takes into consideration the various faculties of the students as well as concentrating on the fundamentals of language. To be able to graduate from the department students will have to take 145 credits course work and prepare a graduation project.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

citizens in a global world.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester

CLL101

Basic Chinese I

CLL302

Advanced Chinese Reading II

CLL103

Speaking I

CLL304

Advanced Chinese Speaking II

CLL105

Listening I

CLL306

Chinese Literature II

CLL107

Basic Writing I

CLL308

Special Field Translations

EGL101

English I

COMP103

Intro to Computer and ınformation Systems

Year 1/Spring Semester

Modern Chinese I

CLL403

Dissertation I

Basic Chinese II

CLL405

Translation I

CLL104

Speaking II

CLL407

Chinese Literature III

CLL106

Listening II

CLL409

Special Field Translation

CLL108

Basic Writing II

CLL110

Reading Newspapers and Magazine

CLL402

Modern Chinese II

EGL102

English II

CLL404

Dissertation II

CLL406

Translation II

CLL408

Chinese Literature IV

Year 4/Spring Semester

CLL201

Intermediate Chinese I

CLL203

Speaking III

CLL205

Reading and Comprehension I

CLL215

Chinese History

CLL207

Writing I

CLL216

Newspaper and Magazine Reading

CLL213

Chinese Society and Culture I

CLL309

Chinese Philosophy and Art

CLL215

Chinese History

CLL409

Special Field Translation

NH001

Principless of Atatürk and History of Revolution I

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

CLL401

CLL102

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

CLL202

Intermediate Chinese II

CLL204

Speaking IV

CLL206

Reading and Comprehension II

CLL208

Writing II

CLL214

Chinese Society and Culture II

CLL216

Newspaper and Magazine Reading

NH002

Principless of Atatürk and History of Revolution II

TURK002

Turkish II

2 Year 3/ Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

English Language & Literature (BA) English Language and Literature program combines the survey of the subject, from the medieval period to the present day Shakespeare and Milton, Austen and the Brontës - with a range of innovatory approaches to specific topics. The objectives of the programme are to help students acquire in-depth knowledge of English and American Literature from selected sources, develop critical abilities; introduce students to a wide range of literary texts and to make them enthusiastic and responsive readers enable students to analyse and argue persuasively, and to become independent and self-motivated scholars equip students with the skills required for further research or for those professions (including teaching, the public sector, the media and business) which require critical and analytical skills, powers of communication and an awareness of the broad meanings of culture.

CLL301

Advanced Chinese Reading I

CLL303

Advanced Chinese Speaking I

CLL305

Chinese Literature I

CLL307

Translation of Culture and Thought Texts

ELIT101

Speaking Skills I

CLL309

Chinese Philosophy and Art

ELIT103

Reading Skills I

ELIT105

Grammar I

ELIT107

Writing Skills I

ELIT113

Turkish: Writing

COMP103

Introduction to Computers

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

ELIT102

Speaking Skills II

ELIT402

British Poetry and Prose IV

ELIT104

Reading Skills II

ELIT404

British Novel IV

ELIT106

Grammar II

ELIT406

British Drama IV

ELIT108

Writing Skills II

ELIT408

American Novel

ELIT110

British History

ELECTIVE

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

ELIT201

Critical Reading

PSY101

Introduction to Psychology I

ELIT203

Literary Theory and Criticism I

PHIL101

Introduction to Philosophy

ELIT205

Introduction to Literature I

PSY102

Introduction to Psychology II

ELIT207

Life and Society in Britain

SOC104

Introduction to Sociology

ELIT209

Literary Research Techniques

PSY251

Social Psychology I

NH001

National History I

CS202

Communication Skills II

PSY352

Social Psychology II

Year 2/Spring Semester ELIT202

American History and Culture

ELT203

Elt 203 Linguistics I

ELIT204

Literary Theory and Criticism Ii

ELT205

Approaches to Elt I

ELIT206

Mythology

EDU209

Edu 209

ELIT208

The Short Story

ELT204

Linguistics II

NH002

National History II

ELT206

Approaches to Elt II

ELECTIVE

ELT301

Teaching English to Young Learners I

ELT302

Teaching English to Young Learners II

Year 3/ Fall Semester ELIT301

British Poetry and Prose I

TRA201

Lexicology

ELIT303

British Novel I

TRA401

Literary Translation I

ELIT305

British Drama I

TRA404

Literary Translation II

ELIT307

Translation I

TFL101

Turkish as a Foreign Language I

ELIT309

American Drama

TFL102

Turkish as a Foreign Language II

ELECTIVE

Year 3/Spring Semester British Poetry and Prose II

ELIT304

British Novel II

ELIT306

British Drama II

ELIT308

Translation II

ELECTIVE

Year 4/ Fall Semester ELIT401

British Poetry and Prose III

ELIT403

British Novel III

ELIT405

British Drama III

ELIT407

American Poetry

ELECTIVE

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ELIT302

English Translation & Interpretatıon (BA) The objective of the department is to train translators and interpreters using modern education techniques in line with current scientific methodologies and approaches in the field. Students must learn to be aware of language differences and be equipped with a wide knowledge of the field of translation. They must also understand the terminology of various subjects, such as law, economics, literature, social and applied sciences, political sciences, international relations, and media and communication. The goal of the degree program in Translation and Interpretation is also to develop the special skills needed for translating and interpreting, and to achieve mastery of the contemporary spoken and written English and Turkish. In addition, a wide range of elective courses provide a broad cultural background required by professional translators.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

TRA101

Public Speaking in English I

TRA401

Literary Translation I

TRA103

Reading Skills I

TRA403

Simultaneous Interpreting II

TRA105

Listening and Note Taking I

TRA405

Project in Translation

TRA107

Comparative Structure I

TRA407

Translation for Dubing and Subtitling

TRA109

Writing Skills in English I

COMP.103

Introduction to Computers

Year 1/Spring Semester

TRA402

Information Technology for Translators

Public Speaking in English II

TRA404

Literary Translation II

TRA104

Reading Skills II

TRA406

Project in Interpreting

TRA106

Listening and Note Taking II

TRA408

Intercultural Communication

TRA108

Comparative Structure II

TRA110

Writing Skills in English II

TRA201

Lexicology

TRA203

Western Civilizations

TRA205

Contemporary Western Literature I

TRA207

Introduction to Translation

TRA209

Writing Skills in Turkish

NH001

National History

Year 2/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 4/Spring Semester

TRA102

Year 2/Fall Semester

Psychology (BA) Psychology is the science that studies human behavior and mental processes. Because of travel, migration, technological advances, and globalization, psychologists use theory and research to observe, describe, explain, and predict any given behavior or behavioral patterns that take place in various settings. No other field challenges the individual`s analytic abilities as directly as psychology because it requires human knowledge and training to understand another human`s behavior. The psychology major at GAU offers therefore a choice of two tracks, the Research track and the Professional track, according to the areas you wish to emphasize in your course of study.

TRA202

Linguistics for Translation

TRA204

Translation for Social Sciences

TRA206

Contemporary Western Literature II

TRA208

Introduction to Interpreting

TRA210

Public Speaking in Turkish

PSY101

Introduction to Psychology I

NH002

National History II

PSY103

Elemntary Mathematics

PHIL101

Introduction to Philosophy

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

COMP103

Introduction to Computer and Information Systems

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 3/ Fall Semester TRA301

Discourse Analysis

TRA303

Translation for Business

TRA305

Translation for Law

TRA307

On-Sight Interperting

TRA309

Research Techniques in Translation

Year 3/Spring Semester

TRA302

Translation Theory and Criticism

TRA304

Consecutive Interperting

TRA306

Simultaneous Interperting I

TRA308

Medical Translation

TRA310

Technical Translation

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester PSY102

Introduction to Psychology II

PSY104

English for Psychology

SOC104

Introduction to Sociology

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

COMP104

Computer Applications

TURK002

Turkish II

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Year 2/Fall Semester PSY211

Research Design in Psychology

PSY341

Environmental Psychology

PSY213

Critical Thinking

PSY342

Psychopathology

PSY251

Social Psychology I

PSY345

Psychology of Adjustment

PSY221

Developmental Psychology I

PSY347

Psychology of Ageing

CS201

Communication Skills I

PSY380

Educational and School Psychology

NH001

National History I

PSY382

Cross Cultural Psychology

PSY449

Gender Issues

Year 2/Spring Semester PSY204

Biological Bases of Behavior

PSY451

Drugs and Individual Behavior

PSY218

Statistics and Research Methods I

PSY455

Child Abuse

PSY240

Clnical Psychology I

PSY460

Forensic Psychology

PSY284

Experimental Psychology

PSY467

Developmental Psychopathology

CS202

Communication Skills II

PSY318

Statistics and Research Methods II

NH002

National History II

PSY322

Developmental Psychology II

PSY352

Social Psychology II

Year 3/ Fall Semester PSY321

Cognitive Psychology

PSY331

Testing and Measurement

PSY337

Industrial and Organizational Psychology

PSY361

Personality and Its Assessment

PSY301

Pre-Dissertation Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester PSY312

Ethics and History of Psychology

PSY338

Health Psychology

PSY344

Clnical Psychology II

PSY348

Counseling and Psychotherapy

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Internship

PSY401

Final Dissertation I

PSY476

Criminology

PSY471

Psychopharmacology

PSY470

Special Topics in Applied Social Psychology

Year 4/Spring Semester PSY402

Final Dissertation II

PSY477

Special Topics in Exp Psychology

PSY478

Special Topics in Applied Psychology

PSY479

Introduction to Human Sexuality

The Department of Law desires to mold legal professionals capable of engaging in advanced research with an aptitude for solving disputes. The latter may arise in applying established legal rules as to the regulation of the relationship between individuals within a society, individuals and the state itself, or amongst nation states. We are proud to present a program of education that is academically based on the English Legal System. The program aims to give ample online and other resources, enabling students to take full advantage of received education and thus allowing them to compete in the international arena. Bachelor’s of Law (LLB) The LLB in Common Law provides the students with the legal concepts currently used in the Common Law tradition based on the UK model which is the model also in place at the TRNC. While most courses focus on legal principles found in English Common Law, each student has a full review of those aspects of local law that are based on Continental Legal System. GAU students are found generally to perform with credit in the TRNC Bar Exams. In the first two years, students are required to take five core courses, generally taught for two semesters. In the third year of the LLB course, students must take four core courses, but are able to select their fifth course from available elective courses within the term. Similarly, in the final year, students will take three core courses and again have the opportunity to select elective courses to complete their class load. The Law program is approved by YODAK within the TRNC.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PSY001

Faculty of Law

The LLB degree is, therefore, not normally appropriate for citizens of Turkey that has a different legal structure. It is suitable for the many international and TRNC students interested in acquiring knowledge of for whom Common Law and European Union Law are of relevance and importance. The LLB in Common Law has been running since 1998 and have successfully trained many legal practitioners both local and international who are continuing their professional lives around the world. Law students are expected to have a high level of achievement in the English language. Year 1/Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

LAW302

Law of Torts II

LAW304

Land Law II

LAW306

Equity and Trusts II

LAW308

Law of Evidence & Civil Procedure II

Major Elective

Year 4/ Fall Semester LAW401

Company Law I

LAW403

Commercial Law I

LAW405

Public International Law I

LAW101

English Legal System and Method I

Major Elective

LAW103

Constitutional Law & Administrative Law I

Major Elective

LAW105

Legal Philosophy I

LAW107

Legal Research and Writing I

LAW402

Company Law II

LAW109

Communication & Study Skills I

LAW404

Commercial Law II

LAW406

Public International Law II

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester

Year 4/Spring Semester

LAW102

English Legal System and Method II

Major Elective

LAW104

Constitutional & Administrative Law II

Major Elective

LAW106

Legal Philosophy II

LAW108

Legal Research and Writing II

LAW309

Cypruslaw Package I

LAW110

Communication & Study Skills II

LAW310

Cypruslaw Package II

LAW311

Cypruslaw Package III

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

LAW201

Criminal Law & Procedure I

LAW312

Research Project

LAW203

Law of Contract I

LAW313

Criminology

LAW205

Introduction to European Law I

LAW314

Employment Law

LAW207

Legal Accounting

LAW315

Environmental Law

LAW209

Family Law I

LAW316

Human Rights Law

LAW317

Conflict of Laws

Year 2/Spring Semester LAW202

Criminal Law & Procedure II

LAW318

Revenue Law

LAW204

Law of Contract II

LAW319

Medical Law

LAW206

Introduction European Law II

LAW320

Intellectual Property Law

LAW208

Consumer Law

LAW321

Transport Law

LAW210

Family Law II

LAW322

Jurisprudence of Law

LAW323

Maritime Law

Year 3/ Fall Semester LAW301

Law of Torts I

LAW324

Cyprus Law Package IV

LAW303

Land Law I

LAW325

Advanced Legal Research and Writing

LAW305

Equity and Trusts I

LAW326

Sports Law

LAW307

Law of Evidence & Civil Procedure I

LAW327

Aviation Law

Major Elective

LAW328

Hospitality Law

LAW329

International Criminal Law

LAW330

Settlement of Commercial Disputes

LAW331

Transnational Criminal Law

LAW332

Law and Culture

Faculty of Pharmacy Faculty of Pharmacy is accredited by the Higher Education Planning, Evaluation, Accreditation and Coordination Council (YÖDAK) and the Turkish Higher Education Council (YÖK), is also based on the EU directives of the pharmacy occupation aiming to create the next generation of pharmacists who will be well equipped to produce and advance science and technology, as well as to contribute to the industrialization and modernization of the pharmaceutical and health sectors. The Faculty of Pharmacy has been organized as an interdisciplinary faculty in Girne American University along with the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Health Sciences. A multidisciplinary system across all health related areas will produce highly capacitated pharmacists who can progress their career as a community pharmacist, clinical pharmacist, or a researcher and industrial pharmacist.

PHR101

General Chemistry

PHR103

Medical Biology and Genetics

PHR105

Pharmacy Terminology

PHR107

Behavioural Sciences

COMP102

Introduction to Computers

ENG101

Reading and Writing Skills I

TURK101

Turkish I: Composition/elementary Turkish

MTE101

Elementary Calculus

PHY107

Physics

3 Year 1/Spring Semester

PHR102

Analytical Chemistry I

PHR104

Organic Chemistry

PHR106

Biostatistics

PHR108

Anatomy

ENG102

Reading and Writing Skills II

TURK102

Turkish Ii: Oral Communication/intermediate Turkish

PHR210

Plant Biology

Elective

2 Year 2/Fall Semester

PHR201

Analytical Chemistry II

PHR203

Biochemistry I

PHR205

Pharmaceutical Microbiology

PHR207

Introduction to Pharmacy and Pharmacy Practice

PHR209

Physiology

PHR211

Public Health

PHR213

Immunology

TAR101

Atatürk Principles and History of Turkish Reforms I/history

Elective

2 Year 2/Spring Semester

PHR202

Pharmaceutical Technology I

PHR204

Biochemistry II

PHR206

Pharmaceutical Chemistry I

PHR210

Pharmacology I

TAR102

Atatürk Principles and History of Turkish Reforms Ii/history

PHR212

Pharmaceutical Botany

Elective

Pathophysiology

PHR208

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Pharmacy (MPharm) Pharmacist is an expert in the field of drugs and medicines, and is involved from the discovery and development of a medicine to its eventual supply and follow-up to the patient. Pharmacy program is supported by carefully designed curricula delivered by well-qualified, professional academic members. We offer our students the opportunity to receive a first class education by providing an exciting learning experience in teaching in a variety of ways including lectures, practical laboratory classes, simulations, and workshops for group discussions, problemsolving classes, and tutorials. The students have to complete five sets of compulsory pharmacy training modules during the five-year Pharmacy program where at least six months of the training have to be completed in the community and/or hospital pharmacy. The first three pharmacy training modules are performed in the summer periods, while the fourth module is performed during the 9th Semester. In the final semester, the fifth pharmacy training module is worth 12 credits and runs together with the graduation project which could be performed in a community pharmacy and/or a hospital pharmacy or according to the area of interested specialization it could also be completed in the patient care units in hospitals, in industry, in government health organization sectors or in research laboratories.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/ Fall Semester

Year 5/ Spring Semester

PHR301

Pharmacognosy I

PHR502

Graduation Project II

PHR303

Pharmaceutical Chemistry II

PHR504

Training V

PHR305

Pharmaceutical Technology II

PHR307

Pharmacology II

PHR309

Clinical Biochemistry

Elective

Training I (in Summer)

PHR200

Year 3/Spring Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES PHR215

Computer Program Applications into the Pharmacy

PHR217

Introduction to Pharmaceutical Technology

PHR311

Health and Drug Economy

PHR413

Drug Information in Clinical Pharmacy Practice

PHR415

Patients Safety and Medical Error

PHR416

Good Manufacturing Practice

PHR417

Principles of Pharmaceutical Care

PHR418

Industrial Pharmacy

PHR419

Nutrimental Plants

Manufacturing and Quality Control of Active Pharmaceuticals

Pharmacognosy II

PHR304

Pharmaceutical Chemistry III

PHR306

Pharmaceutical Technology III

PHR308

Pharmacotherapy

PHR310

Pharmacology III

PHR312

First Aid

PHR420

PHR314

History of Pharmacy and Deontology

PHR421

Pharmacovigilance and Drug Interactions

PHR422

Protein Production by Recombinant Dna Technology

PHR424

Cell Culture Techniques

PHR503

Oxidation and Antioxidation

PHR505

Perfume and Perfumeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chemistry

PHR509

Patient Education and Monitoring

PHR511

Drug Design

PHR513

Drug Licence and Patent

PHR515

Phytotherapy Applied

PHR401

Pharmaceutical Biotechnology

PHR403

Pharmaceutical Technology IV

PHR405

Pharmaceutical Toxicology

PHR407

Pharmacognosy III

PHR300

Training II (in Summer)

PHR409

Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care I

Elective

2 Year 4/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

PHR302

Year 4/ Fall Semester

PHR402

Biopharmaceutics Pharmacokinetics

PHR404

Research Methods and Skills

PHR406

Law, Ethics and Proffesionalism in Pharmacy Practice

PHR408

Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care II

PHR410

Cosmetology

PHR411

Pharmacy Management

Elective

Free Elective

Year 5/ Fall Semester PHR400

Trainning III (in Summer)

PHR501

Graduation Project I

PHR500

Training IV

Elective

Free Elective

Faculty of Political Science The Faculty of Political Science at Girne American University was established in 2015 after its departments existing under the Faculty of Business and Administrative Sciences for many years. The Faculty is dedicated to research, understand and explain politics and international relations. The main motivation of the faculty is to educate students to enhance their vision in politics and international relations, challenge, construct, analyze and engage in critical thinking and to probe relevant information and tools for investigation to generate their own answers. The curriculum is designed to inform student on theories and concepts as well as contemporary debates to understand political ideas, institutions and behavior. In addition, the courses deal with systems of government and the analysis of political behavior and activity. The Faculty attempts to enhance the quality of education also by building graduate training programs for sustaining the highest levels of research and student training. The Faculty of Political Science is comprised of two academic departments: Political Science and Public Administration and International Relations.

BUS101

Introduction to Business & Management I

COMP103

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I

PSYC100

Intro. to Behavioural Science I: Psychology

POLS101

Introduction to Political Scien

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History I

TFL101

Turkish as a Foreign Language I (for Non-Natives)

Year 1/Spring Semester PUB102

Introduction to Public Administration

COMP104

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems Il

HIS104

World History & Civilizations

IRE102

Introduction to International Relations

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

NH002

National History II

TFL102

Turkish as a Foreign Language II (for Non-Natives)

Year 2/Fall Semester BUS211

Microeconomics

IRE201

Comparative Politics I

BUS205

Statistics I

PUB203

Introduction to Law

CS201

Communication Skills II

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

IRE204

Comparative Politics II

POLS202

History of Political Thought

PUB206

Constitutional Law

CS202

Communication Skills

TURK002

Turkish II

0 Year 3/ Fall Semester

POLS301

European Political History

POLS303

Turkish Politics

PUB305

Public Finance & Budgeting

BUS303

Human Resource Management

Year 3/Spring Semester POLS302

Political Psychology

POLS304

Political Ideologies

PUB302

Turkish Administrative Law

PUB304

Programme Evaluation & Auditing

STJ030

Internship

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Political Science & Public Administration (BSc) Political Science and Public Administration is a program for future leaders, administrators and managers of public institutions as well as private organizations and companies. The program teaches 44 courses with 132 credits in Political Science, Political Theory, History, Administrative and Managerial Sciences and Law as well as other important subjects for students. The graduates have the opportunity to find jobs in diplomatic areas, public institutions, political parties, civil society organizations, international organizations, private companies and media as well as universities, strategic research centers and public opinion research companies. Thus, it is a widely preferred study area in the recent years by the young talented and ambitious students looking for a good career and position in society and state.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester POLS407

Global Political Economy

BUS101

Intro. to Business Management

POLS409

Nation State & Nationalism

COMP103

Computer Applications I

PUB403

Local Government & Administration

PSYC100

Intro. to Behavioural Science I: Psychology

POLS401

Political Sociology

POLS101

Introduction to Political Science

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Year 4/Spring Semester POLS415

Political Parties & Election Systems

NH001

National History I

PUB402

Comparative Public Administration

TFL101

Tr as a Foreign Lang II (for Non-Natives)

POLS417

Contemporary Political Theory

MAJOR ELECTIVES

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 1/Spring Semester IRE102

Introduction to International Relations

POLS408

Media Politics

COMP104

Computer Applications II

POLS410

Gender Politics

HIS104

World History & Civilizations

POLS412

Theories of Democracy

SOCY100

Intro. to Behavioural Science : Sociology

POLS413

Contemporary Human Rights

EGL102

Development of Writing Skill

POLS309

Anlys of Articulations of Political Tht in Films

NH002

National History II Tur as a Foreign Lang II (for Non-Natives)

International Relations (BSc) International Relations is one of the most popular study areas for international students. It is the study of international problems and issues, which cover political, economic, military, technological, cultural and environmental subjects. Students enrolled in the BSc program are required to complete 44 basic courses with 132 credits and the internship at the end of the third year, which must be minimum of 30 calendar days. Courses of the department include Political Science, Law. Diplomacy, International Politics, Geopolitics, Geostrategy, Security Studies, Political History, Political Thought, European Studies, International Organizations, Economics, Business as well as Area Studies focusing on important regions of the world politics. On completing the program, the students are expected to acquire competency in conceptual and historical information regarding international social and political phenomena, critical and analytical thinking, the development of oral communication, written, and research skills in English, an inter-disciplinary approach to both regional and global conflicts as well as conflict resolution strategies, and theoretical and practical capability for development of leadership, team-work, decision making, and problem solving skills. Successful graduates of the program will have the opportunity to seek employment in diplomatic areas, public institutions, international organizations, private companies with international connections, media as well as universities and strategic research organizations.

TFL102

Year 2/Fall Semester BUS211

Microeconomics

IRE201

Comparative Politics I

BUS205

Statistics I

PUB203

Introduction to Law

CS201

Communication Skills I

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

IRE204

Comparative Politics II

IRE208

International Relations Theory

IRE206

Third World Politics

CS202

Communication Skills II

TURK002

Turkish II

Year 3/ Fall Semester POLS301

European Political History

IRE301

International Organisations

IRE305

History & Politics of the Middle East

IRE309

International Law

Year 3/Spring Semester IRE302

History & Politics of the Balkans

IRE308

Global Peace & Security

IRE312

Foreign Policy Analysis

POLS304

Political Ideologies

STJ030

Internship

Year 4/ Fall Semester POLS401

Political Sociology

POLS407

Global Political Economy

IRE403

Turkish Diplomatic History & Foreign Politics

IRE405

International Politics of Cyprus

Year 4/Spring Semester IRE404

European Union Studies

IRE408

Conflict Studies & Dispute Settlement

POLS413

Contemporary Human Rights

MAJOR ELECTIVES

School of Aviation Girne American Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s School of Aviation is one of the few institutions throughout Turkey that has received the national accreditation and licensing to deliver programs in Aviation Management as well as in Pilotage (Pilot Training/ Aviation). The Pilotage students split their studies in Cyprus as well as in Istanbul to receive flight training from the nationally accredited and renown GAU establishment: International Aviation Academy in Istanbul with its own fleet of planes. Aviation Management (BA) The program is designed to train mangers to operate in the highly competitive and safety conscious environment of the aviation industry. It seeks to prepare future aviation operations managers. FAA regulations are presented and the importance of maintaining compliance is stressed. This covers aspects such as maintenance, safety and scheduling and many of the technical aspects of flying, ground support, supply and provisioning and the international aspect of aviation. Essentially, aviation requires the highest qualities of management combined with a specialist knowledge of the many key areas of the aviation industry.

IRE3173

Diplomatic Protocol

IRE425

Diplomatic Correspondence

IRE417

International Conflict Case Studies

IRE304

The Caucasus & Central Asia

IRE411

Post Cold War International Relations

IRE412

Us Foreign Policy

IRE415

Turkey-Eu Relations

IRE419

Research Methods

IRE420

Graduation Project

IRE421

Greek-Turkish Relations

IRE422

Euro-Mediterranean Relations

IRE423

History and Poilitics of the Far East

BUS101

Intro. to Business and Management

POLS302

Political Psychology

COMP103

Computer Application I

POLS303

Turkish Politics

PSYC100

Psychology

POLS408

Media Politics

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

POLS409

Nation State & Nationalism

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

POLS410

Gender Politics

POLS412

Theories of Democracy

BUS108

Principles of Management

POLS414

International Environmental Politics

COMP104

Computer Application II

POLS416

Theories of State

SOCY100

Sociology

ECON318

Labor Economics

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

ECON408

Turkish Economy

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

ECON415

Environmental Economics

BUS306

Management Information Systems

POLS309

Analysis of Articulations of Political Thought in Films

Year 1/Fall Semester 73

Year 1/Spring Semester

BUS211

Microeconomics

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

BUS205

Statistics I

AVM201

Introduction to Aviation

CS201

Communication Skills I

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

BUS204

Financial Accounting II

BUS206

Statistics II

AVM202

Air Transportation

CS202

Communication Skills II

Year 3/ Fall Semester BUS301

Organizational Behavior

BUS307

Business Finance

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

AVM301

Airline Operations

AVM101

Fundamental Aerodynamics

AVM303

Aviation Meteorology

AVM103

Mathematics

Free Elective I

AVM105

Physics

AVM107

Intro to Computer & Info Systems

TFL101

Turkish as a Foreign Language I

Year 3/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 1/Fall Semester

BUS306

Management Information System

AVM302

Airport Management

AVM304

Airline Dispatch

AVM010

Air law I

AVM306

Aviation Law and Legislation

AVM020

Aircraft General Knowledge I

AVM308

Human Factors in Aviation

AVM030

Flight Performance and Planning

Free Elective II

AVM040

Human Performance and Limitations I

STJ001

Internship - 30 Calendar Days

AVM050

Meteorology I

Year 4/ Fall Semester 74

Pilotage /Pilot Training & Aviation (BSc) This is the first step towards becoming a pilot. The program provides fundamental knowledge in aerodynamics, meteorology, navigation, flight planning and aircraft systems. School of Aviation offers access to flight simulators and offers its students the opportunity to engage in flight training in Istanbul, Turkey at the International Aviation Academy = the branch campus of the GAUâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s School of Aviation. Prior to flight training students start their training in flight simulators equipped with the latest industry software.

Year 1/Spring Semester

AVM060

Navigation I

BUS401

International Business

AVM070

Flight Procedures I

AVM401

Aviation Management I

AVM080

Principle of Flight I

AVM403

Human Resource Management

AVM090

Communication I

AVM405

Air Traffic Control

NH002

National History II

AVM407

General Aeronautics

TFL102

Turkish as a Foreign Language II

Free Elective III

FLGT101

Flight I

Year 4/ Spring Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester

AVM402

Aviation Management II

AVM081

Principle of Flight II

AVM404

Contemporary Aviation Issues

AVM022

Instrumentation

AVM406

Aviation Safety

AVM091

Communication II

AVM408

Quality Management System

AVM061

Navigation II

AVM430

Graduation Project Management

AVM011

Air law II

Free Elective IV

Year 2/Spring Semester AVM021

Aircraft General Knowledge II

AVM032

Operational Performance

AVM071

Flight Procedures II

AVM051

Meteorology II

AVM031

Mass and Balance

Year 3/ Fall Semester AVM033

Flight Planning and Monitoring

AVM062

Radio Navigation

AVM041

Human Performance and Limitations II

Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/Spring Semester FLGT201

Flight II

SYÖN103

Introduction to Sport Sciences

FLGT202

Flight III

SYÖN109

Athletics I

FLGT301

Flight IV

SYÖN111

Basketball I

FLGT302

Flight V

SYÖN113

General Gymnastics I

FLGT401

Flight VI

SYÖN115

Soccer I

FLGT402

Flight VII

SYÖN117

Handball I

SYÖN119

Volleyball I

Year 4/ Fall Semester AVM401

Aviation Management I

SYÖN121

Camping

AVM406

Aviation Safety

EGL101

Development of Reading & Writing Skills

AVM308

Human Factors in Aviation

TFL101

Tr as a Foreign Language I (foreign Students)

Free Elective I

TURK001

Turkish I (Turkish Students)

INT001

Internship - 30 Working Days

AVM301

Airline Operation

Year 4/ Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester SYÖN102

Anatomy and Kinesiology

SYÖN106

Athletics II

AVM402

Aviation Management

SYÖN108

Basketball II

AVM403

Aviation Resource Management

SYÖN110

General Gymnastics II

AVM430

Graduation Project Management

SYÖN112

Soccer II

Free Elective II

SYÖN114

Handball II

AVM404

Contemporary Aviation Issues

SYÖN116

Volleyball II

EGL102

Development of Reading & Writing Skills

TFL102

Tr as a Foreign Lang II (foreign Students)

TURK002

Turkish II (Turkish Students)

School of Physical Education & Sports

Sports Management (BA) The Sports Management program prepares students for managerial careers in sports. Potential career fields include the following: professional sports management, event and facility management /marketing, athletic administration, recreational sport management, resort management, the retail sports industry, sport governance, and non-profit sport agencies.

Year 2/Fall Semester SYÖN201

Introduction to Sport Management

SYÖN205

Sport Organizations

SYÖN207

Basic Law

SYÖN209

Sport History

SYÖN211

First Aid

SYÖN215

Elective Group Course B I

NH001

National History I (Turkish Students)

COMP103

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I

Year 2/Spring Semester SYÖN202

Sport Physiology

SYÖN204

Sport Psychology

SYÖN210

Foreign Language IV

SYÖN212

Elective Group Course B II

NH002

National History II (Turkish Students)

COMP104

Intro to Computer & Information Systems II

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

The mission of School of Physical Education & Sports is to develop, advance and disseminate knowledge about physical education, health and their interactions through education, research and leadership. School delivers this mission through a mix of outstanding research, education and broad spectrum of co-curricular physical activity and sport programs. Our degree programs open the door to professional and vocational opportunities in many fields including sports organizations, government departments, research institutes, primary and secondary schools, universities and private enterprise around the world.

Year 3/ Fall Semester SYÖN301

Sports Economy and Policies

SYÖN303

Basic Accounting

SYÖN305

Work and Social Security Law

SYÖN309

General Training Theory

SYÖN313

Elective Group Course B III

Year 3/Spring Semester SYÖN302

Sport Management

SYÖN304

Research Methods and Statistics

SYÖN306

Sports Law

SYÖN308

Sport Business

SYÖN310

Sport Sociology

SYÖN314

Elective Group Course B IV

Year 4/ Fall Semester SYÖN401

Budget and Accounting in Sport Society

SYÖN403

Sport Marketing

SYÖN405

Model Event Analysis in Sport Management I

SYÖN407

Public Relations

SYÖN409

Sports for All

SYÖN411

Management of Human Relation

SYÖN415

Thesis I

Year 4/ Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

aesthetics, teaching dance to children and adults, and advanced level choreography. The senior year project, in which students prepare their final choreography and set it on their fellow students, culminates the entire four-year program. Performing Arts: Dance (BA) The 4-year dance program will prepare students to pursue opportunities in career such as: • Dancers in professional companies, either as part of an ensemble or as soloists • Artistic Directors of their own dance company • Chorographers • Movement Specialists • Researchers and Innovators in the fields of Dance Theory, Dance Research, • Performance Studies and Dance Criticism • Consultants and Administrators in arts organizations and institutions • Collaborators on multi-media projects. to name a few. • Finally, the Dance Program’s well-rounded curriculum and the exploration of connections between dance and the other arts offers students a strong foundation for further dance studies in the field of their choice. Year 1/Fall Semester DNC101

Ballet I

SYÖN402

Total Quality Management

DNC103

Contemporary I

SYÖN404

Management Psychology

DNC105

Dance History I

SYÖN406

Model Event Analysis in Sport Management II

DNC107

History of Art

SYÖN408

Sport Media

EPA101

English for Performing Arts I

SYÖN410

Traditional Sports

DNC117

Fundamental approaches to movement I (Body conditioning, Yoga, Pilates, Taichi)

SYÖN412

Sport and Recreation Internship

DNC109

Composition I

SYÖN414

Thesis II

DNC111

Improvisation I

DNC113

Anatomy I

DNC115

Introduction to Critical Studies

School of Performing Arts The School of Performing Arts offers a program for students who wish to combine theoretical and practical dance education. It provides the students with a strong base in ballet and contemporary dance technique and experience in dance performance and choreography. During the first two years, the emphasis is on ballet and contemporary dance styles, the beginning level of choreography and basic knowledge of dance theory. The final two years focus on dance as an educational art form. This includes further studies in dance

Year 1/Spring Semester DNC102

Ballet II

DNC104

Contemporary II

DNC106

Dance History II

DNC108

History of Art II

EPA102

English for Performing Arts II

DNC118

Fundamental approaches to movement II (Body conditioning, Yoga, Pilates)

DNC110

Composition II

DNC112

Improvisation II

DNC114

Anatomy II

DNC116

PROJECT I

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

DNC211

Improvisation III

DNC401

Ballet VII

DNC203

Contemporary III

DNC403

Contemporary VII

DNC201

Ballet III

DNC417

Fundamental Approaches to Movement VII

DNC217

Fundamental Approaches to Movement III

DNC405

Composition /Improvisation VII

DNC209

Composition III

DNC407

Media Exploration

DNC213

Anatomy III

DNC207

Music analyses

DNC409

PROJECT V Practical (R&D student own work)

DNC221

Voice work/Theatre I

DNC413

Performance III

DNC219

Workshop I

DNC415

Individual work III

Year 2/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester DNC402

Ballet VIII

DNC404

Contemporary VIII

DNC418

Fundamental Approaches to Movement VIII

DNC406

Composition /Improvisation VIII

DNC408

PROJECT VI Choreography and Media

DNC410

PROJECT VII Company apprentice/invited choreographer

Music studies

DNC414

Performance IV

DNC222

Voice work/Theatre II

DNC416

Individual work IV

DNC216

PROJECT II

DNC212

Improvisation IV

DNC204

Contemporary IV

DNC202

Ballet IV

DNC218

Fundamental Approaches to Movement IV

DNC210

Composition IV

DNC214

Anatomy IV

DNC208

Year 3/ Fall Semester DNC301

Ballet V

DNC303

Contemporary V

DNC317

Fundamental Approaches to Movement V

DNC305

Composition /Improvisation V

DNC307

Voice Work/Theatre/Video/Visual elements III

DNC309

PROJECT III (REP from resident company)

DNC311

Workshop II

DNC313

Performance I

DNC315

Individual work I

The School of Applied Social Sciences is an interdisciplinary school composed of programs overlapping with various Faculties at the GAU. The programs reflect the less theoretical, and more practical programs offered across Faculties. The programs are taught by Faculties indicated under the program descriptions. Accounting (BSc) The program strives to train the problem-solving skills of our students that are interested in building a career in Accounting. The program is built from a range of business disciplines that will provide a deeper understanding of various accounting functions.

DNC302

Ballet VI

DNC304

Contemporary VI

DNC318

Fundamental Approaches to Movement VI

DNC306

Composition /Improvisation VI

DNC308

Voice Work/Theatre/Video/Visual elements IV

DNC310

PROJECT IV (R&D with a choreographer/ Artist)

ECON101

Introduction to Economics I

DNC312

Workshop III (Flying Low)

COMP103

Computer Application I

DNC314

Performance II

SOCY100

Sociology

DNC316

Individual work II

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History I

Year 1/Fall Semester

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 3/Spring Semester

School of Applied Social Sciences

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester

ECON102

Introduction to Economics II

BUS404

Strategic Management

COMP104

Computer Applications II

BUS410

Auditing

BUS108

Principles of Management

BUS429

Comparative Accounting Standards

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

TRME001

Departmental Elective

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

NH002

National History II

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

ECON203

Intermediate Microeconomics

BUS213

Business Ethics

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

BUS422

Project Evaluation and Investment Management

BUS205

Statistics I

BUS428

International Accounting

BUS207

Introduction to Law

BUS445

Workshop in Import and Export

CS201

Communication Skills I

BUS460

Budgeting Systems and Control

BUS461

Accounting Software Applications

Year 2/Spring Semester ECON204

Intermediate Macroeconomics

BUS464

Accounting for Banks

BUS204

Financial Accounting II

BUS423

International Finance

BUS206

Statistics II

BUS424

Commercial Bank Management

BUS208

Business Law

BUS425

Portfolio theory and Management

CS202

Communication Skills II

BUS426

Financial Institutions and Markets

BUS438

Financial Derivatives in Corporate Decisions Making

BUS447

Comparative Banking Regulations

BUS465

Special Topics in Finance

Year 3/ Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

BUS301

Organizational Behavior

BUS303

Human Resource Management

BUS307

Business Finance I

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

ECON305

Money & Banking

TRME001

Departmental Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester

Banking and Finance (BSc) The Banking and Finance program aims to provide knowledge and skills relevant to the banking and wealth management sectors. The program delivers exposure to a more in-depth approach to financial planning and builds studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; necessary skills and professionalism to build a career in the banking and management industry

BUS304

Operations Management

BUS306

Management Info Systems

BUS308

Business Finance II

ECON306

Business Cycle & Forecasting

BUS411

Cost Accounting

ECON101

Introduction to Economics I

TRME001

Departmental Elective

COMP103

Intro to Computers & Information Systems I

STJ030

Internship - 30 Calendar Days

SOCY100

Sociology

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

BUS412

Financial Statement Analysis

BUS414

Taxation

BUS417

Advanced Accounting

ECON102

Introduction to Economics II

TRME001

Departmental Elective

COMP104

Intro to Computers & Information Systems II

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

BUS108

Principles of Management

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

Year 1/Spring Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Year 2/Fall Semester EC0N203

Intermediate Microeconomics

BUS401

International Business

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

BUS403

Globalization & Econ Integration

BUS205

Statistics I

BUS406

Insurance and Risk Management

BUS207

Introduction to Law

BUS407

Innovation and Entrepreneurship

CS201

Communication Skills I

BUS408

Non-Governmental Organizations

BUS409

Corporate Gov. and Family Business

Year 2/Spring Semester ECON204

Intermediate Macroeconomics

BUS413

Managerial Accounting

BUS204

Financial Accounting II

BUS414

Taxation

BUS206

Statistics II

BUS417

Advanced Accounting

BUS208

Business Law

BUS418

Small Business Seminar

CS202

Communication Skills II

BUS419

Research Methods in Business

BUS420

Contemporary Issues in Business

Year 3/ Fall Semester Organizational Behavior

BUS422

Project Evaluation & Investment

BUS303

Human Resource Management

BUS425

Portfolio Theory and Management

BUS307

Business Finance I

BUS426

Financial Institutions and Markets

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

BUS428

International Accounting

ECON305

Money & Banking

BUS429

Comparative Accounting standards

TRME001

Departmental Elective

BUS430

Supply Chain Management

BUS434

Persuasive Techniques in Comm & Strategies

BUS436

Contemporary Issues in Marketing

BUS438

Financial Derivatives and Corporate Decision Making

BUS444

Cross Cultural Studies in Organizations

BUS445

Workshop in Export & Import

BUS447

Comparative Banking Regulations

BUS448

Marketing Channels

BUS449

Managing Customer Relationship

BUS450

Consumer Behavior

BUS451

Sales Management

BUS452

Advertisement & Promotion Management

BUS453

Brand Management

BUS454

Logistics Management

BUS455

Marketing Research

BUS456

International Marketing

BUS457

Marketing Strategy

BUS458

Integrated Marketing Communication

BUS459

Marketing Seminar

BUS460

Budgeting Systems and Control

BUS461

Accounting Software Applications

BUS462

Leadership and Organizational Culture

BUS464

Accounting for Banks

BUS465

Special Topics in Finance

Year 3/Spring Semester BUS304

Operations Management

BUS306

Management Information Systems

BUS308

Business Finance II

ECON306

Business Cycles & Forecasting

BUS411

Cost Accounting

TRME001

Departmental Elective

STJ030

Internship

Year 4/ Fall Semester BUS412

Financial Statement Analysis

BUS423

International Finance

BUS424

Commercial Bank Management

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 4/ Spring Semester BUS404

Strategic Management

BUS410

Auditing

BUS427

International Banking

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

BUS301

Gastronomy & Culinary Arts (BSc) Gastronomy is a study of comparison between the relationship of culture and cuisine. It also conveys the hygienic, well organized, good taste in kitchen, food arrangement and systems as a whole. The consumption of any food and beverage must be served hygienically, with good taste, visual appearance; therefore, the preparation, presentation and service to the consumer are all a part of the program mission. In relation to this purpose students are equipped and supported with foreign language, information technology, Turkish and World cuisines, business operations, nutrition sciences and elements, and food and beverage production. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 3/ Fall Semester GAS301

Marketing in Food & Beverage Management

GAS303

Restaurant Structure and Design

GAS305

Introduction to Pastry

GAS307

Food, Culture and Society

GAS309

Wine Production & Tasting

Year 3/Spring Semester GAS302

Anatolian Cuisine

GAS304

Food Styling and Photography

GAS306

Cake Decoration

GAS308

HRM in Hospitality

GAS310

Fast Food Management

GAS001

Internship

GAS101

Tourism and Hospitality Math

GAS103

Principles of Nutrition

GAS105

Sanitation and Personnel Hygiene

GAS401

Events Management

GAS107

English in Hospitality I

GAS403

Catering Service

GAS109

History of Food & Beverage

GAS405

Traditional Turkish Cuisine

TURK001

Turkish I

GAS407

Inter Rules and Regulation in Food Production

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester

GAS106

Consumer Behavior

GAS402

Serving Techniques

GAS102

Principles of Marketing

GAS404

Fusion Cuisine

GAS108

English for Hospitality II

GAS406

Food in Literature and Films

GAS104

Food & Beverage Management

GAS408

Graduation Project

GAS110

Kitchen Management

TURK002

Turkish II

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES GAS420

Purchase & Selection of Food Products

GAS421

Sanitation Technology

GAS201

Food & Beverage Cost Control

GAS422

Entrepreneurship

GAS203

Restaurant Management

GAS423

History of Civilization

GAS205

Culinary Practice II

GAS207

Traditional European Cuisine

NH001

National History I

Year 2/Spring Semester

GAS202

Menu Planning & Design

GAS204

Modern Cuisine

GAS206

Culinary Practice II

GAS208

Beverage Industry and Production

NH002

National History II

GAS001

Internship

Tourism & Hospitality Management (BSc) Girne American University, School of Tourism & Hospitality is proud to be the only school to be accredited by United Nations World Tourism Organization (Ted-Qual) in North Cyprus, the international standards for education in tourism and hospitality. It is also a member to the UK based Institute of Hospitality. The dynamic changes the School has undergone, from being a department to a school has given the opportunity for it to be an outstanding provider in training and education. With over ninety percent of hotels of north Cyprus based in Girne, tourism students are in the best possible location and conditions to be learning about Tourism & Hospitality not only in North Cyprus but in the world. Students have the opportunity to train at the Le Chateau Lambousa Hotel, university’s applied training hotel for Tourism students. Students have the opportunity to train in different areas of hotel administration

including: Housekeeping, Front desk, Gastronomy and Culinary Art. GAU is currently restoring a second hotel to meet the growing demand for internship and practical training for the students in this program. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester THM441

Tourism Policy Planning

THM443

International Business Management

THM445

Revenue Management

THM447

Hotel Operations Management

THM101

Tourism & Hospitality Maths

THM113

English for Tourism 1

THM442

International Catering Management

THM115

Introduction to Hospitality

THM444

Eu Applications in Tourism

THM117

Intro to Business Management

THM446

Purchasing & Cost Control Analysis

COMP103

Intro to Computer 1

THM448

International Resort Management

THM450

Graduation Seminar

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester

THM112

Statistics for Tourism

THM114

English for Tourism 2

THM423

Hospitality Language Terminology

THM116

The Business of Tourism

THM424

E-Tourism Applications

THM118

HACCP&TQM Applications in Tourism

THM425

Hospitality Ethics

COMP104

Computer Applications 2

THM426

Hospitality Facilities Management & Design

THM427

Fundamentals of Destination Management and Marketing

THM428

Convention Management & Service (marketing & Sales Mgmt. Cu)

Year 2/Fall Semester THM221

Front Office Management

THM223

Travel Agency Operations

THM225

Housekeeping Operations

THM227

Introduction to Economics I

THM229

Business Accounting

Year 2/Spring Semester THM222

Tourism and Hospitality Accounting

THM224

Front Office Reservation Application

THM226

Food & Beverage Service

THM228

Nutrition & Sanitation

THM230

Tourism Economics

NH002

National History II

THM001

Internship

Marketing Students in this program follow a special track within the Business Management program and learn executing successful marketing strategies, product differentiation and build creative and technical insights to manage brands Year 1/Fall Semester BUS101

Introduction to Business Management

COMP103

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems

PSYC100

Introduction to Behavioral Science I : Psychology

THM331

Tourism Marketing & Sales

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

THM333

Ala Carte Culinary Practices 1

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

THM335

Human Resources in Hospitality

THM337

Hospitality Finance

THM339

Hospitality Law

Year 3/Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester BUS108

Principles of Management

COMP104

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems II

THM332

Beverage Culture & Restaurant Management

SOCY100

Introduction to Behavioral Science II : Sociology

THM334

Marketing Research in Hospitality

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

THM336

International Hotel Management

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

THM338

Culinary Practices 2 (pastry & Dessert Practices)

THM002

Internship

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Year 3/ Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester

BUS211

Microeconomics

BUS404

Strategic Management

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

BUS459

Marketing Seminar

BUS205

Statistics I

TRME001

Departmental Elective

BUS207

Introduction to Law

TRME001

Departmental Elective

CS201

Communication Skills I

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester BUS212

Macroeconomics

BUS204

Financial Accounting II

BUS318

Business to Business Marketing

BUS206

Statistics II

BUS430

Supply Chain Management

BUS208

Business Law

CS202

Communication Skills II

BUS434

Persuasive Techniques in Communication and Strategies

TURK002

Turkish II

BUS436

Contemporary Issues in Marketing

BUS448

Marketing Channels

BUS449

Managing Customer Relationship

BUS451

Sales Management

BUS452

Advertising and Promotion

BUS453

Brand Management

BUS455

Marketing Research

BUS466

Health Care Marketing

BUS469

Retail Marketing & Management

Year 3/ Fall Semester BUS301

Organizational Behavior

BUS303

Human Resource Management

BUS305

Quantitative Methods & Forecasting

BUS307

Business Finance I

BUS315

Principles of Marketing

TRME001

Departmental Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

BUS302

E-Commerce

BUS304

Operations Management

BUS306

Management Info Systems

BUS450

Consumer Behavior

BUS457

Marketing Strategy

TRME001

Departmental Elective

STJ030

Internship - 30 Calendar Days

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Management Information Systems (BSc) Students enrolled in the Management Information Systems follow a specialized multi-disciplinary degree combining information systems and e-commerce with business management. This degree is intended for those students who wish to enter business or commercial management with a knowledge and experience of internet and software technology.

Year 4/ Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

BUS401

International Business

BUS456

International Marketing

BUS458

Integrated Marketing Communications

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

ECO101

Introduction to Economics I

COMP103

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I

BUS101

Introduction to Business Management

MAT101

Business Mathematics I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Year 1/Spring Semester CIS102

Algorithm & Programming Techniques

COMP104

Intro to Computer & Info Systems II

MAT102

Business Mathematics II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

BUS108

Principles of Management

Year 2/Fall Semester

MAJOR ELECTIVES

BUS203

Financial Accounting I

CIS408

Wireless Networking

CIS205

Statistical Data Analysis

CIS409

Game Programming

CIS207

Fundamentals of Programming Language

CIS410

Artificial Intelligence

CIS209

Database Systems

CIS412

Internet Programming

CS201

Communication Skills I

CIS414

Modern Programming Platforms

CIS419

Research Methods

Year 2/Spring Semester CIS212

Visual Programming

CIS420

Computer Forensics

CIS214

System Analysis & Design

CIS421

2d, 3d Digital Applications

CIS206

Information Systems

CIS422

Human Computer Interaction

CIS218

Networking & Telecommunications

CIS423

Mobile Device Programming

CS202

Communication Skills II

CIS424

Emerging Technologies

Year 3/ Fall Semester BUS305

Quantitative Methods & Forecasting

CIS301

Web Applications Development

CIS313

Information Systems Security

CIS307

Object Oriented Programming

CIS309

Structured Programming Languages

TRME001

Departmental Elective

Year 3/Spring Semester BUS302

E-Commerce

BUS304

Operations Management

CIS316

Adv. Database Management Systems

CIS318

Multimedia Development

CIS320

Computer Services Management

TRME001

Departmental Elective

STJ030

Internship

Year 4/ Fall Semester

School of Marine & Transportation School of Marine & Transportation is a school which has two different programs for students. These are Logistics & Transportation program and Deck program. The School offers two programs: •Logistics & Transportation • Marine Ship Captain & Deck Logistics & Transportation (BA) The graduates from Logistics and Transportation Department recruited as a specialist on Transportation areas. Graduates can take position as a professional in Logistics planning, Supply Chain managing, Distribution Channel Managing, Warehouse Management, Sea Transportation, Road Transportation, Rail Transportation, Air Transportation, Pipeline Transportation, International Trade Management, Urban Transportation and in all other transportation planning.

Operating Systems

CIS415

Software Engineering Principles

CIS401

It Project Management

TRME001

Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TLP101

Mathematıcs 1

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TLP103

Intro.to busıness & mngmt

COMP103

Int.to comp.&inf.systems

Year 4/ Spring Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

CIS418

Graduation Project

TLP111

Int. To economics 1

CIS404

Computer Graphics

BUS203

Fınancıal accountıng 1

CIS416

Professional & Legal Issues in Computing

EGL101

Englısh 1

TRME001

Departmental Elective

NH001

Natıonal hıstory 1

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

TRGE001

Non-Departmental Elective

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CIS403

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Fall Semester

TLP102

Mathematıcs 2

TLP401

Custom and transıt operatıons

TLP116

Log. Trans. Vehicles

TLP403

Supply chaın management

COMP104

Int.to scı.&eng.comp.

TLP405

Transportatıon polıcıes

TLP212

Int. To economics 2

TLP411

Logıstıcs modelıng

BUS204

Fınancıal accountıng 2

TLP417

Transport. Meteorology

EGL102

Englısh 2

Elective course fm vıı smtr

NH002

Natıonal hıstory 2

Year 2/Fall Semester

Just ın tıme(jıt) & logıstıcs

Transportatıon mngmnt

TLP402

Cargo handlıng

TLP209

Logistics communıcatıon 2

TLP404

War-tıme(convoy) transp.

TLP211

Int. To trans.& logistics

TLP406

Sea transportatıon polıcıes

BUS205

Statıstıcs 2

TLP414

Class, survey and maıntenance

BUS303

Human resorce mngmnt.

Elective course fm vııı smtr

BUS307

Business fınance 2

TURK001

Turkısh 2

MAJOR ELECTIVES TLP407

Aır trnsportatıon polıcy

TLP409

Aırlıne marketıng

BUS206

Statıstıcs ıı

AVM302

Aırport management

TLP214

Int.transportatıon law

TLP413

Internatıonal agreements

BUS208

Busıness law

TLP415

Internatıonal organızatıons

TLP210

Logıstıc communıcatıon ıı

TLP421

Marıtıme economıcs

BUS306

Mngmnt ınfo. Systems

TLP408

Port&termınal locatıon selectıon

BUS310

Organısatıonal theory

TLP410

Aırport locatıon selectıon

TURK002

Turkısh ıı

TLP412

Int. Maritime organization

TLP418

Rıver transportatıon

Year 3/ Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

TLP420

TLP205

Year 2/Spring Semester

Year 4/ Spring Semester

AVM204

Aır transportatıon

BUS456

Internatıonal marketıng

BUS305

Quantıtatıve methods and forecastıng

TLP422

Marıtıme law

BUS401

Internatıonal busıness

TLP311

Logıstıcs law

TLP301

Insurance&ıncoterms

TLP303

Ports and termınals

TLP305

Raıl transportatıon

Year 3/Spring Semester

Marine Ship Captain & Deck (BA) The graduates from this program are recruited as an oceangoing officer. When they complete necessary qualifications they become Oceangoing Chief Officer and then Oceangoing Master Mariner. Graduates can have captain positions in all over the world ships and all types of ships. Also when the graduates become specialist, they

TLP302

Total qualıty management

can work at ports as a pilot, Vessel Traffic Control Systems (VTS),

TLP304

Responsıbılıtıes of transp.

maritime companies as a broker and ship agencies.

TLP318

Road transportatıon

TLP306

Sea transportatıon

TLP308

Research methodology

TLP310

Cargo ınformatıons

Year 1/fall semester DPR105

Seamanship

DPR107

Intro.to mte & ethics

DPR133

Year 3/ fall semester 4

DPR301

E-navigation systems

2,5

1,5

DPR311

Celestial navigation

2,5

Physics 1

DPR321

Maritime law 1

DPR133L

Physics 1 lab.

DPR331

Watchkeeping 2 (brm)

DPR135L

Marine chemistry lab.

DPR341

Mar.practical studies

DPR141

Mathematics 1

DPR351

Onboard training 2

DPR145

Marine chemistry

DPR361

Technical ship mngmnt

DPR153

Maritime safety i

3,5

DPREG4

Elective group 4

DPR199

Seaman physical edu.

DPREG4

Elective group 4

TÜRK101

Turkish 1

Year 3/spring semester DPR302

Year 1/spring semester

2,5

Onboard training 3

DPR102

Intro. To navigation

2,5

DPR108

Technical drawing

1,5

DPR401

Rsrch meth.&statistics

DPR112

Watchkeeping 1

DPR411

Commercial ship mgmnt

DPR114

Basic oil & chemical tanker trainnig

DPR421

Ship hdlng & mneouvrng

2,5

DPR134

Physics 2

DPR423

Crg hdling&stowage 2

2,5

DPR134L

Physics 2 lab

DPR431

Marine engines

DPR138

Intro to comp. Info.sys.

1,5

DPR441

Crg handling simulator

DPR142

Mathematics 2

DPR451

Ship survey prosedures

DPR154

Maritime safety ii & security

4,5

TAR101

National history 1

TÜRK102

Turkish 2

DPREG5

Elective group 5

Year 4/ fall semester

Year 2/fall semester

2,5

Year 4/ spring semester

Terrestrial navigation

DPR402

Maritime law 2

DPR203

Differential equations

DPR412

Maritime safety

DPR211

Ship constr. And stability

DPR422

Graduation project

DPR221

Maritime english 1

2,5

DPR432

Ship mngmt&leadership

2,5

DPR231

Marine communication

DPR442

Meteorology&oceanography

1,5

DPR231L

Mar.communication lab.

DPR452

Mar.sequrity&qm system (sso)

DPR241

Onboard trainning 1

TAR102

National history 2

DPR251

Meteorology

DPREG6

Elective group 6

DPREG1

Elective group 1

DPREG2

Elective group 2

Major electives DPR283

Mar.culture & cul.snsvty

DPR289

General english 1

1,5

DPR281

Material science

Year 2/spring semester DPR202

Ship emrgncy responce

DPR212

Crgo hdling & stowage 1

DPR285

Transportation system

DPR222

Maritime english 2

DPR287

Marine enviromental

DPR232

Ship electronics

1,5

DPR282

Hrm in maritime

DPR238

Intro to scn&eng.comp

DPR284

Economic geography

DPR242

Electronic navigation

2,5

DPR286

Business logistics

DPR252

Maritime conventions

DPR288

General english 2

DPR262

Linear algebra

DPR381

Shipping finance

DPR272

Economics

DPR383

Ship scm

DPREG3

Elective group 3

DPR385

Fluid mechanics

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DPR201

DPR387

Int. Relat.&mar.policies

DPR389

Org.mngmnt&bhv.in mrtm

DPR482

Seafarer’s health&safety

DPR484

Port management

DPR486

Marine accidents and safety culture

DPR488

Intro. To maritime traffic engineering

DPR490

Cargo pumps

DPR492

Deck machinery

DPR494

Seaice

Vocational School: 2-Year Associate Degree Programs

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Objectives The Vocational School’s goal is to provide students the ability and skills needed to work in a certain specific vocation. The mission of the Vocational School is to provide high quality education, research and other educational and social facilities in order to prepare our students for the future life, improve students’ life performances and help them succeed in today’s competitive world. Our programs are popular choices for students who prefer to learn specific job skills without having to spend four years in university. Progression to Bachelor’s Program Students who complete Associate Degree Programs at the Girne American University can top-up their courses with appropriate Bachelor’s Programs offered at the Girne American University. Successful students are eligible for financial aid through the Registrar’s Office. The programs at GAU are so designed to provide flexible learning opportunities for students.

Accounting and Tax Application (ASc) Associate of Science in Accounting and Tax Application provides students with a solid accounting background. Graduates can have career opportunities in accounting areas such as accounting of payables, receivables, bookkeeping, payroll, and taxation. At the end of this program, graduates will be able to utilize industry standard accounting principles and accounting-based software; articulate accounting, payroll, and ethical and legal issues impacting contemporary business practices; create databases, enterprise resource planning systems, and accounting systems; and understand human behavior in the competitive market. Tax Application is a two-year Associate Degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Accounting and Tax Application. This program enables students to transfer to the School of Applied Social Sciences that offer a bachelor’s degree in Accounting. Year 1/Fall Semester AACT101

Basic Accounting

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

ACOM101

Computer Applications I

AMAT101

Business Mathematics

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History I

Year 1/Spring Semester AACT102

Principles of Accounting II

ABSM102

Introduction to Business & Management II

ABSM104

Business Law

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

NH002

National History II

Year 2/Fall Semester

List of Associate Degree Programs The following table lists the current Associate Degree Programs offered in English at the Girne American University. • • • • • • • • • • •

Accounting & Tax Application Automotive Technology Banking and Insurance Business Management Civil Aviation and Cabin Services Computer Operations Computer Technology and Programming Electronics Technology Marketing Public Relations Tourism and Hotel Administration

AACT203

Cost Accounting

ABNK201

Business Finance I

ABSM201

Introduction to Economics I

ABSM203

Statistics I

ABSM205

Human Resource Management

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester AACT202

Computer Aided Accounting

AACT204

Managerial Accounting

AACT206

Auditing

ABNK202

Business Finance II

ABSM202

Introduction to Economics II

TURK002

Turkish II

Automotive Technology (ASc)

Banking and Insurance (ASc)

The aim of this program is to inform the engineers who are

Associate of Science in Banking and Insurance program will

studying automotive engineering about automotive technologies,

prepare students for entry-level careers in banking and/or

production processes and materials, available and alternative

insurance industry. This program will teach students various

fuels, safety systems, and the interaction of automotive

relevant topics such as banking, insurance, risk management,

technologies and the environment. The program is based on

fraud, customer service, products of each industry, as well as

lectures, large assignments, simulations and experiments, and

technical skills such as software applications. Graduates would

these are carried out as real case studies, or using other similar

have opportunity to choose to work in numerous fields’ as bank

methods. The balanced, integrated curriculum provides an

officers, bank managers, insurance brokers, insurance experts,

education, which is strong both in the fundamentals and in state-

risk officers and brokers. Banking and Insurance is a two-year

of-the-art knowledge, appropriate for immediate professional

Associate Degree Program. Students need to complete 60 credit

practice as well as graduate study and lifelong learning.

hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Banking and Insurance. This program enables students to transfer to the School of Applied Social Sciences that offer a Bachelor’s degree

Year 1/Fall Semester AMAT101

Mathematics I

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENG103

Computer Aided Design

AP101

Introduction to Automotive

AP103

Electricity for Automotive

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 1/Spring Semester AP102

Measurement Technology

AP104

Electronic Systems in Vehicles

AP106

Machine Elements

AP108

Engine Tests and Calibration

AP110

Engineering Drawing

TURK002

Turkish II

Year 2/Fall Semester Practical Application I

AP203

Dynamics

AP205

Air-condition systems for vehicles

AP207

Engine Technology I

AP209

Materials Science

Year 2/Spring Semester AP202

Practical Application II

AP204

Thermodynamics

AP206

Internal Combustion Engines

AP208

Engine Technology II

AP210

Manufacturing Technology

Year 1/Fall Semester AACT101

Basic Accounting

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

ACOM101

Computer Applications I

AMAT101

Business Mathematics

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

NH001

National History I

Year 1/Spring Semester ABNK203

Money and Banking

ABSM214

Marketing & Consumer Behavior

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

INS102

Fundamentals of Insurance

NH002

National History II

Year 2/Fall Semester ABNK201

Business Finance I

ABNK205

Commercial Banking

ABSM201

Microeconomics

ABSM203

Statistics

INS201

Accounting of Insurance

TURK001

Turkish I

Year 2/Spring Semester ABSM202

Macroeconomics

CAS101

Case Study

INS202

European Banking Framework

INS204

Risk Management

INS206

Insurance Broker & Agent Skills

TURK002

Turkish II

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

AP201

in Banking and Finance.

Business Management (ASc) Associate of Science in Business Management program provides students the general and specific skills in business administration, necessary to succeed in today’s business environment. This program will provide the students the necessary management, communication, motivation and leadership skills to control others. At the end of the program, our graduates will be competent to supervise others, decide the daily priorities of office, delegate projects and coordinate teams to meet the goals of organization. Business Management is a two-year Associate Degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Business Management. This program enables students to transfer to Faculty of Business & Economics that offer a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration.

Year 2/Spring Semester ABSM202

Macroeconomics

INS202

European Banking Framework

INS204

Risk Management

INS206

Insurance Broker & Agent Skills

CAS101

Case Study

TURK002

Turkish II

Civil Aviation & Cabin Services(ASc) This program is designed to train cabin staff who can maintain cabin operations, build customer relationships and graduate with the title Cabin Attendant. The graduates are recruited by the airline services globally. Students also have the option to transfer to School of Aviation where they can pursue a Bachelor’s Degree in Aviation Management.

Year 1/Fall Semester

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 1/Fall Semester

AACT101

Basic Accounting

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

COMP103

Introduction to Comp. & Inf. Sys. I

ABSM104

Business Law

EGL101

English I

AMAT101

Business Mathematics I

CACS101

Introduction to Aviation

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

CACS103

Communication in Aviation I

NH001

National History I

CACS105

General Aircraft Knowledge

CACS107

Aviation Terminology

ELECTIVE

Free Elective I

Year 1/Spring Semester ABNK203

Money and Banking

ABSM214

Marketing & Consumer Behavior

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

COMP104

Introduction to Comp. & Inf. Sys. II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

EGL102

English II

INS102

Fundamentals of Insurance

CACS102

Normal Safety Regulations

NH002

National History II

CACS104

Communication in Aviation II

STJ001

Internship

CACS106

Airport and Flight Security

CACS108

Hazardous Materials Training

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester

ABNK201

Business Finance I

ELECTIVE

Free Elective II

ABNK205

Commercial Banking

STJ001

Internship I

ABSM201

Microeconomics

ABSM203

Statistics

CACS201

Service / in Flight Catering I

INS201

Accounting for Insurance

CACS203

Effective Speaking and Dictation

TURK001

Turkish I

CACS205

Passenger Safety and Satisfaction

CACS207

Emergency Safety Rules I

CACS209

General Meteorology

CACS211

Aviation English I

CACS213

Cabin Crew Performance Training I

TURK001

Turkish I

ELECTIVE

Free Elective III

STJ002

Internship II

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

CACS202

Service / in Flight Catering II

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

CACS204

Medical Issues and First Aid Training

ACOM101

Computer Applications I

CACS206

Inflight Entertainment Services

AMAT101

Business Mathematics

CACS208

Emergency Safety Rules II

CIS102

Algorithm & Programming Techniques

CACS210

Crew Resource Management

ENG102

Computer Programming I

CACS212

Aviation English II

CACS214

Cabin Crew Performance Training II

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

TURK002

Turkish II

CEN410

Computer Networks

ELECTIVE

Free Elective IV

CIS301

Web Applications Development

CIS309

Structured Programming Languages

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Year 1/Spring Semester

CACS109

Aviation Law

CP200

Internship

CACS110

World Cultures and Destinations

ENG203

Computer Programming II

CACS112

Marketing in Aviation

CACS215

Personal Care and Grooming

CEN460

Computer Graphics

CACS216

Quality Management System in Cabin

CP206

Database Management Systems

ENG205

Logic Circuit Design

TRME001

Technical Elective

TRME001

Technical Elective

Computer Programming (ASc) Associate of Science in Computer Programming will intended to develop individual talent and creativity of the students and to promote an up-to-date awareness of new technologies in the field of Computer Programming. The program is designed to prepare students for professional practice by developing a firm foundation in Basic Science, as well as encourage students to develop individual initiative capabilities. The department offers a balanced program comprising computer software and mathematical foundations. The emphasis is on programming aspects, the analysis and design of software systems. An Associate of Science in Computer Programming is a two-year Associate Degree. Student need to complete 62 credit hours to The core courses aim to establish a firm general knowledge in all fields of Computer Programming. Students must successfully complete twenty-four courses. Lecturers are supplemented by tutorials, and by experimental work in the laboratories. In addition to the variety of courses covering basic and specialized subjects, electives are offered to enable students to advance their knowledge in different aspects of this specialization. This program enables students to transfer to the Faculty of Engineering that offers a Bachelorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s degree in Computer Engineering.

Year 2/Spring Semester CIS412

Internet Programming

ELECTIVE

General Elective

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

CP210

Term Project (graduation Project)

TRME001

Technical Elective

MAJOR ELECTIVES CIS408

Wireless Networking

CIS409

Game Programming

CIS410

Artificial Intelligence

CIS412

Internet Programming

CIS414

Modern Programming Platforms

CIS419

Research Methods

CIS420

Computer Forensics

CIS421

2d, 3d Digital Applications

CIS422

Human Computer Interaction

CIS423

Mobile Device Programming

CIS424

Emerging Technologies

CACS217

Safety Management Systems

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

graduate with an Associateâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s degree in Computer Programming.

Year 2/Fall Semester

Electronics Technology (ASc) Associate of Science in Electronics Technology designed to train interested and motivated students with the technical skills required for industrial electronics fields. The program provides a balance mix of courses in electronics, and computer hardware. Most industrial facilities require the service of an Electronics Technology technician with the knowledge of digital circuitry and automated systems. The increasing dependence of industrial systems on electronics has created a need for technicians qualified to design, test, install, repair, and control electronics and computer systems. The Electronics Technology curriculum in GAU is designed to provide the students with a sound theoretical background about Electronic Technology while being oriented toward applied problem solving. Student need to complete 63 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Electronics Technology. This program enables students to transfer to Faculty of Engineering that offer a Bachelor’s degree in ElectricalElectronic Engineering.

Associate of Science in Information System Management program will teach students how to provide technical support for companies. Graduates would have opportunity to choose to work in several fields including computer programming, desktop application, and Web site application, design and database development. With this background, graduates can enter numerous industries since a variety of organizations need a technical support staff to maintain the information systems. An Associate of Science in Information System Management is a two-year degree. Student need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Information System Management. This program enables students to transfer to the Faculty of Engineering that offers a Bachelor’s degree in Information System Management. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

ACOM101

Introduction to Computers & Information Systems

Computer Aided Design

AMAT101

Mathematics for Business & Economics I

MAT101

Mathematics I

AMIS101

Computer Aided Accounting

PS111

General Physics I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

AACT101

Accounting I

ENG101

Introduction to Computers

ENG103

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Information Systems Management (ASc)

Year 1/Spring Semester

ENG106

Fundamental of Industrial Sys.

ABSM102

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. II

IEA104

Internship

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

MT104

Mathematics II

AMAT102

Business Mathematics II

MAT102

Linear Algebra

AMIS102

Algorithms & Programming Techniques

IEA200

Physical Electronics

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

Free Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester AMIS201

Productivity Tools

ENG205

Logic Circuit Design

AMIS203

Database Concepts & Sql

IEA203

Electronic Circuit I

AMIS205

MIS

IEA205

Quality Planning & Control

AMIS207

Programming Concept & Fundamentals

IEA207

Circuit Theory

AMIS209

Html & Xml & Web Design

IEA209

Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation

CS201

Communication Skills I

Year 2/Spring Semester

IEA202

Computer Programming I

AMIS100

Internship

IEA204

Feedback Control Systems

AMIS202

Business Data Communication

Technical Elective

AMIS204

Programming in 4g Environment

Technical Elective

AMIS206

Systems Analysis & Design

Free Elective

AMIS208

C/c++ Programming

AMIS210

Advanced Web Design

MAJOR ELECTIVES

Year 2/Spring Semester

CIS408

Wireless Networking

ABSM202

Introduction to Economics II

CIS409

Game Programming

ABSM210

Organizational Theory

CIS410

Artificial Intelligence

AMRK204

Marketing Research

CIS412

Internet Programming

AMRK206

International Marketing

CIS414

Modern Programming Platforms

AMRK208

E-Commerce

Marketing (ASc) Associate of Science in Marketing allows students to acquire the requisite skills to become successful in the marketing industry, sales management, and retail and wholesale area. Students learn the knowledge and skills needed in marketing occupations such as advertising, communication, promotion, entrepreneurship, and international business and/or to be successful marketers, sales representatives, market/marketing researchers, product development managers, assistant media buyers, and brand managers. Marketing is a two-year Associate Degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Business Management. This program enables students to transfer to the Faculty of Business & Economics.

Public Relations and Publicity (ASc) Associate of Science in Public Relations and Publicity program will teach students how to speak, write, and edit professionally. This program provides a base for the continuation of learning about how to manage and practice communications within businesses and to promote and create the businesses and other organizations. Besides, students would also learn how to communicate with those outside the organization, handling everything from advertising campaigns to public-relations challenges. Public Relations and Publicity is a two-year Associate Degree. Students need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s Degree in Public Relations and Publicity. This program enables students to transfer to the Faculty of Communications that offer a Bachelor’s degree in Public Relations.

Year 1/Fall Semester Year 1/Fall Semester

ABHS101

Introduction to Behavioral Science I

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

APRE101

Introduction to Communication

ACOM101

Computer Applications I

ABSM101

Introduction to Business and Management I

ACOMP101

Introduction to Computer and Information System I

ABSM105

Introduction to Behavioral Science I

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

AMAT101

Business Mathematics

EGL101

Development of Reading Skills

Year 1/Spring Semester Introduction to Behavioral Science II

ABSM104

Business Law

ACOM102

Computer Applications II

AMRK102

Principles of Marketing

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester APRE102

History of Communication

ABSM102

Introduction to Business and Management II

ACOMP102

Introduction to Computer and Information System II

ABSM106

Introduction to Behavioral Sciences II

EGL102

Development of Writing Skills

ABSM201

Introduction to Economics I

ABSM203

Statistics I

ABSM205

Human Resource Management

APRE201

Media Production

AMRK203

Marketing Strategy

APRE203

Reporting Techniques

AMRK207

Advertising & Promotion

APRE205

Advertising Production

TURK001

Turkish I

APRE207

Sale Strategies

FREEELE

Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ABHS102

Year 2/Spring Semester

APRE202

Media Production for PR

THM222

Tourism and Hospitality Accounting

APRE204

Practice of PR

THM224

Front Office Reservation Application

APRE206

Practice of Advertising

THM226

Food & Beverage Service

APRE208

Tactics of Selling

THM228

Nutrition & Sanitation

FREEELE

Elective 2

THM230

Tourism Economics

STJ001

Internship

TURK002

Turkish 2

Tourism & Hospitality Management (ASc) Associate of Science in Tourism and Hospitality Management program has been designed to meet the growing needs of the sector and therefore to prepare students for an active and practical career in the local and international Tourism & Hospitality industry. The program is delivered in the same way as an apprenticeship style program; students are in classes and labs for two days and the remaining three days are spent working at Girne American University’s Tourism Training facility: Le Chateau Lambousa Hotel. Tourism and Hospitality Management is a two-year Associate Degree. Student need to complete 60 credit hours to graduate with an Associate’s degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management. This program enables students to transfer to the School of Applied Social Sciences that offer a 92 92

Bachelor’s degree in Tourism and Hospitality Management.

FACULTIES & SCHOOLS

Year 1/Fall Semester THM101

Tourism & Hospitality Maths

THM113

English for Tourism 1

THM115

Introduction to Hospitality

THM117

Intro to Business Management

COMP103

Intro to Computer 1

Year 1/Spring Semester THM112

Statistics for Tourism

THM114

English for Tourism II

THM116

The Business of Tourism

THM118

Haccp & Tqm Applications in Tourism

COMP104

Computer Applications 2

THM001

Internship

Year 2/Fall Semester THM221

Front Office Management

THM223

Travel Agency Operations

THM225

Housekeeping Operations

THM227

Introduction to Economics I

THM229

Business Accounting

In addition to the advancement and dissemination of knowledge, the general objective of the Graduate School is to provide an opportunity for the development of the intellectual potential of individuals in an environment of freedom of expression and inquiry and to enhance the academic integrity of the institution.

Admission Requirements Anyone who would like to pursue a graduate=level education at the Girne American University has to submit a formal application to the University pertinent to the rules outlined in the 1st section of this Catalog. Upon the receipt of the application, applicant’s files will be forwarded to the Graduate School for review and decision. Where necessary, the Graduate School may require “bridging courses” from the applicant to mitigate any educational gaps, or prerequisites in student’s education. If admitted, the student shall be assigned an Advisor, who shall monitor the progress of the student. For PhD Applicants, examples of previously published work shall be requested as part of the application package.

Types of Master’s Degrees

GRADUATE SCHOOL

The Graduate School offers two types of Master’s Degrees: • Master’s with Thesis • Master’s without Thesis Admission requirements and the duration of the studies differ according to the type of the program. Master’s with Thesis require the completion of a 10,000-word authentic essay. Master’s without a Thesis generally require a Graduation Project. The Executive Master Programs do not require a Thesis or an intensive Graduation Project as part of its curriculum. Students who are looking for a terminal Master’s program may opt for a Master’s without a Thesis, whereas Students who are interested in pursuing a research topic and/or considering further education in their fields are encouraged to pursue a Master’s with a Thesis. All programs outlined in this Catalogue are the courses that are instructed in English. Additionally, GAU offers a number of Master’s programs offered in Turkish language, which are not outlined in this Catalogue. For full list (English and Turkish) of our programs, please consult page 29.

PhD Programs The PhD candidates at Girne American University pursue original research with the goal of contributing to the knowledge in their chosen field. All PhD Programs require the successful completion of the required courses in the respective field, passing the Comprehensive Examination. Students are also required to

List of Master’s Programs The following table lists the current Master’s programs offered in English at the Girne American University.

Program Name

Architecture (March)

•

Arts & Design (MFA)

•

Applied Social Psychology (MSc)

•

Business Administration (EMBA): Executive Master’s Business Administration (MBA): Finance Track Business Administration (MBA): General Track Business Administration (MBA): Human Resources Management Track Business Administration (MBA): International Business Track Business Administration (MBA): Management Information Systems Track

W.out Thesis

Objectives

submit a Dissertation (an original piece of academic research) and successfully defend their PhD thesis.

With Thesis

The Graduate School

• • • • • •

Business Administration (MBA): Marketing Track Business Management (MSc) Construction Management (MSc)

•

Computer Engineering (MSc)

•

Counselling Psychology (MSc)

•

Economics (MSc) Electrical Engineering (MSc)

• •

English Language Teaching (MA)

•

Healthcare Management (MSc) Health Psychology (MSc)

•

Interior Architecture (MA)

•

International Business Law (LLM) Industrial Engineering (MSc)

•

• •

•

• •

International Relations (MA) Journalism & Broadcast Com. (MA)

•

Law (LLM) Public Relations (MA) Tourism & Hospitality Management (MA)

• • •

• • • • •

List of PhD Programs The following table lists the current PhD programs offered in English at the Girne American University. Architecture Applied Social Psychology Business Management Computer Engineering Construction Management Electrical & Electronics Engineering Marketing Management Information Systems Political &International Studies Tourism & Hospitality Management

The Graduate School: Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Programs Architecture March [with Thesis] The Master of Architecture program at the Girne American University offers an education based on critical and theoretical knowledge, creative design skills, the most recent techniques of presentation and architectural building technologies. With universal understanding based on human value, this program aims to contribute to the development of architectural knowledge and to the profession of Architecture as well as to the humanity, by supporting and empowering critical thinking, research and creativity. Year 1/Fall Semester MFA515

Research Methods in Art & Design

MARC501

Architectural Design Studio I

Technical Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester MFA516

Critical Reading & Writing

MARC502

Architectural Design Studio II

Technical Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester MARC506

Seminar in Thesis Research

MARC503

Architectural Design Studio III

Year 2/Spring Semester MARC592

Thesis in Architecture

ELECTIVES Aesthetics and Architecture

MARC545

Research in Modern Architecture

MARC550

Mapping Cities Applications

MARC554

Place and Resilience

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MARC542

Art & Design MFA [with Thesis]

Applied Social Psychology MA [with Thesis]

The complex, rapidly changing environments in which we now live require creative responses oriented towards problem-solving in the various personal and public realms. The aim is to provide an intellectually robust, creatively lively, and technically competent teaching and learning environment. We offer an environment wherein graduates in fine arts and design who wish to develop and extend themselves in their chosen fields can expect to be both challenged and supported in their quest.

The Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s program in Applied Social Psychology aims to provide scientific study of human feeling, thinking and behavior in social contexts. The program considers both proximate (immediate) influences on behavior as well as the distal (remote) influences on behavior, such as human evolution.

Graduates from this Master of Fine Arts & Design program will be equipped with conceptual, technical and social awareness competencies to be able to confidently develop new thinking and means by which to engage in the creative industries within their field, as required in our contemporary times. Students graduating from this program will be able to work as individual artists and designers; in teams in design companies; as art curators; as artists and designers in the field of advertising; as gallery and museum personnel; and as consultants in their fields. They can work in any field in private or public institutions that may require visual design communication skills.

MSPSY507

Advanced Statistics for Social Studies

Year 1/Fall Semester

MSPSY504

MSPSY508

Advanced Health Psychology Advanced Topics in Group Processes and Inter-Group Relations

MSPSY516

Seminar

MFA515 96

MFA501

Research Methods in Art & Design

Elective

Art & Design Studio I

GRADUATE SCHOOL

Year 1/Spring Semester MFA516

Critical Reading and Writing

MFA502

Art & Design Studio II

Technical Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester MFA506

Seminar

Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester MFA592

Thesis in Art and Design

ELECTIVES

Year 1/Fall Semester MSPSY501

Applied Social Psychology

MSPSY503

Advanced Topics in Inter-Group Relations

MSPSY506

Research Methods for Social Psychology

MSPSY509

Social Psychology of the Media

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester MSPSY515

Year 2/Spring Semester MSPSY515

Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

MSPSY512

Cognition and Culture

MSPSY511

Psychology of Criminal Conduct Psychology of Human Resource Development Advanced Developmental Social Psychology

Advanced Organizational Psychology Current Issues in Social and Applied Psychology

The Social Psychology of Economic Life Advanced Topics in Personal Relationships

MSPSY510 MSPSY505

MFA518

Sculpture and Installation

MFA510

Drawing

MFA505

Art Design & Environment

MSPSY500

MFA524

History of Ideas Interfacing the Local and the International

MSPSY514

MSPSY513

MFA512

Thesis

MSPSY502

3 3

Business Administration MBA –

Business Administration MBA-

Executive MBA [without Thesis]

General Track [without Thesis]

The Executive MBA is built around the Girne American University’s distinctive MBA Program, which is tailor-made to suit the busy schedules of senior general and technical executives whose organizations compete in an environment of rapidly changing markets, technologies and cultures, including: CEOs, COOs, Presidents, Vice Presidents and other senior managers with leadership responsibilities.

The General Track of the MBA Program offers a well-rounded program to students coming from a business or non-business backgrounds. The program is designed to equip students with an in-depth understanding of the various aspects of managing organizations in the context of the 21st century. Students have the opportunity to seek a non-thesis MBA or alternatively seek the MSc. track in Business Management with the Thesis option.

Year 1/Fall Semester

EXMA503

Business Economics

MGMT500

Research Methods

EXAM505

Business Management

MGMT503

Organizational Theory

EXMA507

Cases in Marketing Management Cases in Leadership and Organization Behavior

ISMA500

Management Information Systems

MGMT502

Strategic Management

EXMA508

Year 1/Spring Semester EXMA509

Strategic Management

EXMA501

EXMA510

Seminar in Financial Management Cases in Advertising and Promotion Management

EXMA511

Cases in Global Business Enterprises

Year 2/Fall Semester EXMA502

Seminar in Managerial Accounting

GRPS001

Graduation Project Seminar

EXTRM001

Departmental Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester GRP001

Graduation Project

ELECTIVES 3

EXMA504

Seminar in MIS Seminar in Human Resource Management

EXMA506

Seminar in MIS

ECON500

Economics for Business Management

MGMT507

Marketıng Communıcatıon

Departmental Electıve

Legal Environment of Business

MGMT512

Year 2/Fall Semester MGMT509

Operations Management

MARK500

Marketing Management

GPRS001

Graduatıon Project Semınar

Year 2/Spring Semester GRP001

Graduation Project

ELECTIVES MGMT509

Operations Management

FIBA500

Financial Management

MGMT542

International Business Management

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EXMA506

Year 1/Spring Semester

Business Administration MBA –

Finance Track [without Thesis]

Human Resource Management Track [without Thesis]

The MBA in Finance track is designed specifically for individuals seeking a senior management executive positions who are likely to have exposure to financial issues typically at the Board level in public or private businesses.

The Human Resource Management Track MBA program helps students to set themselves apart by combining an expertise in the Human Resources with the knowledge required to be a strategic business partner. This program aims to develop business leaders who are experts of organizational behavior, and are aware of the importance of skillful management of human resources to improve organizational effectiveness.

Year 1/Fall Semester

ECON500

Economıcs for Busıness Management

ECON500

Economics for Business Management

FIBA500

Fınancıal Management

FIBA500

Financial Management

FIBA502

Corporate International Finance

MARK500

Marketing Management

FIBA503

Financial Statement Analysis

Year 1/Spring Semester

GRADUATE SCHOOL

Year 1/Spring Semester MGMT500

Research Methods

MARK500

Marketıng Management

MGMT503

Organizational Theory

MGMT500

Research Methods

MGMT512

Legal Environment of Business

MGMT508

Human Resource Management

MGMT509

Operations Management

Year 2/Fall Semester MGMT503

Organızatıonal Theory

MGMT512

Legal Envıronment of Busıness

FIBA581

MTRNE001

Investments Departmental/non Departmental Electives

Year 2/Spring Semester GRP001

Graduation Project

Year 2/Fall GRP001

Graduation Project

Business Administration MBA –

International Management [without Thesis]

Management Information Systems [without Thesis]

The International Management Track MBA program equips students with the key technical competencies companies expect and the critical skills that global organizations value above all: the ability to work with and lead multi-disciplinary and multi-cultural teams, to think creatively about complex problems and engage and create personal knowledge networks to generate innovative solutions. Our faculty benefits from global composition providing our students with a solid foundation in strategic business management in an international setting.

MBA in Management Information Systems degree is a multidisciplinary degree combining information systems and e-commerce with management. This degree is intended for those students who wish to enter business or commercial management with a knowledge and experience of internet and software technology. Lecturers teach in their specialist areas that overlap between Engineering and Business Management.

Year 1/Fall Semester

ECON500

Economics for Business Management

ECON500

Economıcs for Busıness Management

FIBA500

Financial Management

FIBA500

Fınancıal Management

FIBA502

Corporate International Finance

ISMA500

MGMT502

Strategic Management

Management Information Systems Data Communication Systems & Networking

Year 1/Spring Semester MARK500

Marketing Management

MGMT500

Research Methods

MGMT542

International Business Management

MGMT544

E-Commerce

Year 2/Fall Semester MGMT503

Organizational Theory

MGMT512

Legal Environment of Business

MGMT552

International Marketing

MTRME001

Departmental/non-Departmental Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester

GRP001

Graduation Project

ISMA503

Year 1/Spring Semester MARK500

Marketıng Management

MGMT500

Research Methods

ISMA504

Advanced Programming

ISMA521

Information Analysis and System Design

3 99

Year 2/Fall Semester MGMT503

Organızatıonal Theory

MGMT512

ISMA573

Legal Envıronment of Busıness Advanced Database Management Systems

MTRME001

Departmental Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester Graduatıon Project

ELECTIVES MGMT509

Operations Management

MGMT502

Strategic Management

MGMT505

Consumer Behavior

MGMT508

Human Resource Management

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

GRP001

Business Administration MBA –

Business Management MSc. [with Thesis]

Marketing [without Thesis]

The Business Management MSc. offers a rigorous program to students coming from a business or non-business backgrounds. The program is designed to equip students with an in-depth understanding of the various aspects of managing organizations in the context of the 21st century. Students have the opportunity to seek a non-thesis Business Administration MBA in General Track or alternatively seek the MSc. track in Business Management with the Thesis option.

MBA with a focus on Marketing provides students with an indepth understanding of how to achieve customer satisfaction and sustainable competitive advantage through the use of appropriate Marketing skills. The focused program will provide marketing as one of the most and significance of marketing as one of the most important drivers of business success in a variety of firm contexts and marketplaces. Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

ECON500

Economıcs for Busıness Management

MGMT500

Research Methods

FIBA500

Fınancıal Management

MGMT503

Organizational Theory

MGMT502

Strategic Management

ISMA500

Management Information Systems

MGMT505

Consumer Behavior

MGMT502

Strategic Management

Year 1/Spring Semester

MARK500

Marketıng Management

ECON500

Economics for Business

MGMT500

Research Method

MGMT507

Marketing Communications

MGMT507

Marketing Communication

Departmental Elective

MGMT544

E-Commerce

MGMT512

Legal Environment of Business

Year 2/Fall Semester 100

Year 2/Fall Semester

MGMT503

Organızatıonal Theory

MGMT509

Operations Management

MGMT512

Legal Envıronment of Busıness

MARK500

Marketing Management

MGMT552

International Marketing

TSEM580

Seminar for Thesis

MTRME001

Departmental Electıve

Year 2/Spring Semester GRADUATE SCHOOL

GRP001

Graduatıon Project

Year 2/Spring Semester THES500

ELECTIVES ISMA500

Management Information Systems

MGMT508

Human Resource Management

MGMT509

Operations Management

MGMT542

International Business Management

Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

MGMT542

International Business Management

MGMT552

International Marketing

Construction Management MSc [with Thesis]

Computer Engineering MSc [with Thesis]

The Master of Science in Construction Management program in Girne American University offers technical knowledge and administrational skills that are required for running a construction project including planning, budgeting and controlling processes, with a special focus on environmental issues, public welfare, customer satisfaction and rapid technological developments that have impact on the way business practices are conducted.

The program is intended for engineers or to pursue further advanced post-graduate studies at the level of PhD. The purpose is to prepare students to be able to adapt themselves to new and improving technologies in whatever career they path they would like to pursue.

Year 1/Fall Semester

CMGT515

Research Methods

MT511

Advance Engineering Mathematics I

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

ENG503

Programming Languages

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

CMGT501

Construction Management

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester

CMGT502

Project Planning & Scheduling

MT512

Advance Engineering Mathematics II

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

ENG504

Modelling and Optimization

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

MS590

Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester CMGT506

Seminar in Thesis Research

CMGT591

Thesis Preparation

Year 2/Fall Semester MS501

Year 2/Spring Semester CMGT592

Thesis in Construction Management

MS502

CMGT564 CMGT515

Intermediate Construction Contracting

CMGT578

Intermediate Sustainable Development Intermediate Computer Application in Building Projects

3 3

CEN510

Advanced Computer Networks

CEN528

Advance Neural Networks

CEN515

Advanced Data Communication

CEN590

Advanced Distributed Systems

CEN520

Advanced Automata Theory

CEN579

Cryptographic Applications and Solutions

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CMGT503

Thesis II

101

ELECTIVES

Intermediate Energy Management Intermediate Sustainable Concrete Construction Intermediate Pavement Management System

CMGT579

Year 2/Spring Semester

ELECTIVES CMGT575

Thesis I

Counselling Psychology MA [with Thesis]

Economics MSc

Girne American Universityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Counselling Psychology program promotes the acquisition and demonstration of conceptual knowledge in the core areas of the Psychology discipline. The program familiarizes students with the main theoretical approaches and content of the contemporary psychology and prepares students for successful applied professional training after graduation and/or counseling.

The Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s program in Economics is aimed to equip with the tools needed to explore economic issues in depth. A previous study of economics is not required, however there may be bridging courses.

Without Thesis

With Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

CPSY551

Psychopathology / Differential Diagnosis

ECON501

Microeconomics Analysis

CPSY530

ECON502

Macroeconomic Analysis

CPSY553

Legal/ethical Issues Clinical Interviewing, Assessment, and Treatment Planning

ECON503

Economic Thought

CPSY562

Practice Management

ECON504

International Economics

Year 1/Spring Semester CSPSY507

Statistics and Research Methods

CPSY556

Solution-Oriented Therapy Overview of Psychotherapeutic Approaches

CPSY552

Year 2/Fall Semester 102

CPSY588

Internship

CPSY517

Research Seminar

GRADUATE SCHOOL

Year 2/Spring Semester CPSY515

Thesis

CPSY555

ELECTIVES Family/group Therapy/ Organizational Dynamics

CPSY557

Year 1/Spring Semester MGMT500

Research Methods

ECON510

Econometrics

ECON511

Economic Development

ECON512

Turkish Economy

Year 2/Fall Semester ECON515

Globalization & Economic Issues

ECON516

Public Finance

TSEM580

Seminar for Thesis

Year 2/Spring Semester THES500

Thesis

EECON514

ELECTIVES Economic Policies of Eu

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy

ECON513

International Political Economy

CPSY554

Humanistic Therapy

ECON514

Economic Policies

MSPSY504

Advanced Health Psychology

ECON517

Welfare Economics

Electrical & Electronics Engineering MSc [with Thesis] The program requires the completion of 3 core courses and 7 elective courses. Economics program is offered in two variations, with Thesis or without Thesis.

Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in Electrical and Electronics Engineering benefit from all the resources of our Engineering Faculty. This course provides an advanced preparation for professional practice and/or further academic study through a flexible, elective-based curriculum. Many of the graduates further their careers in the field of research or product development at technology corporations.

Year 1/Fall Semester

ECON501

Microeconomic Analysis

MT511

Advance Engineering Mathematics I

ECON502

Macroeconomic Analysis

Programming Languages

ECON503

Economic Thought

ECON504

International Economics

ENG503 ELECTIVE ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester MGMT500

Research Methods

ECON511

Economic Development

ECON512

Turkish Economy

Departmental Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester ECON515

Globalization & Economic Issues

ECON516

Public Finance

GRPS001

Graduation Project Seminar

Year 2/Spring Semester GRP001

Graduation Project

ELECTIVES Econometrics

ECON514

Economic Policies

ECON517

Welfare Economics

ECON510

Econometrics

MT512

Advance Engineering Mathematics II

ENG504

Modelling and Optimization

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

MS590

Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester MS501

Thesis I

103

Year 2/Spring Semester MS502

Thesis II

0 ELECTIVES

EEN517

Active Filter Design

EEN516

Mobile Communications

EEN519

Cmos Digital Integrated Circuit Design

EEN546

Satellite Communications

EEN547

Applied Electromagnetic Theory

EEN556

Microelectronic Analog Circuit Design

EEN565

Advanced Image Processing

EEN575

Advanced Topics in Electrical Machinery

EEN581

Microwave Theory

EEN584

Power Supply and Energy Transmission

EEN586

Power System Analysis and Control

EEN588

High Voltage Techniques

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ECON510

Year 1/Spring Semester

English Language Teaching MA [with Thesis]

Health Care Management MSc

English Language Teaching Program at the Girne American University is designed to help practicing teachers as well as those who wish to become teachers. The program provides its students the rigorous linguistic and pedagogic knowledge and skills needed for teaching English language.

This master program is designed to prepare qualified managers for public and private health care sectors. The program will be of particular interest to students preparing for careers in healthcare institutions and hospitals. This program offers students to develop a critical understanding of contemporary issues in healthcare sector.

With Thesis

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

ELTM501

Elt Methodology and Practicum

HCM500

Research Methods in Healthcare

ELTM505

Second Language Acquisition

HCM514

Healthcare Policies

HCM502

HCM504

Managing Healthcare Organizations Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations

HCM501

Comparative Health System

Year 1/Spring Semester ELTM502

Language Testing

REM500

Research Methodology in Education

ELTM540

Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester 104

ELTM550

Ma Thesis

Year 2/Spring Semester ELTM550

Ma Thesis

GRADUATE SCHOOL

ELECTIVES ELTM503

Materials Development and Evaluation

ELTM508

Discourse Analysis

ELTM504

Syllabus Design

Year 1/Spring Semester

Elective

TSES580

Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester THES590 Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

HCM507

Health Tourism Quality Improvement İn Healthcare Organizations

HCM506

Patient Safety Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations Infection control and waste management in healthcare organizations

HCM503

Healthcare Law and Ethics

HCM516

Health Insurance

HCM510

Long Term Care Administration Approach In Wellness & Health Promotion

Health Economics Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations

HCM508 HCM509 HCM511

HCM505 HCM512 HCM513

3 3

Health Psychology MSc [with Thesis] Students are encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities offered by the GAU’s Smart Health Center. This program is offered with a Thesis and without Thesis option.

Train graduate students to be providers of health-related consultative, educational, and supportive direct services in a variety of settings such as hospitals and clinics. Graduates will provide direct consultation, educational, and treatment services to individuals and groups, but will not be qualified to provide psychological counseling or psychotherapy. Train graduate students to provide services in such areas as wellness, psychoeducation, medical treatment adherence, stress management, assertiveness training, anger management, sleep hygiene, pain management, rehabilitation and geriatric services, addictions treatment, pregnancy issues and parenting training, and planning and referrals to professional human services adjunct to medical treatment.

Year 1/Fall Semester

HCM500

Research Methods in Healthcare

HPSY550

Psychophysiology

HCM514

Healthcare Policies

HPSY552

Neuropsychology

HCM502

HPSY510

Research Design and Analysis

HCM504

Managing Healthcare Organizations Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations

HPSY553

HCM501

Comparative Health System

Psychosomatic Medicine Advanced Training in Health Psychology Practice I

HPSY558

Year 1/Spring Semester

Elective

HPSY551

Behavioral Neuroscience

Elective

HPSY556

Elective

TSES580

Seminar

HPSY560

Epidemiology Interpersonal Communication, Consulting/Teaching Community Ecology Advanced Training in Health Psychology Practice II

Year 2/Fall Semester Graduation Project

HPSY563 HPSY559

ELECTIVES HCM507

HPSY562

HPSY554

HCM506

Patient Safety Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations Infection control and waste management in healthcare organizations

HCM503

Healthcare Law and Ethics

HCM516

Health Insurance

HCM510

Long Term Care Administration Approach In Wellness & Health Promotion

Health Economics Financial Management in Healthcare Organizations

HCM509 HCM511

HCM505 HCM512 HCM513

HPSY530

Legal/Ethical Issues

HPSY557

Psychopharmacology Services Planning, Reporting, and Evaluation Organizational Dynamics and Group Training

The Future of Health Psychology

HPSY555

3 3

Year 2/Spring Semester HPSY580

Master’s Internship

HPSY590

Master’s Thesis

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

3 3

Year 2/Fall Semester

Health Tourism Quality Improvement İn Healthcare Organizations

HCM508

105

Interior Architecture MA [with Thesis]

International Business Law LLM

The Master Degree Programmed in Interior Design in Girne American University aims at educating interior designers who are sensitive to human needs and environmental conditions, aware of the importance of research and personal development, open to new ideas and able to represent their ideas in any milieu. The graduates of this program are individuals who can analyze the components of the project site and users’ needs properly; access the updated information related to materials, details and applications; and who are self-confident in creating and developing new ideas.

International Business Law LLM at the Girne American University is an intensive 18-month program. As one of the most competitive programs at the GAU, LLM in International Business Law is taught by former Justices, and academics and practicing lawyers.

With Thesis

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester

MFA515

Research Methods in Art and Design

LLM503

Legal Writing

MINT501

Interior Design Studio I

LLM504

Comparative Constitutional Law

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester MFA516

Critical Reading and Writing

MINT502

Interior Design Studio II

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

LLM501

Modern Research Methods

LLM502

Alternative Dispute Resolutions

Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester 106

MINT506

Seminar in Thesis Research

MINT503

Interior Design Studio III

Year 2/Spring Semester MINT592

Thesis in Interior Architecture

ELECTIVES GRADUATE SCHOOL

Year 1/Spring Semester

INT532

Critical Practice

INT534

Thinking in Practice

Year 2/Fall Semester LLM520

Master’s Thesis

ELECTIVES LLM5053

European Union Law III & IV

LLM506

Public International Law III

LLM507

Private International Law III

LLM508

Company Law III

LLM509

International Environmental Law

LLM510

Telecommunications Law

LLM511

Cyber Law

LLM512

Maritime Law

LLM513

International Business Transactions Public Policy Development and Legislation

LLM514

International Relations MA The program requires the applicants to hold an LLB in Law or similar to apply to this program. Students have the opportunity to pursue this program with or without a Thesis option.

The Master of Arts in International Relations program offers a focused curriculum for students to become professionals in political science and other fields. Many members of the faculty have national and international reputations with research expertise in a variety of topics ranging from political economy to international relations theory.

With Thesis

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

LLM503

Year 1/Fall Semester

Legal Writing

MGMT500

Research Methods

MIL507

International Law

LLM504

Comparative Constitutional Law

Elective

MIRP501

Advanced IR Theory

Elective

MIRP502

Advanced Comparative Politics

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester

LLM501

Modern Research Methods

LLM502

Alternative Dispute Resolutions

Elective

Graduation Project

Middle East

Year 2/Spring Semester THES520

Graduation Project

ELECTIVES

Year 2/Fall Semester LLM519

MIRP514

ELECTIVES

MIRP503

International Political Economy

MIRP523

Policies & Politics of the Eu

MIRP512

The Caucasus & Central Asia

International Business Crimes

MIRP538

Contemporary Human Right

LLM516

International Insurance Law

MIRP531

State and Democracy in the Modern World

LLM517

International Business Law

MIRP533

Globalization & Modernity

LLM521

International Human Rights

MIRP511

History and Politics of Balkan

LLM523

Legal Environment of Business

LLM531

International Arbitration Law

LLM532

International Investment Law

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

LLM515

107

Law [with Thesis] Program requires completion of 3 core courses and 5 elective courses. Students have the option of pursuing this program with or without the Thesis option.

The Master of Laws (LLM) program at the Girne American University offers students the opportunity to gain an indepth understanding in the fields of Human Rights and/or in Business Law. The program welcomes applications from Law (LLB) undergraduate holders.

With Thesis

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester MGMT500

Research Methods

LLM503

Legal Writing

MIL507

International Law

LLM504

Comparative Constitutional Law

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester MIRP501

Advanced IR Theory

LLM501

Modern Research Methods

MIRP502

Advanced Comparative Politics

LLM502

Alternative Dispute Resolutions

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester MIRP514

Middle East

LLM520

Graduation Project

MAJOR ELECTIVES

GRADUATE SCHOOL

108

ELECTIVES

Year 2/Spring Semester GRP001

Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Thesis

LLM515

International Business Crimes

LLM516

International Insurance Law

MIRP503

International Political Economy

LLM517

International Business Law

MIRP523

Policies & Politics of the Eu

LLM521

International Human Rights

MIRP512

The Caucasus & Central Asia

LLM523

Legal Environment of Business

MIRP538

Contemporary Human Right

LLM531

International Arbitration Law

MIRP531

State and Democracy in the Modern World

LLM532

International Investment Law

MIRP533

Globalization & Modernity

MIRP511

History and Politics of Balkan

Journalism and Broadcast Communications [with Thesis] Students seeking to pursue a Master of Laws without an undergraduate degree in Law may be required to take bridging courses. Courses in the Master of Laws program are taught principally by lecturers that constitute from former Justices and Academics. The Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in Law program is offered with or without Thesis option.

Master of Arts program in Journalism trains students to develop an intellectual foundation that enables them to analyze, question and evaluate evidence. The journalism program at Girne American University is composed of a structured and rigorous curriculum that aims to build studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; core competencies in investigating, interviewing and storytelling.

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester LLM503

Legal Writing

LLM504

Comparative Constitutional Law

Year 1/Spring Semester LLM501

Modern Research Methods

LLM502

Alternative Dispute Resolutions

Year 2/Fall Semester LLM519

Graduation Project

ELECTIVES LLM505

European Union Law III & IV

LLM506

Public International Law III

LLM507

Private International Law III

LLM508

Company Law III

LLM509

International Environmental Law

LLM510

Telecommunications Law

LLM511

Cyber Law

LLM512

Maritime Law

LLM513

International Business Transactions Public Policy Development and Legislation

LLM514

REM500

JRB532

Research Methods Current Problem of Press and Manipulation

FREL500

Free Elective

JRB501

Mass Communication Systems

Year 1/Spring Semester CMN504

Media and Language

JRB502

Communication and Law

JRB533

News Analysis

TSES580

Seminar in Thesis Research

Year 2/Fall Semester THEM590

Thesis in Journalism and Broadcasting

109

Year 2/Spring Semester THEM590

Thesis in Journalism Sand Broadcasting

3 GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Public Relations(MSc)

Tourism & Hospitality Mgmt. (MSc) [with Thesis]

This program provides the students a global and critical perspectives on thriving, rapidly evolving and increasingly competitive global industries of Advertising, Public Relations. The degree provides an in-depth academic examination of the advertising and PR industries, their histories, how they function and the role they play in the international society. The broad education of this kind equips graduates for a wide range of careers internationally.

The Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s program in Tourism and Hospitality Management program at the Girne American University is geared to provide a business approach to the study of tourism and hospitality management to prepare students who aspire to work within the hospitality sector worldwide.

With Thesis

Without Thesis Year 1/Fall Semester

Year 1/Fall Semester REM500

Research Methods

JRB501

Mass Communication Systems

ELECTIVES

Free Elective

CMN531

Media and Public Opinion

Year 1/Spring Semester CMN504

Media and Language

CMN508

Communication and Technology

PRE525

Advertising, Criticism and Analysis

TSES580

Seminar in Thesis Research

Year 2/Fall Semester THEM590

Thesis in Public Relations

110

Year 2/Spring Semester THEM590

Thesis in Public Relations

Without a Thesis

THM511

Research Methods Advanced Management & International Business

ELECTIVES

Elective

ELECTIVES

Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester THM512

Hospitality Financing

THM514

Resort Development Management

ELECTIVES

Elective

THM520

Thesis Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester THM530

Thesis

Year 2/Spring Semester THM530

Thesis

3 ELECTIVES

Year 1/Fall Semester GRADUATE SCHOOL

MGMT500

THM513

Hotel Marketing &sales Management

REM500

Research Methods

THM515

International Hotel Management

JRB501

Mass Communication Systems

THM516

Human Resources in Hospitality

FREL500

Free Elective

CMN531

Media and Public Opinion

Year 1/Spring Semester CMN504

Media and Language

CMN508

Communication and Technology

PRE525

Advertising, Criticism and Analysis

PRE516

Adverting and Marketing Management

Year 2/Fall Semester CMN530

Visual Communication

CMN521

Communication and Globalization

PRE520

Graduation Project

Industrial Engineering MSc [with Thesis] The Master’s program aims to also build students’ aptitude for leadership and help them gain awareness of the cultural differences associated with the managerial work in tourism and hospitality organizations. The program is offered with Thesis and without a Thesis.

The Industrial Engineering Program at the Girne American University has a unique approach to the field of Industrial Engineering. The program teaches its students to adopt a multi-dimensional approach to the exciting field of industrial engineering that have courses that overlap with Business as well as Statistics with our elective-heavy program. The program is designed specifically for students who hold a bachelor’s degree in Engineering. Students from non-engineering fields may be required to complete bridging courses. Year 1/Fall Semester

THM511

Year 1/Fall Semester Advanced International Tourism Business

THM513

Hotel Marketing &sales Management

ELECTIVE

Elective

ELECTIVE

Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester THM512

Hospitality Financing

THM514

Resort Development Management

ELECTIVE

Elective

ELECTIVE

Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester THM518

Hospitality E-Tourism Applications

ELECTIVE

Elective

THM510

Graduation Project

MAJOR ELECTIVES Airline Data Management

THM521

Catering Management

THM522

Planning Meeting & Conventions

THM524

Casino Operations Management

THM525

Timeshare Management

THM515

International Hotel Management

THM517

Accounting for the Hotel Operations

THM516

Human Resources in the Hospitality

Advance Engineering Mathematics I

ENG503 ELECTIVE ELECTIVE

Programming Languages

Technical Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester MT512

Advance Engineering Mathematics II

ENG504

Modelling and Optimization

ELECTIVE

Technical Elective

MS590

Seminar

Year 2/Fall Semester MS501

Thesis I

111

Year 2/Spring Semester MS502

Thesis II

0 ELECTIVES

IE510

Advanced System Simulation

IE517

Advanced Ergonomics

IE518

Project Planning and Management

IE540

Advanced Human Resource Management

3 GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THM519

MT511

Urban Design [with Thesis] The Master’s in Urban Design is a new addition to the Girne American University this Academic Year. The program leads to the Master of Urban Design degree which is an interdisciplinary program taught by exceptional architects in the Faculty of Architecture. The program addresses the need for experts who are concerned with the design and the build of the urban settings. Program offers students an opportunity to build their independent creative research work to address the increasing challenges of urban spaces globally.

The Graduate School: PhD Programs Architecture PhD Along with the process of globalization, the production and use of urban and built environment is becoming increasingly important role in the architectural disciplines. No longer possible is to think architecture independently without social, cultural, political and economic dynamics within this global environment. Architecture and urban problems and their solutions for the production of accurate analysis will be possible by addressing architectural design processes as a whole within the scopes of economic, cultural, social and political aspects. For this, a common communication language between these different areas is needed. In this context, Architectural PhD program’s objective is to produce inter-disciplinary perspective and build a common ground for the researchers from different areas like architecture, interior design, and urban design, under the same roof, by examining these different disciplines and their relationships. The graduates from our Architectural PhD program may continue their academic carriers as lecturers and/or researchers.

Year 1/Fall Semester 112

MUD 501

Urban Design Studio 1

MUD 502

Urban Design Studio 2

MFA515

Research Methods in Art & Design

MFA 516

Critical Reading And Writing

ARC604

GRADUATE SCHOOL

MUD 506

Technical Elective

Seminar in Thesis Research

Year 2/Fall Semester MUD 590

Thesis in Urban Design

ELECTIVES MUD 541

History of Urban Form

MUD 542

Theories and Methods of Urban Design

MUD 551

Urban Design and Development

MUD 581

Urban Theory Criticism

MARC 550

Mapping Cities Applications

Technical Elective

Elective

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 1/Spring Semester Technical Elective

Year 1/Fall Semester Advanced Research Methods in Architecture

Technical Elective

Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester ARC606

Technical Elective

Seminar

Year 2/Spring Semester QUAL600

Qualification Exam

Year 3 & Year 4 ARC600

Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

ARC642

Aesthetics of Space

ARC645

Advance Research in Modern Architecture

ARC650

Mapping Cities

ARC654

Advanced Studies on Place and Resilience

Applied Social Psychology PhD

Business Management PhD

The PhD program in Applied Social Psychology aims to provide scientific study of human feeling, thinking and behavior in social contexts. The program has an intensive research methodology focus, aimed to further studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; skills in statistics and group therapies. The PhD programâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s objective is to study the proximate (immediate) influences on behavior as well as the distal (remote) influences on behavior. In addition to the Thesis, this PhD program also has an internship component which aims to provide students an opportunity to conduct a field study relevant to their PhD Thesis topic. The graduates of the program may continue their academic careers as lecturers or researchers as well as pursuing roles in the specialized government agencies and private corporations.

PhD program consists of 7 courses (21 credits in total), plus a Seminar (non-credit) and a Thesis (non-credit). After a successful completion of the courses, students are asked to take the PhD qualification exam. Passing their Qualification Exam will allow students to start working on their Thesis. The minimum duration of the thesis is 2 semesters. The program offers a chance to students to have an in-depth understanding of the various aspects of managing organizations in the context of the 21st century.

Year 1/Fall Semester 3

APSY 602

Year 1/Fall Semester Statistics and research techniques for social sciences I Psychopathology and Differential Diagnosis I

APSY 610

Cognitive Behavioral Group Therapies I

APSY 603

APSY 608

Year 1/Spring Semester Statistics and research techniques for social sciences II Psychopathology and Differential Diagnosis II

APSY 611

Cognitive Behavioral Group Therapies II

APSY 601

Year 2/Fall Semester APSY 606

Interviewing techniques

APSY 612

Seminar

Internship

Year 3 & Year 4 APSY614

Thesis

MGMT604

Advanced Research Methods

Year 1/Spring Semester MGMT606

Organizational Behavior

MGMT607

Advanced Human Resource Management

MGMT608

Year 2/Fall Semester Strategic Management and Business Analysis

MARK601

Advanced Marketing Theory

Year 2/Spring Semester PTRME001

Departmental Elective

MGMT630

Seminar in Management

113

Year 3 & Year 4 Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

FIBA601

Theories of Final Decision Making

FIBA602

Financial Markets and Instruments

FIBA603

Monetary Theory and Policies

FIBA604

Global Financial Management

MARK602

Theory of Consumer Behavior

MARK603

Integrated Marketing Communication

MARK610

Current Issues in Marketing

MGMT602

Advanced Statistical Analysis Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences

MGMT610

Advanced Operations in Management Advanced Quantitative Approach to Management

MGMT615

Special Topics in Global Management

MGMT618

International Business Law

MGMT619

Advanced Project Management

MGMT623

Advanced Quality Management

MGMT605 MGMT609

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Qualification Exam

Year 3/ Fall Semester QUAL600

Advanced Management

THES600

Year 2/Spring Semester APSY 613

MGMT601

Computer Engineering PhD

Construction Management PhD

This program is intended for students who already hold a Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in Computer Engineering or similar. The purpose of the program is to prepare students to be able to adapt themselves to new and improving technologies, while also contributing to the development of the exciting computer science field. PhD candidates pursue theoretical and empirical studies in a topic area determined by their interests. PhD program in Computer Engineering consists of 7 courses (21 credits in total), a Seminar (non-credit) and a Thesis. PhD students are supported by the Faculty of Engineering to engage in collaborations with other institutions worldwide.

The PhD in Construction Management program is designed to further studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; technical knowledge and administrational skills that are required for running a construction project including planning, budgeting and controlling processes, with a special focus on environmental issues, public welfare, customer satisfaction and rapid technological developments that have impact on the way business practices are conducted. The students can pursue their research on the economics and finance of the built environment, management of project enterprises, and on the relationship management across organizational networks in complex supply chains. General requirement of the PhD program in Construction Management is comprised of 7 courses, a seminar and the Thesis, to be summed up to 21 credits.

Year 1/Fall Semester

MGMT604

Advance Research Methods

Technical Elective

CMGT604

Year 1/Spring Semester TE

Technical Elective

Free Elective

Elective Course

Technical Elective Course

Elective Course

Technical Elective Course

3 3

Technical Elective

Technical Elective Course

Free Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester

Year 2/Spring Semester CEN630

Seminar in Computer Engineering

Technical Elective

Year 3 & Year 4 GRADUATE SCHOOL

Year 1/Spring Semester

Year 2/Fall Semester

114

Advanced Research Method

MS601

PhD Thesis

Seminar in Thesis Research

Year 2/Spring Semester QUAL600

Qualification Exam

ELECTIVES Speech Processing

CEN621

CEN622

Advanced Topics in Ai Advanced Topics in Software Systems

CEN623

Distributed Computing

CEN624

Advanced Programming

CEN625

Advanced Topics in It Advanced Topics in Database Systems

Year 3 & Year 4 CMGT600

CEN613

CEN650

CMGT606

Technical Elective Course

Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

CMGT609

Advanced Construction Management

CMGT680

CMGT679

Advanced Project Planning & Scheduling Advanced Sustainable Concrete Construction

CMGT685

Advanced Energy Management

CMGT674

Advanced Energy Efficiency in Buildings

CMGT678

Advanced Sustainable Development

Electronics Engineering PhD

Marketing PhD

PhD in Electrical and Electronics Engineering benefit from all the resources of our Engineering Faculty. This course provides an advanced preparation for professional practice and/or further academic study through a flexible, elective-based curriculum. Many of the graduates further their careers in the field of research or product development at technology corporations.

PhD in Marketing students work alongside Girne American University’s Business & Economics Faculty. PhD candidates aim to address problems that organizations face in seeking to provide products and services that meet the marketplace and customer demands. The program is composed of seminars and applied as well as theoretical research with faculty members.

Year 1/Fall Semester

Core Elective

MGMT604

Advanced Research Methods

Core Elective

MARK601

Advanced Marketing Theories

Year 1/Spring Semester Core Elective

Technical Elective

Year 2/Fall Semester Technical Elective

Technical Elective

Year 2/Spring Semester CEN630

Seminar in Electrical Engineering

Technical Elective

Year 3 & Year 4 MS601

PhD Thesis

Year 1/Spring Semester

MARK602

Theory of Consumer Behavior

MARK603

Integrated Marketing Communications

Year 2/Fall Semester

MARK610

Current Issues in Marketing

MGMT601

Advanced Management

115

Year 2/Spring Semester PTRME001

Departmental Elective

MARK630

Seminar in Marketing

ELECTIVES

Year 3 & Year 4

EEN601

Advanced Topics in Communications

EEN603

Advanced Topics in Electronics

Thesis

MGMT605

ELECTIVES Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences

MGMT606

Organizational Behavior

FIBA601

Theories of Final Decision Making

FIBA602

Financial Markets and Instruments

FIBA603

Monetary Theory and Policies

FIBA604

Global Financial Management

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THES600

Management Information Systems PhD

Political Science and International Studies PhD

The PhD program is designed to attract future scholars looking to specialize in a field that emphasizes the technical economic and organizational and management aspects of information systems. The research topic of the students in this program focus on helping organizations how to maximize the efficiency in their personnel, equipment and business processes.

This combined PhD Program offers the students a chance to engage in an independent Scholarly research project in the topic of their interest.

Year 1/Fall Semester

MGMT601

Advanced Management

PINS601

Current Iss. in World Politics & Econ

MGMT604

Advanced Research Methods

PINS603

Contp Pol. Theory & Global Affairs

ISMA601

Year 1/Spring Semester Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence

ISMA602

Advanced Topics in Software Systems

Year 2/Fall Semester ISMA603

Distributed Computing

ISMA604

Advanced Programming

Year 2/Spring Semester PTRME001

Departmental Elective

ISMA630

Seminar in MIS

Year 3 & Year 4

GRADUATE SCHOOL

116

THES600

Thesis

0 ELECTIVES

EDU603

Advanced Statistics

EEN638

MGMT605

Project Evaluation and Management Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences

MGMT606

Organizational Behavior

Year 1/Spring Semester

PINS600 PINS602

Scientific Inquiry in Political Science Current Issues in International Law

3 3

Year 2/Fall Semester PINS624

Seminar

Year 2/Spring Semester QUAL

Qualification Exam

Year 3& Year 4 PIS625

PhD Thesis

ELECTIVES PINS605

Conf. Areas in the World & Dispute

PINS607

Pol. of Europe and European Union

PINS609

Pol. Economy of the Pacific Region

PINS611

Political Life in the Turkic Republics

PINS613

Issues in Turkish Foreign Policy

PINS615

Political Geography and Geo-Politics

PINS617

Political Economy of Energy

PINS619

Sino-Russian Relation

PINS621

Politics, Global Business and Finance

PINS604

Theory and Practice of Real-Politics

PINS606

Politics of the Middle East

PINS608

American Foreign Policy

PINS610

Global Politics of Asia

PINS612

Global Politics of the Balkans

PINS614

Human Rights Politics and Law

PINS616

Military History and Security

PINS618

PINS620

Sino-American Relations Global Information and Communication Technology

PINS622

International Communication and Media

Tourism & Hospitality PhD The Tourism & Hospitality PhD program is a supervised program of scholarly research leading to a thesis that makes an original contribution to the field. The program starts with introductory coursework in research methods, and advanced management topics to equip the PhD candidates with the right set of skills for their research production.

Year 1/Fall Semester MGMT601

Advanced Management

MGMT604

THM602

Advanced Research Methods Leadership in Hotel Management and Human Recourse

THM603

Year 1/Spring Semester Yield Management for Tourism Industry

THM606 THM607

Service Operations Management Competitive Strategy for the Hospitality Industry

3 3 3

Year 2/Fall Semester ELECTIVE

Elective

THM600

Seminar in Tourism and Hospitality

Year 2/Spring Semester QUALIFIC

Qualification

117

Year 3 & Year 4 THES600

Thesis

3 ELECTIVES

MGMT606

MGMT605

Organizational Behavior Advanced Report Writing and Social Science

MARK601

Advanced Marketing Theory

MARK602

Theory of Consumer Behavior

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

118

119

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Course Code

AACT101

Principles of Accounting I

AACT102

Principles of Accounting II

AACT202

Computer Aided Accounting

AACT203

Cost Accounting

AACT204

Managerial Accounting

AACT206

Auditing

ABHS101

Introduction to Behavioural Science I

ABHS102

Introduction to Behavioural Science II

ABNK201

Business Finance I

ABNK202

Business Finance II

ABNK203

Money and Banking

ABNK205

Commercial Banking

ABSM101

Introduction to Business & Mgmt. I

120

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

Course Description Principles of Accounting I Accounting I is an introductory course, which assumes no previous knowledge of the subject. This course introduces the student to the basic tools of financial accounting such as balance sheet, income statement, worksheet, and journal & ledger accounts. The students will be able to prepare and use these in single proprietorship type of business by the end of the semester. This course will also demonstrate how accounting concepts can be used to make business decisions more effective. Principles of Accounting II A continuation of AACT 101. The aim of the course is based on the understanding of the accounting data from the userâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s point of view. There is an emphasis on analysis and interpretation of accounting data and understanding the accounting concepts needed in making internal management decisions and the business decisions necessary to function effectively in the business world. Computer Aided Accounting Course aim is to provide an introduction to the field of accounting and the development and use of accounting information in the business world by introducing students to the theory of accounting and providing practical calculations, solutions and hands on practice with popular accounting computer software. Cost Accounting Treats accounting and managerial aspects in cost concepts including job order process cost systems, flexible budgets, joint by-product costs, break-even points, differential costs, problems and practice projects are the basis for study. Managerial Accounting Case studies and detailed techniques of cost accounting, internal auditing, and controllership. Course provides understanding of important dimensions of management function of accounting. Auditing Auditing theory and practice: including auditing concepts, standards, and procedures, rules of professional conduct, post-audit considerations, and preparation of auditorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s report.Introduction to Behaviour Science The main objective of this course is to introduce the science of Psychology, to make the students to be familiar with the theoretical approaches in psychology and with the psychological processes as sensation, perception, consciousness memory, cognition, motivation and emotion. Introduction to Behaviour Science II This course is designed provided a general knowledge of sociology and provides an introduction to basic principle, concepts and theories of sociology, place of sociology among social sciences and examination of various cultures, institutions and social places. Business Finance I Introduction to financial management; financial institutions & money markets; analysis of financial statements; discounted cash flow analysis; project cash flow analysis; analysis of flow of funds; risks and returns topics are covered in this course. Business Finance II Long-term planning & forecasting; basics of capital budgeting; cash management, accounts receivable and inventory management; short and long-term financing and portfolio management topics are covered in this course. Money And Banking Functions and role of money within the economy, finacial markets, interest rate determination, risk and term-structure of interest rates, yield curves, business cycles, functions and role of commercial banks and the Central Bank within the economy.Commercial Banking This course is designed to provide an overview of commercial banks, their functions, management, and role in the economy. Topics include: basic asset, liability, liquidity and interest-rate risk management, primary lending functions pricing techniques, risk management.Introduction to Business & Management I Introduce business and non-business students to business areas and how they function together in a global business environment. Familiarize students with business concepts, terms and bases for global competition. Learn critical thinking skills through cases and application of concepts in real world situations. Expose students to a wide variety of business careers to facilitate student decision on appropriate business major. Relate business as a part of all future careers.-

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

ABSM102

Course Name Introduction to Business & Mgmt. II

ABSM106

Business Law Introduction to Behavioural Science I Introduction to Behavioural Sciences II

ABSM201

Microeconomics

ABSM203

Statistics I

ABSM204

Operations Management

ABSM104

ABSM105

ABSM207

Management Info Systems

ABSM208

Principles of Marketing

ABSM210

Organizational Theory

ABSM214

Marketing & Consumer Behavior

Introduction to Business & Management II This is an introductory course about the management of organizations. It provides instruction in principles of management that have general applicability to all types of enterprises; basic management philosophy and decision making; principles involved in planning, organizing, leading, and controlling; and recent concepts in management. Business Law Introduction to the business legal environment. Selective subjects relevant for managers from the law of contracts, civil law, commercial law, tax law, labor law, law on Bankruptcy and insurance law. Sociology This course is designed provide a general knowledge of sociology and provides an introduction to basic principles, concepts and theories of sociology ,place of sociology among social sciences and examination of various culture, institutions and social places. This course is designed provide a general knowledge of sociology and provides an introduction to basic principles, concepts and theories of sociology, place of sociology among social sciences and examination of various culture, institutions and social places Introduction to Economics I Microeconomics is concerned with the economic behavior of consumers, business units, and government agencies. A microeconomic analysis puts small segments of the economy under the microscope to observe details of specific components of our economic system. Statistics I Statistical ideas and their relevance in practical life; preparing data for statistical analysis, elementary probability, random variables, frequency distributions and sampling, logic of statistical references; descriptive statistics, estimation and significance tests topics covered in this course. Operations Management The Production and Operation functions in business are the themes of this course. Evaluation and growth of production and operations management (POM); POM problems; productivity and its measurement; forecasting demand; qualitative and quantitative forecasting techniques; inventory control; single and multiple period inventories; problems; and case studies. Human Resource Management The management of human beings in a complex organization; recruiting, selecting, training, promoting & motivating human beings, increasing personal loyalties & managing personnel to elevate individual contribution, increasing quality & lowering operational costs topics covered in this course. Management Information Systems Functions and contributions of Management Information Systems for different layers of management and operation of the digital firm will be studied. Strategic values of information systems and their contribution to effective management decision making and operation of the digital firm are introduced and discussed. Management of hardware resources, software resources and telecommunication resources will be reviewed. Principles Of Marketing To achieve profitable transaction while creating well-satisfied, loyal customers, to secure success of businesses, products and brands in an environment characterized by uncertainty. To design and maintain winning strategies, plans and programmers by matching markets with products and deciding on product objectives and allocating resources among marketing mix elements.Organizational Theory Nature and importance of organizational structure and design; functions and dysfunctions of traditional designs; how and why organizational designs change; effects of the environment, technology, information and control systems, power structures, and political behavior on organizational performance. Marketing & Consumer Behavior This course should discuss skills needed for success in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s business environment including verbal and non-verbal communication, listening skills, and time management. Emphasis is placed on dealing with customer service problems, how to handle conflicts, stress and service expectations. This is especially useful for students who will work in a bank or insurance brokerage company.-

121

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ABSM205

Human Resource Management

Course Description

Course Code

ACCT101

ACOM101 ACOM102

ACOMP101

ACOMP102

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Introduction to Accounting

Computer Applications I Computer Applications II

Introduction to Computer and Information System I Introduction to Computer and Information System II

AE201

Engineering Drawing Summer Practice Introduction to Automotive Eng.

AE202

Strength of Materials I

AE203

Materials Science

AE204

Manufacturing Technology I

AE205

Statics

AE206

Dynamics Summer Practice II

AE102

122

Course Name

AE200

AE300

Course Description Accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation, effects of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of double-entry accounting, the general journal, posting of transactions, trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, financial analysis using accounting data to control and evaluate monetary results of business activities. To provide an understanding of the need for the management of data as an organizational resource. Introduction to the fundamental concepts of data processing. Emphasis is on business data processing. Student’s skills in the application of computers to business and their knowledge of hardware and software are enhanced. Computer Applications This course expands the student’s knowledge of computer; word processors, spreadsheets, database applications and other business applications are introduced. This Course introduces the fundamental concepts of Information Technology(IT)and the necessary knowledge to use computers. The course will present the basic description on the parts of the computer systems namely hardware, software, data, procedures, and information technology standard devices used to store, input and output data and information. Students will also acquire a multitude of skills to use word processing software and World Wide Web professionally. Basic keyboard skills, word processing (word processing), graphics, spreadsheets, (Spreadsheeds), adatabase(database),isworkingwithprograms,primaryeducation,basic programming applications in education, educational software (Software) review, working with computers in the classroom. Engineering Drawing Freehand sketching techniques, use of scales, model representation. Orthographic projection. Dimensioning and sectioning. Solid. Modeling. 3-D drawings. Assembly and working drawings. Tolerancing. Threaded parts, keys, springs, rivets, piping layouts. CATIA is introduced and used throughout the course with coverage of advanced modeling tools. Summer Practice The automotive engineering profession, mechanical design, technical problem-solving and communication skills, forces in structures and machines, materials and stresses, fluids engineering, thermal and energy systems Simple stress and strain. Equilibrium, compatibility and constitutive relations, state of stress and state of strain with emphasis on two dimensional problems. Bending and shear stresses. Shear and bending moment diagrams by integrating and section method. Deflection of beams. Introduction to materials science and engineering. Atomic structure and interatomic bonding. Crystal and amorphous structures in materials. Imperfections in solids. Thermally activated processes and diffusion in solids. Mechanical properties of metals. Phase diagrams and transformations. Engineering alloys. Polymeric materials. Ceramics and composite materials. Corrosion. Electrical, thermal, magnetic and optical properties of materials Introduction and Overview of Manufacturing. the Nature of Major Materials. Mechanical & physical properties of materials. Dimensions, Surfaces, and their Measurement. Engineering Materials used in Manufacturing. Overview of casting technology, and metal casting processes. Shaping Processes For Plastics and Polymers. Rubber-Processing Technology. Introduction to rigid body mechanics, equivalent force systems. Concepts of moment, couple, resultant. Equilibrium; Free body diagram; equations of equilibrium. Structural analysis; trusses; beams. Properties of surfaces. Area moment and cancroids; moment and product of inertia; principal directions. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies: absolute motion, relative motion. Kinetics of particles: equation of motion, work-energy and impulse-momentum. Systems of particles. Kinetics of rigid bodies: Euler’s equation, plane motion of rigid bodies, kinetic energy of rigid bodies. Introduction to the dynamics of vibrating systems. Summer Practice II

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

AE301

AE302

AE303

AE304

AE305

AE306

AE307

AE309

AE310

Course Description

Properties of pure substances, phase change, equation of state. Concepts of energy transfer by heat, work and mass. Entropy. 1st and 2nd law of Thermodynamics and their applications to common thermal devices such as heat exchangers, turbines, compressors. and nozzles. Basic power and refrigeration thermodynamic cycles: Otto, Diesel, Brayton, Rankine and vapor Thermodynamics compression. refrigeration cycles. Powder Metallurgy and Processing of Ceramics and Cermets Fundamental of Bulk forming; rolling, extrusion, drawing, forging. Sheet metal forming; Bending, Cutting, Deep Drawing, and others. Machining operations and machine tools;Turning, Milling, Drilling, Planing and shaping, Boaring, Broaching and gear manufacturing. Cutting-Tool Technology. Heat Manufacturing Treatment Of Metals. Surface Processing Operations. Joining and Assembly Processes; Technology II welding, brazing, soldering, and mechanical assembly. Production planning and control. Battery, ignition systems. Starter and alternators. Light and signal systems. Klaxon, wipers, Electronic warning systems and displays. Principles of electronic control units: block diagrams, design Systems in stages. Micro-processors, switching transistors, communication protocols between electronic Vehicles systems. CAN-bus system. Electronic transmission systems. Engine types and their operations. Thermochemistry of air-fuel mixtures. Ideal models of Internal engine cycles. Gas exchange processes. Engine fuel metering and manifold phenomena. Combustion Combustion in gasoline and diesel engines. Pollutant formation and control. Engine friction Engines and lubrication. New technologies and alternative fuels. Torsion of circular shafts. Combined stresses. Buckling, Stress and strain in axial loading. Strength of Torsion. Pure bending and transverse loading. Stress and strain transformations. Design of Materials II beams for strength. Deflection of beams. Columns. Energy methods Principles of heat transfer and their applications. Heat conduction in stationary systems. Transient Heat Conduction. Heat transfer associated with laminar flow and turbulence flow of Heat Transfer fluids in forced and natural convection Fundamentals of Motion and Vibration. Free Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom Systems without dampers and equivalent systems. Free Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom Systems with viscous and coulomb dampers. Harmounically excited vibration of a single degree of freedom vibration. Determining the equation of motion of a 1 DOF system using energy methods. Vibration under general forcing conditions. Two degrees of freedom system. Theory of Determining the equation of motion of systems using Lagrange method. Determination of Machines Natural frequencies and Mode shapes. Mechanical design of the power transmission system and chassis components. Powertrain system, vehicle performance data, requirements of a vehicle transmission system. Vehicle loads, evaluation of engine drive ratios. Planetary gears: speed diagram, torque calculation. Geared transmissions. Mechanical shift gear boxes. Automatic transmissions: mechanical Vehicle design, shifting components. Drive shaft. Clutch and couplings. Design of the chassis Component components: tires and wheels, brakes, suspensions, steering. A term design project is Design completed by the students. Introduction to design of machinery; Kinematics, Kinetics, and the desing process. Fundamental of Kinematics; Degree of freedom, Types of motion, Grashof condition. Graphical and Algebraic Position analysis in various linkages. Graphical and Analytical analysis of velocity in linkages. Velocity Analysis with Instant Centers. Graphical and Analytical Acceleration Machine Analysis in fourbar linkages. Corriolis acceleration in linkages. Cam design with velocity and Design I acceleration analysis. Gear trains ; Gear types, Gear tooth, simple and compound gear trains. Introduction to Newtonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s law of motion and dynamic models. Dynamic force analysis for fourbar and fourbar slider-crank linkages. Static and Dynamic balancing in mechanisms. Engine dynamics and engine design; equivalent masses, and inertia and shaking forces. Flywheels and balancing the single cilynder engine. Multicylinder Engine design, the crank phase diagrams and shaking forces and tourques in two stroke and four stroke engines, Machine balancing engines. Dynamic force analysis of cam followers and measuring dynamic force Design II and accelerations.

123

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

AE308

Course Name

Course Code

AE401

Graduation Project I

AE402

Graduation Project II

AE403

Modelling of Automative Control Systems

AE405

Vehicle Dynamics Quality Planning & Control

AE406

Mechatronics

AE404

124

AMAT102

Mathematics for Business & Economics I Mathematics for Business & Economics II

AMIS100

Internship

AMAT101

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

AMIS101

AMIS102

AMIS201

AMIS202

Course Description Design or research projects are assigned including application and synthesis. The projects including prototype production are especially encouraged. Students may work alone or as a team. Supervisors and jury members grades the projects by considering the studies during the semester, project report and presentation Design or research projects are assigned including application and synthesis. The projects including prototype production are especially encouraged. Students may work alone or as a team. Supervisors and jury members grades the projects by considering the studies during the semester, project report and presentation Introduction to system dynamics and control. Closed and open loop controls. Laplace transform. Transfer function and state-space approach to modeling dynamic systems. Analyses and modeling of mechanical, electrical, electromechanical, fluid and thermal systems. Bode diagrams. Root-Locus analysis. Frequency-response analysis. Transient and steady-state response analyses. PID controls. Typical actuators and transducers. Control law. Driving and road handling in vehicles. Motion in longitudinal, transverse and perpendicular directions. Tire and wheel fundamentals. Effects of design changes on driving stability and road handling. Stable and unstable road handling. Steering system. Slip angle and steering wheel effect. Low and over steering. Driving characteristics of four wheel drive vehicles. Vehicle ride models. Analytical vehicle and road models. Statistical driving characteristics. Driving quality measures. Classification and analysis of suspension systems: Active and passive suspension systems. Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean and R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality control circles, total quality management Integrated use of mechanical, electrical, and computer systems for information processing and control of machines and devices. Sensors and transducers. Actuators: Servo-motors, stepper motors, DC motors. Digital and analog circuits. Interfacing microcomputers with sensors and actuators. Microcontroller programming Mathematics for Business & Economics I Revision of essential algebra for calculus. Polynomials, rational expressions, straight line. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities. Functions, limits, continuity, derivatives, techniques of derivatives, applications of derivatives. Mathematics for Business & Economics II Exponent and logarithmic functions. Derivatives a of exponential and logarithmic functions. Techniques of integration, definite integral, applications of integration functions of several variables, partial derivatives.

Internship Accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation, effects of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of double-entry accounting, the general Computer journal, posting of transactions, trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, Aided financial analysis using accounting data to control and evaluate monetary results of business Accounting activities. Algorithms & Programming Techniques This course covers the basic Problem-solving concepts, Flowcharts; Pseudo Codes that students need to know and understand when working Algorithms & in any computer language or application. With the detailed explanations and numerous Programming illustrations, it compasses all fundamental areas of problem solving from the basics of Techniques mathematical functions and operations to the design and use of codes, indicators and arrays.Productivity tools Databases, spreadsheets & word processing at higher levels that were delivered in the first year. This is a focused training for the MIS ASc programme in order to equip students to a very high level of skills in Personal Productivity with Information Systems Productivity (IS) Technology. The prerequisite: elementary knowledge of IS technology during the first Tools year. Business Data communications Students will acquire understanding and knowledge of telecommunications fundamentals including LANs, MANs, WANs, intranets, the Internet and the WWW. Data communication and telecommunication concepts, models and standards Business Data Communications will be studied.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code AMIS203

AMIS204

AMIS205

AMIS206

AMIS207 AMIS208 AMIS209

AMIS210

AMRK102

AMRK203 AMRK204

AMRK207

AMRK208

AP101 AP102 AP103

Database Concepts & SQL Programming in 4G Environment

Course Description Data base concepts and SQL In this course database concepts of relational databases, Data Base Management Systems in addition to Structured Query Language (SQL) will be introduced. Programming in a 4G environment Students will be equipped to a high level of skills in programming for the 4th generation environment through practical programming using DBMS and SQL. Management Information Systems Functions and contributions of Management Information Systems for different layers of management and operation of the digital firm will be studied. Strategic values of information systems and their contribution to effective management decision making and operation of the digital firm are introduced and discussed. Management of hardware resources, software resources and telecommunication resources will be reviewed.

Management Information Systems Systems Analysis & Design System Analysis & Design Approaches to system analysis and design will be introduced. Programming Concept & Programming Concepts & Fundamentals Programming concepts and fundamentals will be Fundamentals studied. C/C++ C/C++ programming Students will acquire knowledge and skills of programming within C/ Programming C++ environment. HTML & XML HTML & XML Concepts & Web Design XHTML and XML concepts will be introduced and & Web Design their contribution to web design will be demonstrated through examples. Advanced Web design In this course students will acquire skills for web design in areas Advanced Web of: animation, graphics, video and audio application through practical experimentations and Design projects. Principles Of Marketing To achieve profitable transaction while creating well-satisfied, loyal customers, to secure success of businesses, products and brands in an environment characterized by uncertainty. To design and maintain winning strategies, plans and Principles of programmers by matching markets with products and deciding on product objectives and Marketing allocating resources among marketing mix elements.Marketing Strategy To train students to integrate their knowledge gained from previous Marketing courses in order to design a master plan of marketing, to create a sustainable competitive Strategy advantage over rivals. Marketing Marketing Research Scientific method & techniques used for the systematic gathering, Research recording & analyzing data about problems related to marketing of goods and services. International Marketing To expose students to cross-boreal transitions, searching & International identifying potential markets; reaching to these markets and achieving profitable transitions Marketing in these markets. Advertising & Promotion This course will consist of the simulation of constructing promotions Advertising & with an emphasis on advertising. After real life brief, students simulating and advertising Promotion agency will do marketing research and prepare an advertising strategies. E-Commerce Use of Internet as a new channel in transferring goods & services; mechanics of E-commerce; characteristic of Internet; being boundaries; effects of it; being everywhere in E-Commerce the meanwhile being nowhere. Designing marketing programmers for Internet use. The automotive engineering profession, mechanical design, technical problem-solving Introduction to and communication skills, forces in structures and machines, materials and stresses, fluids Automotive engineering, thermal and energy systems Measurement Technology Measurement Technology Electricity for Basic electricity for automotive. Simple circuit analysis. Serial-parallel connection of resistive Automotive circuits. Capacitive and inductive circuit properties and measurement techniques

125

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

AMRK206

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

AP104

Electronic Systems in Vehicles

AP106 AP108

AP110 AP201 AP202

AP203

126

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AP204

AP205

AP206 AP207 AP208

Course Description Battery, ignition systems. Starter and alternators. Light and signal systems. Klaxon, wipers, warning systems and displays. Principles of electronic control units: block diagrams, design stages. Micro-processors, switching transistors, communication protocols between electronic systems. CAN-bus system. Electronic transmission systems. Fundamentals of machine component design. Stress analysis. Materials. Static stresses. Elastic strain, deflection, and stability. Failure theories, safety factors, and reliability. Impact. Fatigue. Surface damage. Fundamentals of machine component design. Stress analysis. Materials. Static stresses. Elastic strain, deflection, and stability. Failure theories, safety factors, and reliability. Impact. Fatigue. Surface damage.

Machine Elements Engine Tests and Calibration Performance characteristics of engines. Standard tests and calibration for services. Freehand sketching techniques, use of scales, model representation. Orthographic projection. Dimensioning and sectioning. Solid. Modeling. 3-D drawings. Assembly and working Engineering drawings. Tolerancing. Threaded parts, keys, springs, rivets, piping layouts. CATIA is Drawing introduced and used throughout the course with coverage of advanced modeling tools. Practical Application I Practical Application I Practical Application II Practical Application II Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies: absolute motion, relative motion. Kinetics of particles: equation of motion, work-energy and impulse-momentum. Systems of particles. Kinetics of rigid bodies: Eulerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s equation, plane motion of rigid bodies, kinetic energy of rigid Dynamics bodies. Introduction to the dynamics of vibrating systems. Properties of pure substances, phase change, equation of state. Concepts of energy transfer by heat, work and mass. Entropy. 1st and 2nd law of Thermodynamics and their applications to common thermal devices such as heat exchangers, turbines, compressors. and nozzles. Basic power and refrigeration thermodynamic cycles: Otto, Diesel, Brayton, Rankine and vapor Thermodynamics compression. refrigeration cycles. Aircondition systems for The elements and their analysis for the aircondition systems of vehicles, the new technologies vehicles on this field

Internal Combustion Engines Engine Technology I Engine Technology II

AP209

Materials Science

AP210

Manufacturing Technology

Engine types and their operations. Thermochemistry of air-fuel mixtures. Ideal models of engine cycles. Gas exchange processes. Engine fuel metering and manifold phenomena. Combustion in gasoline and diesel engines. Pollutant formation and control. Engine friction and lubrication. New technologies and alternative fuels. Principles of engines, properties of fuel engines. Components and systems of fuel engine Principles of engines, properties of diesel engines. Components and systems of diesel engines

Introduction to materials science and engineering. Atomic structure and interatomic bonding. Crystal and amorphous structures inmaterials. Imperfections in solids. Thermally activated processes and diffusion in solids. Mechanical properties of metals. Phase diagrams and transformations. Engineering alloys. Polymeric materials. Ceramics and composite materials. Corrosion. Electrical, thermal, magnetic and optical properties of materials Introduction and Overview of Manufacturing. the Nature of Major Materials. Mechanical & physical properties of materials. Dimensions, Surfaces, and their Measurement. Engineering Materials used in Manufacturing. Overview of casting technology, and metal casting processes. Shaping Processes For Plastics and Polymers. Rubber-Processing Technology.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

Course Description

APSY 602

Psychopathology and Differential Diagnosis I

APRE101

APRE102

APRE201

APRE202

APRE203

APRE204

APRE205

APRE206

APRE207

APRE208

The course entails the domains of psychopathology as it was explained in DSM-IV-TR, and the major Differential Diagnosis.

127

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

APSY 601

Introduction to Communications The aim of the course is to give an introduction of the communications mediums. Another aim of the course is to achieve analysis of topical events through a communication view-point and promote basic concepts of communication science. The course consists of the following; the concept of communication and its definition; the process of communication and its constituents; systems approach in the communication process; communication types; general look at communication models; the concept of mass communications and its definition and process; comparison between concepts of interindividual and mass communications; the functions of mass communication vehicles and Introduction to their effects; general look at mass communication establishments; and new organizational Communication approaches and studies in communications sciences. History of Communication History of communications will be studied vis-Ă -vis culture and communications relations. Within a study of the characteristics of mass communications, History of issues like institutionalisation - in a historical perspective -, alienation, monopolisation, Communication globalisation and identity will be studied.---------------Media Production for PR I This course seeks to help students acquire basic skills in producing print materials in TV programs for public relations purposes. Those programs include the Media broadcast news release, the public service announcement, public awareness programs, and Production for documentaries. This course also involves function of Public Relations department at TV PR I Industries. Media Production For PR II This course seeks to help students acquire basic skills in producing print materials in radio and TV programs for public relations purposes. Those programs include Media the broadcast news release, the public service announcement, public awareness programs, Production for and documentaries. This course also involves function of Public Relations department at PR II Newspaper Industries. Reporting Techniques This course seeks to help students on newsgathering and reporting techniques for Public Relations Department. The students should demonstrate their abilities Reporting and skills in gathering and reporting the news from different news sources and conducting Tecnhiques interviews. Practices of PR This course is designed to prepare students for future coursework in public relations. We cover as many aspects of the profession as we can. Students will be exposed to PR theory, interaction with PR professionals, industry standards and practices in a laboratory Practice of PR situation Advertising Production This course ensures the application of the theoretical and informational side of students concentrating on the techniques of designing and producing printed and Advertising audiovisual advertisements through different stages and the relationship between specialised Production adverting agency and its clients in the administrative technical and financing sides. Practices of Advertising This course aims at defining advertisement and its importance in Practice of the communication process. It also focuses on the different forms of Advertising in the Press, Advertising Radio and Television and its role in economic and marketing. Sale Strategies This course helps students to learn to keep the focus on customer needs, create and maintain relationship-based sales, meet sales goals by developing competencies in a wide Sale Strategies variety of selling situations and reduce direct sales costs by increasing sales.Tactics of Selling During the course some simple selling tactics produce sales by responding Tactics of to the way customers normally think and behave will be practiced. Aim is to prepare students Selling for working at any business - regardless of they you sell, how they sell or where they sell it. Statistics and research This course enable the student to design and conduct complex correlational and experimental techniques for studies. It studies in-depth analyses using multivariate tests of hypotheses. Topics include social sciences I reliability analysis, Factorial Analysis, principal component analysis, Meta Analysis etc

Course Code

Course Name

APSY 603

Statistics and research techniques for social sciences II

APSY 606

APSY 608

APSY 610

APSY 611

PhD Seminar

APSY614

PhD Thesis

ARC101

Basic Design Studio

ARC102

Introduction to Architectural Design Studio

ARC111

Architectural Drawing I

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

128

ARC121

An extension of APSY601Statistical analyses will be performed using SPSS and othe statistical softwares.

In this course students will learn about clinical interviewing strategies through exposure to these methods: in the readings, in class discussions, and in experience with role-playing. This course provides students with an understanding of: Counselor characteristics and behaviors that influence helping processes including age, gender, ethnic differences, verbal and nonverbal behaviors, personal characteristics and orientations, and skills. Essential interviewing and Interviewing counseling skills that enable them to develop a therapeutic relationship, establish appropriate techniques counseling goals, and design intervention strategies Review of DSM-IV-TR criteria of major psychiatric disorders, special challenges in Psychopathology differential diagnoses, ethical issues in use of diagnostic information, and recommended and Differential therapeutic approaches. It contains issues related to empirical and other clinical discoveries Diagnosis II that enrich the current knowledge psychopathological related behaviors Cognitive Behavioral Topics are related to in-depth application of cognitive psychological approaches in therapy. Group The courses include topics such as problem solving, memory, training and learning, spatial Therapies I cognition, and social information processing. Cognitive Behavioral Group Therapies II Practical continuation of APSY610

APSY 612

ARC112

Course Description

Architectural Drawing II Building Technology I: Materials & Methods

PhD Seminar PhD Thesis Basic Design Studio This studio provides both a conceptual and practical introduction to design and introduces students to basic design principles, design theory and concept development. Through assignments students develop an understanding and appreciation of the design elements such as point, line, shape, form, space, texture, value and color, and design principles such as balance, proportion, emphasis, movement, pattern, repetition, rhythm, variety, harmony and unity. Introduction to Architectural Design Studio This design studio, introduces students to architectural design principles and design process, problem defining and solving, spatial organization and basic spatial design practices, anthropometrics and awareness of universal design principles, and architectural communication and presentation techniques. In this studio a series of projects of increasing complexity will be given to students. (Prerequisite: ARC101). Architectural Drawing I This course deals with techniques of graphic presentation introduced as a basic language of architecture. Students work with a broad range of graphic presentation methods. Skills developed in architectural and spatial drawing. Theories of representation and the use of several visual means including free hand drawing will be covered to analyze and convey ideas regarding the environment. Fundamentals of orthographic drawing, rendering techniques and format layout examined through an array of projects. Architectural Drawing II This course deals with advanced knowledge and skill acquisition of the diverse categories of information delivery required by the design professionals. Architectural abstraction in drawing to communicate ideas on spatial and environmental information through perspective, isometric, oblique and axonometric drawings will be explored. Various media will be covered as means of graphic presentation. (Prerequisite: ARC111). Building Technology I: Materials and Methods This course introduces students to the role of building technology in the design process. Building materials and methods of construction are studied. Students become aware of all of the materials, the construction types, the elements and the methods of the construction.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

ARC122

Building Technology II: Structural Elements

ARC131

ARC134

ARC141

ARC142

ARC201

ARC202

ARC212

ARC221

Building Technology II: Structural Elements This course continues beyond its prerequisite, Building Technology I: Materials and Methods. Building structural elements are studied. Students become aware of the concepts and procedures for the design, manufacture, and construction of structural components. Mathematics for Architects This course provides students with necessary knowledge to understand the basic mathematical concepts and principles. By such knowledge, students Mathematics understanding and problem solving skills are developed to help them cope with structural for Architects design problems during their education as well as during their professional carrier. This course provides students with necessary knowledge to bridge among mathematics, computation, statics, technology and design. This course as a platform provides students the Programming ability to engage in creative process of architectural works with comprehending the relation & Architecture between science and design. (Prerequisite: ARC131). History of Art and Culture This course provides students a broad understanding of the ancient, medieval, and post- renaissance world through an analysis of art and culture. This History of Art course places an emphasis on the great complexity and interconnectivity of socio-political and Culture and cultural facts and employs an anthropological view to the history of art. History of Modern Architecture In this course as the conclusive course for the series of history of Architecture, it is requested to have a comprehensive vision and knowledge of the philosophies, theories, and the clustering of the various effective masters and thinkers History of in relation to the built environment down to the product design in the 19th and 20thcentury Modern with a clear understanding of the origins and roots in the previous historical events. So the Architecture combination of chronological and analytical approaches is suggested. (Prerequisite: ARC141). Architectural Design Studio I This design studio is based on programming and planning for human habitation in dwellings and neighborhoods. At a micro scale, this course deals with housing as a response to human needs with the planning of rooms, houses, and groups of houses; analysis of climatology, physical, psychological, and social needs and their influence Architectural on the housing design; interior spaces and functions, and building design, layout, and formal Design Studio I development. (Prerequisite: ARC102 and ARC112). Architectural Design Studio II This design studio course explores architecture as a cultural practice that structures both the physical and the social environment with a series of macro spaces design based project. The organization of medium collective space will involve the Architectural deployment of building relationship within an urban built environment. The course includes Design Studio the analysis and understanding of a selected context in order to propose a multi-level building II in terms of architectural composition expression. (Prerequisite: ARC201).Digital Design & Presentation I This course provides students with practical handson experience in using professional architectural drafting software (e.g., Autocad). The course looks at two-dimensional CAD techniques used by architects to design and create presentations. The course covers the process of creating, manipulating, and communicating through digital drawings. Emphasis will be placed on understanding architectural drawing Digital Design convention, and generating sophisticated architectural graphics, mappings and analyses using & Presentation a variety of digital media. Programs taught may include AutoCAD, Illustrator, InDesign, I Flash, and Photoshop. (Prerequisite: ARC112). Digital Design & Presentation II This course provides students with practical hands-on experience in using professional architectural modeling software. The course looks at the principal three-dimensional modeling techniques used by architects to design and represent projects. The course covers the process of creating, manipulating, and communicating through Digital Design digital architectural models. Emphasis will be placed on the generation of 3D architectural & Presentation models and their presentation using AutoCad, 3DStudioMax, Maya, Rhino, Grasshopper and/ II or VRay. (Prerequisite: ARC211). Building Technology III: Structural Systems This course provides an introduction to the Building behavior of structural components and systems, for concrete, steel and timber structures. The Technology theory and concepts of various structures and structural elements are presented with a visual Iii: Structural format and models to emphasize an intuitive comprehension of the fundamental principles of Systems structural behavior. (Prerequisite: ARC122 and ARC132).

129

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ARC211

Course Description

Course Code

ARC241

ARC252

ARC300

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

130

ARC301

ARC302

ARC351

ARC352

ARC361

Course Name

Course Description

Contemporary Architecture In this course as the ending course for the series of history of Architecture, it is planned to make the studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; mind skillful enough to be able to understand the current events in our world today in relation to the roots in previous courses in history Contemporary of architecture. So the main methodology and approach for this course is Analytic instead of Architecture Chronological. (Prerequisite: ARC142). Environmental Control Systems This course aims at introducing students with understanding and knowledge of impacts of built environments on people and natural environment. The course focuses on the role of spatial designer in designing buildings, building environments and interior spaces that benefit from natural resources, provide maximum comfort levels, limit environmental damage and energy consumption. The topics covered in the course are Environmental climate and climate change; bio-climatic design; comfort levels of buildings; use of natural Control resources and passive and active systems in heating, cooling and lighting, and water and Systems waste management in buildings.Internship I Off campus study gives an opportunity to students to demonstrate the interrelationship between theoretical principles of architecture as a profession and their application in practice. The goal of the first internship is to provide effective professional preparation for students through field experience. The cooperative relationship between the business and academic learning should be enhanced. The student intern is responsible to keep a journal/diary of their daily experience. The internship is usually scheduled in summer for duration of twenty four (24) working days. The purpose of this assignment is to initiate the student into an awareness of professional firms and to provide an overview of on-site Internship I learning.Architectural Design Studio III This design studio course starts to focus and examine the impact of environmental issues with the aim to design an environmentally responsive building within the design process. The studio will develop an understanding of the relationships between Architectural space, function, built form and context throughout a sustainable approach. More attention is Design Studio given to how the building fabric can be assembled and orientated to control energy use and III building performance using sustainable construction processes. (Prerequisite: ARC202). Architectural Design Studio IV This design studio course progresses from developing research and demonstrating the ability to design more complex buildings and related Architectural constituents. Major studio project concerned with public buildings with medium scale spaces Design Studio requiring advanced architectural, structural and constructional skills coupled with exploration IV of existing site conditions and new visual impact in the setting. (Prerequisite: ARC301). Urban Design & Planning This course is designed to help students develop the values, knowledge and skills which they need to become effective practitioners in the production of a better urban realm. A series of lectures which explore current urban design and planning theories and methods introducing the students to the analysis of urban problems in different context that will enable them to produce alternative design solutions in cities. This course will amplify the requisite understanding of urban areas practices with the development of Urban Design analytical urban form theories through design lectures, behavior analysis and perception & Planning based exercises. This course aims at raising awareness of main problems of contemporary urbanization such as high density of population in large cities and megacities; environmental, social and economic changes which create a new form and model of living and new attitudes; and which force people to adapt to these new conditions. The course will focus on interpretation and analysis of different case studies from different countries, contexts, cultures and environments through the exploration of new organization of space in cities, organization of social groups and communities, movement and settlement patterns and will provide understanding and tools to Urban Habitat consider dynamics of new urban population at different scales. Human Factors in Design This course aims at introducing students with knowledge and skills of designing barrier free environments that respond to various human needs, especially people with challenges. The course focuses on human anthropometrics, ergonomics of space, universal design and accesibility issues. The course further develops on generating Human Factors design concepts that dismantle physical and cognitive barriers to mobility, orientation, in Design hypersensitivity and multiple challenges in buildings and open spaces.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

ARC373

Architectural Heritage

ARC381

Professional Ethics

ARC400

Internship II

ARC401

Architectural Design Studio V

ARC402

Graduation Project

ARC403

Graduation Research & Preparation

ARC405

Research Techniques & Methods

Principles of Restoration & Conservation The goal of the course is to give students an understanding of the importance of Restoration and Conservation in the field of historic environment sensitivity and consciousness. Students should become familiar with of the Historic heritage and related bodies, and the architectural tools required to work with a historically valuable building. In addition, this course provides a practical guide to measured surveys of historic buildings with special emphasis on recording the fabric of historic areas and producing accurate scaled drawings of selected buildings. Thinking about the question of architectural heritage within the socio-cultural and physical context; additions and subtractions need to be considered to the existing architecture. Additions and subtractions to the existing architecture will be determined according to the needs assigned to the buildings to be preserved; these needs, no doubt will be within the realms of both aesthetic and more utilitarian functionalities. In this respect, the course aims to emphasize the principles that need be addressed and followed, if necessary. Professional Ethics Introducing values/value judgments, evaluation and valuation systems, personal and collective responsibilities of professionals and the accountability of profession in Architecture and Interior Design, this course challenges the students to examine critically a broad range of professional, legal, and ethical problems architecture and interior design as professions face today. Internship II The summer training program is designed to expose students to a collaborative, professional office environment and a team of experienced design professionals. The goal of the second Internship is to provide effective professional preparation for students through office experience. The cooperative relationship between the business and academic learning should be enhanced. Students will be exposed to both the creative and business environment. Assignments will vary and include project research, site visits, sketching, computer production, design reviews, and assisting on marketing proposals. The student intern is responsible to keep a journal/diary of their daily experience. The internship is usually scheduled in summer for duration of twenty four (24) working days. The purpose of this assignment is to initiate the student into an awareness of professional firms and to Architectural Design Studio V This design studio course represents the most extended and developed exercises in macro planning issues. First priority is given to the urgent needs of our environment in terms of regeneration project such as housing, schools, or community buildings for urban centers. Projects will reinforce the entire curriculum, emphasizing on the complex relationships of buildings in an urban context taking all factors into consideration by way of interrelated aspects of an existing urban fabric. (Prerequisite: ARC302). Graduation Project The final project in architecture is an independent architectural design project based on a theme chosen by the student after accomplishing Graduation Research & Preparation prerequisite course (ARC 403). The graduation project is a cumulating studio and an opportunity for each student to define an individual position with regard to a specific aspect of architectural practice. Students are expected to incorporate research, programming, and site definition within their design process and present a written essay that discusses the development of their work. (Prerequisite: ARC401 and ARC403). Graduation Research and Preparation This course deals with the development of an individual general study and research by the student on a specific topic of her/his own choice/interests which goes to the primitive draft and initial issues about the final project. The research encompasses the following stages: subject definition, data gathering and classification, information interpretation relevant case/sample studies, programming and planning (denoting to activities), spatial perceiving, and technical information, site/field analysis and environmental fitting which shall be presented as a research report. (Prerequisite: ARC302). Research Techniques & Methods This elective course is designed as an introduction to the research techniques and the methods that achieve them. The aim of this course focuses on processes recognising the everyday skills and techniques involved in different kind of research. It will be supplemented by a series of exercises designed to help brainstorming progress of research thinking. The course helps students to develop key issues in making research feasible at any stage and for any kind of studies. It offers advice on how to conduct research discussing different methods from analysis of findings to report of results.

131

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ARC372

Principles of Restoration & Conservation

Course Description

Course Code

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

132

Course Name

ARC414

Advanced Digital Modeling in Design

ARC451

Mediterranean Cities

ARC455

Environmental Aesthetics

ARC481

Project Management

ARC482

Professional Practice

ARC600

PhD Thesis

ARC604

Advanced Research Methods in Architecture

ARC606

PhD Seminar

ARC642

ARC645

ARC650

Course Description Advanced Digital Modeling in Design This course provides students with practical hands-on experience in using professional architectural modeling softwares (e.g., 3DStudioMax, Maya, Rhino, etc.). The course introduces advanced methods in 3-D modeling and architectural representation. The course covers the process of creating, manipulating, and communicating through digital architectural models. Students will learn to create algorithms using Grasshopper and Python in Rhinoceros 3D, while exploring parametric modeling, performance simulation, data visualization, and workflow automation. The course is a reflection about the contemporary Mediterranean cities. After analyzing the different basic urban typologies, the course tries to discuss about the threats and challenges for these cities, as cultural crossroads. Students are invited to explore the relationships between Mediterranean urban shapes and Environmental Aesthetics This course deals with basic concepts of environmental aesthetics. This course explores the aesthetic experiences of the built environment from a philosophical perspective and includes detailed discussion on such topics as how is aesthetic appreciation of nature similar to and different from appreciation of art objects?; what criteria may be used to evaluate beauty in nature and in the built environment?; how is our aesthetic engagement with the environment related to our embodiment, and how do the non-visual senses contribute to aesthetic appreciation?Project Management Project Management course is designed to build and expand the foundation of knowledge needed by successful managers by examining the organization, planning, and controlling of projects and by providing practical knowledge on managing project scope, schedule and resources. Topics include project life cycle, work breakdown structure and Gantt charts, network diagrams, scheduling techniques, and resource allocation decisions. Professional Practice This course provides students the knowledge of the social, political, economic and legal aspects of architectural practice. This course includes topics on professional laws and regulations such as contracts, bonds and insurances, professional partnerships, human relations in the profession and occupational health and safety issues. PhD Thesis This course furthers the knowledge and skills of post-graduate students in theory and process (methods) in higher degree research, in particular to prepare for their PhD research project. This is a substantive part of the PhD program with a focus on inter-relations between scholastic endeavour and the application of art and design and architectural methodologies. Enhancing and fine-tuning of knowledge in research skills in general, and increasing studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; understanding of style, form, and discipline and the critical and interdisciplinary nature of higher art and design enquiry are the main aims.

PhD Seminar The course challenges the students to research the principles (and theories) relating to aesthetic design in various scales and contexts. In this course students are expected to engage in researching theories of aesthetics and their histories of development. The effects of Aesthetics of globalization on the aesthetics of spatial design and contemporary discourses on aesthetics in Space different cultures will be main topics under discussion in this course. This course endeavors to engage architecture doctoral students in the processes of gathering and analyzing historical and theoretical critical discourses in the field of architecture of Modernism. The candidates will work toward further sharpening their own research skills, Advance including data collection and its interpretation and evaluation within their own social, cultural, Research political and professional contexts. The students will be equipped with skills in critical analysis in Modern of the material collected in relation to architecture of modernism, subsequently contributing Architecture to the further development and understanding of the field of Modernist Architecture. New approaches to mapping cities are not only a different way of representing the cities but also of feeling them. New possibilities are arising with the era of Information Communication Technology (ICT). The course involves personal and group research about these new kinds of territorial and urban expressions. The work-space will be sample cities with specific attention to their public and social uses. Students are encouraged to propose and develop relevant Mapping Cities applications and technologies as eventual tools to be developed in their respective PhD theses.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

ARC654

AVM010

AVM011

AVM020

AVM021

AVM022

AVM031

AVM032

Course Description

The main purpose of this course is to identify that to what extend the current philosophies and methods of planning systems and practices are able to support the sustained development of urban areas and prepare them to withstand both foreseen and unforeseen changes. The course will introduce an alternative perspective to the current philosophies and methods of planning introducing the “resilience thinking” for the creation of “resilient cities”. Like any community, the aviation community in governed by laws and regulations. Because aviation is an activity that is global in scope Air Law applies internationally too. Organisations such as the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) lay down regulations and procedures which to a very great extent are enshrined in the national legislation of ICAOs member countries and in that other multinational authorities such as the Joint Aviation Airlaw I Authorities. Like any community, the aviation community in governed by laws and regulations. Because aviation is an activity that is global in scope Air Law applies internationally too. Organisations such as the International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) lay down regulations and procedures which to a very great extent are enshrined in the national legislation of ICAOs member countries and in that other multinational authorities such as the Joint Aviation Airlaw II Authorities. The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to the important components of an aircraft such as Fuselage, wing, empennage and their function in flight. Equally important, Aircraft the course will provide details regarding function and methods of lubrication system, cooling General system, ignition system, Fuel system and principle of working of Piston engine and jet engine, Knowledge I installation and operation of electrical system. The main objective of this course is to introduce the students to the important components of an aircraft such as Fuselage, wing, empennage and their function in flight. Equally important, Aircraft the course will provide details regarding function and methods of lubrication system, cooling General system, ignition system, Fuel system and principle of working of Piston engine and jet engine, Knowledge II installation and operation of electrical system. The goal of this course is to demonstrate the principles of operation and construction of Aircraft Instrumentation such as Airspeed Indicator, Altimeter, Vertical Speed Indicator, Turn Indicator, Attitude Indicator, Heading Indicator and Gyroscopes. This course deals with the conventional flight instruments as well as advanced flight instruments and their location in the main instrument panel. The course will also cover the Navigation system, whose primary function is to fly the aircraft from point A to point B on the surface of the earth. Furthermore, Basics of flight control system, autopilot and auto-throttle will also be discussed in this course Instrumentation as well. In this course students learn how to calculate the loading of aircraft because Pilots are responsible for the safe loading of airplane and must ensure that it is not overloaded. The performance of an airplane is influenced by its weight and overloading will cause serious Flight problems. They also learn Airplane Manual which specify such things as the seat to be Performance occupied in solo flight (in a tandem seating arrangement) or which fuel tank is to be emptied and Planning first. Such instructions should be carefully complied with. In this course students learn how to calculate the loading of aircraft because Pilots are responsible for the safe loading of airplane and must ensure that it is not overloaded. The performance of an airplane is influenced by its weight and overloading will cause serious problems. They also learn Airplane Manual which specify such things as the seat to be Mass and occupied in solo flight (in a tandem seating arrangement) or which fuel tank is to be emptied Balance first. Such instructions should be carefully complied with. In this course, students begin to analyse and understand the aircraft behaviour, predict its performance, understand its propulsion systems and begin to perform detailed analysis of Operational aircraft structural components.They learn the effect of mass, wind, density altitude in aircraft Performance performance. Advanced Studies on Place and Resilience

133

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

AVM030

Course Name

Course Code

AVM033

AVM040

AVM041

AVM050

AVM051

134

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AVM060

AVM061

AVM062

AVM070

AVM071

Course Name

Course Description

In this course, students learn how to make a plan for their flights since flight planning is an extremely important aspect of flying for all pilots. It is vital that all flights are deemed to have a well structured and well organised flight plan which will maximise the safety of those on board as well as reduce costs where necessary. Fight planning is vital to the issue of fuel consumption and working out how much fuel will be required is a big part of any plan. The Flight Planning necessary points which care considered during the calculation of fuel are many and diverse; and Monitoring one of the main issues though is that of the weather. Human Performance Human error is cited as a major cause in over 70% of accidents, and it is widely agreed that a and Limitations better understanding of human capabilities and limitations - both physical and psychological I - would help reduce human error and improve flight safety. Human Performance Human error is cited as a major cause in over 70% of accidents, and it is widely agreed that a and Limitations better understanding of human capabilities and limitations - both physical and psychological II - would help reduce human error and improve flight safety. Weather Theory for Pilots is an interactive program designed to help General Aviation pilots better understand and apply weather theory and technologies to their flying activities. Meteorology is the study of the Earth’s atmosphere, a component of Earth system science. Meteorology students build a comprehensive knowledge of meteorology and gain in-depth Meteorology I exposure to fields like environmental science, climate science and atmospheric chemistry. Weather Theory for Pilots is an interactive program designed to help General Aviation pilots better understand and apply weather theory and technologies to their flying activities. Meteorology is the study of the Earth’s atmosphere, a component of Earth system science. Meteorology students build a comprehensive knowledge of meteorology and gain in-depth Meteorology II exposure to fields like environmental science, climate science and atmospheric chemistry. Successful air navigation involves piloting an aircraft from place to place without getting lost, breaking the laws applying to aircraft, or endangering the safety of those on board or on the ground. Aircraft travel at relatively high speeds, leaving less time to calculate their position on route. Aircraft normally cannot stop in mid-air to ascertain their position at leisure. Aircraft are safety-limited by the amount of fuel they can carry. Additionally, collisions with obstructions Navigation I are usually fatal. Therefore, constant awareness of position is critical for aircraft pilots. Successful air navigation involves piloting an aircraft from place to place without getting lost, breaking the laws applying to aircraft, or endangering the safety of those on board or on the ground. Aircraft travel at relatively high speeds, leaving less time to calculate their position on route. Aircraft normally cannot stop in mid-air to ascertain their position at leisure. Aircraft are safety-limited by the amount of fuel they can carry. Additionally, collisions with obstructions Navigation II are usually fatal. Therefore, constant awareness of position is critical for aircraft pilots. Radio navigation is the application of radio frequencies to determine a position on the Earth. Like radiolocation, it is a type of radio determination. Students will learn the basic principles of measurements from/to electric beacons, especially directions by bearing, radio phases or Radio interferometry, distances, ranging by measurement of travel times, velocity by means of radio Navigation Doppler shift. operating procedures are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations. Effective crew coordination and crew performance, two central concepts of crew resource management , depend upon the crew’s having a shared mental model of each task. That mental model, Flight in turn, is founded on operating procedures.Students learn background, basic concepts, and Procedures I philosophy in respect to operating procedures. operating procedures are universally recognized as basic to safe aviation operations. Effective crew coordination and crew performance, two central concepts of crew resource management , depend upon the crew’s having a shared mental model of each task. That mental model, Flight in turn, is founded on operating procedures.Students learn background, basic concepts, and Procedures II philosophy in respect to operating procedures.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

AVM080

AVM081

AVM090

AVM091

AVM101

AVM103

AVM105

AVM107

AVM201

AVM301

AVM302 AVM303

AVM304

Course Description

In this lesson, students will learn about forces and motion as they see how the work of Daniel Bernoulli and Newton help explain flight. Students will also learn how lift and gravity, two Principle of of the four forces of flight, act on an airplane while it is in the air. Additionally, students will Flight I relate the Bernoulli Principle to lift and apply the first and third laws of Newton to flight. In this lesson, students will learn about forces and motion as they see how the work of Daniel Bernoulli and Newton help explain flight. Students will also learn how lift and gravity, two Principle of of the four forces of flight, act on an airplane while it is in the air. Additionally, students will Flight II relate the Bernoulli Principle to lift and apply the first and third laws of Newton to flight. There is an art to using the right words when pilot communicate with air traffic control (ATC). Effective aviation phraseology combines brevity with the transfer of complete and Communication correct information. In this course, students learn the radio telephony and communication, I communications failure and distress and urgency procedures. There is an art to using the right words when pilot communicate with air traffic control (ATC). Effective aviation phraseology combines brevity with the transfer of complete and Communication correct information. In this course, students learn the radio telephony and communication, II communications failure and distress and urgency procedures. To provide students with a fundamental knowledge of lift and drag for aircraft, high speed sub Fundamential sonic aerodynamics and the performance of aircraft with particular emphasis on turbojet and Aerodynamics turboprop aircraft with a maximum take-off weight (MTOW). AVM103 is intended to build a foundation of all essential concepts of advanced Math classes for Pilot Training Programme. In this Course Pre-Calculus and Calculus will be reviewed by Mathematics in depth study of applications of the topics, class assignments and students projects. is intended to build a foundation of all concepts of Fundamentals laws and principles of Physics for Pilot Training Programme. During the period of this course by in depth study of Physics applications of the topics, class assignments and students projects. This course is designed to give students an understanding of how a computer works its capabilities, limitations, and applications. It includes system components, societal impact, applications, programming concepts, and the use of software packages. Students will learn the basics through intermediate computer concepts with an emphasis on the personal computer and its practical use, including hardware, application and system software, the Internet Intro to and World Wide Web, communications, database management, and computers in society. Computer & This course will also provide full menu of application modules with core requirements for Info Systems Microsoft Office processing. Introduction to Aviation The students will get an overview about the history of aviation, its main developments, the principal challenges aviation is facing. Some basic knowledge about Introduction to the principles of flying as well as the latest technological changes and developments will be Aviation provided too. Air Transportation The course is designed for students to get an overview about the aviation industry from air transportation perspective. It includes basic knowledge and main Air development and the principled challenges of aviation industry. It also covers the latest Transportation technological changes and economic and business aspects of the air transportation. Airline Operations This course develops a consolidated understanding of the heavily complex economic and competitive environment in which the airlines are operating. Apart Airline from operations techniques it covers also areas such as new routings, passenger trends and Operations applied marketing. Airport Management The airport as a very specific place of producing an enormous variety of services requires for its management a wide range covering knowledge (from planning Airport over running it to technical questions as well as customs, PR and emergency planning). The Management practical training on the spot will take about 1/3 of the total course time. Aviation Aviation Meteorology This course includes basic weather theory, atmospheric science and Meteorology aviation weather products and services for the aviation industry. Airline Dispatch Although the dispatcher is an independent profession within the aviation Airline activities an Aviation Manager will need some basic knowledge about air control, classifications Dispatch of airspace and airports, the diverse separations and radio communication.

135

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

AVM202

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

AVM306

Aviation Law and Legislation

AVM308

Human Factors in Aviation

AVM401

Aviation Management I

AVM402

Aviation Management II

AVM403

Aviation Resource Management

AVM404

Contemporary Aviation Issues

AVM405

Air Traffic Control

AVM406

Aviation Safety

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

136

AVM407

AVM408

General Aeronautics Quality Management System

BUS101

Graduation Project Introduction to Business & Management I

BUS108

Principles of Management

BUS203

Financial Accounting l

AVM430

Course Description Aviation Law & Legislation Basic topic is the knowledge and understanding of all the relevant ICAO documents (especially the Chicago convention), including the main rules and regulations of the JAA. Also the rights of the passengers (Warsaw declaration), questions of airline litigations etc. will be discussed. There will be included also 3 lectures on the principles of International Law and Business Law. Human Factors in Aviation This course examines the importance of Human Factors (HF) in Aviation, and overview the system perspective of human role in aviation functions and considers cognitive architecture of the human factors. Aviation Management I This course - having as prerequisites all the relevant course of the first to the third year - applies this knowledge, theories and principles on the specific requirements, circumstances and environment in which aviation is living. Aviation Management II This course is the continuation of AVM401 and focus - apart from the deepening of the knowledge provided in the first part - mainly on its practical application in form of practical training exercises, role plays and simulations. Aviation Resource Management This mainly practical course (discussions, training exercises) applies the theoretical knowledge of Aviation Management to real situations in aviation and includes the analysis of error chains, the decision making process and the handling of emergency situations of all kinds. Contemporary Aviation Issues In order to make the students fit for a growing and permanently changing environment this course confronts them with actual trends, challenges and important changes in their field, including topics from various backgrounds, such as regulations, technologies, politics and ecology. Air Traffic Control Also the Air Traffic Controller is (like in AVM304) an independent profession within aviation. Given the immense importance of safety and control - especially with a permanently growing transport load in the airspace - the Aviation Manager has to have a basic knowledge of this topic. Aviation Safety Safety - one of the top priorities of all branches in aviation - will be shown in this course in all its dimensions: safety of the plane, the operations, the control systems, the airport, the passengers on ground etc. The students will learn how to deal with the different exigencies emerging from these different situations and get some knowledge in crisismanagement aspects. ----------------General Aeronautics This course provides the students with some knowledge about the principles of aircraft design, construction and production as well as the operation of aircrafts. It will give the student a better understanding of the planes they will deal with. Quality Management System in Aviation Definition and philosophy of quality, analysis and measurement tools of total quality management, quality costs, quality management in the aviation industry, airlines, maintenance and training centers. Graduation Project The student will choose an aviation related subject of interest and conduct research in this field. The result will be presented in form of a written thesis of approximately 10,000 - 25,000 words that will require to be defended before a specialist board.Introduction to Business and Management I The environment & historical setting of business; the organisational evaluation of business enterprise, both structural & legal; differentiation of business functions and the rationalisation of business operations. Principles of Management This course introduces students to the field of management and emphasizes the knowledge and skills used by successful managers. Throughout the course, students will demonstrate specific knowledge and skills in the areas of management history, decision-making, communication, planning, organizing, staffing, directing, controlling and business ethics.Financial Accounting I Accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation, effects of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of doubleentry accounting, the general journal, posting of transactions, trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, financial analysis using accounting data to control and evaluate monetary results of business activities.-

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code BUS204

BUS205

BUS206

BUS207

BUS208 BUS211 BUS212

BUS213

BUS301

BUS302

BUS303

BUS305

BUS306

Course Description

Financial Accounting II Accounting for short and long-term assets, liabilities, payroll accounting, partnership and corporation accounting and some emphasis on cost accounting. (Prerequisite: BUS203)Statistics I Statistical ideas and their relevance in practical life; preparing data for statistical analysis. Elementary probability, random variables, frequency distributions and sampling. Statistics l Logic of statistical references; descriptive statistics, estimation and significance tests. Statistics II Interpreting, organising and illustrating data. Present-day applications for interpreting reports, surveys, charts, graphs and opinion polls. Additional subject areas covered in this course include: Probability Theory, Probability Distributions, Central Limit Theorem, Confidence Interval Estimation, Hypothesis Testing, Chi-Square and F Distributions, ANOVA, Regression and Correlation Analysis. Also introducing statistical Statistics II package-programs. (Prerequisite: BUS205)----------------Introduction to Law Introduction to basic concepts of law. Legal systems, regulating activities Introduction to of government & governmental agencies. An overall summary of the legal framework of the Law European Union. Business Law Introduction to the business legal environment. Selective subjects relevant for managers from the law of contracts, civil law, commercial law, tax law, labour law, law on Business Law Bankruptcy and insurance law. Microeconomics Introduction to micro-economics: economics of the firm, resource allocation Microeconomics and prices; output and costs; market structures equilibrium and welfare economics. Macroeconomics Introduction to macroeconomics; introducing employment, money, Macroeconomics monetary & fiscal policies; and equilibrium, inflation. Business Ethics This course exposes the student to both sides of past and present ethical dilemmas facing the world. Course content includes an overview of individual ethical development, ethical issues in business today, the opportunity and conflict of ethical decisionBusiness Ethics making framework, and the development of an effective ethics program in a corporation.Organizational Behavior Review of human behaviour in organisations; interpersonal Organizational and interpersonal processes, influencing and persuasion, motivation and leadership in the Behavior workplace. Cultural influences on human behaviour will also be discussed. E-Commerce Use of Internet as a new channel for transferring goods & services; mechanics of E-commerce; characteristics of Internet as a tool without boundaries. Designing marketing E-Commerce programs for Internet use. Human Resource Management The management of human beings in a complex organisation; Human recruiting, selecting, training, promoting & motivating human beings. Increasing personal Resource loyalties & managing personnel to elevate individual contribution, increasing quality & Management lowering operational costs. Operations Management Covers the basic quantitative techniques in major production Operations systems, including planning & control of projects, statistical quality control, MRP aggregate Management scheduling & line balancing, queuing theory, transportation models and simulation techniques. Quantitative Quantitative Methods & Forecasting To provide interdisciplinary perspectives; probability, Methods & distribution, decision theory, inventory models, linear and integer programming and Forecasting forecasting techniques. Management Information Systems Overview of management functions in three district areas; hardware, software and personnel. The management issues & problems of planning, developing, installing, operating & maintaining information systems in organisations. Legal & ethical issues in computing. Special focus on the connection of managerial & technical Management resources in organisation. Attention is given to political, economic, physical & organisational Info Systems factors. Management Information Systems Overview of management functions in three district areas; hardware, software and personnel. The management issues & problems of planning, developing, installing, operating & maintaining information systems in organisations. Legal Management & ethical issues in computing. Special focus on the connection of managerial & technical Information resources in organisation. Attention is given to political, economic, physical & organisational Systems factors. Financial Accounting II

137

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

BUS304

Course Name

Course Code BUS307

BUS308

BUS310

BUS315

BUS318

138

BUS401

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUS403

BUS404

BUS406

BUS407

BUS408

BUS409

Course Name

Course Description

Business Finance I Introduction to financial management; financial institutions & money markets; analysis of financial statements; discounted cash flow analysis; project cash flow analysis; analysis of flow of funds; risks and returns. Business Finance II Long-term planning & forecasting; basics of capital budgeting; cash Business management, accounts receivable and inventory management; short and long-term financing Finance II and portfolio management. (Prerequisite: BUS307) Organizational Theory The concepts of organisation; formal organisations; organisational Organizational dynamics & effectiveness; organisational development and change; emerging type of Theory organisation; Organisational transformation and leadership. Principles of Marketing In this course, it is aimed at providing basic principles of marketing management such as marketing mix, segmentation, distribution, retail marketing and e-marketing. The concept how we manage and conduct effective relationships with the consumers and other target audiences for product and service in the competitive business Principles of world is the main purpose of this course. Analysis of relevant opportunities and constraints in Marketing consumer and industrial target markets is also among the main issues in this course.Business to Business Marketing This course explores in-depth the unique aspects of marketing to business and institutional customers in an increasingly complex, competitive and global marketplace. The course exposes students to a wide range of industrial products and services, and the technology, demand, competition, and requirements for success that characterize each of them. Topics include marketing strategy, organizational buyer behaviour, business market segmentation, market development, product development, B-to-B e-commerce, pricing, marketing channels, and marketing communications which comply with both local Business to and global trade. The course is taught through lectures, case discussions, and presentations Business and is designed to develop the analytical, decision-making, and communication skills of the Marketing students.--------------International Business To understand why nations trade; characteristics of foreign markets and International their impact on business decisions, including role of government, cross boarder transactions, Business cultural and regional influences. Globalization & Economic Integration To understand globalisation and basic economic Globalization model it relies on; presenting the main reasons why globalisation is promoted (nature of & Economic. multinational enterprises and their role in globalisation). The concept and stages of economic integration blocks. Basic reasons of creating economic blocks and consequences of this development. Strategic Management To explore conceptual frameworks and models which will assist students to analyse competitive situations and strategic dilemmas and gain insight into strategic management. This course will provide a synthesis of previous course materials Strategic within the business programs. It will be taken in the last term of the undergraduate program. Management Class lectures are supplemented with case studies. Insurance and Risk Management This course surveys risk fundamentals, the risk management process, and insurance as a systematic approach to transfer and finance risk. It examines how insurance offers financial protection against major risks individuals face, how the insurance Insurance market is structured, and how and why the industry is regulated. This course also provides the and Risk theories and practical applications from the industry as well as issues related to the furtherance Management of insurance as a viable risk management solution. Innovation and Entrepreneurship Provides an overview of new venture formation process with the objective of providing students with the skills they will need to recognize opportunities and develop them into value-producing initiatives. Emphasis on identifying ideas that provide business opportunities and conducting feasibility analysis to determine their business Innovation & Entrepreneurship potential.NonNon-Governmental Organizations This course explores concepts, analytical tools, Governmental management practices in- NGOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. NGOâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s goods and services to business markets in domestic Organizations and global environments Corporate Governance Corporate Governance and Family Business Nature of corporate governance and family & Family business. How to manage the family business. Research, presentation and debates about Business corporate governance and family business. Business Finance l

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code BUS410

BUS411

BUS412

BUS413

BUS414 BUS417

BUS418

BUS419

BUS420

BUS422

BUS424

BUS425

BUS426

Course Description

Auditing Auditing theory and practice: including auditing concepts, standards, procedures, rules of professional conduct, post-audit considerations, and preparation of auditorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s report.Cost Accounting Treats accounting and managerial aspects in cost concepts including job Cost order process cost systems, flexible budgets, joint by-product costs, break-even points, Accounting differential costs, problems and practice projects are the basis for study. Financial Financial Statement Analysis Provides the knowledge and skills necessary to take full Statement advantage of financial reports and analysis. Topics that will be covered include financial Analysis statement, ratio analysis, comparative analysis, and the management of operation funds. Managerial Accounting Case studies and detailed techniques of cost accounting, internal Managerial auditing, and controllership. Course provides understanding of important dimensions of Accounting management function of accounting. Taxation Principles and practice of taxation with topics including gross income, itemised deductions, capital gains and losses, net operating loss, carrying forward and back, history Taxation of taxation, inception of laws, credits, exemptions, tax research, and operation of tax forms. Advanced Advanced Accounting Deals with branch accounting, merger and consolidations, partnerships, Accounting trusts, insurance, governmental accounting and other advanced topics. Small Business Seminar How to start and manage your own business. The types of small Small Business business enterprises. Establishing and managing a small business. Preparing business plans. Seminar Presentations and case studies. Research Methods in Business Examines research designs commonly used in business Research decision making. Topics include survey, observation, data analysis, sampling, and quasiMethods in experiments as they relate to problems in an organizational setting. Students submit a research Business proposal as part of the course requirements.Contemporary Issues in Contemporary Issues in Business New developments in management and business forms. Business Research, presentation and debates about the new issues in business. Project Evaluation & Investment The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the area of investments with emphasis upon why individuals and institutions invest and how they invest. This course also deals with the design and analysis of investment projects. Project Topics include measures of risk and return, process and techniques of investment valuation, Evaluation & various statistical methods and simulation techniques used in determining and measuring the Investment degree of risk associated with investments projects, effect of high inflation rates in evaluating Management investment projects and projects financing approaches. International Finance This course aims at introducing the students to instruments and institutions of international financial markets, evolution of international monetary system and foreign exchange markets. Also covered are rate determination theories, forecasting, International purchasing power parity and interest rate parity theorems, hedging, speculation, international Finance trade financing, and international diversification of portfolios. Commercial Banking Management This course is designed to provide an overview of commercial banks, their functions, management, and role in the economy. Topics include: basic asset, liability, liquidity and interest-rate risk management, primary lending functions Commercial pricing techniques, risk management bank organisation and familiarisation with international Bank banking. The purpose and functions of central banking are studied with attention to monetary Management targets and policies.Portfolio Theory and Management The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to modern portfolio risk theory, diversification, market equilibrium, market efficiency, capital Portfolio asset pricing, arbitrage pricing theory, option pricing theory, single & multi index models, Theory and principles of fundamentals and technical analysis, analysis of alternative investments and Management portfolio performance monitoring and management. Financial Institutions and Markets Study of financial sector; businesses, consumers Financial and governments in money and capital markets are observed with emphasis on financial Institutions and instruments, analysis of financial intermediaries and the determination of interest rates. The Markets role of financial markets in economic development. Auditing

139

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

BUS423

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

BUS427

International Banking

BUS428

International Accounting

BUS429

Comparative Accountingstandards

BUS430

BUS434

140

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BUS436

BUS438

BUS444

BUS445

BUS447

Course Description International Banking The basic principles covered in Commercial Banking Management are enhanced through an international perspective. Topics covered in this course are an overview of international banking and its structure, as well as the changing nature of bank management. International Accounting International Accounting is the international aspects of accounting, including such matters as accounting principles and reporting practices in different countries and their classification; patterns of accounting development; international and regional harmonization, foreign currency translation; foreign exchange risk; international comparisons of consolidation accounting and inflation accounting; accounting in developing countries; performance evaluation of foreign subsidiaries. Comparative Accounting Standards Topics covered include; current reporting requirements; differences between countries; user needs; future developments, harmonization and standards. International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), International Accounting Standards (IASs) and other countriesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; accounting standards will be discussed. New developments in comparative international accounting. Supply Chain Management Supply chain operating practices and principles (i.e., the fundamentals of materials and logistics management). Studies and analyzes the dynamic nature of supply chain management for products and services and addresses the impact of the global economy on the management process. The course also develops a solid grounding in the theory of supply chain design, which includes strategies for customer service, quality, logistics, inventory management, and integrated supply chain management. Includes forecasting, postponement, sourcing (in particular, global sourcing), network design, and virtual integration (web-centric) and illustrates these concepts through cases. -

Supply Chain Management Persuasive Techniques in Persuasive Techniques in Communication and Strategies Students will learn about strategies Communication and techniques of persuasion relating to a wide variety of communication contexts, situations and Strategies on the basis of worldwide case studies. Contemporary Issues in Marketing The focus of this course is to conceptualise and formulate strategic uses of contemporary marketing practices. The key issues and challenges facing the Contemporary marketer in contemporary marketing will be assessed. New developments in marketing such Issues in as online public relations, advertising, niche marketing and one-to-one marketing issues are Marketing also in the content of this course. Financial Derivatives and Corporate Decision Making The purpose of this course is to provide the student with the necessary skills to value and to employ options, futures, and related financial contracts. The topics to be covered are; Futures Markets & Their Applications, Financial including the pricing and use of futures contracts on stock indices, on commodities, and Derivatives Treasury instruments; Options Markets & Their Applications, covering the valuation and use and Corporate of options, including a discussion of the empirical evidence and dynamic asset allocation Decision strategies; Swaps, Complex Derivatives, Structured Securities including several cases, and Making the use (and misuse)of derivatives in the context corporate applications. Cross Cultural Cross Cultural Studies in Organizations Asian, American and European multinationals Studies in are studied on a comparative basis to understand similarities and differences in company Organizations objectives, company cultures and managerial practices. Workshop in Export & Workshop in Exports & Imports Theory and practice of export and import transactions. Import Enhance with case studies. Comparative Banking Regulations The course involves the application of basic contractual, tortious and restitutionary principles to the banking context. It also encompasses general and bank-specific legislation dealing with such diverse issues such as the prudential supervision of banks, the protection of consumers in their dealings with banks the operation of bank payment systems and the prevention of money-laundering and the financing of other unlawful Comparative activities. The aim of the course is to provide the student with an understanding of the basic Banking principles of banking law to enable him or her to deal with the real-life banking law issues that Regulations are likely to arise in commercial practice.-----------------

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

BUS448

BUS449

BUS450

BUS451

BUS452

BUS453

BUS454

BUS455

BUS457

BUS458

Course Description

Marketing Channels In learning to manage a firmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s marketing channels primary emphasis goes toward development of a strategic framework for channel analysis, planning, and Marketing management. This course also takes a in-depth look at trends in marketing channels and a Channels comparison of intermediary industriesManaging Customer Relationship The main purpose of this course is to introduce the basic theories and methodology of customer relationship management, including identifying profitable customers, understanding their needs and wants, and building a bond with them by developing customer-centric products and services directed toward providing customer value. The course provides hands-on experience with popular analytical CRM and data mining tools that are widely used in the industry. Topics will cover the issues in the customer Managing life cycle: market segmentation, customer acquisition, basket analysis and cross-selling, Customer customer retention and loyalty, and practical issues in implementation of successful CRM Relationship programs.----------------Consumer Behavior Blending both concepts & applications from the field of consumer behaviour; presenting theoretical concepts, stressing the applications of these conceptual Consumer materials to marketing strategy and decision making in the private, public & non-profit Behavior sectors.Sales Management To build studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; understanding of sales management concepts and Sales strategies, organization of sales department, planning sale force activities, operations and Management evaluation of results. Advertisement & Promotion Management The main focuses of this course are advertising Advertisement management and promotion techniques used by freelance advertisers and in-house advertising & Promotion departments of any size of companies. New technologies in promotion and publicity sector Management and WEB advertising applications are also in the content of this course.Brand Management In this course, within the concept of image management and other communicative applications which strengthen the effective consumer perception, the meaning of brand will be explained through case studies. How a brand is created, promoted and developed will ve taken into account by both conceptual and analytical framework. Brand Students also understand the similarities and differences between local and international Management brand managements. Logistic Management Nature of logistic management. Institutional & functional analysis Logistic of distribution channels; selecting, evaluating & managing distribution channels. Location Management facilities, transportation, customer service and material handling Marketing Research Research can be accepted the most crucial process in all marketing activities, within this concept this course is designed for giving scientific method & techniques Marketing used for the systematic data gathering, recording & analysing data about problems related to Research marketing of goods and services. International Marketing During this course the students can differentiate the concept of marketing a product or service internationally. Understanding multinational marketing environment and the conditions which determine market selection, product decisions, policy International and pricing and distribution channels and different level of marketing communications will Marketing be explained during this course. Marketing Strategy This course aims that students may integrate their knowledge gained Marketing from previous courses in order to design a master plan of marketing, to create a sustainable Strategy competitive advantage over rivals. Integrated Marketing Communication This course introduces students to the concept and application of integrating the elements of advertising, sales promotion, public relations, direct marketing and other essentials of the marketing mix to support the overall marketing strategy. IMC allows marketers to effectively and efficiently reach prospects and retain customers with consistent brand messages in the context of fragmented media and increasing customer empowerment through the Internet. Emphasis will be placed on linking the fundamentals of Integrated segmentation, targeting, positioning, buyer behaviour, and branding with planning, budgeting, Marketing and executing a comprehensive, integrated marketing communication program from message Communication development through media selection

141

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

BUS456

Course Name

Course Code BUS459

BUS460

BUS461

BUS462

BUS464

BUS465

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

142

BUS466

BUS469

BUS477

BUS478

BUS479

Course Name Marketing Seminar Budgeting Systems and Control Accounting Software Applications

Course Description Marketing Seminar In this course it is aimed at collaborate with the marketing elites from different sector and for this approach we may organize several types of conferences, seminars and workshops in order to enhance student’s experience and knowledge in the area. Budgeting Systems and Control Business budgets. Preparations and applications of different types of budgeting systems for business corporations. Budgets and controlling systems.

Accounting Software Applications Computer aided accounting. Theory and application of different types of accounting computer programs. Leadership and Organizational Culture The course focuses on understanding the critical leadership competencies and characteristics necessary for guiding organizations. This course will use leadership self-awareness tools developed especially for organizational leaders. Students will deepen their understanding of traditional and contemporary leadership theories and practices; and, explore the organizational contexts where work, management and leadership happen. Guiding organizations through strategic and operational change initiatives requires an understanding of organizational culture and change. This course will enable students to study organizational theories, systems thinking, and the relationship between Leadership and cultural issues and successful change implementation. They will experiment with taking on Organizational the role of a change agent through simulations, case studies, and studying changes in their Culture own work place.Accounting for Banks This course looks at Banks’’ financial statements, financial instruments, Accounting for accounting for business combinations and consolidated accounts, disclosure and future Banks developments Banks’’ financial statements. Special Topics in Finance Contemporary issues in financial management will be presented Special Topics and discussed in this course. Thus, there will be opportunity to cover other new topics in in Finance finance. Health Care Marketing This course will focus on the environmental factors, and the managerial implications of these factors, that are shared across the health sector context. More specifically, we will note that health care consumption decisions: • are subject to substantial ethical considerations and public policy scrutiny • are made by multiple decision makers, often with competing economic interests • involve wide variation in levels of end user knowledge and motivation yet often rely heavily on co-production- • are made within rapidly changing technological environments requiring education of stakeholder groups We will explore the Health Care implications of the above for marketing analysis, tactics, and strategy. We will review existing Marketing applied works within the topic area of healthcare marketing and experiences in this sector. Retail Marketing and Management The principles, practices, and concepts used in retail marketing management. Describe the complex nature and environment of retail marketing management together with the buying and selling of goods, services, and ideas to the final consumer. Understand the conceptual and organizational aspects of the retail sector, including strategic planning and management in the retail industry. Understand the key elements in Retail planning, managing, and executing the retail marketing mix as they relate to the product, Marketing & price, distribution, and promotion. Identify the approaches to and guidelines used to analyze Management and solve retailers’ problems and make decisions in retail organizations. Industrial and Labour Relations Prereq:BUS108, BUS303 Performance In this course students discuss and analyze employee engagement, define performance Managament appraisal, and identify the factors that influence performance appraisal, performance criteria, & Appraisal performance period, performance appraisal methods, performance appraisal information Systems systems and their implications International Analysis and evaluation of international human resource management issues including Human global human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building the Resource personnel function to meet needs of developing organisations, developing career paths and Management training programs and policies

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code CACS101

CACS102

CACS103

CACS104

CACS105

CACS106 CACS107

CACS109

CACS110

Course Description

The course provides an overview about the aviation and its history together with main developments and challenges that the major group of activities in aviation faces. Some basic knowledge about the principles of flying will also be discussed. o Cabin and Cockpit crew duties and responsibilities. o Preflight security, safety and cleaning checks. o Description of emergency equipments and preflight checks. o Description of emergency equipments and preflight checks. o Description of emergency equipments and preflight checks. o Cabin description, communication system and aircraft lighting system. o Boarding, take-off and landing cabin preparation. o Dutys and responsibilities of cabin crews Normal Safety in flights. o Disambercations and de-briefing. o Procedures for fueling with passenger on Regulations board. o Pass crew and deat-heat crew duty and responsibilities. This course will provide; Concept of communication and description, process in communication and elements in the process of communication (source, dialog, channel, receiver, codding, code-access, correlation frame, reflection, noise limiter, reverb selector perception), communication types in line of communication participants (inner communication, Communication interpersonal communication, communication within group, intergroup communication), in Aviation I Mass communication and popular culture. The aim of this course is defining basic theories, researches and applications of non-verbal Communication communication, analyzing methods of effective communication and applying verbal in Aviation II communication in the process of effective communication. o Physics of the atmosphere: The physical characteristics of air, International standart atmosphere o Theory of flight: Aerostatics, Aerodynamics o Aeroplane aerodynamics: Airflow, Boundary layer o The components of aerodynamic force, Aerodynamic moment, L/D ratio o Airfoil o Stall, High lift devices o Flight control surfaces, empenange o Airframe, landing gears o Powerplants o Aircraft Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems o Cabin Atmosphere General Aircraft Control Systems, Air conditioning systems o Fuel System o Ice control system, emergency Knowledge equipment This course will provide basic concepts in aviation security, security concept, terrorism and historical background, security threats on planes, airport and flight safety concept, behavior Airport and analysis, passenger profiles, precautions, threat levels, international regulations and cockpit Flight Security security. Aviation Covers all basic definitions, acronyms and abbreviations used in the aviation industry as well Terminology as their uses and applications. This course aims to provide flight safety by training personnel and applying correct rules for passengers handling hazardous materials. o General philosophy of hazardous material rules, o Applying hazardous material rules, o Definition of hazardous material, o General handling requirements, o Responsibilities of hazardous material handling, o Responsibilities of addresser, o Responsibilities of transporter, o Hazardous material limits, o Restricted hazardous material on flight, o Confidential hazardous materials, o Legal to handle hazardous material, o Transportation of hazardous material in air-post, o Hazardous material under transporter handling, o Permitted air cargo hazardous material, o Limited hazardous material, o Hazardous Exceptional amount of hazardous material, o SHGM Liquid limitations, o Hazardous material Materials categories, Methods to be used in emergency cases and development in student knowledge Training and skill level in both theoretical and practical topics regardinghazardous material. Civil aviation system: Organizations, conventions, rules, bilateral agreements and air traffic agreements will be discussed. Students; o have basic knowledge of Air Law. o have more insight about the world civil aviation. o Have information about history of air law and its Aviation Law development. o know air traffic rights. Since their tasks need to be found in the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s various countries, this course aims to ensure that cabin crew candidates learn about different cultures in the world. Basic informations World about the flight destinations are also taught.During the course, students will learn; o The Cultures and difference between cultures o Planning the cabin crew o Know the characteristics of important Destinations destinations o Know the basic information about important Flight destinations. Introduction to Aviation

143

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CACS108

Course Name

Course Code

CACS112

CACS201

CACS202

CACS203

CACS204

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

144

CACS205

CACS206

CACS207

Course Name

Course Description

Growing uncertainty and competition in the global airline industry is forcing airlines to reinvent their marketing strategies. This course looks at the latest airline marketing and commercial trends to help applying marketing principles to aviation industry. As the customer Marketing in becomes the central focus of airline marketing strategy, this course also provides insight into Aviation tools for assessing target markets and developing a long-term relationship with customers. Service / in The course orientates the significance of offering and serving in plane, service equipment, Flight Catering specifications of the service cart, food and drink services, preparation the service of food and I drinks and other service related in time and as complete. Service / in The course orientates the significance of offering and serving in plane, service equipment, Flight Catering specifications of the service cart, food and drink services, preparation the service of food and II drinks and other service related in time and as complete. Effective This course will provide; o Fluent and comprehensive speaking, o Effective expression, o Speaking and Control of anxiety in population, o Phonological sufficiency, o Using voice effectively, o Dictation Effective usability of body language. This course aims to; Provide sufficient knowledge to apply first aid in case of emergency using only available tools and materials and apply treatment with no medicine until the arrival of paramedics thus avoiding further deterioration. o General first aid knowledge, examination of injured patient and scene, o Basic life support, o First aid on hemorrhage, first aid for injured, o First aid for ambustion, frostand heat stroke, o First aid for fractures, dislocation and sprain, o First aid for conscious distortion, o First aid for poisoning, o First aid for animal bite, o First Medical Issues aid for foreign body penetration in eyes, ears and nose, o First aid for suffocation, o First aid and First Aid for injured patient handling, o Applied basic life support and suffocation rescue techniques, o Training Training on precautions for possible accidents and applying facultative response. The aim of this course is to provide knowledge about; o Cockpit/Cabin communication o Fuel intake, fuel intake on-flight, o Exit pre-cautions during fuel intake, o Safety during Plane Park, o Plane preparation instructions, o Cabin crew briefing, o Pre-flight control, emergency supplies control, o Demo material, cabin malfunction book, security cards, o Cabin crew stations, o Announcements /sound systems, announcement queue on land, o Usage of electronic equipment, entertaining systems in plane, o Cabin lights, water systems, o Security briefing and security briefing content, o Visual and hearing impaired passenger briefing o Briefing for passengers sitting on crew sits, o Rules for opening and shutting doors, o Door Passenger sliding positions, o Cabin warning lights, o Cabin report on pre-Landing and Take-off, o Safety and Cabin monitor, o Abnormal conditions during flight o Sufficient knowledge on turbulence Satisfaction conditions. Today’s Airline companies are competitive through fields of ticket prices, wide flight range, efficiency in tariffs, offering quality oriented for passenger comfortability and various entertaining elements inflight. Other than foods and drinks offered to passengers during long or short distances, personal kits, journals and gazettes and also electronic entertainment Inflight systems are “inflight entertainment products”. Students will be able to; o General utilizing Entertainment specifications of electronic entertainment systems offered by airline companies in line with Services passenger comfortability, o Presentation method and timing of the products. The aim of this course is to provide sufficient theoretical and practical knowledge in flight safety for necessary actions to be undertaken if any possible abnormal conditions countered during flight. The fundamental principal of the Cabin Crew is Flight Safety. o Decompression, o Fire, o Evacuation, o Pilot incapacitation, o Survival Students will undertake this course both theoretically and practically in III.and IV. Semesters. Decompression effects/Cabin indications and procedures to be applied, Fire and smoke, evacuation; survival will also be examined during the course. APPLIED MOCK-UP EDUCATION o Survival techniques in water applied in pool consisting Huddle and Help positions. o Applied procedures of instant decompression in CEET (Cabin Evacuation Trainer). o Applied fire extinguishing in toilet and oven using extinguishing and protective equipment by smoke produced in CEET (Cabin Evacuation Trainer). o Live fire extinguishing training. o Pre-flight control, specifications and Emergency usage of emergency apparatus. o Applied training for water and land to populated passenger Safety Rules I under the control of each Cabin Officer.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

CACS208

CACS209

CACS210

CACS211

CACS212

CACS214

CACS215

Course Description

The aim of this course is to provide sufficient theoretical and practical knowledge in flight safety for necessary actions to be undertaken if any possible abnormal conditions countered during flight. The fundamental principal of the Cabin Crew is Flight Safety. o Decompression, o Fire, o Evacuation, o Pilot incapacitation, o Survival Students will undertake this course both theoretically and practically in III.and IV. Semesters. Decompression effects/Cabin indications and procedures to be applied, Fire and smoke, evacuation; survival will also be examined during the course. APPLIED MOCK-UP EDUCATION o Survival techniques in water applied in pool consisting Huddle and Help positions. o Applied procedures of instant decompression in CEET (Cabin Evacuation Trainer). o Applied fire extinguishing in toilet and oven using extinguishing and protective equipment by smoke produced in CEET (Cabin Evacuation Trainer). o Live fire extinguishing training. o Pre-flight control, specifications and Emergency usage of emergency apparatus. o Applied training for water and land to populated passenger Safety Rules II under the control of each Cabin Officer. The aim of this course is to provide knowledge about general meteorological content and General usage in aviation. o Atmosphere and ICAO standard atmosphere, o Meteorological contents, Meteorology o Pressure systems and altimetry Leadership, managing people, crowd control, teamwork, character interaction, synergy, motivation, individual differences in understanding and coping with them, error chain, anger coping, body language, stress management, health, physical and mental limits including stress, professionalism in communication, communication and perception differences, Crew Resource fatigue, workload management, situation assessment, risk management, issues and decisionManagement making will be discussed. This course will examine the leading English articles and books regarding the air transportation sector. Examples: The structure of air freight, social and economical effects and benefits of air freight; Air Transportation Factors: Air freight management, Airports, Aviation services, Aviation Customers, Regulatory and Auditory institutions; Developments in Aviation Transportation English I in Turkey and the World. This course aims to provide students an opportunity to understand and translate various aviation business documents and texts written both English and Turkish languages. Students will hold the possibility to examine and translate texts of aviation business documentations, Aviation work descriptions, legal texts and related business oriented documents both written in source English II and target languages. The aim of these courses is to provide knowledge about National and International etiquette and kindness together with methods of walking, stance and sitting. o Correct make-up and personal development in table manners. o Concept and specifications of service, o The significance of developing service quality and strategy, o Defining customer oriented institution, o Techniques for sound communication, o Significance of first impression, o Cabin Crew Reasons of customer complains, o Professionalism and providing professional service , o Performance Passenger relations and techniques for resolving customer complains o Developing service Training I strategy for professional service, o Perception on stress and undertaking stress. The aim of these courses is to provide knowledge about National and International etiquette and kindness together with methods of walking, stance and sitting. o Correct make-up and personal development in table manners. o Concept and specifications of service, o The significance of developing service quality and strategy, o Defining customer oriented institution, o Techniques for sound communication, o Significance of first impression, o Cabin Crew Reasons of customer complains, o Professionalism and providing professional service , o Performance Passenger relations and techniques for resolving customer complains o Developing service Training II strategy for professional service, o Perception on stress and undertaking stress. Cabin officer, as the most important profile of the airline company, must be highly presentable. Professional profile and attitudes are indeed significant for the airline company and cabin officer. Due to intimate relations with the passengers, cabin officer must always be perfect in profile, attitude and behaviour to suit their duties in means of grooming, personal hygiene and well communication skills. In this sense this course is significant to build awareness of personal hygiene, physical spesifications and selection of correct type of hair, outfit and Personal Care make-up and convey correct and grooming attitudes towards the passengers. This course also and Grooming develops social attitudes, verbal and non-verbal communication skills.

145

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CACS213

Course Name

Course Code

CACS216

Quality Management System in Cabin

CACS217

Safety Management Systems

CAS101

Case Study

CEN301

Microprocessor

CEN302

Structured Programming Languages

CEN304

Data Structures and Algorithms File Organization and Access Methods

CEN305

Object Oriented Programming

CEN306

Database Systems

CEN307

Operating Systems

CEN401

Graduation Project I

CEN402

Graduation Project II

CEN403

Software Design

CEN303

146

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

Course Description The main aim of this course is to create an aviation culture by informing students about the quality assurance systems and to define their responsibilities and privileges.Students will have; o information about the aviation business organizations, o information about staff cases and the flight organization issues, o knowledge about the standard procedures of quality management system assessed to activities such as flight training and maintenance. o knowledge about the management of facilities o knowledge about equipment, manuals, and the records. Civil Aviation industry is one of the most heavily regulated industries of the world. Safety, having the leading priority, is very important in every aspects of civil aviation. This course provides the student with a detailed introduction into aspects of aviation safety, risk management and accident trends, factors, and analysis. Considering this, all aspects of safety and how different agencies work together to lower accident rates will be taught. Case Study The newly designed course will be a culmination of the previous two years of education. Students will work to design in order to establishing business plan. Microprocessors Basic computer organisation and design. Instruction and their use. Instruction formats. Addressing techniques. Assembler language with examples from microprocessors. Detailed examination of addressing, instruction execution, data representation and program coding and debugging. Interrupt concept and usage. (Prerequisite: ENG206)â&#x20AC;˘ Structured Programming Languages Introduction programming language design and implementation issues; language design and relation to compiler/interpreter design; block structured languages- block structure, scope, procedure mechanism, parameter passing, stack architecture. (Prerequisite: ENG102)Data Structures & Algorithms The objective of this course is to provide an introduction to data structures and algorithms. Topics include: control flow, loops, recursion; elementary data structures (lists, stacks, queues) and their implementation via array and pointers; advanced sorting algorithms, linear sorting algorithms, binary trees , general trees and heaps. Elementary graph algorithms. (Prerequisite: ENG102) File Organisation & Access Methods The methods of data representation in auxiliary memory. It covers several methods of data access for the sequential, indexed-sequential and direct types file organisation. Two advanced access methods considered are hashing and tree search. Implementation is based on programming exercises and small projects.Object Oriented Programming Building on a prior knowledge of program design and data structures, this course covers object oriented design, including classes, objects, inheritance, polymorphism, and information hiding. Student will apply techniques using a modern object oriented implementation language. (Departmental consent) (Prerequisite: ENG203) Database Systems This course introduces the basic principals of relational database systems, their structure and use. Topics covered include the use of entity relationship model in specifying a database; the relational model, and the translation of entity relationship; SQL and relational database design. Operating Systems This course introduces the fundamentals concepts and structure of modern operating systems (as an example, MS DOS, LINUX, and Windows). Topics include CPU, memory, file and device management, distributed systems and group communication. Processes and their communication, scheduling methods and algorithms are in the implementation focus. Distributed operating systems and their resources are considered. Fileservice system and remote access.Graduation Project I The development of design skills and engineering judgement, based upon previous and current course and laboratory experience, is accomplished by participating in a design project. Projects are selected in areas of current interest in computer engineering. Graduation Project II A continuation of CEN401 in which the design is implemented and demonstrated. This includes testing and demonstrating the performance and evaluation of results. (Prerequisite:CEN401) Software Design Overview of software life cycle processes. Practical and theoretical topic including systems analysis and requirement specification, software design, implementation testing and maintenance.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

CEN407 CEN410 CEN415

CEN420

CEN421

CEN428

CEN430

CEN440

CEN441

CEN443

Course Description

Introduction to web Design Web design and programming course is a very comprehensive, detailed course that teaches how to plan, organize, and create a web site from start to finish in both aspect of web programming and design. The course places a heavy emphasis on individual page design and layout. Using some very powerful techniques taught in this course, learners will learn how even the most simplest of pages can be arranged to look more appealing and professional! By the end of this course, through a formal introduction to both an authoring software application and basic Hypertext Markup Language (HTML), students will have created a well-designed web site while having fun along the way. Also students Introduction to will introduce to PHP and they will develop some PHP applications, especially database Web Design connection and modifying data retrieve from database.Computer Computer Networks Local Area Network, High-speed and bridged local area networks, Wide Networks area networks, Internetworking and, Open systems, topics covered in this course.Data Data Communication Data communication networks and open system standards. The Communication electrical interface. Data transmission. Protocol basics. Data link control protocols. Automata Theory and Automata Theory and Formal Languages Classification of automata and formal languages. Formal Finite machines and regular events, context-free languages and machines with push-down Languages memory, effectiveness, halting problem, insolvability, undecidability, and Turing machines. Computer Graphics I An introduction to computer graphics. Graphics hardware overview; Drawing of 2D primitives (polylines, polygons, ellipses), character generation; Attribute primitives (line styles, colour and intensity, area filling, character attributes); 2D Computer transformations (general scaling), general rotation, sheer reflection); windowing and clipping; Graphics 3D concepts (3D transformations, viewing, modelling). Introduction to Neural Networks This course introduces, in qualitative terms, what neural networks are, their properties and compositions. For the simplest class of neural networks, the least-mean-square algorithm (LMS) and the perception are examined. The multilayer perceptions trained with the back-propagation algorithm and another class of layered neural Introduction networks, namely radial-basis function networks is introduced. The mathematical modelling to Neural of self-organizing maps and also the recurrent network architecture will be given. ----------Networks ---System Analysis & Design Concepts, procedures technique involved in the development of information and management systems. Emphasis is placed on the system approach to problem solving, user environment, and project control. Application of the theory and technique System is on the analysis and planning phase of system development cycle. Tools, techniques, Analysis and and methodologies for structured analysis, design, development, and implementation of Design information systems. Data Security and Protection Basics of data security and protection. Intruders and viruses, Data Security firewall and trusted operating systems, protection in operating systems. Methods of and Protection applications to prevent or detect intrusions. TCP/IP protocol and its weakness. Computer Hardware & Applications An introduction to computer interfaces, including wellknown digital and analogue interfacing, as well as industrial control circuits. Full discuss Computer of the operation and interfacing of A/D and D/A converters. Sensors and transducers. A Hardware and microcomputer-based industrial Process-control System. Robotics and Embedded Control. Applications DSP and digital filters.----------------Learn the modern methods for planning and scheduling. Gain knowledge required to Computer differentiate various methods for planning and scheduling applied in corporate information Aided systems. Learn the application of simulation in manufacturing. Prepare a simulation model Production and with the help of this model solve various capacity, planning and design problems using Systems modern interactive simulation tools Learn the basics in various aspects of research and project management from the most theoretical through the subject specific to practical advice on undertaking research. Gain knowledge on how to contribute to research. Learn how to manage research projects. Learn Research about the writing skills for project proposals, theses and dissertations. Learn about professional Methods skills required in profes. life such as communication skills and presentation skills.

147

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CEN432

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

CEN446

Introduction to Information Retrieval

CEN448

Qt Programming

CEN450

Computer Architecture

CEN455

Parallel Computing

CEN457

Analysis of Algorithms

CEN465

Computer Graphics Image Processing

CEN468

Visual Programming

CEN470

Artificial Intelligence

CEN472

Machine Learning

CEN477

Java Programming

CEN460

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

148

CEN479

CEN480

Introduction to Cryptography Management Information Systems

Course Description Introduction to Information Retrieval Principles of information retrieval and their application to information systems and services. Boolean and vector space and probabilistic retrieval models; evaluation of methods. classification of documents Qt Programming Qt is multiplatform C++ application development framework. This course is designed as introduction to Qt programming. The course is based on theory, discussion and practical experience. The course will help student learn the aspects and strategy of Qt programming. The examples and lab-exercises given throughout the course are designed to underline the theory and to help students get a full understanding of the processes of using Qt. Ä°n this course Qt Creator will be used for Rapid Development Applications.Computer Architecture Introduction to the design and evaluation of modern computer architecture. Topics include: Analytic model for computer; System evaluation; Memory design, including a study of cache memories and support for virtual memory; Pipelined systems; RISC architecture; Vector computers; Parallel and distributed architectures. Parallel Computing This course studies the design and evaluation of modern computer architecture. Topics include: Microprocessors-Characteristics, Interconnection structures; Arbitration, communication and synchronisation; Cache Coherence; System Performance; The paradigms of Parallel Computing; Some Case Studies.Analysis of Algorithms This course introduces the students to the design of algorithms. The first part of the course presents recursion concepts and simple algorithms which rely on the recursion concept. The second part exposes some well known programming paradigms, such as brute force, divide and conquer, dynamic programming, greedy algorithms and applies them on several types of problems Creating mouse tools and pop-up windows are covered within this course. Other topics include Interactive drawing tools, A CAD program, three-dimensional graphics, solid modelling, use of ready graphics tools animations, and current and future trends in animation. Image Processing Overview of the concepts and techniques in image processing. Students get familiarized with various applications in the area of image processing and computer vision. Visual Programming Concepts and principles of RAD (Rapid Application Development) tools. Programming with visual elements and readily available objects. Learning .NET Framework environment and Creating packages with accepted standards in visual environment. Topics include basic and complex visual form design, usage of properties, methods and events of basic objects. Creating user defined objects and maintaining database connection to packages. Artificial Intelligence Consideration of processes by which machines simulate intelligence; heuristic and algorithmic processes in problem solving, and programming machines for simple operations; models of cognitive processes; applications and limitations of machine intelligence. Examples of algorithms and their LISP or PROLOG implementations. Historical foundations, The Turing test, Knowledge representation methods, Structure for state space search, Languages and Programming Techniques for AI, Understanding of Natural Language, First order predicate logic, Reasoning, Inferencing, and Introduction to the Sub-techniques of AI: Expert systems, Neural Network, Fuzzy set and Systems.Machine Learning Paradigms of machine learning, inductive deductive abductive forms of learning, cognitive aspects of learning, connectionless models of learning, programming environments for learning programs. Java Programming Builds on fundamental concepts of data processing techniques and technical language concepts developed in earlier programming language courses. Emphasis is on computer programming logic using JAVA. Input/ Output processing, subroutines, function statements are covered. Object oriented programming concepts are also studied. Introduction to Cryptography Cryptanalysis Methods and Encryption/Decryption Techniques, starting from first known technique to nowadays will be examined. Course can be separated to three main titles which can also be listed chronologically as,(i) Classical Techniques(ii) Data Encryption Standards(iii) Advanced Encryption Standards. Management Information Systems Applications of computer-based information systems to support management decision making; basic system design, data organisation, and data processing.-

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

CEN490

Distributed Systems

CEN498

Embedded Systems

CEN499

CEN510

CEN515

CEN520

CEN528

CEN579

CEN590

CEN613

Distributed Systems Concept of concurrency is introduced. Layered protocols. Synchronisation in distributed systems (clock synchronisation, mutual exclusion, election algorithms). The client-server model and implementation. Processor models.Learning the basics of designing, interfacing, configuring, and programming embedded systems. Gain competency in embedded systems field and in the implementation of learned techniques. Helping to prepare students for cutting edge careers in industry and research. Designing and programming a complete embedded system in intermediate level Teaching basic transistor-level (BJT and MOS) structures and signalling methods of basic digital circuits. Teaching analysis of static and dynamic behavior of basic digital circuits. Transferring knowledge about contemporary issues related with physical realization of digital systems

Local Area Network. High-speed and bridged local area networks. Wide area networks. Internetworking. Open systems. Network simulations and performance measurement. Data communication networks and open system standards are examined. The electrical Advanced Data interface is simulated. Mathematical background of data transmission is applied. Protocol Communication basics and data link control protocols are examined. Classification of automata and formal languages. Finite machines and regular events, contextAdvanced free languages and machines with push-down memory, effectiveness, halting problem, Automata insolvability, undecidability, and Turing machines. Simulations and mathematical analysis Theory of above topic. This course examines, in qualitative terms, what neural networks are, their properties and compositions. The multilayer perceptrons trained with the back-propagation algorithm and another class of layered neural networks, namely radial-basis function networks is examined Advance Neural and optimised. Advanced mathematical modelling of self-organizing maps and also the Networks recurrent network architecture will be given. Cryptanalysis Methods and Encryption/Decryption Techniques, starting from first known technique to nowadays will be examined. Course can be separated to three main titles Cryptographic which can also be listed chronologically as,(i) Classical Techniques(ii) Data Encryption Applications Standards(iii) Advanced Encryption Standards. Simulations related with all topics will be and Solutions designed and programmed. Advanced Concept of concurrency is examined. Layered protocols are examined in detail. Synchronisation Distributed in distributed systems (clock synchronisation, mutual exclusion, election algorithms) is Systems simulated. The client-server model and implementation. Processor models are examined. Speech Processing Man-machine communication. Speech models and representations. Speech Speech synthesis. Speech coding. Speech Recognition. Dynamic Time Warping and Hidden Processing Markow Models. Neural networks for speech processing. Speech enhancement.Advanced Topics in AI (Cross listed as ISMA 601) This course will continue the mathematical development of algorithms in AI and machine learning from Programming Languages. Prerequisites are multivariable calculus, linear algebra, probability theory, and programming experience. The lectures will not follow any particular textbook, but there will be many Advanced handouts and suggested readings. Grading will be based on class participation and two Topics in Ai substantial course projects

149

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CEN621

Electronics for Computer Engineers Advanced Computer Networks

Course Description

Course Code

Course Name

CEN622

Advanced Topics in Software Systems

CEN623

Distributed Computing

CEN624

Advanced Programming

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

150

CEN650

Advanced Topics in It PhD Seminar in Computer Engineering Advanced Topics in Database Systems

CH101

General Chemistry

CEN625

CEN630

Course Description Advanced Topics in Software Systems (Cross listed as ISMA 602) This course is to study research trends in embedded systems with emphasis on sensor networks. An embedded systems is a system that interacts with its environment and the correctness is subjected to physical constraints imposed by the environment. Sensor networks are becoming the essential aspect of embedded system. The course will centre around the following themes: localization and coordination, modeling and analysis, networking, programming paradigms and supports, resource management, security, validation and certification. The class will identify a few sensor network applications and then explore design and implementation issues in depth as group projects. The part of class time will be devoted in discussing and exploring the design alternatives and refining implementation plans of the group projects. Students are expected to participate in the following ways: In-class presentation of selected papers and/or source code, and doing a group project that involves the detailed design and prototype implementation of sensor network applications.Distributed Computing (Cross listed as ISMA 603) In the past few years, peer-to-peer (P2P) computing has not only dominated the headlines, but it has inspired a new wave of distributed systems research. Pioneering systems such as Napster, Gnutella, and SETI@home harness the vast storage, network, and computing resources at the edge of the network, and they provide large-scale, robust, and self-organizing services using unreliable nodes. Peer-to-peer research efforts such as CAN, Chord, Pastry, and others have taken these basic ideas and addressed some of the challenges in a more principled way. Many open problems remain in this area of distributed systems research, particularly those that result from extreme scale, heterogeneity of capabilities and participation, unreliability, and decentralized administrative structure. Key questions include what applications and services are appropriate for peer-topeer architectures, as well as how to provide them. Can we top music swapping and searching for extraterrestrial life?-----------Advanced Programming (Cross listed as ISMA 604) The goals of this course are to gain a better understanding of the issues of querying, integrating, and otherwise sharing data across the Internet and the World-Wide Web. Data integration is perhaps the best-studied instance of this problem, and we focus on it for much of the semester. We begin with a study of relational query processing as a foundation, and then move on to answering queries using views and adaptive query processing. We also examine architectures for larger-scale or richer data exchange: wide-area data sharing (as proposed by projects such as Mariposa in the 1990s and Piazza today) and sharing with very expressive data definition formalisms (the Semantic Web). Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query- driven: publish-subscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as Sourceforge.net), and versioning based systems.-------------Advanced Topics in IT (Cross listed as ISMA 605) Advanced Topics in IT features the most current research findings in all aspects of information resources management and technology. From successfully implementing technology change to understanding the human factors in IT utilization, this important current topics addresses many of the managerial and organizational applications to and implications of information technology in organizations. Seminar in Computer Engineering The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student. Advanced Topics in Database Systems Recent advances in one or two topics in database systems are examined in detail. These topics include concurrency control, query optimization, recovery access structure optimization and data modeling languages. General Chemistry Matter and measurements; Atom, molecules and ions. Stochiometry, the mole, mass relations in chemistry reactions; gases, kinetic theory of gases; electronic structure and the Periodic Table, quantum numbers, energy levels and orbitals. Covalent bonding, thermo-chemistry, calorimetry, bond energy, firs law of thermodynamics, liquids and solids, molecular substances, phase diagrams, types of solutions, concentration units, acid-base model, water dissociation constant, pH and pOH; Alkanes and alkenes, aromatic hydrocarbonates and their derivatives, functional groups, synthetic organic polymers, nuclear reactions, nuclear stability and radioactivity, nuclear fission, nuclear fusion.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

CIS102

CIS205

CIS206

CIS207

CIS209

CIS212

CIS214

CIS301

CIS309

Course Description

Algorithms & Programming Techniques This course covers the basic Problem-solving concepts, Flowcharts; Pseudo Codes that students need to know and understand when working Algorithm & in any computer language or application. With the detailed explanations and numerous Programming illustrations, it compasses all fundamental areas of problem solving from the basics of Techniques mathematical functions and operations to the design and use of codes, indicators and arrays.Statistical Data Analysis This course provide students majoring in Management Information Systems with an introductory survey of the many applications of descriptive and inferential statistics. Emphasis is made on the conceptual nature of statistical topics to enable students Statistical Data to make effective interpretations, judgment and decisions by using SPSS. (Prerequisite: Analysis MAT102) Information Systems This course offers students information on Management Information Systems and concepts of data and communication systems. Structure and elements, organizations, functions of management, leadership, organising and controlling planning and the decision making process, elements of control in the organisation, information technology Information and MIS, and the influence on MIS design are covered. Emphasis is made on different types Systems of information systems. Fundamentals of Programming Language Builds on fundamental concepts of data processing Fundamentals techniques and technical language concepts. Emphasis is on computer programming logic, of programming problems in JAVA, input/output processing, subroutines, function statements, Programming flow-charting, and problem definition. Hands-on programming projects utilising any computer Language language is covered. (Prerequisite: CIS102) Database Systems This course introduces the basic concepts and elements of file management techniques and database management systems. Students are expected to understand the Database fundamental concepts as well as get practical hands-on experience with commercial database Systems management systems through programming assignments and projects using SQL.Visual Programming This course incorporates the basic concepts of programming, problem solving and programming languages. Lectures are presented in a sequence that allows students Visual to learn how to deal with visual interface while acquiring important programming skills such Programming as creating projects with objects, decisions, loops, and data management. System Analysis and Design System Analysis and Design covers the concepts, skills, methodologies, techniques, tools and perspectives essential for systems analysts to successfully develop information systems. Types of information systems and system System development, developing information systems and the systems development cycles, Analysis & improving IS development productivity and managing/analysing the information systems Design project are covered. Networking and Telecommunications This course covers the area of computer networks including protocols, transmission rules, topologies and all related topics to establish and manage all types of networks. An introduction to the fundamental concepts of computer networks will be made and areas including the basic performance and engineering tradeoffs in the design and implementation of computer networks, network hardware/software, OSI and TCP/IP reference models and the responsibility and design issues of each layer of Networking & these models will be covered. Other topics that will be discussed include the TCP/IP protocol Telecommuni- family, multiplexing, switching, routing, LANs, wireless LANs, cellular networks, network cations applications as well as the new trends in computer communication networks.Introduction to Web Design This course studies the science and engineering of todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s World Web Wide Web. The languages, protocols, services and tools that enable the web, in order to Applications understanding of all the pieces of the distributed computing puzzle will be studied. Emphasis Development will be placed on new and emerging technologies of the Web. Structured Programming Structural Programming Languages Structured programming techniques in C. Functions, Languages arrays, sort and search techniques, characters and strings, file processing.

151

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CIS218

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

CIS313

Information Systems Security

CIS316

Adv. Database Management Systems

CIS318

Multimedia Development

CIS320

Computer Services Management

CIS401

It Project Management

CIS403

Operating Systems

CIS404

Computer Graphics

CIS408

Wireless Networking

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

152

CIS409 CIS410

Game Programming Artificial Intelligence

Course Description Information Systems Security The Information Systems Security course enables students to learn security concepts and understand how IT related risks can be minimized through security and control measures. Students will also develop an understanding of some important regulatory requirements. The course assumes the students to have a preliminary knowledge of computers and the internet. The course will enable students and/or professionals, interested in information security, risk and compliance, develop the knowledge and skills required to pursue careers as internal and external IS auditors, information security professionals, consultants, among others. Advanced Database Management Systems This course covers the architecture of a DBMS, responsibilities and tasks of a DBA, installation, logical DB layout, and physical DB layouts. Query processing, indexing/hashing, transaction management, backup, recovery, logging, managing the development process, tuning, security/auditing, data replication, and mirroring are also included. (Prerequisite: CIS203). Multimedia Development Multimedia Development course emphasises the development and evaluation of multimedia applications, leading to careers as Multimedia Designer/Programr or Web Developer. Students will learn practical skills in human computer interaction, databases, image manipulation, Flash programming, and teamworking and project management. Students will apply these skills in a second year team project and a final year individual project to develop sophisticated systems. Students will explore the design of effective, interactive multimedia systems, particularly Child-Computer Interaction and education.Computer Services Management The aim of this course is to impart the skills and understanding required to manage complex computer systems as part of the support services of an organisation. This will include selection, installation, service concept, organisation, business processes, customer liaison, availability management, capacity planning, support processes, planning, costing and charging, contracting and procurement and legal and professional issues, maintenance and support of a wide range of computing technologies and an understanding of currently recommended computing technologies. IT Project Management This course involves an intensive review of literature in the field. Students participate in projects given to implementing computer techniques and perspectives in private and public sector-problem solving. The purpose of the project is to develop an understanding of independent research by studying a particular MIS topic. It is an extended exercise in the professional application of the skills and experience gained in the undergraduate program. The project must demonstrate the student`s abilities in solving an MIS task related to software and/or hardware design, implementation and testing. The student may take on an original implementation for their project or rather perform an analysis, simulation or modification of an existing system.Operating Systems This course covers the Designs and Implementation of computer operating systems. User interfaces, management of various system resources, process management, memory management, input/output, file system facilities, and concurrency are included. Computer Graphics Creating mouse tools and pop-up windows are covered within this course. Other topics include Interactive drawing tools, A CAD program, three-dimensional graphics, solid modelling, use of ready graphics tools animations, and current and future trends in animation. Wireless Networking This course provides a broad survey of wireless communications, including data link and physical layer protocols, as well as transmission methods for established and emerging standards, including Wireless personal Area Networks (IrDA, Bluetooth, WiMedia, UWB and Zigbee). Game Programming The Game Programming course is designed to prepare students for entry into the world of graphics programming. Graphics and simulation is used in several segments of Information Technology, including Education and Training, Aerospace and Defense, and Gaming. Artificial Intelligence To introduce the concepts which underpin the field of Artificial Intelligence and provide practical experience in the design of small intelligent systems;

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

CIS412

Internet Programming

CIS414

Modern Programming Platforms

CIS415

Software Engineering Principles

CIS416

Professional & Legal Issues in Computing

Graduation Project

CIS419

Research Methods

CIS420

Computer Forensics

CIS421

2d, 3d Digital Applications

CIS422

Human Computer Interaction

Internet Programming This course covers mark-up languages and advanced technologies, including HTML, JavaScript, DHTML, CSS, XML and CGI. On completion, you will be able to design and create an advanced website and will be equipped to undertake complex internet projects.Modern Programming Platforms This course is an introduction to the design and implementation of applications in the modern programming platform. NET. The course will focus mainly on software development in the .Net framework and the C# programming language. C# is an object oriented language that makes full use of this framework and has all the important features that a modern language should have. The topics include the philosophy of the .Net framework and .Net class library, object-oriented programming, event handling, graphical user interfaces, graphics and media, exception handling, and strings and characters. Both windows and console applications will be studied.Software Engineering Principles This course covers the scope of software engineering, software process methods, software metrics, project management concepts, software project planning, project scheduling, risk analysis and management, software quality assurance, software configuration management, version control testing, software maintenance, reengineering, and reverse engineering. Professional and Legal issues in Computing To function effectively, professional IT practitioners need not only the appropriate technical knowledge, skills and experience, but also a broad understanding of the context in which they operate. IT professionals must understand the relationship between technological change, society and the law, and the powerful role that computers and computer professionals play in a technological society. This course helps IT professionals to be capable in their chosen professional areas, operate effectively in work and community situations and to be aware of their environments. Graduation Project This capstone course uses individual research, or any approach that tends toward a synthesis of all aspects of computer systems applications. Students are responsible for developing a project from inception to completion in conjunction with the assigned instructor. The graduation project provides final year students with the opportunity to use, prove and strengthen the knowledge acquired throughout their undergraduate studies in an interdisciplinary project. The aim of the project is to give a high-level standard of design experience based on the knowledge and skills acquired in earlier course work and incorporating a business and information technology standard with realistic constraints including considerations of economic, environmental, sustainability, manufacturability, and ethics.Research Methods The aim of this course is to prepare students for their individual research project or dissertation giving them the necessary tools and skills needed for the scientific, academic and methodological development of projects. Computer Forensics This course covers topics including digital evidence and computer crime; technology and law; the investigative process; investigative reconstruction; and techniques for discovering digital evidence. 2C, 3D Digital Applications This course introduces students with an intensive knowledge of number systems and codes, fundamentals of logic, and basics of data communication, IT Systems Analysis, Multimedia & the Web, Software Design and Production including Games Programming and Animation, courses include ICT aspects like print and digital publishing, web authoring and creating electronic portfolios multimedia aspects like-video, sound and authoring software, as well as digital - video equipment. You will also learn to design and develop a range of multimedia products, including websites, animations, TV and radio broadcasts, creation of interactive 3D games. Human Computer Interaction The Human Computer Interaction specialization prepares students to address human needs with technology by determining useful system functionality and by designing usable interfaces, considering the context of the individual and/or organization. Courses include interface and interaction design, fundamentals of human behavior, userexperience researcher, information architect, web and application development.-

153

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CIS418

Course Description

Course Code

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

154

Course Name

CIS423

Mobile Device Programming

CIS424

Emerging Technologies

CIT101

Information Technology in Education I

CIT203

Programming Languages I

CIT204

Programming Languages II

CIT205

Computer Hardware

CIT206

Graphics and Animation in Education

Course Description Mobile Device Programming This course includes a comprehensive introduction to building applications for mobile devices with the use of the three key operating systems this includes Appleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s OS, Android Mobile and windows mobile. The course includes Model-view-controller design architecture, standard integrated development environment, extensive programming in C#, user interface design, navigation, debugging, hardware sensors, web services.. etc. Emerging Technologies This course is structured to help students identify and behave involved in the emerging technologies. It includes the identification of this technologies in relations to information technology. Courses include past technology forecasts, how to improve them, international perspective on emerging technologies, future customer trends, and forecasting methodologies such as monitoring, expert opinion, trend analysis and scenario construction. Information Technology in Education I The course introduces the primary functions of microcomputers and their usage as an instructional tool in education. Basic components of computer systems: CPU, input - output components, and auxiliary storage devices, history of computers, type of computers, computer networks and communication and finally internet history and growth. The course content will also cover operating systems, their usage area and working effective on windows environment, system customization and management and word - processing programs. Text and page editing, spreadsheets, creating tables, working with pictures and graphics, forms, menus and toolbars. Adding objects, videos on word documents, drawing charts, printing writing templates, memos and newsletters and technical text templates are all in the course content of this lecture Programming Languages I Introduction to Algorithms, flow charts and problem solving, sorting algorithms. Basic concepts in programming languages: object, phrase, phrase, statement, description, fixed concepts and applications. Number systems, functions, use of header files. Global and local (local) variables. Operators: Arithmetic, logical, comparison. Control statements (if, if / else) and nested control statements. Loop statements (while, do / while, for); infinite loop and using areas of infinitive loops; Nested loops. Efficiency and readability of the programming language. General and library functions of programming languages Random number generation and its usage. Arrays and File operations. (Prerequisite: CIT 102, Substitute ENG 102) Programming Languages II This course introduces the underlying concepts and principles of programming in visual platforms. The course emphasis the design and implementation of a visual development environment: such as Visual Basic or C#. General structure of a Visual development environment, data types, variables, standard functions, conditional statements, event driven properties, selection statements, user defined data types and functions, loops, nested loops, files and db connections through a visual environment in order to select, insert, update or delete different data records to/from a database. (Prerequisite: CIT 203, Substitute ENG 203) Computer Hardware PC; historical development and rationale; motherboard input; CPU input; CPU and motherboard. Bridges; CPU details; Moores law, Cache, data and instructions; CPU samples; RAM; RAM technology; details, chipset, Input / Output (I/O) system; ISA, PCI slot, such as; buses, adapters, Hard disks; floppy, CDROM, etc., ATA, SATA, a computer hardware problem solving strategies and safe way of collecting. Overclocking and benchmark concepts, Multimedia systems, system software and terminology, the new technologies in computer world. Graphics and Animation in Education What is graphic communication? What is graphic design? Design process and principles; Graphic design history; Graphic design creativity; basic design elements; graphic design and application areas (Typography Communications, Graphic Symbols-Emblem, Symbolic sign, Logo and Trademarks, Visual Identity Design, Poster Design); Basic Graphics Information (Pixel Depth, Compression, Image Format Choice, Resolution); graphic drawing program (Photoshop, Fireworks, etc.) (Tool Box; Layers, Filters, Effects), visualization, animation in the script language used in the basiclevel program development, training in the use of animation principles; developing training programs by using animation software.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

CIT224

Information Security Principles, and Standards

CIT303

CIT306

CIT307

CIT314

CIT322

Attacks and threats,Cryptography overview Network authentication and key management,Kerberos, SSL,Web security, Firewalls,Wireless Operating Systems and Application Operating system and the basic concepts and history, operating system and basic tasks of classification, Von Neumann architecture and the operating system’s structure, core principles and works, virtual memory management techniques, system errors, lock reasons and solutions. Operating system differences (Windows, Linux, Unix, MAC OS), Disk management and fault tolerance systems, operating systems and the establishment of administrative commands, the operating system’s overall functioning and the concept of desktop, control menus and programs, file and folder operations, user and group operations and management, sharing files and printers, system performance, monitoring and Operating supervision of an operating system (security, virus, malicious code, etc. Prevention and backup Systems and operations). Windows and Linux operating systems, their installation, use and management. Applications (Substitutes CEN 307, CIS 403) Computer Networks and Communication Fundamentals of computer networks and architecture, computer networks and the types of topologies, OSI model and network protocols, network connectivity devices, active and passive devices, LAN communication technologies (802.X family, token ring, FDDI), WAN communication technologies (x25, DSL ISDN, FR, etc), network operating systems, network communication, network setup and management, data network services and services, TCP/IP and Internet architecture subneting, IP routing, via internet communication: e-mail, instant messaging programs, via internet files Computer to retrieve and send the FTP program to use the network on the system remotely to access Networks and and use, network security, attack detection and protection methods, DHCP, DNS, Web server, Communication remote access server, the database server, network service providers and operations.Web based design and programming Web publishing and site design process, introduction to HTML, Links, and the use of Internet addresses, Web editor’s use of the HTML and images, HTML and page design, backgrounds, colours and text with HTML tables and lists, HTML with frames and layer usage, HTML forms and form elements, the use of HTML templates, HTML and other media types, inserting objects into HTML pages (pdf files, office documents, videos, sounds, animations), internet programming concepts, the formatting of the style Web Based sheets, CSS usage in advanced web design, Dynamic HTML and its usage, Web Design Design and innovations such as XML, RSS, Blog, Web site project and applications. (Prerequisite: CIT Programming 102, Substitutes CEN 407, CIS 301). Database Management Systems Basic database concepts, data and data models, relational database design, E/R diagrams and normalization, SQL (structured query language), SQL Database operations and commands, SQL functions, SQL administrative functions, multiple tables in Management SQL, SQL programming and functions, error status transaction in SQL programming, setup Systems and administrative processes in DBMS, DBMS operations and SQL queries. Multimedia Production & Design Authoring system used in the introduction of the PC environment, the course software and software developed by the planning stage, screen design principles, use of pictures, sounds, movies, etc. Materials used for editing software, use of animation and movement, image software, movies, animation, etc. The addition of components, audio and real-time inclusion of films, user interaction, feedback techniques, Multimedia multi-media software, user movement systems (navigation), screen design and editing, multiProduction and platform software packaging, publishing, multi-media applications, preparation, evaluation Design of multi-media applications.--------------Theory of counting; the multiplication rule, ordered samples and permutations, unordered samples without repetition; binomial coefficients, unordered samples with repetition. Computer Propositional calculus and boolean algebra; propositional calculus, basic boolean functions, Logic and logic gates, minterm and maxterm expansions. Flowcharts,pseudocode, control structures, Algorithms datatypes and items.

155

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CIT312

Course Description

Course Code

CIT332

CIT403

CIT404

156

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CIT407

CIT413

CIT417

CLL101

CLL102

CLL103

Course Name

Course Description

This course is designed to introduce students to fundamental concepts and statistical procedures used in social work research. It also introduces students to computer applications for data analysis and helps them develop basic skills in data file construction and manipulation, data definition, and statistical analysis. The primary focus of the course is on developing a conceptual and mathematical understanding of statistics needed for advanced work in research Data Analysis design, model development, model fitting and estimation, hypothesis testing, multivariate with Spss techniques, and interpretation of data. Project Development & Management I Program project relationships, needs of project specifications, project management, project management features and benefits, project management process, project planning and planning stages (Startup, Planning, Implementation, Project Monitoring and Closing), the importance of planning, scope, budget and time planning and Development balance, a different approach to planning, cost estimation methods, different planning tools, and project process for the preparation of the team. Project planning and execution of the planning Management I in MS-Project, sample projects, project planning approach in MS- Project. Project Development & Management II Research proposal review; issues related to systematic scanning; study sample of selected data collection tools, developing necessary permissions Project and support for data collection tools; apply the terms of editing, comprehensive action plan Development preparation, data collection, appropriate statistical techniques by using the analysis; obtained and findings submission / comment on the results of the summary; discussions in the context of Management II the new proposals for research and application development. (Prerequisite: CIT 403) Web Design Internet programming languages, Internet programming client-server architecture, Web server setup, programming language (asp, php, Net, jsp, etc.) Program development environments, programming input, variables, constants, arrays, functions, (character, numeric, logical, date, etc.), the program flow control statements (if, switch, case, etc.) and the use of expressions (do-while, for, loop, etc.), server and environment variables. Internet via HTTP requests and responses sent to the database over the Internet to connect and perform transactions in the data base in the list of information, sort, changing, dynamic education, an internet application development. Internet / web-aided / based learning basic concepts, Internet / web- supported / learning-based theoretical basis, advantages and disadvantages; internet / web-aided / based on a lesson in learning to create skeleton; internet / web aided / based design principles to learn how to use; Internet / web-supported / learning interaction based on the appropriate format to use, Web-based / supported learning environments for the basic technical problems and solutions. Web Design This course presents the Scratch media development application and teaches basic instructional gme development and game design techniques by using Scratch. After completing the course, Instructional students will have a fundamental understanding of instructional game development methods Game and procedures. Scratch was developed by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology(MIT) Development and is used by Harvard University for their “Introduction To Computer Programming” courses. Introduction to Serious Game Basic concepts, principles and characterics of video games; social, philosophical, psychological Studies and historical Foundations of video games in general. Basic Chinese I-II Teaching the basic structure of Chinese Language. Teaching phonetics and four voice tones of the Chinese Language. Also, teaching typological characteristics of the phonetic system. Improving students’ accent in accordance to the Chinese phonetics. Basic Chinese I Teaching the Chinese alphabet. Basic Chinese I-II Teaching the basic structure of Chinese Language. Teaching phonetics and four voice tones of the Chinese Language. Also, teaching typological characteristics of Basic Chinese the phonetic system. Improving students’ accent in accordance to the Chinese phonetics. II Teaching the Chinese alphabet. Speaking I-II Studying dialogues in Chinese and rendering the students capable of their thoughts and emotions. Teaching the pronunciation of stressed, unstressed, long and short syllabes. Teaching techniques and methods of forming accurate sentence. Listening records of Speaking I TV programs and develop the students’ skills of listening and understanding simultaneously.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

CLL104

Speaking II

CLL105

Listening I

CLL106

Listening II

CLL107

Basic Writing I

CLL108

CLL110

Basic Writing II Reading Newspapers and Magazine

CLL201

Intermediate Chinese I

Intermediate Chinese II

CLL203

Speaking III

CLL204

CLL206

Speaking IV Reading and Comprehension I Reading and Comprehension II

CLL207

Writing I

CLL208

Writing II

CLL213

Chinese Society and Culture I

CLL205

Speaking I-II Studying dialogues in Chinese and rendering the students capable of their thoughts and emotions. Teaching the pronunciation of stressed, unstressed, long and short syllabes. Teaching techniques and methods of forming accurate sentence. Listening records of TV programs and develop the students’ skills of listening and understanding simultaneously. Listening I-II Listening to the tapes at the level of basic Chinese and doing. Analysis of sentence structures, and improving the students’ ability of listening and understanding. Listening I-II Listening to the tapes at the level of basic Chinese and doing. Analysis of sentence structures, and improving the students’ ability of listening and understanding. Basic writing I-II Writing compositions at the level of basic chinese, rendering the students capabilities of articulating their thoughts and feelings in and through writing. Teaching the techniques and methods of writing Chinese characters, forming accurate sentence and writing composition. Basic writing I-II Writing compositions at the level of basic chinese, rendering the students capabilities of articulating their thoughts and feelings in and through writing. Teaching the techniques and methods of writing Chinese characters, forming accurate sentence and writing composition. Accurate and in depth reading of Chinese texts chosen from newspapers and magazines. Analysis of sentence structures. Revealing the difference between newspaper and magazine languages in and through a comparative study of chosen texts. Intermediate Chinese I-II Teaching of more complicated sentences and their meanings. Teaching of Chinese language’s more complicated grammar and spelling qualities. Basic knowledge about the grammar of Modern Chinese will be learned systematically. Basic terminology and their usage such as noun, verb, adverb, subject etc will also be learnt. Also students writing and speaking skills will become to intermediate level as well as ability to analyze the grammatical mistakes by the end of the course. Intermediate Chinese I-II Teaching of more complicated sentences and their meanings. Teaching of Chinese language’s more complicated grammar and spelling qualities. Basic knowledge about the grammar of Modern Chinese will be learned systematically. Basic terminology and their usage such as noun, verb, adverb, subject etc will also be learnt. Also students writing and speaking skills will become to intermediate level as well as ability to analyze the grammatical mistakes by the end of the course. Speaking III-IV The purpose of the course is to study of dialogues and rendering the students capable of articulating their thoughts and feelings at an advanced level. Specific subjects will be given to the students and will be expected to express themselves in advanced level of Chinese. Speaking and expressing themselves fluently is expected by the end of the course. Speaking III-IV The purpose of the course is to study of dialogues and rendering the students capable of articulating their thoughts and feelings at an advanced level. Specific subjects will be given to the students and will be expected to express themselves in advanced level of Chinese. Speaking and expressing themselves fluently is expected by the end of the course. Reading and Comprehension I-II Reading Chinese texts at an Intermediate level, analyzing the grammar of the written materials will be learnt, as well as usage of words and content of these texts. Stories, myths, love stories and narratives will be read and analyzed. Reading and Comprehension I-II Reading Chinese texts at an Intermediate level, analyzing the grammar of the written materials will be learnt, as well as usage of words and content of these texts. Stories, myths, love stories and narratives will be read and analyzed. Writing I-II Teaching Chinese grammar and sentence structure at an intermediate level is the purpose of the course. Writing compositions and increasing the ability of students in articulating their thoughts and feelings will be learnt. Writing I-II Teaching Chinese grammar and sentence structure at an intermediate level is the purpose of the course. Writing compositions and increasing the ability of students in articulating their thoughts and feelings will be learnt. Chinese Society and Culture I-II Knowledge about the Chinese culture, philosophy, education, politics, arts and history will be given to the students. Comparison between Chinese culture and Asian, Anatolian and West will be done during the course.

157

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CLL202

Course Description

Course Code CLL214

CLL215

CLL216

CLL301

CLL302

CLL303

CLL304

158

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CLL305

CLL306

CLL307

CLL308

CLL309

CLL401

Course Name

Course Description

Chinese Society and Culture I-II Knowledge about the Chinese culture, philosophy, education, Chinese Society politics, arts and history will be given to the students. Comparison between Chinese culture and Culture II and Asian, Anatolian and West will be done during the course. Chinese History Teaching the development of Chinese History from antiquity to the present day with specific attention on important events and individuals. Comparison of social, economical and intellectual developments in different ages of Chinese history. Interpreting important events that have occurred throughout the history of China and pointing out the influences of these on the countries around China. The analysis of the history of a rapidly Chinese History developing China from the perspective of today. Newspaper and Magazine Reading Accurate and in depth reading of Chinese texts chosen Newspaper from newspapers and magazines. Analysis of sentence structures. Revealing the difference and Magazine between newspaper and magazine languages in and through a comparative study of chosen Reading texts. Advanced Advanced Chinese Reading I-II Teaching of more complicated signs, their meanings and their Chinese explanations in the way of advancing the students’ ability to comprehend sophisticated texts Reading I is the main purpose of the course. Advanced Advanced Chinese Reading I-II Teaching of more complicated signs, their meanings and their Chinese explanations in the way of advancing the students’ ability to comprehend sophisticated texts Reading II is the main purpose of the course. Advanced Chinese Speaking I-II Using various forms of dialogue in the way of increasing Advanced the students’s ability to articulate more complicated thoughts and feelings. Audio recordings, Chinese short stories and dialogues will be analysed in the way of improving the students’ listening, Speaking I comprehnsion and speaking skills. Advanced Chinese Speaking I-II Using various forms of dialogue in the way of increasing Advanced the students’s ability to articulate more complicated thoughts and feelings. Audio recordings, Chinese short stories and dialogues will be analysed in the way of improving the students’ listening, Speaking II comprehnsion and speaking skills. 306-407-408 Chinese Literature I-II-III-IV Involves general information about the Chinese Literature and analysis of various exemplary texts from Chinese Literature. Provers, sayings, Chinese epics, stories will be analysed in a comparative way. Selected stories from ancient Chinese Literature I literature will be analysed and translated.--------------Involves general information about the Chinese Literature and analysis of various exemplary Chinese texts from Chinese Literature. Provers, sayings, epics, stories will be analysed in a comparative Literature II way. Selected stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated. Translation of Culture and Thought Texts Involves translation of texts from Chinese cultural Translation of and social sciences. Selected philosophical, scientific and literary texts will be interpreted and Culture and translated. Stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated in the way Thought Texts of introducing the Chinese culture to students. Special Field Translations Translation of texts from the fields of tourism, economy, Special Field international relations, law, education and politics. The grammar and sentence structure of the Translations students will be developed by a comparative study of texts from the above mentioned fields. Chinese Philosophy and Art Involves studying the place and importance of Chinese philosophy in the history of philosophy. Teaching the philosophies of Tao and Confucius Chinese as well as a study of Chinese art with specific examples. Analysis of the development of Philosophy and artworks and philosophical thoughts throughout historical process, as well as a comparative Art study of these with the artistic and philosophical traditions of various other civilizations. Chinese Philosophy and Art Involves studying the place and importance of Chinese philosophy in the history of philosophy. Teaching the philosophies of Tao and Confucius Chinese as well as a study of Chinese art with specific examples. Analysis of the development of Philosophy and artworks and philosophical thoughts throughout historical process, as well as a comparative Art study of these with the artistic and philosophical traditions of various other civilizations. Modern Chinese I-II Teaching of the sentence structures of chinese grammar and sentence Modern structures. Writing compositions in the different subjects, rendering the students capable of Chinese I articulating their thoughts and feelings.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Name

CLL402

Modern Chinese II

CLL403

Dissertation I

CLL404

Dissertation II

CLL405

Translation I

CLL406

Translation II

CLL407

Chinese Literature III

CLL408

Chinese Literature IV

CLL409

Special Field Translation

CMGT501

Construction Management

CMGT502

Project Planning & Scheduling

CMGT503

Intermediate Computer Application in Building Projects

CMGT506

CMGT515

Seminar in Thesis Research Intermediate Construction Contracting

Course Description Modern Chinese I-II Teaching of the sentence structures of chinese grammar and sentence structures. Writing compositions in the different subjects, rendering the students capable of articulating their thoughts and feelings. Dissertation I-II Involves teaching of research techniques as well as the techniques of writing a thesis. During this period a thesis title will be determined and a graduation thesis will written. thesis. Dissertation I-II Involves teaching of research techniques as well as the techniques of writing a thesis. During this period a thesis title will be determined and a graduation thesis will written. thesis. Translation I-II Involves translation of texts selected from newspapers, magazines and journals from Chinese into English and from English into Chinese, as well as translation of texts from Chinese cultural and social sciences. Literary texts will also be interpreted and translated. Stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated in the way of introducing the Chinese culture to students. Translation I-II Involves translation of texts selected from newspapers, magazines and journals from Chinese into English and from English into Chinese, as well as translation of texts from Chinese cultural and social sciences. Literary texts will also be interpreted and translated. Stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated in the way of introducing the Chinese culture to students. Involves general information about the Chinese Literature and analysis of various exemplary texts from Chinese Literature. Provers, sayings, epics, stories will be analysed in a comparative way. Selected stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated. Involves general information about the Chinese Literature and analysis of various exemplary texts from Chinese Literature. Provers, sayings, epics, stories will be analysed in a comparative way. Selected stories from ancient Chinese literature will be analysed and translated. Special Field Translation Translation of various Chinese texts from different fields like international relations, law, education and politics. A comparative study of Chinese culture and with other cultures by interpreting particular texts such as those mentioned above. Improve the acknowledge to the students about construction management. It helps students for real construction projects that could be faced on a construction industry. It covers contract administration, contractual organizations, specifications, bill of quantities, construction planning techniques, resource management, least cost calculations and cash flow calculations. This course focuses on developing the principles, processes and practices necessary to efficiently transition projects from initiation through to execution. The knowledge principally relates to the internationally recognised Project Management and its application to planning projects in organisations. Through applied practice you will perform the work necessary to define and mature the project scope, develop the Project Management Plan, and identify and schedule the project activities. This course was designed for construction and civil engineering students for the purpose to study of the broad application of computer in Civil engineering . After the introduction of the Excel, the course focuses mainly on Matlab, a widespread & interpreted programming language. Computer application to quantitative problems arising in practical engineering situations is addressed. Contents include data storage, calculation, equation solving, statistics and various graphics This seminar course is for students who plan to write a senior thesis in MSc program.Seminar participants will develop their research topics, review relevant research and scholarship, frame their research questions and arguments, choose an appropriate methodology for analysis, draft the introductory and methodology sections of their theses, and write a complete prospectus of the project. Meaning and importance of research in practice and education, needs and areas of research, concept of methodology, formulation of a research problem, publication

159

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Course Code

CMGT564

CMGT575

CMGT578

CMGT579

Intermediate Pavement Management System Intermediate Energy Management

Intermediate Sustainable Development Intermediate Sustainable Concrete Construction

CMGT592

Thesis Preparation Thesis in Construction Management

CMGT600

PhD Thesis

CMGT604

Advanced Research Methods

CMGT606

PhD Seminar

CMGT609

Advanced Construction Management

CMGT591

160

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

CMGT674

CMGT678

Advanced Energy Efficiency in Buildings Advanced Sustainable Development

Course Description Principles of pavement management including inventory, condition assessment, needs determination and budget analysis. Emphasis will be on field-condition assessment techniques. Use of database design will be presented to illustrate data handling techniques. Pavement maintenance management concepts and components, Evaluation methods of highway elements (Pavements, Shoulders, Bridges, and Drainage structures); Flexible and rigid pavement distresses, Pavement condition survey and rating procedures; Highway maintenance and repair procedures; Assessment of maintenance needs; Evaluation and selection of proper maintenance alternatives, Computer applications A brief background to energy and environmental problems. Energy audit. Economic analysis and life cycle costing. Energy efficieny in buildings. Utility demand-side management. Energy efficiency and renewable energy applications in Developed and developing countries. This module equips students with the skills to incorporate the concepts of sustainable development in all the stages of an engineering project’s development. They gain a good working knowledge of the background to the concept of sustainable development and learn to contribute with confidence to a debate on the issues raised by an engineering project or management plan. It gives them the practical tools necessary to apply the principles of engineering for sustainable development in real world contexts. This module divides into two components. The first provides an overview of the principles and techniques for building and site development. The second component provides an understanding of energy conservation in sustainable construction and building design. The students will be trained to: -Collect, read and understand scientific international literature of a specific topic. -Formulate a research question extracted from data in the literature. -Formulate a research proposal including problem definition, aim of the project, methodology and time frame for the Thesis Research Project. -Write a report containing a literature overview, the research proposal including problem definition, aim of the project, methodology and time frame for the Thesis Research Project

Student must wirte the research thesis and submit it end of the semester PhD Thesis The course aims to further develop your understanding of researchmethods in a construction management context, introducing more complex forms of study design and higher-level methods of appraisal and review of literature. Several research methods will be examined indepth with consideration of both quantitative and qualitative methods. You will be guided and supported to develop the skills required by professional researchers to disseminate research plans and findings in a range of contexts. PhD Seminar This course will introduce to a procurement methodology- Public Private Partnerships (PPP). You will develop your understanding of how PPP methodology applies to the Construction Industry, and build your knowledge of management principles and practice, and how these are used strategically within an organisation. You will develop the practical skills you will need when undertaking construction project planning across different organisational levels. The integration of work based learning and academic learning, commonly referred to as Work Integrated learning (WIL), will allow you to solve authentic industry problems or address real issues faced in construction organizations. It aims to reinforce the advanced concepts related to energy efficiency and renewable energy and their viable applications in buildings. The technical and economic feasibility of “Green Technologies” in buildings, with a particular slant towards hot and humid climates provides a platform for a holistic understanding and applying of the technological issues of Green Buildings. this course takes an interdisciplinary approach and draws on economic analysis and thinking to understand the links between people and their environment, resulting in a programme of study which is both intellectually stimulating and highly relevant to today’s job market.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Name

CMGT679

Advanced Sustainable Concrete Construction

CMGT680

Advanced Project Planning & Scheduling

CMGT685

Advanced Energy Management

CMN504

Media and Language

CMN508

Communication and Technology

CMN521

Communication and Globalization

CMN530

Visual Communication

CMN531

Media and Public Opinion

CMN605

Media Analysis

CMN606

International Communication

Course Description The course aims to develop the next generation of sustainable construction professionals working in sustainable concrete production, construction and design. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s designed to provide you with advanced, in-depth knowledge of both the theory and investigating the real application of sustainable concrete technology to prepare you for a variety of sustainable expert roles. The goals of an organization can be efficiently pursued only through proper project management, as a mean able to consistently tackle their needs. Thus the role of the Project Manager become essential, as responsible to achieve the objectives, respecting the constraints determined by the project context. Modern Project Managers must have in-depth technical and management knowledge. the importance (from an environmental point of view) of efficient energy conversion and heat recovery. The objective is to give the student knowledge and understanding of the principles involved in modern, developing and emerging forms of energy conversion and heat recovery, which can result in significant reductions in energy consumption. The course is generally in the field of the Rational Use of Energy and Energy Efficiency rather than in the field of renewable energy or energy management, as such, although these fields are referred to in the programme. Media and Language Language is the most important factor during the socialisation process. Nowadays, language enabled any print and press opportunities, idea and information exchange. Mistakes because of using language during the media production in wrong way, expression disorders, making observation, thinking, planning the subject and style will be explored. Since the 1980s, technology has increased the speed of communication. However, these intense developments experienced in the communication sector have also inevitably affected the social and political structures. Such rapid developments in communication technology, has and will continue to affect our lives, and redefine social structure. This course will examine the new social structures that determine our fast-changing world and environments concerning technology During this course globalisation as one of the most important developments of everyday lives; its interrelation between media and public communication will be explored. Local, regional and global communication systems will be handled; working methods and politics of technological, cultural, political and economical dimensions will be investigated through this course The dimensions of advertisement, social, legal and moral aspects, advertisement and communication theories, advertisement strategies, targets of communication, peculiarities of message, media of advs, tones and formats of advs, marketing concept, marketing principles as main trade function and its peculiarities, marketing systems and marketing research, analysis, strategies and marketing programs will be hendled during the course Media and Public Opinion Interrelation between media and society will be taken for granted during the course. Public opinion concept will be explained; its importance for the political regimes and mass mediaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s role at the formation of public opinion will be explored by giving sample events. Media Analysis Problems of Media Management; Media investigations and examination of media as a part of cultural, political and educational systems; a relationship between cultural environment and media; and autocritic of media management. International Communication International transformation and globalization process; a relations between modernity and international communication; a conflicts of different paradigsm; development of information; a foundamental dynamics of communication industry; discussion of national politics; especially UNESCO and non-govermental organization activities;the role of Turkey as a member of international communication; forecasting, foresighting for future; solution of socio- technological problems.

161

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

Course Code

COMP104

Introduction to Computer & Information Systems I Introduction to Computer & Information Systems II

CP200

Internship

CP206

Database Management Systems Graduation Project

COMP103

CP210 CPSY515 CPSY517

162

CPSY530

CPSY551

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

CPSY552

CPSY553

CPSY554

CPSY555

CPSY556

CPSY557

Thesis Research Seminar

Course Description Introduction to Computers & Information Systems I This Course introduces the fundamental concepts of Information Technology (IT) and the necessary knowledge to use computers. The course will present the basic description on the parts of the computer systems namely hardware, software, data, procedures, and information technology standard devices used to store, input and output data and information. Students will also acquire a multitude of skills to use word processing software and World Wide Web professionally. Introduction to Computers & Information Systems II Basic keyboard skills, word processing (word processing), graphics, spreadsheets, (Spreadsheeds), a data base (data base), is working with programs, primary education, basic programming applications in education, educational software (Software) review, working with computers in the classroom . Internship Database Management Systems This course will develop the studentâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s ability to determine needs in planning and organising a database. The selecting and structuring of data field will be studied and applied to small problems that the student will design, develop and test. Manipulating, sorting, and indexing of data within the DBMS will be studied at the completion of the course, students skills will include creating, updating, retrieving, and reporting of data within the DBMS. Graduation Project Thesis

Research Seminar Legal/Ethical Issues Overview of ethical issues in clinical practice, as well as in research including designing, conducting, and presenting scientific research, covering such issues as treatment of subjects, informed consent, confidentiality, and scope of practice. Examination Legal/ethical of ethics in professional work, including analysis of case studies, and discussion of ethical Issues issues on the forefront of applied science. Psychopathology Psychopathology/Differential Diagnosis Review of DSM-IV-TR criteria of major psychiatric disorders, special challenges in differential diagnoses, ethical issues in use of diagnostic / Differential Diagnosis information, and recommended therapeutic approaches. Overview of Psychotherapeutic Approaches Examination of the major approaches to Overview of Psychotherapeutic psychotherapy practice, covering theory, techniques, and empirical support, including new Approaches developments in the field. Clinical Interviewing, Assessment, Clinical Interviewing, Assessment, and Treatment Planning Practical training in different and Treatment approaches to conducting clinical interviews, diagnostic issues, and planning treatment with Planning clients including issues such as extent of treatment and evaluation of results. Humanistic Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural training in Humanistic humanistic approaches to psychotherapy practice, including diagnostic suitability, therapist Therapy and methodology variables.Family/group Family/Group Therapy/ Organizational Dynamics In-depth theoretical examination and Therapy/ practical procedural training in major approaches ot family therapy, including diagnostic Organizational suitability, therapist and methodology variables. Practical training in managing various types Dynamics of therapy groups, and major issues in organizational dynamics.SolutionSolution-Oriented Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural training Oriented in solution-oriented therapy, including diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology Therapy variables.----------------Cognitive Cognitive Behavioral Therapy In-depth theoretical examination and practical procedural Behavioral training in cognitive therapy, behavior therapy, and cognitive-behavior therapy, including Therapy diagnostic suitability, therapist and methodology variables.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

CPSY562

Practice Management

CPSY588

Internship

CS201

CS202

CSPSY507

CVEN201

CVEN202

CVEN204

CVEN301

CVEN303

CVEN304

Practice Management Practical training in how to manage a clinical practice, in a private setting or in a clinic, including such skills as managing client load, consultations with other practitioners, administrative office and financial procedures, media issues, as well as selfmanagement and personal lifestyle issues.-

One-Year Full-Time Internship with Formal Supervision Communication Skills I Advanced writing skills with special attention to those most commonly used in private (business) and government. The aim of the course is to provide Communication information on the standards and formats of managerial correspondence; techniques for Skills I preparing informational & analytical reports. Communication Skills II Introduction to principles of empirical research; problem Communication identification, hypothesis generation, research design data collection & analysis. Application Skills II of research methods knowledge to managerial, economic, social & political issues. This module will concentrate on the methodological definitions and related issues in Social Sciences and include validity and reliability in measurement; experimental, quasi experimental, and correlational research designs in the laboratory and field; observational, archival, and qualitative research methodologies; and the problem of bias in psychological research. The aim of this module is to provide a postgraduate-level orientation to both basic and advanced contemporary statistical issues in psychology. The statistical techniques taught Statistics and will include univariate and bivariate descriptive and inferential statistics; psychometric Research techniques; exploratory data analysis; basic and advanced topics in ANOVA and ANCOVA; Methods multiple regression; factor analysis; and structural equation modeling. Statics Introduction to rigid body mechanics, equivalent force systems. Concepts of moment, couple, resultant. Equilibrium; Free body diagram; equations of equilibrium. Structural analysis; trusses; beams. Properties of surfaces. Area moment and cancroids; moment and Statics product of inertia; principal directions. Strength of Materials Simple stress and strain. Equilibrium, compatibility and constitutive relations, state of stress and state of strain with emphasis on two dimensional problems. Bending and shear stresses. Shear and bending moment diagrams by integrating and section Strength of method. Deflection of beams. Torsion of circular shafts. Combined stresses. Buckling of Materials columns. Surveying Introduction. Distance measurement. Taping. Angle measurement. Errors. Direct, indirect and conditional adjustment of observations. Differential levelling. Rise and fall. Height of collimation method. Traverse surveys. Azimuth and coordinate computations. Area computations. Stadia survey. Trigonometric levelling. Contour lines. Curve layout. Remote Surveying sensing and photogrammetry. Technical Drawing Introduction to technical drawing. Drawing instruments and their use, lettering, lines, geometry of straight lines, scale drawing. Dimensions. Development of Technical surfaces, shape description, selection of views, projecting the views. Pictorial drawing, Drawing diametric trimetric projection. Dynamics Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies: absolute motion, relative motion. Kinetics of particles: equation of motion, work-energy and impulse-momentum. Systems of particles. Kinetics of rigid bodies: Eulerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s equation, plane motion of rigid bodies, kinetic energy of rigid Dynamics bodies. Introduction to the dynamics of vibrating systems. Structural Analysis I Unsymmetrical bending, shear centre. Definition, classification, idealisation and modelling of structure. Analysis of statically determinate structures, Structural including beams, frames and arches. Analysis of cables. Work and energy principles and their Analysis I application in deformation analysis of structures. Force method of structural analysis. Structural Analysis II Introduction to structural analysis. Displacement methods: slope deflection, moment distribution, special topics. Stiffness method, derivation of element stiffness matrices, assembly procedures. Computerised implementation of the stiffness Structural method and use of instructional programs. Large scale structural analysis. Influence lines and Analysis II moving loads.

163

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CVEN205

Course Description

Course Code

CVEN305

CVEN306

CVEN307

CVEN308

CVEN309

164

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

CVEN311

CVEN312

CVEN401

CVEN403

Course Name

Course Description

Transportation Engineering Detailed study of transportation planning process. Inventory of existing travel demand. Trip generation, trip distribution model split and trip assignment techniques, forecasting and plan evaluation. Vehicle, highway and travel facts. Vehicle operation characteristics. Stopping and passing sight distance. Zero line application, simple horizontal curve, compound and reverse curves, transition length and super elevation. Basic Transportation definitions and computations of level of service. Setting out circular and transition curves. Engineering Earthwork volumes. Reinforced Concrete Structures I Concept of design Structures. Limit state theory, concept of safety, definition of reinforced concrete element. Criterion of failure of axial loading. Section under binding and axial load, cracking and limit states. Stress distribution of compression zone of concrete. Bending combined with axial loading. Internal forces. Equilibrium equations. Design tables and curves for rectangular section. Providing safety for shear in columns and Reinforced beams. Providing safety for shear in columns and beams. Design of Beams and Frames. Concrete Torsion. Bond, anchorage, splices of reinforcement. Ductility. Beam-column joints. Design Structures I specifications. Slabs with beams. One way slabs. Two way slabs. Design specifications.Soil Mechanics Introduction: Engineering problems involving soils. Basic characteristics of soils, classification and compaction of soils. Principle of effective stress. Permeability and flow of water (seepage) in soils. Shear strength of soils. Slope stability. Lateral earth pressure Soil Mechanics theories. Consolidation theory. Introduction to materials of construction-characterisation, chemical/physical properties. Construction Basics of concrete technology- Fresh concrete, hardened concrete. Concrete mix design. Tests Materials on construction materials. Special construction materials. Fluid Mechanics Definitions, physical properties. Hydrostatics, forces on plane and curved surfaces, buoyancy, hydrostatics in moving and rotating containers. Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions, derivatives, rate of deformation, flow lines. System and control volume Fluid approach, Reynolds transport theorem, principles of conservation of mass, momentum and Mechanics energy, Bernoulli equation. Dimensional analysis. Design of Steel Structures I General concepts in design. Design methods, loads (dead, live, wind, snow and earthquake), codes, safety, serviceability. Behavior of steel structures. Tension members, compression members, beams, beam-columns, types and behavior of connections Design of Steel in steel structures, bolted and welded connections. Introduction to computer aided design Structures I using SAP 2000-Educational. Design of Steel Structures II Elementary Plastic Analysis and Design (Introduction, scope of plastic analysis, ultimate load carrying capacity of tension members and compression members, flexural members, shape factor, mechanisms, plastic collapse, analysis, plastic analysis applied to steel beams and simple portal frames and design). Design of Water Tanks (Introduction, permissible stresses, design of circular and rectangular steel tanks). Towers (Transmission line towers, microwave towers, design loads, classification, design procedure and specification). Industrial Buildings (Loads, general arrangement and stability, design Design of Steel considerations, design of purlins, design of roof trusses, industrial building frames, bracings Structures II and stepped columns). Earthquake Engineering Nature of earthquake ground motion and response spectra. Dynamic response of buildings. Static lateral force procedures and provisions of acting Codes. Principles of design for drift and lateral stability. Seismic design of floor diaphragms, steel and reinforced concrete structures. Geotechnical and foundation design considerations. Design of Earthquake structures with seismic isolation. Utilization of software packages SAP2000-Educational for Engineering seismic design of structures.Computer Applications in Civil Engineering Application of finite element method and computer programs for problems of structural mechanics and design of structures. Utilization of new and updated package programs in modelling of structures. Two and three dimensional Computer complete analysis and design of buildings. Utilization of software packages SAP2000Applications Educational, Ide-Static, Probina.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

CVEN407

CVEN409

CVEN410

CVEN440

CVEN442

CVEN464

CVEN477

CVEN479

DEM108

Course Description

Reinforced Concrete Design II Behavior and strength of members under combined shear and torsion: design reinforced concrete beam for shear, torsion and bending. Serviceability of beams, one- way and two-way slabs: deflection behavior and control. Structural systems: framed, wall and combined structures, flat slabs and plates. Seismic design principles. Reinforced Modeling and design with SAP 2000 Educational. Advanced methods of construction: Concrete prefabricated and prestressed concrete, composite structures. Repair and strengthening of Structures II structures. Construction Engineering and Management Profile of construction sector; company and site organization. Documents in a contract file, types of contracts. General specifications for public works. Technical specifications. Working schedules; manpower and equipment requirements Construction on the job. Quantity measurement monthly payments. Final account and payment. Safety in Engineering construction. Economical and juridical basis of construction planning. Methods of planning. and Gnat charts, networks. CPM and PERT Arrow and present system. Rock drilling and blasting Management operations. Hydrology Hydrologic analysis in water resources: Precipitation, stream flow and hydrograph analysis. Hydrologic flood routing. Statistical analysis in water resources. Ground water Hydrology hydrology. Engineering applications. Foundation Engineering Site investigations, retaining structures, excavations, shallow foundation design, bearing capacity, settlement, stress distribution in soils, initial settlement, Foundation consolidation settlement, permissible settlement, deep foundation design, bearing capacity, Engineering types of piles, ground improvement. Materials & Mechanics of Bending. Rectangular Reinforced Concrete Beams and Slabs: Tension Steel Only Reinforced Concrete Beams: T-Beams and Doubly Reinforced Beams. Shear in Beams.Development, Splices, and Simple-Span Bar Cutoffs. Columns.Special Topic Lecture: Design of shear walls.Special Topic Lecture: Design of slabs . Special Topic Structural Lecture: Design of footings. Special Topic Lecture: Design of retaining walls. Introduction to Engineering Structural Steel Design. Specifications, Loads, and Methods of Design. Analysis of Tension Design Members, Design of Tension Members Introduction to pavement management. Inventory techniques. Distress surveys. Pavement condition surveys Strength surveys. Friction surveys. Ride quality surveys. System maintenance strategies. Needs determination.Introduction to Roadware and RMS.Linear Pavement programming in pavement management.Prioritization by weighting and combining Management Prioritization by the Analytical Hierarchy Process.Project selection techniques.Program Systems development. Demonstration of other pavement management techniques. Energy Situation - Global & National. Understanding energy bills. Economic evaluation. Lighting Systems evaluation.Heating Systems evaluation.Ventilation, and air conditioning systems.Combustion process and the industrial waste.Steam generation & distribution. Energy Control systems & computers. Insulation for minimizing energy.Process energy management. Management Sustainable energy managements & systems. Review on basics of concrete technology. Introduction to high performance concrete. Strength High and durability related properties of HPC. Review of damages and their mechanisms due to Performance attack of harmful substances.Repair and maintenance techniques to maintain high performace Concrete properties. World concrete construction situation.Understanding Sustainability. Sustainable Concrete Construction.Sustainable Concrete materials. Types of Cement Materials.Sustainable benefits of types of cement materials. The manufacturing process of concrete & concrete products. Ssustainable The luxury of a safe, healthy & comfortable concrete structures. Environemental properties of Concrete concrete structures in-use. Economic aspects of concrete structures End-of-Life [demolition, Construction reuse & recycling]. Sustainable Future. Open and closed stake knots, Camadan knot, Swiss seat, carabiner and reels, setting up station Emergency Aid and descent, descent to wounded, establishing air transport and evacuation, preparation of and Rescue stretcher, nutritional logistics, establishing a crisis center and exploratory studies, training in Studies II search and rescue, night training, sustaining life and navigation.

165

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

CVEN475

Course Name

Course Code

DM101

DM102

DM103

DM104

DM105

DM106

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

166

DM107

DM109 DM110 DM201

DM202

DM203

Course Name

Course Description

This course will cover the fundamental topics in chemistry including: Structure of atoms, elements and their properties, molecules, chemical compounds, chemical bonds, chemical General equations and reactions, aqueous solutions, periodic table, gases and the electronic structure Chemistry of the atom. This course aims to provide knowledge on topics such as: Concepts in organisational behaviour, theories and approaches; factors affecting individual behaviour; group dynamics; Organizational variables in organisational behaviour; environmental factors influencing organisational status; Behavior analysis of variables in organisational behaviour. General In this course, the following topics will be covered: Basic theories of Management, History, Principals of Decision making, Communication, Planning in organisations, direction, guidance, control, Management observation and work ethics. This course is aimed at the provision of information and knowledge on the following: Rescue ropes, lever, types of stretchers, types of splints, carbines, octets, cumarlar , safety belts, individual safety equipment, reels, motorised transport vehicles, field vehicles, power saw, external determinants for ambulance, ambulance chassis, speed and acceleration, warning Education on equipment, stretchers for carrying patients, equipment for artificial respiration, aspiration Emergency instruments, oxygen inhalation instruments, cardiac compression equipment, basic materials Service for patient care, diagnostic instruments, jumping unit, dressing, birth, safety and materials, Equipment and air ambulances. This course will cover Definition and Principles of First Aid; ABC of First Aid; Opening Emergency Aid Airways; application of artificial respiration; application of heart massage; types of bleeding and Rescue and bleeding control; trauma and fractures; applcation of splint; preparation of backboards; Studies I preparation of stretchers; burns; shock; syncope; coma positions. Methods of application of medicines, blood transfusions, oxygen supply, nutritional Emergency requirements, excretory system, sllep and rest, wound care, first-aid, pre and post-operative Patient Care I care, and reanimation will be amongst the main topics covered in this course. Physical Basic principles in development of physical skills; movements; planning of training periods Education I and enhancement of sports performance are the main topics covered in these courses. Definition of disaster, types of disasters, natural disasters, human-based disasters, selection of residential areas, roles of municipalities in residential planning, role of property management in residential planning, role of central management in residential planning, utilisation of Basic natural resources, behaviour of manmade large buildings during disasters, necessity for Knowledge of disaster education, risk tables, and integrated (JICA) disaster management will form the main Disaster topics covered in this course. Physical Basic principles in development of physical skills; movements; planning of training periods Education II and enhancement of sports performance are the main topics covered in these courses. Emergency Patient Care II This course will cover learning of how emergency services function and case discussions. Knowledge of This course will cover the following topics: Concepts of Health and illness; Mechanisms of Diseases and illness development; symptoms and findings; types of examination; diagnostic procedures; Emergency Diseases of respiratory, circulatory, digestive, endocrine, blood, nervous, excretory and Patient Care reproduction systems; congenital abnormalities; infections; cancer; and psychiatric disorders. These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to Physical do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through Education and effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding Body Building I with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DM204

DM205

DM206

DM207

DM208 DM209

DM211

DM212

DM213

Course Description

These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the Physical probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to Education and do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through Body Building effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding II with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development. This course will cover the following topics: Measures of new residential area identification; Evaluation of danger risks in existing residential areas, reduction of risks; disaster preparation education of public institutions; establishment of public institution coordination; emergency intervention plans of hospitals and firefighters; disaster preparation education of local public; Disaster and volunteer teams for disaster intervention; establishing crisis centers; disaster victimsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; search Emergency and rescue and logistic support; debris clearance and disposal procedures; prevention of Management I epidemics and public health services; establishing shelter after disasters. Integrated disaster management system; stages of disaster management; preparation stage and its implementation; intervention stage; improvement stage; damage reduction stage; basic principles of disaster planning; combination of basic functions of disaster management and Disaster and its coordination; management and control; communication; early warning; informing and Emergency evacuation; health services and resource management are the main topics included in this Management II course. Definition of search and rescue team (SRT); Description of vehicles used by SRT; Leader Vehicle; equipment carrier; Generator; Breaking-Piercing vehicles; Cutting-Separating Education Vehicles; Hydrolic Separator and support vehicles; Lighting equipment; Airbags; Tripods; on Rescue domuz dami; Use of sledgehammer, jimmy and hammer are the main topics covered in this Equipment course. This course will cover the following topics: Research on epidemics; case description and identification; definitive epidemiology; hypothesis development and evaluation; laboratory and environmental studies; measures of prevention and control; dissemination of findings and Spreadable results; measures to be taken for the prevention of the epidemic; resource-based measures; Diseases infection route based measures; measures towards healthy individuals; signs of infection; in Disaster informing about infections and isolation; immunity and immunization; characteristics of Situations diseases spreading through respiration, digestion and skin routes; disinfection and sterilization. In aim of this course is to facilitate student understanding of the mechanisms of disease Pathology development in the organisms; and pathological processes. This course will cover the definition of chemical, biological and nuclear weapons, their history and classification, methods of use, their effects on humans; original defense systems and treatment methods; properties of equipment which must be used by the defense personnel Cbrn Arms and their use; regional isolation and decontamination methods. Through this course, the students will learn about administration routes of medicines, their pharmaceutical forms, their pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic properties ( absorption, distribution, metabolism, mechanisms of action, factors affecting their actions etc.); drug interaction mechanisms; aspects of application of medicines which require attention; Medicines which effect systems; properties of frequently used medicine groups in this Pharmacology profession. The main topics covered in this course will be: Basic legal concepts; history of humanity and formation of the legal system; concept of democracy; democratic society system; Constitution and basic rights and freedoms; citizenship and responsibilities; legal systems related to Foundations of emergency situations; functional mechanisms of disaster and emergency management and Law related legal systems; international legal relations. Combinatorial calculations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations, trigonometry and unit circle, complex numbers, equations, inequalities, ratio and proportion, logarithm, Mathematics I analytic geometry

167

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DM210

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

DM214

Public Relations

DM215

DM216 DM218

DM220

DM301

DM302

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

168

DM303

DM304

Course Description

Basic concepts, efficiency management, institutional public relations, corporate communication and public relations, communicator profile, internal public relations, media relations This course aims to make students understand the epidemiology methods, the general features of the epidemiological researches and to evaluate the researches from the point of scientific Epidemiology view. Leadership features, motivation, motivation, effective presentation, types of leadership, Team problem solving and conflict resolution, decision making methods, time management, Leadership philosophy of team work, group Dynamics Statistics, function concept, limit, continuity, derivative, drawing of simple curves, integral, Mathematics II differential equations, volume calculations, approach to vocational problems Information concept and importance, characteristics and types of information, implicit knowledge, open knowledge, knowledge management, information technology, management information systems, decision support systems, artificial intelligence, geographical information Information systems, disaster information systems, extranets, internet, e-commerce, e-government, Management e-management, The following topics constitute the main coverage of this course: Orientation to legal responsibilities; evaluation of the patient; basic support treatment in respiratory system disorders; approach to disorders of the circulatory system; bleeding control; shock; trauma; soft tissue traumas; fracture, dislocation and strain injuries; injuries of the pelvis and lower Emergency Aid extremities; head trauma; vertebral injuries; ocular injuries; facial and neck injuries; chest and Rescue injuries; abdominal injuries and injuries of the genital region; poisoning; animal bites and Studies III stings. The students will be concentrating on the following topics in this course: Cardiac disorders, paralysis, dyspnea, diabetes, acute abdomen, infectious disases, addiction, loss of Emergency Aid consciousness, epilepsy, pediatric emergencies, emotional support in emergency situations, and Rescue birth, burns, heat stroke, hypothermia, water related emergencies, patient transport, triage, Studies IV release and rescue, defibrillation and advanced life support. These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the Physical probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to Education and do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through Body Building effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding III with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development. These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the Physical probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to Education and do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through Body Building effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding IV with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DM305

DM306

DM307

DM308

DM309

DM311

DM312 DM313 DM314

Course Description

In this course, the students will gain knowledge and competence in relation to the following topics: Emergency situations, unusual situations, concepts related to disasters, psychology of emergency situations, responses observed during and after unusual situation and approach to these responses; anxiety, stress, ways of overcoming stress, nature of fear and ways of overcoming fear; anger in response to emergency situations and overcoming such anger; psychological responses to post-disaster trauma and ways of overcoming these responses; approach to individuals with body disfiguration; death, loss and responses to these situations, bereavement and overcoming bereavement; Family after experiencing unusual situations and methods of managing the crisis; Psychological effects on special groups, effects on aid Emergency workers, followers of victims; psychological effects of mass media on people; effects of Psychology earthquakes, effects of war, effects of terror and methods of overcoming these effects. Health sevices and development of hospitals; aims, functions, classification of hospitals; evaluation of the hospital and capacity requirements of a society; hospital management; medical services in hospitals; medical personnel in hospitals; administrative-technical and Health general services; hospital management regulations; related legal resources; hospital standards; Management in public health organisation; emergency intervention organisation in disasters; management of Disaster health organisations during rehabilitation periods are the main topics covered in this course. In this course, the following topics will be covered: Necessity for and the importance of Civil Disaster and Defense; the structure of disaster and emergency headquarters, its management legislation; Emergency the methods of preparation of emergency action plans and basic principles; implementation Legislation of emergency action plans and their update. The following topics will be within the remit of this course: Burning, energy, heat, heat transfer, conduction, convection, radiation, heat transfer coefficient, heat sources, fuel types; solid fuels and their properties; liquid fuels and their properties; gaseous fuels and their properties; calorific values of fuels; explosives; toxic matter; fire safety engineering; design philosophies; rules approach; behaviour types of natural fires; calculation approach; properties of materials under high heat; design of concrete materials; design of steel materials; composite structure; design of wooden materials; brick wall, aluminium and plastic parts; scaffolding; structural measures; risk evaluation; workplace organisation, electrical and mechanical installations; Fire Safety and production period; chemical dangers; processes involving fire and heat; energy systems; Chemistry storage; fire safety management; planning of emergency; planing of education and training. This course will provide information about fire safety, protection, taking measures, putting Firefighting and out fires; history of firefighting, applications in firefighting and its organization, industrial Introduction to firefighting, forest firefighting, marine firefighting, duties of firefighting personnel and their Fire Safety working areas. This course will cover transfer of information on headquarters studies; planning of arrival at residential unit and risk identification; equipment and vehicles; preparation of materials and equipment; evaluation of reports; team formation and duty descriptions; force transfer and transport; field studies; research; location of fire centre; risk evaluation; environmental safety; preparation for intervention; strategy; placement of security teams and their organisation; Methods of techniques of intervention; entrance to the building; rescue; taking the situation under control; Firefighting fire extinguishing; cooling; water supply; training. Knowledge of The students will gain awareness and knowledge on the following topics : Equipment for Firefighting personnel protection; equipment for putting out fire; rescue equipment; first-aid equipment; Vehicle intervention vehicles; rescue vehicles; support vehicles; NBC control vehicles; NBC Material decontamination vehicles; crisis management vehicles. This course will involve knowledge acquisition of students on the topics of: Building elements, Basic building groups, building structures, industrial buildings, military buildings, water structures, Knowledge of buildings for transport, structures according to carriage systems; masonry system; carcass Structure and system; steel contruction; prefabricated sturctures; composite structures; structures according Building to material types; building materials; fire durability properties of building materials. Public This course will inform about public administration system, its historical development and its Management organisation; main characteristics of its functioning and organisations. Professional Through this course, the students will gain an understanding about basic concepts of ethics Ethics and gain skills for evaluation of the situations faced from an ethical perspective.

169

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DM310

Course Name

Course Code DM315

DM316

DM317

DM318

DM319

DM320

170 DM321

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DM322

DM401

DM402

DM403

Course Name

Course Description

This course is aimed at providing the students an understanding of the following topics: basic statistical concepts, use of statistics in their prospective professions, ability to evaluate Statistics statistics in literature and research. This course will inform the students on the concepts related to the stages of scientific research process. The students will also recognize the principles and methods, will be able to formulate Research the basic stages of a research project and will gain skills in reading and understanding the Methods literature related to their field of study. This course will provide information on: Technical drawing equipment, drawing appartus and their use, basic fundamental drawings and their applications, scaling, design, introduction to geometry, space and planes, appearence, appearence of basic planar objects, appearence of basic volumetric objects, appearence of complex objects, appearence completion, introduction Technical to perspective drawing, methods of taking sections, dimentioning, dimentioning in technical Drawing drawing for buildings and its indication; architectural technical drawing. The basic concepts in the program development, basic concepts, theoretical foundations, program development process, training program models, preparation of training program Curriculum design, determination of training requirement, regulation of training situations and evaluation Development in process, new trends in program development, examination of disaster education programs, Education evaluation. Definition of education, aims, topics, psychology, definition of educational psychology, Education objectives, developmental psychology, learning psychology, learning theories, memory, Psychology evaluation of educational needs Definition, history, hydraulics and pneumatics, dams, water channels, water treatment plants, ports, coastal structures, drinking water, sewerage, groundwater, pumping and irrigation operations, river erosion, drainage studies, fluid mechanics, fluid dynamics , Turbines, pumps, Hydraulics flow control circuits Physical quantities, standards and units, vectors, motion, thermodynamic laws, work and energy, energy conservation, thrust and momentum, properties of materials, kinematics, Scientific equilibrium, fluids, waves and sound, stagnant electricity, electrical potential, current, Principles of resistance, Condensers, direct current circuits, magnetism, electromagnetic induction, Technology alternating current circuits, light. Students who take this course learn about criminology and learn about the scope of Criminology criminological examinations in disasters. Main topics covered in this course : Organisation of volunteer first intervention teams, meeting regulations and volunteer acceptance; environmental exploration studies; formation of databases; selection of the first intervention team; training of the team leader; training of Emergency Aid the team members; principles of cooperation with other volunteer teams; establishment of and Rescue regional crisis centre; administration of the crisis centre; guidance to foreign teams; pratice Studies V training. Formation of a crisis meeting; management in crisis meeting; decision making; procedures of application of the decision; follow-up of the application; communication and audit; coordination of public relations; guidance of the intervention teams; organisation of external Emergency Aid resources; classification of the donations and their delivery to the needy; process of debris and Rescue removal; organisation of the transfer of injured to health organisations; and rehabilitation Studies VI studies will be covered in this course. These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the Physical probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to Education and do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through Body Building effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding V with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

DM404

Physical Education and Body Building VI

DM405

Disaster and Emergency Management III

DM406

Disaster and Emergency Management IV

DM407

Emergency Aid Organization and Rehabilitation Studies

DM409

Environmental Health and Biosafety

DM410

Risk and Crisis Management

DM411

Building Safety and Project Knowledge

DM412

Knowledge of ElectricElectronic Communication

These series of courses aim to develop student physical skills and the skills required for accurate lifting and carrying through gaining adequate strength, endurance and flexibility. At the end of these courses, the students will gain: Insight related to the professional importance of exercise and body development and its sustenance. Practical skills and experience in developing physical skills through the usage of various techniques and thus can carry more effectively and easily with better methods. Learning experience on how to overcome the probable forces they encounter after they complete their physical development and what to do during the carrying process. Experience in how to use their bodies accurately through effective study skills. Self-confidence through developing their physical skills. Understanding with respect to the importance of the sustenance of this development. This course will involve instruction on the following topics: Models of disaster management in the world nations; disaster amangement legislation; organisational structure of disaster management; rural organisation; roles, duties and responsibilities of the personnel; duties and contributions of institutions and organisations. This course is aimed at informing the students on the following topics: Health organisations; non-governmental organisations; local administration and preparation of private organisations for disaster; analysis of problems related to management organisations and proposals for solutions; Integration of economic, financial, global framework, risk and crisis management processes during disasters. The main topics included in this course are: Etablishment of emergency aid organisation; facilitation of emergency aid organisation; necessary arrangements for emergency aid planning; emergency aid requirements and stocking; crisis centre management; establishment of ambulance and injured persons transfer centre; storage and distribution of received aid and donations; establihment of rescue team operation centre; establishment and organisation of camps and shelters; supply of food and clean water; hygiene studies in the disaster area; organisation of volunteer institutions;psychological support studies for children and others who lost their relatives; general evaluation and leaving the region. Introduction to studies directed at minimizing damage; the role of emergency manager in studies related to minimising damage; preparation of action forms for minimising damage; development of public prepared for disasters; identification of the opportunities, threats, resources for minimising damage; identification of damage minimising methods; preparation of damage minimising plan and facilitation of its sustainability; allocation of responsibilities in studies of minimising damage; example application of damage minimising studies after disasters are amongst the main topics to be covered in this course. Topics of this course include ecology, population, community, ecosystems, structure of the earth and the atmosphere, air and water currents; air, soil and water pollution; and the effects of environmental pollution on humans and ecology as well as The Kyoto protocol and its contents, definition of biosafety and related laws. This course will involve coverage of the following topics: Concept of risk and its importance in risk management; risk, theory of uncertainty and predictions; prediction methods; crisis management; crisis process; crisis indicators and perception; proactive approach, reactive approach; awareness and blindness in crisis; preparedness to crisis and protection; taking crisis under control and related strategies; return to normal, learning and evaluation This course will provide information on the following topics: Principles of earthquake durability of buildings; measures to be taken against earthquakes; building types according to fire; design of fire safety; location of buildings and access routes; stability of load bearing systems and divisions, faces, roofs, escape routes, critical divisions of the buildings, clearence of smoke, fire report and intervention systems. The main topics to be covered in this course include: The elements of communication systems; the relationship with bandwidth; energy and force spectral concentration; phase and amplitude disruptions in linear systems; linear modulation techniques; amplitude modulation; double side band modulation; single and surplus side band modulation, angle modulation techniques; phase and frequency modulation; production of FM signs, their modulation and demodulation; stereo FM; frequency division multiplexing; superheterodin receivers; organisation of communication during disasters.

171

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DM408

Methods of Disaster Protection and Prevention and Movement a

Course Description

Course Code

DM413

DM414

DM415

DM416

DM417

DM418

172

DM419

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

DM420 DM421

DM422

DM424

DNC101

Course Name

Course Description

Definition of electricity; types of electrical energy; dangers of electricity; materials used in voltage installations; high voltage; ampere meter; ohm meter; voltmeter; forces acting upon Knowledge wires carrying currents; electrical resistance; Ohmâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Law; alteration of resistance with heat; of Electrical electrical accidents; electrical fires; analysis of criminate electrical installations; easing of Installations electrical installation projects and problem solving. With this course, it is aimed that the student learns the concepts of learning and teaching, Teaching and knows the methods, knows the necessary techniques and tools for evaluation of learning Practices needs and outputs, and uses this information. Importance of logistics managment and its historical development; modern logistics management applications; components of logistics management; distribution function, Logistic strategic planning in logistics management and strategies of logistics managment, as well as Management case studies will be covered in this course. Definition of meteorology, changes in geographical areas, heat, humidity, precipitation, pressure, weather forecasting, synoptic meteorology, climatology, physical meteorology, Basic chemical composition of atmosphere, electricity, sound and light characteristics, industrial Meteorological meteorology, smoke control, pre-disaster warning systems, use of meteorology for damage Information prevention and mitigation. The course will cover the main topics of : Adult psychology; adult education theories; andrological approaches; programme planning in adult education; public education and its organisation; mass communication methods and adult education; city problems and adult education; life-long learning; public education on disasters; techniques of groupwork in adult Public education; think- tank; dramatisation, demonstrations, lecturing, six hats thinking technique; Education animation, panel, question and answer method and group work example. The basic principles of geographical information system based disaster information system Disaster design, the use of ArcGis and Netcad software, the correlation of data obtained through Information these programs with each other and the geographical location of the related area, the use of System Design information obtained in this way in terms of locality specific emergency planning. Thesis Sports Physiology

The student should present a report to be prepared on a selected topic. It is aimed to understand respiration, circulation, endocrine system responses during exercise and changes that occur in body systems with regular training. Homeostasis and Internal environment balance in human organism, disruption mechanisms of homeostasis, Physiopathology body defense mechanisms in disorders Health monitoring, health indicators, population and health, basic health services and health organization, early diagnosis, immunization, community nutrition, prevention from important diseases, protection from common infectious diseases, environmental health, occupational Public Health health, elderly health, health policies. The aim of this course is to understand the relationship between health and environment, to define health policies in the world with their general characteristics and to evaluate the Health Politics relationship between health policies and health indicators. The classical ballet Technique approach on PERAâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s programme, focuses towards the simplicity, precision and functional aspect of the body. The focus is on the anatomical basics of the classical ballet and less focused on the aesthetics, style and hierarchical aspects. The purpose is to make ballet suitable for a wider range of body skills and naturally making stronger connections with the approaches to contemporary dance. Development of this technique classes focus on the alignment of the bodies and coordination, body in motion, transitions between movement, musicality, a good sense of different dynamics, use of weight, spatial and physical awareness, building body strength and developing the sense of performance and Ballet I self- expression

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DNC102

DNC103

DNC104

DNC106

DNC107

Course Description

The classical ballet Technique approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the simplicity, precision and functional aspect of the body. The focus is on the anatomical basics of the classical ballet and less focused on the aesthetics, style and hierarchical aspects. The purpose is to make ballet suitable for a wider range of body skills and naturally making stronger connections with the approaches to contemporary dance. Development of this technique classes focus on the alignment of the bodies and coordination, body in motion, transitions between movement, musicality, a good sense of different dynamics, use of weight, spatial and physical awareness, building body strength and developing the sense of performance and Ballet II self- expression The ContemporaryTechnique approach on PERA’s Programme, focuses on increasing high quality and control of the movement in order to develop the technical and artistic versatility of the dancer. The development of this technique classes will build the dancers own knowledge of the body and its function, particularly how to use it with efficiency and respect. The classes will provide the students with the appropriate knowledge of the movement principles, which will be developed into dynamic combinations and repertoire extracts. The Contemporary Programme focuses on Release, Limon and Cunningham based techniques, aiming the students to be not bounded to a code of specific set of aesthetics. The individual experience and direction of the teachers in class is extremely important, resulting in the strong diversity inside the programme. This course will develop the basic principles of contemporary dance technique, based on the principles of the José Limon in the first semester and Release based technique classes in the Contemporary I second semester. The ContemporaryTechnique approach on PERA’s Programme, focuses on increasing high quality and control of the movement in order to develop the technical and artistic versatility of the dancer. The development of this technique classes will build the dancers own knowledge of the body and its function, particularly how to use it with efficiency and respect. The classes will provide the students with the appropriate knowledge of the movement principles, which will be developed into dynamic combinations and repertoire extracts. The Contemporary Programme focuses on Release, Limon and Cunningham based techniques, aiming the students to be not bounded to a code of specific set of aesthetics. The individual experience and direction of the teachers in class is extremely important, resulting in the strong diversity inside the programme. This course will develop the basic principles of contemporary dance technique, based on the Contemporary principles of the José Limon in the first semester and Release based technique classes in the II second semester. The Dance History approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on the understanding the development of modern dance between 1900 – 1980. The students will understand the context and stylistic features of a number of practitioners that have contributed to the development of modern dance over this period. Wave 2 – Graham, Humphrey, Weidman, Holm, Horton Wave 3 – Ailey, Cunningham, Nikolas Wave 4 – Post-modernism, Trisha Brown, Meridith Monk, Steve Paxton Dance Theatre – Kurt Joose, Pina Bausch Dance History I Butoh – Japanese contemporary dance The Dance History approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on the understanding the development of modern dance between 1900 – 1980. The students will understand the context and stylistic features of a number of practitioners that have contributed to the development of modern dance over this period. Wave 2 – Graham, Humphrey, Weidman, Holm, Horton Wave 3 – Ailey, Cunningham, Nikolas Wave 4 – Post-modernism, Trisha Brown, Meridith Monk, Steve Paxton Dance Theatre – Dance History Kurt Joose, Pina Bausch II Butoh – Japanese contemporary dance The Art History approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on gaining a thorough understanding of a variety of choreographer’s that have an invested interest in promoting dance with the use of other art mediums. They will focus on the following mediums; film, lighting, set design, History of Art sculpture & technology and investigate their relationship with the dance work.

173

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DNC105

Course Name

Course Code

DNC108

DNC109

DNC110

DNC111

DNC112

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

174

DNC113

DNC114

Course Name

Course Description

The Art History approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on gaining a thorough understanding of a variety of choreographer’s that have an invested interest in promoting dance with the use History of Art of other art mediums. They will focus on the following mediums; film, lighting, set design, II sculpture & technology and investigate their relationship with the dance work. Selected choreographers will help the student understand and engage with the importance of dance and the other art medium. Selected choreographer’s will include; DV8 physical theatre, Matthew Bourne, Jasmin Vardimon, Pina Bausch, Pilobilus, Merce Cunningham & William Composition I Forsythe. The Composition & Improvisation approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in the simplicity to explore movement skills in terms of space, time, body and effort and the ability to demonstrate clarity and intent while improvising, composing and performing their own work and any collaborative work, aiming to develop the ability and openness to discuss in a Composition II collaborative, and transformative way. The Improvisation Technique approach on PERA’s programme focuses on challenging the creative and physical technical skills towards a unique and versatile form of moving. The aim is to challenge and contradict the body references from its comfort zone. The course follows the improvisational practices and methodologies based on different approaches, such as Laban’s work and William Forsythe. Additionally, the teachers’ individual experience and direction in class is extremely important, regarding the achievement of a Improvisation I strong diversity inside the programme. The Improvisation Technique approach on PERA’s programme focuses on challenging the creative and physical technical skills towards a unique and versatile form of moving. The aim is to challenge and contradict the body references from its comfort zone. The course follows the improvisational practices and methodologies based on different approaches, such as Laban’s work and William Forsythe. Additionally, the teachers’ individual Improvisation experience and direction in class is extremely important, regarding the achievement of a II strong diversity inside the programme. The Anatomy approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the development of the students to understand the body, providing a global insight into the skeletal, muscular, visceral and neurological systems and how it functions through movement explorations in experiential anatomy with applications to dance training. After the theoretical classes (I semester), this knowledge is practiced in the Experiential Anatomy classes (II Semester), developed with observation, directed touch in order to clarify each student’s understanding of their unique physical structure. The students will achieve a detailed understanding of their own body and how it functions, in order to be able to explore movement anatomically and understand how they can enhance movement efficiency through accurate use of their anatomy. Very importantly, the anatomy classes will focus on anatomical knowledge that can help Anatomy I prevent injuries. The Anatomy approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the development of the students to understand the body, providing a global insight into the skeletal, muscular, visceral and neurological systems and how it functions through movement explorations in experiential anatomy with applications to dance training. After the theoretical classes (I semester), this knowledge is practiced in the Experiential Anatomy classes (II Semester), developed with observation, directed touch in order to clarify each student’s understanding of their unique physical structure. The students will achieve a detailed understanding of their own body and how it functions, in order to be able to explore movement anatomically and understand how they can enhance movement efficiency through accurate use of their anatomy. Very importantly, the anatomy classes will focus on anatomical knowledge that can help Anatomy II prevent injuries.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DNC115

DNC116

DNC117

DNC118

DNC202

DNC203

DNC204

Course Description

The Introduction to Critical Studies approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on the exploration on the field of dance criticism on a variety of approaches as well as the unique challenges in writing about dance. The course overviews the methods of dance analysis, research & review with constructive critique writing. Approaching dance works intricately and breaking them down to offer intelligent responses Introduction to in writing. Critical Studies To write fluently about dance works showing an ability to write coherently. The Project approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on having the opportunities and freedom to experiment, and to look for a working method, content, dramaturgy and form. PERA believes Choreographing is a matter of time, space, patience and persistence and is not attached to specific aesthetics or methodologies, but provides coaching and feedback by teachers and invited artists. 1st Years: Group work. Students work in groups to create new work, guided by one or more from their teachers as a PROJECT I collective creation to be performed to an audience. The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in Fundamental their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and approaches body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. to movement The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen I (Body the muscles, work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. conditioning, The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best Yoga, Pilates, possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, Taichi) improvisation and creative classes. The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and Fundamental body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. approaches The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen to movement the muscles, work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. II (Body The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best conditioning, possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, Yoga, Pilates) improvisation and creative classes. This is an intermediate level ballet technique class. The students at this point are able to demonstrate consistency in the basic concepts of classical ballet and a big coordination between body and mind. This course will provide the dancer more vocabulary knowledge and provide them with the technical skills, investing in the musicality and performance quality to continue their growth Ballet III as both artists and technicians. This is an intermediate level ballet technique class. The students at this point are able to demonstrate consistency in the basic concepts of classical ballet and a big coordination between body and mind. This course will provide the dancer more vocabulary knowledge and provide them with the technical skills, investing in the musicality and performance quality to continue their growth Ballet IV as both artists and technicians. This course will further develop and invest on the Release technique. Musicality and rhythm, spatial awareness and focus will be explored and the primarily focus in general throughout the course. Contemporary The development of the contemporary dance technique, will be based on Merce Cunningham III in the first semester and Release based technique classes in the second semester. This course will further develop and invest on the Release technique. Musicality and rhythm, spatial awareness and focus will be explored and the primarily focus in general throughout the course. Contemporary The development of the contemporary dance technique, will be based on Merce Cunningham IV in the first semester and Release based technique classes in the second semester.

175

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DNC201

Course Name

Course Code

DNC207

DNC208

DNC209

DNC210

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

176

DNC211

DNC212

DNC213

Course Name

Course Description

The Music Analysis approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on developing a personal discourse about individual musical experience. By listening different styles and approached to music the students will be challenged to speak/analyse about the main parameters of music and listening experiences in general terms. Music analyses Singing workshops will be a possibility during the course. The Music Studies approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on studying artists/choreographer approaches to music in their work as well as the students selecting a piece of music from a list of possibilities to make their own individual choreography. The Music Studies classes reflect Music studies and contextualize these works. The approach of the course is based on the idea of introducing and developing tools for the dance maker’s ‘toolbox’, that each student can make use of in the service of finding their own choreographic voice and style. In addition, the philosophical approach will emphasize rediscovering a sense of play in finding and applying these ‘tools’, the freedom to experiment without internal judgments short circuiting creative exploration. Students will learn to generate and manipulate movement through exercises and improvisation, and will expand those skills into shaping choreographies. Areas to be explored include elements of movement, compositional devices, scores, musical structures, narrative, partnering and site specific work, Composition III among other possibilities. The approach of the course is based on the idea of introducing and developing tools for the dance maker’s ‘toolbox’, that each student can make use of in the service of finding their own choreographic voice and style. In addition, the philosophical approach will emphasize rediscovering a sense of play in finding and applying these ‘tools’, the freedom to experiment without internal judgments short circuiting creative exploration. Students will learn to generate and manipulate movement through exercises and improvisation, and will expand those skills into shaping choreographies. Areas to be explored include elements of movement, compositional devices, scores, musical structures, narrative, partnering and site specific work, Composition IV among other possibilities. The Improvisation Technique approach on PERA’s programme focuses on challenging the creative and physical technical skills towards a unique and versatile form of moving. The aim is to challenge and contradict the body references from its comfort zone. The course follows the improvisational practices and methodologies based on different approaches, such as Laban’s work and William Forsythe. Additionally, the teachers’ individual Improvisation experience and direction in class is extremely important, regarding the achievement of a III strong diversity inside the programme. The Improvisation Technique approach on PERA’s programme focuses on challenging the creative and physical technical skills towards a unique and versatile form of moving. The aim is to challenge and contradict the body references from its comfort zone. The course follows the improvisational practices and methodologies based on different approaches, such as Laban’s work and William Forsythe. Additionally, the teachers’ individual Improvisation experience and direction in class is extremely important, regarding the achievement of a IV strong diversity inside the programme. The Anatomy approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the development of the students to understand the body, providing a global insight into the skeletal, muscular, visceral and neurological systems and how it functions through movement explorations in experiential anatomy with applications to dance training. After the theoretical classes (I semester), this knowledge is practiced in the Experiential Anatomy classes (II Semester), developed with observation, directed touch in order to clarify each student’s understanding of their unique physical structure. The students will achieve a detailed understanding of their own body and how it functions, in order to be able to explore movement anatomically and understand how they can enhance movement efficiency through accurate use of their anatomy. Very importantly, the anatomy classes will focus on anatomical knowledge that can help Anatomy III prevent injuries.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

DNC214

Anatomy IV

DNC216

PROJECT II

DNC217

Fundamental Approaches to Movement III

DNC219

Workshop I

DNC221

Voice work/ Theatre I

DNC222

Voice work/ Theatre II

The Anatomy approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the development of the students to understand the body, providing a global insight into the skeletal, muscular, visceral and neurological systems and how it functions through movement explorations in experiential anatomy with applications to dance training. After the theoretical classes (I semester), this knowledge is practiced in the Experiential Anatomy classes (II Semester), developed with observation, directed touch in order to clarify each student’s understanding of their unique physical structure. The students will achieve a detailed understanding of their own body and how it functions, in order to be able to explore movement anatomically and understand how they can enhance movement efficiency through accurate use of their anatomy. Very importantly, the anatomy classes will focus on anatomical knowledge that can help prevent injuries. The Project approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on having the opportunities and freedom to experiment, and to look for a working method, content, dramaturgy and form. PERA believes Choreographing is a matter of time, space, patience and persistence and is not attached to specific aesthetics or methodologies, but provides coaching and feedback by teachers and invited artists. The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, improvisation and creative classes. The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, improvisation and creative classes. The Workshop’s approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on exposing students to work with invited Choreographer and Artists focusing on Composition, Improvisation, Flying Low, GAGA and Contact Improvisation techniques and methodologies (see composition). The students are confronted in the most direct way with the thinking and working methods of professional artists. The Physical Theatre (Voice Work/Visual Elements) approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on introducing theoretical and practical guide to physical theatre. To engage students with choreographic / practical methods of character building, in order to develop an understanding of interdisciplinary performance processes associated with the genre of physical theatre, by introducing principles and techniques that combine physical, vocal and visual skills. The Physical Theatre (Voice Work/Visual Elements) approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on introducing theoretical and practical guide to physical theatre. To engage students with choreographic / practical methods of character building, in order to develop an understanding of interdisciplinary performance processes associated with the genre of physical theatre, by introducing principles and techniques that combine physical, vocal and visual skills.

177

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DNC218

Fundamental Approaches to Movement IV

Course Description

Course Code

DNC301

DNC302

DNC303

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

178

DNC304

DNC305

DNC306

DNC307

Course Name

Course Description

The classical ballet Technique approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the simplicity, precision and functional aspect of the body. The focus is on the anatomical basics of the classical ballet and less focused on the aesthetics, style and hierarchical aspects. The purpose is to make ballet suitable for a wider range of body skills and naturally making stronger connections with the approaches to contemporary dance. Development of this technique classes focus on the alignment of the bodies and coordination, body in motion, transitions between movement, musicality, a good sense of different dynamics, use of weight, spatial and physical awareness, building body strength and developing the sense of performance and Ballet V self- expression. The classical ballet Technique approach on PERA’s programme, focuses towards the simplicity, precision and functional aspect of the body. The focus is on the anatomical basics of the classical ballet and less focused on the aesthetics, style and hierarchical aspects. The purpose is to make ballet suitable for a wider range of body skills and naturally making stronger connections with the approaches to contemporary dance. Development of this technique classes focus on the alignment of the bodies and coordination, body in motion, transitions between movement, musicality, a good sense of different dynamics, use of weight, spatial and physical awareness, building body strength and developing the sense of performance and Ballet VI self- expression The ContemporaryTechnique approach on PERA’s Programme, focuses on increasing high quality and control of the movement in order to develop the technical and artistic versatility of the dancer. The development of this technique classes will build the dancers own knowledge of the body and its function, particularly how to use it with efficiency and respect. The classes will provide the students with the appropriate knowledge of the movement principles, which will be developed into dynamic combinations and repertoire extracts. The Contemporary Programme focuses on Release, Limon and Cunningham based techniques, aiming the students to be not bounded to a code of specific set of aesthetics. The individual experience and direction Contemporary of the teachers in class is extremely important, resulting in the strong diversity inside the V programme. The ContemporaryTechnique approach on PERA’s Programme, focuses on increasing high quality and control of the movement in order to develop the technical and artistic versatility of the dancer. The development of this technique classes will build the dancers own knowledge of the body and its function, particularly how to use it with efficiency and respect. The classes will provide the students with the appropriate knowledge of the movement principles, which will be developed into dynamic combinations and repertoire extracts. The Contemporary Programme focuses on Release, Limon and Cunningham based techniques, aiming the students to be not bounded to a code of specific set of aesthetics. The individual experience and direction Contemporary of the teachers in class is extremely important, resulting in the strong diversity inside the VI programme. The Composition & Improvisation approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in the simplicity to explore movement skills in terms of space, time, body and effort and the ability Composition / to demonstrate clarity and intent while improvising, composing and performing their own Improvisation work and any collaborative work, aiming to develop the ability and openness to discuss in a V collaborative, and transformative way. The Composition & Improvisation approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in the simplicity to explore movement skills in terms of space, time, body and effort and the ability Composition / to demonstrate clarity and intent while improvising, composing and performing their own Improvisation work and any collaborative work, aiming to develop the ability and openness to discuss in a VI collaborative, and transformative way. The Visual Elements approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on developing awareness of the aesthetic building an analytical sense in order to achieve a clear and confident speech about contemporary dance works. The course is evaluating and reflecting on contemporary dance performances and practice through experience of working with basic video, set and Voice Work/ props to understand and question how visual language can bring possibilities to the creation Theatre/Video/ process. The course aims as well to develop ability to plan a conceptual visual piece of work Visual elements demonstrating clarity in the message/narrative composed. The approach to achieve a visual III eye within the frame of contemporary dance performances.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DNC308

DNC309

DNC310

DNC311

DNC312

DNC313

DNC315 DNC316

DNC317

Course Description

The Visual Elements approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on developing awareness of the aesthetic building an analytical sense in order to achieve a clear and confident speech about contemporary dance works. The course is evaluating and reflecting on contemporary dance performances and practice through experience of working with basic video, set and Voice Work/ props to understand and question how visual language can bring possibilities to the creation Theatre/Video/ process. The course aims as well to develop ability to plan a conceptual visual piece of work Visual elements demonstrating clarity in the message/narrative composed. The approach to achieve a visual IV eye within the frame of contemporary dance performances. 3rd Years: Solo & Group work. PROJECT All students create a solo and their group piece as well as working with invited Artists for their III (REP final exam and to be presented at the end of the year if selected by Teachers and Students. from resident Students organize their own working time in evenings and weekends. Each group can benefit company) from the support of a mentor once a week. 3rd Years: Solo & Group work. PROJECT IV All students create a solo and their group piece as well as working with invited Artists for their (R&D with a final exam and to be presented at the end of the year if selected by Teachers and Students. choreographer/ Students organize their own working time in evenings and weekends. Each group can benefit Artist) from the support of a mentor once a week. The Workshop’s approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on exposing students to work with invited Choreographer and Artists focusing on Composition, Improvisation, Flying Low, GAGA and Contact Improvisation techniques and methodologies (see composition). The students are confronted in the most direct way with the thinking and working methods of Workshop II professional artists. The Workshop’s approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on exposing students to work with invited Choreographer and Artists focusing on Composition, Improvisation, Flying Low, GAGA and Contact Improvisation techniques and methodologies (see composition). Workshop III The students are confronted in the most direct way with the thinking and working methods of (Flying Low) professional artists. The Performance course approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in confronting the students in a very direct and practical way on thinking and working methods of professional artists and companies. The structure is workshops based with invited choreographers in order to create small piece with and for the students, which will be performed in the University Theatre, Spectrum in specific dates and events as well as touring in different places in Cyprus and/or Performance I abroad in arranged dates. The Performance course approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in confronting the students in a very direct and practical way on thinking and working methods of professional artists and companies. The structure is workshops based with invited choreographers in order to create small piece with and for the students, which will be performed in the University Theatre, Spectrum in specific dates and events as well as touring in different places in Cyprus and/or Performance II abroad in arranged dates. Individual work I Individual work I Individual work II Individual work II The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and Fundamental body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. Approaches to The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, Movement V work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed.

179

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DNC314

Course Name

Course Code

DNC318

DNC401

DNC402

DNC403

DNC404

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

180

DNC405

DNC406

DNC407

DNC408

DNC409

Course Name

Course Description

The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and Fundamental body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. Approaches to The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, Movement VI work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. Building on the achievements of previous ballet courses, this course will focuses on a coherent identity of confidence and artistic qualities in the practice and performance of ballet. Combinations will implement advanced technical elements, challenging the student to Ballet VII perform with a greater embodiment of mood, dynamics and rhythm. Building on the achievements of previous ballet courses, this course will focuses on a coherent identity of confidence and artistic qualities in the practice and performance of ballet. Combinations will implement advanced technical elements, challenging the student to Ballet VIII perform with a greater embodiment of mood, dynamics and rhythm. Areas of focus includes gaining speed through letting go of muscular tension and developing movement patterns into more complex combinations with varying speeds and dynamics. The Contemporary search for connections in the body and between movements to breathe to widden the range of VII dynamics will be intensified. Areas of focus includes gaining speed through letting go of muscular tension and developing movement patterns into more complex combinations with varying speeds and dynamics. The Contemporary search for connections in the body and between movements to breathe to widden the range of VIII dynamics will be intensified. The Composition & Improvisation approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in the simplicity to explore movement skills in terms of space, time, body and effort and the ability Composition / to demonstrate clarity and intent while improvising, composing and performing their own Improvisation work and any collaborative work, aiming to develop the ability and openness to discuss in a VII collaborative, and transformative way. The Composition & Improvisation approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in the simplicity to explore movement skills in terms of space, time, body and effort and the ability Composition / to demonstrate clarity and intent while improvising, composing and performing their own Improvisation work and any collaborative work, aiming to develop the ability and openness to discuss in a VIII collaborative, and transformative way. The Media Exploration & Choreography approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on the development of the senses of space and time (choreography and video/film) and the awareness and understanding of the new aesthetics and the new contexts of production and presentation in the contemporary art field. The purpose is to make students understand the Theme, Narrative and Structure of the choreography. To explore the framing bodies, movement Media and how and what is communicated, developing awareness of the aesthetic. Exploration The students will learn the basic knowledge on filming and editing. The Media Exploration & Choreography approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on the development of the senses of space and time (choreography and video/film) and the awareness and understanding of the new aesthetics and the new contexts of production and presentation in the contemporary art field. PROJECT VI The purpose is to make students understand the Theme, Narrative and Structure of the Choreography choreography. To explore the framing bodies, movement and how and what is communicated, and Media developing awareness of the aesthetic. The Project approach on PERA’s programme, focuses on having the opportunities and freedom to experiment, and to look for a working method, content, dramaturgy and form. PROJECT V PERA believes Choreographing is a matter of time, space, patience and Practical (R&D persistence and is not attached to specific aesthetics or methodologies, student own but provides coaching and feedback by teachers and invited artists. work) 4th Years: Solo & Group work.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

DNC410

PROJECT VII

DNC413

DNC414 DNC415 DNC416

DNC417

DNC418

DPR105

DPR107

DPR108

Company apprentice/invited choreographer The Performance course approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in confronting the students in a very direct and practical way on thinking and working methods of professional artists and companies. The structure is workshops based with invited choreographers in order to create small piece with and for the students, which will be performed in the University Theatre, Spectrum in specific dates and events as well as touring in different places in Cyprus and/or Performance III abroad in arranged dates. The Performance course approach on PERA’s programme, focuses in confronting the students in a very direct and practical way on thinking and working methods of professional artists and companies. The structure is workshops based with invited choreographers in order to create small piece with and for the students, which will be performed in the University Theatre, Spectrum in specific dates and events as well as touring in different places in Cyprus and/or Performance IV abroad in arranged dates. Individual work III Individual work III Individual work IV Individual work IV The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and body, the importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. Fundamental The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best Approaches to possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, Movement VII improvisation and creative classes. The Fundamental Approaches to Movement on PERA’s programme, focuses on students gaining an understanding on the practices of the different regular techniques classes, such as Pilates, Tai chi, Body Conditioning, Yoga for Dancer and as well in format of master Fundamental classes and/or workshops, Shiatsu and Feldenkrais. The main focus is on how to use it in their Approaches to own individual time to improve strength, flexibility, connection between mind and body, the Movement VIII importance of the breath in physical work and very importantly, to prevent injuries. Definition of navigation. Equipment used for navigation. Units used in maritime. Directions, course, distance and speed. Kinds of positions, methods of finding position and fixing the position on chart. Magnetic field of Earth, variation and deviation. Magnetic compass Intro. to correction and adjustment. Notice to mariners and chart correction. Usage of chart catalogue Navigation and nautical publications. Lights and fog signals. Buoy systems. Duty and task of crew. Rules of sea life, working rules on board and on board working schedule. Type and classification of ship. Dimension of ship, tonnages and draft marks. Seamanship terminology, deck equipment/devices and aux-machinery. Sailor knots, type of ship’s ropes and dimensions. Preparation to the operation of pilot embarkation-disembarkation. Maneuvering orders. Deck planned maintenance and painting works. Oil and Chemical, and Seamanship Liquefied Tanker Familiarization Duties, responsibilities and authority of the maritime transportation management engineer. Introduction to transportation modules. Fundamentals and development of maritime transportation. Cargo transportation and modules at sea. Introduction to shipping. The philosophical foundations of ethic. Engineering and society-human relationship. Maritime Intro.to Mte & culture and leadership. Ethical and social responsibilities of maritime transportation Ethics management engineers. Introduction to technical drawing, Meanings of Line Types, Lettering, Fundamentals of Dimensioning, Principles of Projection, Orthographic Views, Section Views, Isometric Technical Perspectives, Principles of Computer Aided Technical Drawing, Sketching Commands, Drawing Modifying Commands, Two Dimensional Sketching Sectional view.

181

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DPR102

Course Description

Course Code

Course Name

DPR112

Watchkeeping I

DPR114

Basic Oil & Chemical Tanker Training

DPR133

Physics 1

DPR133L

Physics 1 Lab.

DPR134

Physics 2

DPR134L

Physics 2 Lab

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

182

DPR138

Marine Chemistry Lab. Intro to Computers Information. systems.

DPR141

Mathematics 1

DPR142

Mathematics II

DPR145

Marine Chemistry

DPR152

Marine Safety and Security

DPR135L

Course Description Introduction to technical drawing, Meanings of Line Types, Lettering, Fundamentals of Dimensioning, Principles of Projection, Orthographic Views, Section Views, Isometric Perspectives, Principles of Computer Aided Technical Drawing, Sketching Commands, Modifying Commands, Two Dimensional Sketching Sectional view. Basic knowledge of tankers, Tanker Terminology and Definitions. Physical and chemical properties of oil and chemicals, Knowledge and understanding of tanker safety culture and safety management. Hazards, Safety, Fire Safety and Firefighting operations, Cargo operations, Emergencies For Oil and Chemical Tankers, Pollution Prevention for Oil and Chemical Tankers. Tankers (Oil, Chemical and Liquefied Gas) characteristics of cargoes, calculations and operations. Preparedness and cleaning of tank, safety procedures. Dangerous cargo (IMDG and IMSBC Code) transportation, documentation. Hazardous substances in packaged form. Effective communication. Vectors. Motion in one and two dimensions. Newton’s laws and its applications. Work and energy. Conservation of energy. Momentum and motion of systems. Static equilibrium of rigid bodies. Rotation and angular momentum. Newton’s law universal gravitation.Vectors. Motion in one and two dimensions. Newton’s laws and its applications. Work and energy. Conservation of energy. Momentum and motion of systems. Static equilibrium of rigid bodies. Rotation and angular momentum. Newton’s law universal gravitation. Basic measurement. Motion with constant acceleration. Conservation of linear momentum. The equilibrium experiment. The friction experiment. Rotational dynamics. Simple harmonic Motion. Projectile motion. Elastic and inelastic collision. Moment of inertia. Centripetal acceleration. Physical pendulum. Coulomb laws and electrical field. Gauss law. Electrical potential. Capacitance. Electrostatic energy and properties of insulators. Current and resistance. DC circuits. The magnetic field. Sources of magnetic field. Faraday’s law. Inductance. Magnetic field in the matter. Electromagnetic oscillations and AC circuits. Maxwell’s Equations and electromagnetic waves. Fundamental measurements and Ohm’s law. Oscilloscope and signal generator. Electric field and lines. Kirchoff’s Law and Wheatstone Bridge. Transient currents. Charging and discharging of capacitors. RC circuits. Determination of electron e/m ratio. Transformers. It serves to introduce thousands of science and engineering students to the field of maritime chemistry. It covers basic chemical concepts given in Maritime Chemistry. In this course, Maritime Chemistry students are exposed to the traditional emphasis on chemical compounds, solutions, stoichiometry, separation techniques,sea pollution, physical and chemical properties of sea water, hardness of water, dangerous goods, type and properties of fuel and oil products, corrosion and control of it. Computers. The usage of the computers in daily life. Computer hardware and software. Operating systems. Input/Output and storage. Web and the internet, wired and wireless communication. Application softwares such as text editors, visualizations, spreadsheets and databases. Error in computation. Introduction to scientific problem solving through algorithms. Functions of a single variable. Limits and continuity. Derivatives. Applications of derivatives. Sketching graphs of functions. Asymptotes. Integration. Fundamental theorem of calculus. Applications of integrals. Polar coordinates. Transcendental functions. Techniques of integration. Indeterminate forms. L’Hospital’s Rule. Improper integrals. Infinite sequences and series. Vectors in space. Vector-valued functions. Multivariable functions and partial derivatives. Multiple integrals. Chemistry and stoichiometry. Atoms and the atomic theories. The periodic table and some atomic properties. Chemical bonding. Molecular geometry. Gases and gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions and their physical properties. Thermochemistry. Principles of chemical equilibrium. Acids and bases. Properties of seawater. Corrosion and corrosion control. Sea paints. Fuel and oil chemistry, oil types and properties. Hazardous substances. Sea pollution Survival techniques at sea. Location and usage of personal life saving appliances. Basic (elementary and medical) first aid. Fire prevention and firefighting. Maritime security; familiarization and awareness, and designated security duties. Personal safety and social responsibilities.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

Course Description

DPR153

Maritime Safety I

Survival techniques at sea. Location and usage of personal life saving appliances. Basic firstaid. Fire prevention and firefighting. Personal safety and social responsibilities. Firefighting organization on board. Firefighting equipment maintenance. Protection from hazardous on ship. Medical first aid. Security related familiarization and awareness, and designated security duties.

DPR154

DPR199

DPR201

DPR202 DPR203

DPR211

DPR212

DPR221

DPR222

DPR231L

DPR232

Basic swimming techniques (free, back and frog style) and trainings that will improve physical efficiency. Jumping techniques to water. Survive at sea. Diving techniques and applications. Coastal navigation and principles of route drawing. Voyage planning and management. Usage of nautical publications in voyage planning. Studies for navigation in different sea areas. Terrestrial Different navigation types (great circle, composite, search and rescue, / restricted waters, ice, Navigation traffic separation schemes etc.). Current and tidal calculations. Filling the deck log book. Actions to protect crew and passengers on board in case of emergencies. Ship towage in case of emergencies. Search and rescue operation for ship and crew, and initial actions to limit (assessment) damage, and salvage of the ship in case of fire, explosion, collision or Ship grounding. Response to marine pollution in accordance with MARPOL. Preparation of Emergency contingency plans to response emergencies. Maintenance of life saving, firefighting, other Response safety and security systems and equipment. Differential First order differential equations. Second order linear equations. Higher order linear equations. Equations Series solutions of second order linear equations. Ship geometry and form coefficients. Tonnage and freeboard. Construction materials, components/parts, propeller and steering gear systems. Ship transversal-longitudinal stability. Ship Constr. Hydrostatical curves, free surface effect, dynamic stability. Ship strength. Stability on and Stability grounding and docking. General terms of cargo handling. Cargo equipment and cargo compartments. Cargo handling affects on the stability and sea worthiness. Cargo winches (craines) and hatch covers, and their maintanence. Cargo securing and stowage, and their equipment. Loading-discharging cargo operation. Pipe and pump systems of tankers. Enclosed spaces. Calculation of draught Crgo Hdling & survey and stress. Receiving cargo, tallying and deliver procedures. Cargo safely keeping and Stowage 1 supervision. This syllabus covers the requirements of the STCW / 95 Convention Chapter II Section Maritime A-II/1. This functional element provides the detailed knowledge of Maritime English to English 1 support training outcomes related to navigation at the operational level. This syllabus covers the requirements of the STCW / 95 Convention Chapter II Section Maritime A-II/1. This functional element provides the detailed knowledge of Maritime English to English 2 support training outcomes related to navigation at the operational level. Marine radio communication basics. National and international regulations. GMDSS terrestrial and satellite communication systems. Distress, urgency, safety and routine communication procedures. Maritime safety information service. Homing-locating and Marine IAMSAR communication at sea. Ship radio station watchkeeping procedures. Radio Communication communication supplementary equipment. International code of signals. Distress, urgency, safety and routine communication exercises utilizing GMDSS simulator Marine and actual radio equipment. Radiotelephony communication and SMCP exercises. SAR Communication operations. Ship radio station watchkeeping procedure exercises. International code of signal Lab exercises. Fundamentals of electronics and power electronics. Testing power electronics components. Diagnostics. Unit systems and measurement methods. Measurement instruments. Testing Ship electronic lines and transducers. Digital technique; codes, gates, function blocks, memory, Electronics I/O systems, programmable systems and components. Applications in ship and systems.

183

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DPR231

Maritime Safety II Seaman Physical Education

Course Code

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

184

Course Name

DPR238

Intro to Scn & Eng. Comp

DPR241

Onboard Trainning 1

DPR242

Electronic Navigation

DPR251

Meteorology

DPR252

Maritime Conventions

DPR262

Linear Algebra

DPR272

Economics

DPR281

Material Science

DPR282

Hrm in Maritime

DPR283

Mar.culture & Cul.snsvty

DPR285

Economic Geography Transportation System

DPR286

Business Logistics

DPR284

Course Description Introduction to scientific and engineering computing. Introduction to program computing environment. Variables, operations and simple plot. Algorithms and logic operators. Flow control. Errors and source of errors. Functions. Linear algebra applications. Solving equations applications. Polynomials examples. Curve fitting applications. Interpolation applications. Numerical integration applications. Symbolic mathematics. ODE solutions with built-in functions. To know ship, equipment, bridge, deck, deck auxiliary machinery and all systems. Watchkeeping. Preparation of maneuvering and operations during maneuvering. Operations during port. Ship safety and security management system and the documents. Surveying and inspections. The Gyro Compass; Steering control system, Auto-Pilot, Echo-Sounders. Speed logs and Doppler. Global Positioning System (GPS); Hyperbolic Navigation System. IMO performance standards for electronic navigation equipment on the bridge. Introduction to meteorology and atmoshere. Meteorological elements. Clouds and meteors. Air pressure. Wind systems, air masses and fronts. Marine surfaces weather observations. Ship synoptic codes and the station model. Surface analysis. Terminology of international conventions. Maritime organizations, organizing, institualization and recognition. United Nations and International Maritime Organization (IMO). Structure of IMO. Methods to prepare conventions. IMO International Maritime Conventions and Codes. Other national and international maritime related organizations and related conventions. Familization of National maritime Legislations. Matrices and system of equations. Systems of linear equations. Row echelon form. Matrix algebra. Elementary matrices. Determinants. The determinant of a matrix. Properties of determinants. Cramerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Rule. Vector spaces. Definition of vector space. Subspaces. Linear independence. Basis and dimension. Change of basis. Matrix representations of linear transformations. The scalar product. Eigenvalues and eigenvector. Introduction to the principles of micro and macroeconomics. The fundamental problems of economies. The modeling of household and firm behaviors. Market structures. The principles of public finance. The modeling of macroeconomics in an international context. Introduction to material science. Structures and phase diagrams of metals. Mechanical properties of metals. Designation and classification of steel, cast iron and nonferrous material. Heat treatment of metals. Material testing. Ceramics, organic and composite materials. Corrosion and its protection. International standards of materials. Fundamentals and functions of Human Resources Management (HRM). Companyship organization and seafarer management. HRM application on seafarers; seafarers HRM planning, personnel selection and employment, training, certification, performance assessment and career planning. Personnel harmonization to ship and sea life. The concept of International and strategic HRM and their applications in maritime. First Turkish maritime action. Turkish maritime activities in Mediterranean and the Black Sea. Shipyards activities in the Ottoman Empire. Introduction to grand Turkish Admirals. Assessment of major military victories and defeats. Seas trade concessions. Ship ceremonies and maritime education in the Ottoman Empire. Maritime education and training in Turkey. Introduction to economic geography. Trade routes in the world. Transportation Geography. Minerals and natural resources in the world. Geographies of production and consumption. Business and employment geographies. Investigation of transportation systems, comparison, setting up of optimum transportation systems. Objectives of and Functions of Logistics, Logistics Role in the Economy/Organization, Critical Issues in Logistics Outsourcing, Inventory Managament, Materials Management, Factors Influencing Transport Economics, Paketleme, Global Logistics and Global Supply Chain, Logistics Information Systems, Financial Issues in Logistics Performance, Integrated Logistics, Logistics and Shipping, Logistics and Port Management

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DPR287 DPR288 DPR289

DPR301 DPR302

DPR311

DPR321

DPR331

DPR341

DPR361

DPR381

Course Description The course includes introduction of concepts of the sea and the environment in general meaning. General characteristics of oceans and seas, the sensitivity of pollution due to marine habitat in it, the definition of marine pollution are performed. After discussing the activities causing marine pollution, especially the measures and sanctions in international law are described.

Marine Enviromental General English 2 This syllabus covers advanced level oral and written usage of English. General This syllabus consists of the vocabulary, and structures to upgrade the general English level of EnglÄ°sh 1 students in order to support their careers in Maritime English and Professional studies. The basic theory of Radar. Radar controls. Radar plotting and exercises. Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (ARPA). ARPA symbols and controls use Radar and ARPA to ensure safe navigation. Electronic charts and ECDIS. Automatic Identification System (AIS). Long-range E-Navigation identification and tracking system (LRIT). Voyage Data Recorder (VDR). IMO performance Systems standards. Integrated Bridge Systems. E-navigation applications. Onboard PRE-REQUIREMENTS: DPR241 and DPR341. Students go to vessels as trainers for long Training 3 term sea trainning during the semestre. Solar system. Celestial Coordinate System. Definitions. Horizontal Coordinate System. Time, twilight and determination of rise and set of celestial bodies. Astronomical Triangle. Zenith distance, intercept and line of position (LOP). Usage of Almanac, NP 401 and HO 229. HO 2102, sextant, determine and calculation of the height of celestial bodies. Determination of Celestial fix and position whilst upper and lower meridian passage of celestial bodies. Polaris. SIA and Navigation determination of compass error. Determination of Great Circle Navigation by NP 401. Basic law information. Definition, basic principles and divisions of Maritime Law. Maritime Labor Law. Required by law about the protection of life and property at sea. Ship, seaworthiness, port clearance, cargo certificate of fitness. Legal responsibilities in marine accidents. General average. Legal aspects of rescue and salvage. Maritime jurisdiction areas Maritime Law 1 and internal waters. International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea. Maintain a safe navigational watch, watchkeeping arrangements and procedures. Guidance regarding watchkeeping in Watchkeeping 2 STCW Code. Roueting, Blind Pilotage Techniques. Ships Reporting Systems. Passage planning and execution, watch keeping and collision avoidance practices. Practices of electronic navigation equipment in simulator. Navigation practices at different meteorological Mar.practical conditions and varios waterways. Fundamental knowledge and practices of ship manoeuvring Studies (berthing-unberthing and anchorage) and effecting factors. To know ship, equipment, bridge, deck, deck auxiliary machinery and all systems. Watchkeeping. Preparation of maneuvering and operations during maneuvering. Operations Onboard during port. Ship safety and security management system and the documents. Surveying and Training II inspections. Basics of technical and commercial ship management concept, shipping market, charter party, types of charter and agreement, agency and type of agents. Repair and maintenance. Dry docking. Compliance audits. Ship operating costs. Voyage planning. Rules, regulations and preparation of ship. Ship documents and follow up. Crew, training, security, safety and supply Technical Ship management under technical management. Supply planning, keeping record of supply and Mngmnt supervision of provision and demand Introduction to shipping business and economics, ship investments, investment decisions in shipping business, lendersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; perspective on ship finance, equity financing, commercial loans, loan appraisal, feasibility assessment, types of loans, debt-equity structure. Finance function and financial statements. Financial analysis. Cash management. Financial planning. Risk and Shipping return. Cost of capital. Credit management. Ship finance and return, Voyage performance Finance analysis.

185

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DPR351

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

DPR383

Ship Scm

DPR385

Fluid Mechanics

DPR387

Int. Relat.&mar. policies

DPR389

Org.mngmnt & Bhv. in Mrtm

DPR401

Rsrch Meth.& Statistics

DPR402

Maritime Law 2

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

186

DPR411 DPR412

Commercial Ship Mgmnt Maritime Safety

DPR422

Ship Hdlng & Mneouvrng Graduation Project

DPR423

Crg Hdling&stowage 2

DPR421

Course Description Concept of supply chain management. Components of the supply chain management. Development of the supply chain management intelligence and supply chain management appliances in the world and Turkey. Ship supply chain management and constructing of process. Risk assessesment relating to ship demand and forecasting. Planning (bunker, victualling, provision, stock etc.) relating to ship demand, purchasing order/demand and logistics integration. Introduction. Unit systems. Hydrostatics. Pressure at a point. Calculation of pressure forces. Kinematics of fluids. Basic equations of one dimensional flow (continuity, energy and impulsmomentum equations). Ideal fluids. Real fluids. Potential (irrotational) flows. Boundary layer. Dimensional analyses and similarity laws. Theories of International Relation, international economic and political organisations (UN, World Bank, EU, IMO, etc.), international conflict areas, public international law, comparative maritime politics, maritime power, naval and maritime power as a foreign policy tool. Basic concepts of management. Organisation and types of organisation. Organisations in ship and in maritime. Individuality and types of personality. Perception, attribution and learning. Job satisfaction, organisational commitment and motivation. Group, formation of group, working within different groups and team work. Leadership and its approaches. Organization change and development. Stress and stress management. Social responsibility and ethics. Introduction to shipping management and management concepts. Negotiation of charter parties. Voyage estimates. Lay time and hire statements. Profit and loss accounts. Agency. Scientific research methods. Writing up of scientific manuscripts. Fundamentals of statistics. Measures of central tendency. Measures of dispersion. The concept of probability and theorems. Bayes theorem. Random variables and probability distributions. Discrete and continuous distributions. Hypothesis testing. Practices by using multi-task statistical software. Introduction to Maritime Priate Law. Tort and contractual liability. Introduction to Maritime Law. Ship, registration, flag, seaworthiness. Master, seafarers. Duties, authorities and responsibilities of Master. Shipowner, disponent owner, rights and responsiblities of shipowner. Shipping contracts. Maritime casualties, collision, salvage, general average. Maritime and contractual liens. Civil liability and compensation for รงivil claims resulted from marine pollution. Marine insurance, hull and machinery insurance, club insurance. Ship Insurance. Chartering. Brokerage. Sale and Purchase. Technical Support. Management of ships technical fitness, maintenance and repair management, crew, training, safety and security and bunkering management Refreshment of STCW basic trainings. Fire fighting organization on board. Firefighting equipment maintenance. Protection from hazardous on ship. Medical first aid. Resistance on ship handling and manoeuvring. Engine and manoeuvre systems. Steering, turning circles and stopping distances. Effect of wind and current on ship handling. Squat, shallow water and similar effects. Proper procedures for anchoring and mooring. Navigation in traffic separation schemes, pilot embarkation-disembarkation. Ship handling in restricted waters. Berthing-unberthing, manoeuvre by tug and without tug. Dry-docking (damage-non damage). Ship handling in heavy weather and in ice. Towing. Manoeuvres for man overboard. Assistance to vessels or sea plane in distress A well-defined up-to-date problem based on theoretical and technological investigations has to be solved and the results have to be presented with visual tools. Cargo handling effects on stability and stress calculation. Inadequate cargo handling, fatigue and corrosion. Timber cargoes handling. Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing. Heavy cargoes, fumigation and safety measures. Bulk cargoes, grain cargoes, IMO regulations and calculation. RO-RO transportation. Tankers (Oil, Chemical and Liquefied Gas) characteristics of cargoes, calculations and operations. Preparedness and cleaning of tank, safety procedures. Dangerous cargo (IMDG and IMSBC Code) transportation, documentation. Hazardous substances in packaged form. Effective communication.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

DPR431

DPR432

DPR441 DPR442

DPR451

DPR452

DPR481

DPR482

DPR484

DPR485

DPR486

DPR488

Course Description

Marine engines (and machinery) and classification. Main engines; diesel engines, steam and gas turbines (including steam boilers). Marine auxiliary machinery and systems; pumps, oily water separators, lubricating oil and fuel oil separators, air compressors, refrigeration systems and HVAC, fresh water generators, sewage treatment units, incinerators, and ship piping. Introduction to deck machinery and systems. Lub oil, fuel oil and water consumptions. Marine Engines Introduction to ship maneuvring systems. Bridge Resources Management. Bridge team working, Planning and execution of bridge team, behaviour in emergency cases. On board, workload management, organising and training. Risk assessment and management on board. Personnel management, to apply leadership and managerial skills. Decision-making techniques. Situational awareness and communication. Vessel Traffic Management. Navigating in different waterways by gained knowledge for; briefing of navigation (Planning), executing of navigation (execution) and de-briefing of Ship Mngmt & navigation (Monitoring and Assessment) on the bridge simulators. IAMSAR simulator Leadership practices. Introduction to tanker transportation; Operations carried out on crude oil and chemical/product Crg Handling tankers; Operations carried out at crude oil / chemical terminals; National/international rules Simulator for tankers; Handling of dangerous cargoes and safety precautions. SIRE. Simulator exercises. Meteorology & Synoptic maps and weather systems. Tropical cyclones. Ocean current system. Waves. Tides Oceanography and current systems. Sea ice and effects on navigation. Classification societies. Certificates to be carried on board ships. Annual, intermediate and Ship Survey special surveys. Survey preparations. Flag state and port state control. Corrective action of Prosedures nonconformity. Record the oil and garbage record book. Safety and security. Ship Security Management System. Ship Safety Management System. Mar. Sequrity& Quality Management System. Risks in maritime and risk assessment. Integrated management Q M System systems, ISO 9001. Requirements of international audits. Requirements of occupational health and safety. Requirements of OHSAS 180001. Seafarers Occupational Health and Safety Management System. OHSAS 18001 applications in Hlth&safety 1 maritime sector and risk assessment. Requirements of occupational health and safety. Requirements of OHSAS 180001. Seafarerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Occupational Health and Safety Management System. OHSAS 18001 applications in Health&safety maritime sector and risk assessment. Management psychology and basic subjectareas, The effects of living conditions on ship to individual psychology and performance, Understanding human behavior models, Loneliness impulse, stress and coping techniques, Communication psychology, Self-recognition and improve methods, Causes of conflict in ships environment and ways of solution, Psychological approaches to the factors that affectte amperformance / perspective, Case studyandanalysis, Effective Decision-making and behavior in a crisis, sychological harassment in ship environment and Communicatn copingmethods. Port management and operation related terminology and fundamentals. Types of terminals and operations. Port economics, port authority, berthing and un-berthing procedures. Port Port management and operations related international treaties, port information systems and Management automation. General overview on the ports in Turkey. Managerial Behavior & Performance in Introduction to shipping management and management concepts. Negotiation of charter Maritme parties. Voyage estimates. Lay time and hire statements. Profit and loss accounts. Agency Marine Definition of marine accidents. Effects of marine accidents and models developed to prevent Accidents and accidents. Human error and ergonomics. Near Miss situation. Legislations related to prevent Safety Culture accidents. Organization Climate and Culture. Safety Culture. Maritime safety culture. Intro. to General concepts of maritime traffic. Basic information for examination of maritime traffic. Maritime Maritime traffic and maneuvering of collision avoidance. Assessment process of maritime Traffic traffic condition. Basic studies for modeling of maritime traffic and planning of navigationable Engineering maritime traffic lines. Basic information about vessel traffic management services.

187

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

DPR483

Course Name

Course Code DPR490 DPR492

DPR494

ECON101

ECON102

ECON201

ECON202

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

188

ECON203

ECON204

ECON301

ECON302

ECON304

ECON305

ECON306

Course Name

Course Description

Cargo pumps and types. Cargo pumps and components in LNG, LPG, chemical and oil tankers. Pump application on tankers. Efficiency and power calculation of pumps. Maintenance, Cargo Pumps troubles and remedies of cargo pumps. Deck Deck crane and davits. Capstan and windlass. Steering gear. Hatch covers. Ramps, covers and Machinery vehicles lifts on Ro-Ro ships. Bow-stern thruster. Cargo pumps. Valves. Antarctic and Arctic: Ocean-atmosphere-ice interaction, sea ice formation, physical and biological features, sea ice differences between North Pole and South Pole, influencing the navigation, sea ice extent per season, new routes declared by IMO providing navigation at Sea Ice North Pole, Sea ice observation techniques (ASPeCt observations) from the ship. Introduction to Economics I This course introduces the scope, nature and methods of Introduction to economics; the economic problem, a general view of the price system consumer behaviour; Economics I theory of the firm; various market structures. Introduction to Economics II This course introduces the interdependence of the economy; Intro. to national income and its determination; elements of public finance; money and banking, Economics II monetary policy; international trade; economic growth and development. This course introduces the scope, nature and methods of economics; the economic problem, Introduction to a general view of the price system consumer behaviour; theory of the firm; various market Economics I structures. This course introduces the interdependence of the economy; national income and its Introduction to determination; elements of public finance; money and banking, monetary policy; international Economics II trade; economic growth and development. Intermediate Microeconomics This course is intended to introduce and ground students in the intermediate principles of microeconomics. It develops on the knowledge from introductory microeconomics and prepares students for advanced topics in microeconomics and any other courses that require an adequate knowledge of microeconomics. The topics include demand, supply and market prices; theory of consumer equilibrium; demand and supply elastic ties; theory of production and cost; pricing and equilibrium conditions in different market Intermediate Microeconomics structures, short and long-run; general equilibrium and welfare economics.Intermediate Macroeconomics This class attempts to impart the theoretical background for understanding macroeconomic problems and policy options. Topics include the analysis of the economic activity, national income accounting; classical, Keynesian and modern theories of income and employment; general equilibrium of product and money markets; aggregate demand and supply; stabilization policies; impact of international trade, IS-LM and AS-AD general equilibrium systems, money, unemployment, inflation, and interest rates. We will be emphasizing the historical context of our tools as well as highlighting real world applications Intermediate Macroeconomics of them. International Economics I This course includes the analysis of the bases for trade and patterns of specialization and exchange in the classical, neoclassical and Thecksher-Ohlin-Samuelson International models of trade; the effect of trade on relative and absolute factor prices; the effect of growth Economics I on trade. International Economics II This course includes the analysis of tariffs, subsidies and other restrictions on trade; the foreign exchange market; balance of payments equilibrium and International disequilibrium; methods of adjustment to balance of payments disequilibria under the major Economics II exchange rate systems. Mathematical Economics This course focuses on the development of the basic mathematical Mathematical tools required by the modern economist; multivariate differential and integral calculus, vector Economics and matrix analysis; problems relating to maximization programs and stability analysis. Money & Banking This course analysis the definition of money; determinants of the supply Money & of and demand for money; theories explaining the changes in the general price level; central Banking banking, commercial banking and other financial intermediaries; monetary policy. Business Cycles & Forecasting This course analysis of the factors in economic fluctuations, Business the forecasting of future economic activities and policies designed to mitigate the more Cycles & severe and costly sorts of fluctuations. The study of various aspects of business cycle theory, Forecasting introduction of the main aggregate economic concepts, important

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

Financial Economics

ECON317

Political Economy

ECON318

Labor Economics

ECON401

Economic Thought

ECON402

Global Economics

ECON403

Managerial Economics

ECON404

Public Finance

ECON405

Research Methods

ECON406

Economic Development

ECON408

Turkish Economy

ECON410

Econometrics

Financial Economics A set of underlying economic principles is applied to the determination of the value of basic financial instruments such as stocks and bonds, as well as derivative securities, such as futures and options. Valuation concepts, in turn, allow for the analysis of various issues of interest to policy makers as well as portfolio managers and investors, such as the term structure of interest rates, portfolio theory, the capital structure of the firm, capital budgeting and risk management. Political Economy This course is analyzing relations among state, economy, and society. Discussion of liberalism and individualism, neo-classical economics, Marxism, sociological and cultural theories, and neo-institutionalism. Labor Economics This course includes the analysis of the market for labor, determinants of labor supply and demand; labor market equilibrium, wage structure, human capital, labor mobility, labor unions, industrial relations, conflict and cooperation, employment and unemployment. Economic Thought The course emphasizes processing of the evolution and improvement of the tools of analysis of economic phenomena up to the present day; contribution of ancient and medieval economic thought. Mercantilism as doctrine and as economic process; contribution of Physiocracy to systematic economic thought; Classical economic analysis; socialist and historicist economic thought; Neo-classical school, marginalism, partial and general equilibrium analysis; American Institutionalism; Keynesian economics; Austrian School; Modern Monetarism; Rational Expectations; Public Choice and Capture Theories.Global Economics This course aims to understand globalisation and basic economic model it relies on; presenting the main reasons why globalisation is promoted (nature of multinational enterprises and their role in globalisation). The concept and stages of economic blocks. Basic reasons of creating economic blocks and consequences of this development Managerial Economics The course deals with the application of economic theory and quantitative methods to managerial decision-making problems. Topics include demand and supply analysis, production, cost analysis, forecasting, pricing, market structures, break-even analysis and capital budgeting. Public Finance The course emphasizes processing of the causes of market failure and the need for government intervention in the economy analysis of public goods, externalities, decreasing cost conditions; the problem of income distribution; budget systems and cost-benefit analysis; government expenditure patterns and tax structures; unemployment problems; economic stabilization and the impact of government expenditures and taxes on the level of economic activity and income.Research Methods This course is an introductory course in the theory and practice of economic research. The course focuses on the design, development, and implementation of research projects. The course is centered on tools and techniques of research and their application to the development of a formal research design. The course introduces the student to some of the uses of computer resources in research methods in economics. The topics includes research process and techniques; data collection, processing and evaluation of the findings. Economic Development This course includes the survey of classical and contemporary theories of development; analysis of major issues and problems of economic development and structural change; analysis of development policy process; evaluation of alternative strategies of industrialization. Turkish Economy This course focuses on the overall structure of the economy; sources and use of income;public sector; main sectors; agriculture, industry, services; income distribution; trends in production, employment, inflation, finance and trade; Turkish economy and EU; analysis of the dynamics of change of the Turkish economy and evolution of economic policies within the context of the world economy and globalization. Econometrics The course will introduce the basis of the classical linear regression model; assumptions, the problems of estimation and inference, violation of the assumptions of the model. The basic statistical concepts are also reviewed.

189

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ECON307

Course Description

Course Code

ECON411

Industrial Organization

ECON412

Cyprus Economy

ECON413

Monetary Theory and Policy

ECON414

Project Appraisal and Cost Benefit Analysis

ECON417

Environmental Economics Empirical Economic Analysis I

ECON418

Empirical Economic Analysis II

ECON415

190

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

ECON419

ECON420

ECON500

ECON501

ECON502

Agricultural Economics Contemporary Issues in Economics

Course Description Industrial Organization This course applies microeconomic theory and econometric analysis to study firms and markets. Both theoretical and empirical work is considered, and implications for business strategy and public policy are discussed. Topics include imperfect competition, pricing, advertising, entry and exit, industry evolution, cartel formation, vertical integration, mergers, antitrust, and regulation. Several real world industries are used to focus ideas, provide examples, and test theories. Cyprus Economy This course examines comparative micro and macro analysis of Cyprus economy vis-a-vis globalization and regionalization. Brief retrospective evaluation of economic developments are analyzed in the light of economic theories. Monetary Theory and Policy This course examines the basic workings of the financial system and monetary policy primarily in developing countries. There is an emphasis on understanding the issues relating to interest rates, the tools of monetary policy, and the role of the Central Bank. The general economics and structure of the financial system is also discussed. Project Appraisal and Cost Benefit Analysis This course focuses on the economic, social and environmental appraisal of project options. Considerable emphasis is placed on the application of cost-benefit analysis and the incorporation of multiple objectives in project appraisal in developed and developing countries. Extensive use of relevant case studies will be made throughout the course.Environmental Economics This course introduces ecological limits on economy and natural resources; environment and ethics; economic growth, population growth and environment; theories of environmental policy instruments, valuation of environmental goods, dynamic aspects of local and international aspects of environmental issues. Comparative Economic Systems This course deals with different economic systems and political structures of various countries. Students will be able to compare and contrast different economic systems. Empirical Economic Analysis The course provides students with a grounding in basic econometric methods. The techniques learnt in this course are part of an economist’s essential ‘tool kit’. It will provide students with an understanding of the basic techniques of multiple regression analysis and enable them to interpret and critically evaluate the results of empirical research in economics. Agricultural Economics The main purpose of this course is to use the tools of the economics discipline in order to understand the agricultural sector. This course will be focused in the use of microeconomic tools. The main topics that will be covered are: theory of consumer behavior, consumer equilibrium and market demand, measurement and interpretation of elasticity, introduction to production and market equilibrium, economics of input and product substitution, market equilibrium and product price: perfect competition and imperfect competition, natural resources, the environment and agriculture, government intervention in agriculture, impacts of macroeconomic policy actions on agriculture, why nations trade, agricultural trade policy and preferential trading arrangements.

Contemporary Issues in Economics Research, presentation and debates about the new issues in economics. Case studies. Economics for Business Management Microeconomic environment of business: The working of competitive markets. Demand and supply. Products, markets cost and revenue. Profit maximization under perfect and imperfect competition. The firm in the factor market. Economics Government, firm and market. Macroeconomic environment of business: National income, for Busıness employment and inflation, International trade, the balance of payments, exchange rates, Management money and interest, economic ideas, Keynesian and Monetarist expiations of business activity. Microeconomic Analysis Evaluation of tools of micro analysis; theories of the consumer Microeconomic and firm; determination of relative prices under different market types; stability issue of Analysis comparative market equilibrium; topics in economics of information. Macroeconomic Analysis Analysis of the Classical, Keynesian and Tobin’s dynamic aggregative models; impact multipliers and stability analysis; Walrasian and Keynesian Macroeconomic adjustment mechanisms; implications of different money regimes; various issues of open Analysis macro models.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name Economic Thought

ECON504

International Economics

ECON510

Econometrics

ECON511

Economic Development

ECON512

Turkish Economy

ECON513

International Political Economy

ECON514

Economic Policies

ECON515

Globalization & Economic Issues

ECON516

Public Finance

ECON517

Welfare Economics

EDU102

Educational Psychology

Economic Thought Critical analysis of contemporary economic thought with reference to its evolution; comparative evaluation of schools of economic thought; mainstream and nonmainstream economic thought; Nobel-Prize winner economic theories; puzzles and paradoxes in economic thought. International Economics Comparative analysis of international trade theories and policies; balance of payments; international factor movements; the results of the GATT/WTO agreements; the international monetary system and its evolution; capital movements; foreign direct investment; portfolio investment; exchange rate determination; stabilization policies in open economies. Econometrics The linear regression model; data problems; specification problems; maximum likelihood; nonlinear regression; Probability Distribution Theory and statistical inference; non-spherical disturbances; heteroscedasticity and autocorrelation; co-integration and error correction discrete dependent variables; Granger’s Causality analysis.----------------Economic Development Major theories of development, neoclassical and structuralist approaches, dependence theories; historical aspects of development; measurement of development; gap between ‘North’ and ‘South’; income distribution, population growth and employment; agriculture, trade and industrialization; external debt; main policy issues. Turkish Economy Comparative micro and macro analysis of Turkish economy vis-a-vis globalisation and regionalization; brief retrospective evaluation of economic developments since the proclamation of the Republic; analysis of economic crises, inflation and unemployment; inter-sectoral analyses; budget and PSBR; foreign economic relations, FTB, CAB, foreign portfolio and direct investments; relations with IMF, stabilization measures; Twin-Deficit Analysis; relations with EU, structural measures.---------------International Political Economy The political dynamics involved in the formulation and evolution of economic theories and institutions; wealth and power: mercantilism; the liberal IPE perspective; the structuralist perspective; critical perspectives on IPE; IPE structures: production, finance, security, knowledge and technology; IMF, WB, OECD, WTO and the IPE of international finance and trade; the economics and politics of integration; the IPE of North and South; the IPE of transnational corporations; the new political economy: ‘Public Choice’ and ‘Regulation’; the future of IPE. Economic Policies of EU The dynamics of integration in Europe, focusing on economic aspects; brief historical background; theoretical rationale of economic integration, ‘tradecreation’ and ‘trade-diversion’ effects; customs union in EEC; Maastricht Treaty and its contents; monetary union in EU; harmonization of economic and social policies of EU; economic relations of EU with other countries. Globalisation & Economic Issues Analysis of the concept of globalisation; historical evolution of globalisation; different aspects of globalisation; evaluation of economic globalisation; perfect mobility of capital; North-South divergence in various economic indicators and development criteria; external-debt spiral of the South Public Finance Fiscal theory and policy; nature, scope and role of the public sector in open economies; public goods, externalities, public revenue system, monopolies; budgeting and government expenditures; taxation and subsidies; effects of alternative tax systems on resource allocation, capital formation, income distribution and inflation; intergovernmental financial relations. Welfare Economics Pareto-optimal allocation of resources; tax, subsidy and compensation criteria; social welfare function; efficiency and equity effects of taxes; macroeconomic theories of income distribution; measurement techniques of inequality; income redistribution policies; theory of ‘Public Choice’ ‘the Median-Voter Model’, Lindahl’s equilibrium; Wicksellian extensions, ‘the Calculus of Consent’; Theory of Regulation and the Capture Theory. Educational Psychology The relation between education and psychology, definitions and functions of educational psychology, human development (physical, cognitive, emotional, social and moral), learning theories and their reflection on teaching process, effective learning and its factors (motivation, individual factors, group dynamics and their effects on classroom teaching).

191

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ECON503

Course Description

Course Code

EDU103

EDU203

EDU208

EDU209

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

192

EDU210

EDU251

EDU303

EDU309

Course Name

Course Description

Introduction to Educational Sciences Basic educational concepts, functions of education (philosophical, social, legal, psychological, economic and political), the relation between Introduction education and other fields, historical development of education, directions in education in the to Educational new millennium, the Turkish education system and its characteristics, the role of teachers in Science education, characteristics of teachers, new practices and perspectives in teacher training Material Design in Education Teaching analysis, classification of purpose, goals analysis, learner analysis, content, planning, exercises and feedback in planning, assessment planning, two-dimensional visual learning-teaching tools, the classical education technology, modern educational technology, teaching materials selection procedures, materials design and development principles, design elements, development of course materials management, Material Design domain-related development materials, visual, audio and audio-visual materials development, in Education teaching courses in the use of material samples.---------------Measurement & Assessment Measurement in education, assessment location and its importance, basic concepts of measurement and evaluation, using measuring tools to find desired properties (reliability, validity, usefulness), measuring tools used in education and its features, the traditional approach based on tools (written exams, short response examinations, the correct -wrong-type tests, multiple-choice tests, should match the tests, oral poll and homework), multi-dimensional face recognition tools (observation, interview, performance evaluation, student product files, research papers, research projects, peer evaluation, selfMeasurement assessment, attitudes scales) , measuring results based on statistical processes, assessment of and Evaluation learning outcomes, measuring tool development.--------------Teaching Principles and Methods Basic issues in teaching, learning and teaching principles, the importance of planning in teaching, planning teaching, examples of (unit-based) syllabuses and daily lesson plans, learning and teaching strategies, instructional methods and techniques Methods of and their applications, instructional tools, tasks and responsibilities of teachers in improving Instruction quality of teaching, teacher efficacy.Instructional Design Instructional design, meaning and importance of general understanding and modelling, training design models, needs and problem analysis, teaching environment (students, content and organization) analysis, subject-content and task analysis, priorities and conditions to determine training objectives, measurement and evaluation criteria’s for determination, teaching theories and strategies, goal-content and media for teaching material section and development, education of system design, education design theories and models, Instructional development, implementation and evaluation of teaching design, project management, the Design investigation and the distribution of information. The course is a factual, descriptive, and analytical study of systems of formal education or Trends, schooling. Educational trends, along with curriculum reform and restructuring are emphasized Problems and in political, economic, and cultural contexts. This course examines education in group of Comparisons countrıes by usıng data and insights drawn from practices and situation in these countries. of Educational The course also intends to analyze and compare field-specific implementations in the world Systems comparing the Turkish education system with others. Distance Education Remote access to education, the use of distance education and the teaching environment, technologies used in distance education: TV, Video, radio and written materials. Technologies in planning, preparation and application techniques and methods used. Basic concepts in distance education, radio and education structure and functioning, Video, and film catalogs, educational television, and historical development of research, children’s TV programs and importance, adult TV programs and the importance, analysis of high school programs, open university program analysis, internet schools and virtual classrooms, communications and information technology point of view of the interpretation Distance process of distance education, recent distance education technologies. (Prerequisite: EDU 203) Education Classroom Management Basic issues in classroom management, distinctions between discipline maintenance and classroom management, communication and interaction in the classroom, inside and outside factors affecting classroom environment, classroom management models, establishing and observing classroom rules, effective classroom arrangements, Classroom handling misbehaviour, time management, and classroom organization, establishing an Management effective classroom environment for learning, case studies and suggestions.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

EDU311

Special Teaching Methods I

EDU312

Special Teaching Methods II

EDU313

Special Education

EDU314

Turkish Edu. system and School Mgmt

EDU404

Teaching Practice

Guidance

EDU413

School Experience

EDU423

Research Methods in Education

EDU603

Advanced Statistics

EEN301

Electronic Circuits I

Subject Specific Teaching Methods I Area-specific basic concepts and the concepts associated with the fields of education, the Constitution and the Basic Law on National Education, the general purpose of teaching space, the method, techniques, equipment and materials that are used. Review of the related education program (objective, achievements, theme, unit, activity, etc.). Review and evaluation of sample workbooks for teachers, lectures and students.Subject Specific Teaching Methods II Micro teaching applications (computer courses will be selected from the education program for students, whether in the classroom plan, environment, equipment and materials presented by organizing courses and presentations on teaching knowledge and skills in evaluation). Field-specific applications (remote control systems, laboratory studies, etc.). Laboratory examination and evaluation of computer media, teaching qualifications, computer measurement and evaluation in education: application portfolio, performance tests, observation forms, etc. (Prerequisite: EDU-311) Special Education The definition of special education, special education related to basic principles, establishing disability reasons, importance of early diagnosis and treatment, in view of disability related historical approach, mentally handicapped, hearing impaired, visually impaired, physical disabilities, language and communication disorders people and special learning difficulties, attention deficit and hyperactivity disordered people, over autistic and gifted children and educational characteristics of the different development. Special education of the children through play, training. Reactions of families observed in our countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s special education status, purpose of institutions and organizations in special education. Turkish Ed. System & School Management The aim of the Turkish education system and fundamental principles, legal regulations related to education, Turkish education systemâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s structure, management theories and processes, school organization and management, school management staff, students, faculty and business-related work, school social inclusion.Practice Teaching Designing and implementing a daily lesson plan each week, evaluation of the teaching sessions by the mentor teacher, supervisor, and the student teacher, improving teaching as a result of evaluation and reflection, portfolio submission. Guidance Basic concepts of guidance, student personality services, psychological counselling and guidance for these services, principles of guidance, development, psychological counselling and guidance types, services, service techniques, organization and personnel approach, new development areas, student recognition techniques, book-teacher cooperation teacher guidance to do tasks.School Experience Observing and recording daily routine at school, classroom observation, observation of classroom teaching with particular attention to the steps, procedures, techniques, classroom management, and assessment, organizational structure of the school, the principal and his/her conduct of duties, communication with the society, designing a portfolio for recording school experience outcomes. Research Methods in Education Science and basic concepts (phenomenon, knowledge, absolute, true, false, global information, etc.), the history of science based knowledge, scientific investigation of the structure, scientific methods and different opinions about the problems. Research models, the universe and sample, data collection and data collection methods (quantitative and qualitative data collection techniques). Recording data, analysis, and interpretation and reporting activities. Advanced Statistics This is a course in which the PhD students fully grasp the advanced multivariate analysis techniques (such as: Factorial Analysis, Discriminate Analysis, Canonical Analysis, MANOVA etc.) and their uses in research. Electronic Circuits I MOS and bipolar small-signal amplifiers are discussed in depth, including differential current- source biasing. Single and multiple stage transistor amplifiers. Operational amplifiers. Feedback amplifiers, 2-port formulation, source, load, and feedback network loading. Frequency response of cascaded amplifiers, gain-bandwidth exchange, compensation, dominant pole techniques, root locus. Supply and temperature independent biasing and references. Selected applications of analogue circuits such as analogue-to-digital converters, switched capacitor filters, and comparators. The laboratory builds on the concepts presented in the lectures and provides hands-on design experience and help with the use of computer aided design tools. (Prerequisite: ENG202) -------------

193

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EDU406

Course Description

Course Code

EEN302

EEN303

EEN304

EEN305

EEN307

194

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EEN347

EEN348

EEN400

Course Name

Course Description

Electronic Circuits II Introduction to digital integrated circuits. Large signal models for bipolar and MOS transistors. MOS inverters and gates. Bipolar transistor inverters and gates. Regenerative logic circuits. Comparators and Schmidt triggers. Op-amp active filters. Nonlinear applications: precision rectifier, peak detector, wave-shaping and log-converter circuits. Open- loop transfer function, bandwidth, gain-bandwidth product, slew rate, rise time, offset voltages and currents, stability, frequency compensation, noise. Op-amp signal generator circuits: sin-wave oscillators, sweep generators, pulse generators. Sample-and- hold circuits. Electronic Analogue-to-digital and digital-to-analogue converters, voltage-to-current converters, Circuits II voltage-to-frequency converters and frequency-to-voltage converters. (Prerequisite: EEN301) Circuit Theory State variables Laplace transform analysis of circuits. Transfer functions, poles and zeros. Bode plots. Two-port circuits and state variable analysis. Advanced techniques and advanced circuits such as impedance function, filter circuit types, phase and amplitude filters. Circuit Theory Frequency selective circuits. Fourier series. The Fourier transform. (Prerequisite: ENG201)Feedback Control Systems Introduction to design of feedback systems. Properties and advantages of feedback systems. Time-domain and frequency-domain performance Feedback measures. Stability and degree of stability. Nyquist criterion. Frequency-domain design. Control Root locus method. Compensation techniques. Application to a wide variety of physical Systems systems.----------------Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation Errors theory, accuracy analysis and evaluation. System of units. Standards. Measuring methods and procedures. Electromechanical Electrical Measurements & instruments. Instrument transformers. Potentiometers DC and AC bridges. Oscilloscopes. Instrumentations Electronic and Digital instruments. Transducers and sensors. Signals and Systems Discrete-time and continuous-time signals, convolution. Fourier and Laplace transform. Discrete Fourier and Z-transforms. Linear, time-invariant systems: impulse Signals and response, system function. Frequency response of linear time-invariant systems. Bode plots. Systems Application to filter analysis and design. ( Prerequisite: MT112)--------------Electromagnetic Theory I Maxwell’s equations and the Lorentz force law. Quasistatic forms of Maxwell’s equations. Studies of electro-quasistatic fields and their sources through solutions of Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations. Steady conduction and polarisation. Charge relaxation. Magneto-quasistatic approximation; magnetic boundary value problems, magnetisation, Electromagnetic induction, current induced in stationary and moving conductors. Electric and magnetic forces Theory I derived from energy. Extensive use of engineering examples. (Prerequisite: PS112) Electromagnetic Theory II Review of Maxwell’s equations, boundary conditions, vector and scalar potentials, electromagnetic waves, and the wave equation. Plane waves in three dimensions; radiation from elementary electric dipoles, current distributions, and arrays; diffraction and interference. Waves on continuous transmission lines, periodic structures, and dielectric and metallic waveguides; propagation and evanescence. Phase and group velocity. Electromagnetic Cylindrical and spherical waves and boundary value problems. Examples taken from the Theory II fields of quasistatics, acoustics, fibre-optics, and cavity resonators. (Prerequisite: EEN347)Engineering Summer Practice Engineering summer training is the 30 working days long internship period in which the engineering students are expected to apply their theoretical knowledge, which they acquired during their Bachelor level studies, in a real life professional environment. Summer training can be performed at any private or governmental institution which is involved in any of the following areas: manufacturing, assembly, measurement, control, research and development, software development, technical support, plant management. During the training, the engineering students encounter with the professionals and the real life tasks, so that they have a better chance to prepare themselves for the industries’ needs and decide on their exact field of professional interests. At the end of the 30 days of training, which is performed after the third year of the bachelor studies, the students write their summer training reports which summarize their internship experience. The internship Summer period of a student is then judged by the committee evaluation of his/her summer training Training report.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

EEN403

Communication Systems

EEN416

Mobile Communications

EEN417

Active Filter Design

EEN419

Digital Integrated Circuit Design

EEN420

Plc’s and Automation Programmable Logic Controllers and Automation

EEN423

Robotics

EEN420

EEN432

Semiconductor Electronics

EEN433

Photonics and Optoelectronics

EEN434

Introduction to Optical Engineering

EEN441

Digital Signal Processing

EEN445

Digital Communications

Communication Systems Fourier series. Fourier transforms and continuous spectra. Time and frequency relations. Transmission of signals through linear system. Continuous wave modulation. Amplitude, phase and frequency modulations. Generation and detection of AM, DSB-SC, SSSB, VSB, PM and FM signals. CW modulation systems. Super-heterodyne receivers. Frequency division multiplexing systems. Sampling theory. Pulse modulation. Time-division multiplexing. Pulse-code modulation. (Prerequisite: EEN307)---------------This course covers the fundamentals of wireless cellular/mobile/personal communications, systems. The topics covered include: radio propagation, digital modulation, and error control; access methods: spread spectrum, FDMA and TDMA; antenna diversity, multi-input, multioutput systems. Types of analog filters and their frequency-response specifications. Active RC, Gm-C and SC filter configurations. Electrical and physical design of active filter circuits. Digital Integrated Circuit Design Advantages of digital signals and circuits, inverter, voltage transfer curves, transistor-level logic gate realizing a given Boolean function, propagation delays and rise/fall times, static and dynamic power consumption, MOS memory cells (ROM, SRAM, DRAM)PLC’s and Automation PLC concepts, design and programming, Ladder Diagrams, International standards and vendor dependent instruction sets, Timers and Counters in automation systems, Basic features of various type of sensors Introducing Basic features of various type of motors, Introducing Communications with PLC. PLC’s and Automation PLC concepts, design and programming, Ladder Diagrams, International standards and vendor dependent instruction sets, Timers and Counters in automation systems, Basic features of various type of sensors Introducing Basic features of various type of motors, Introducing Communications with PLC. Introducing the fundamentals of mechanics and control of robot manipulators. Provide the student the knowledge to model a robotics system. Teach the essential robot applications used in industrial processes Introducing the fundamentals of mechanics and control of robot manipulators. Provide the student the knowledge to model a robotics system. Teach the essential robot applications used in industrial processes Transform Theory for Engineers Complex variables, Cauchy Riemann conditions, contour integration and residue theory; Fourier transform; Laplace transform; sampling theory. Discrete time filters, discrete and fast Fourier transform. (Prerequisite: EEN307) Semiconductor Electronics Physics of solid-state electronics. Review of quantum-mechanical principles, crystal structure, lattice vibrations, band theory, electrons and holes, diffusion and drift, recombination, high-field phenomena, optical effects, device applications, (Prerequisite: EEN301)----------------This course consists of the analysis of devices and systems used for photonic applications such as Telecommunications, Imaging, Sensors, Displays, Data Storage, Lighting,and Energy. Topics include Fiber Optics, LEDs, LASERs, Optical Amplifiers, Solar Cells, Photodetectors, Chip-scale Photonic Devices and Photonic Integrated Circuits. Introduction to Optical Engineering Fundamental principles of optical systems. Geometrical optics and aberration theory. Stops and apertures, prisms, and mirrors. Diffraction and interference. Optical materials and coatings. Radiometry and photometry. Basic optical devices and the human eye. The design of optical systems. Lasers, fibre optics, and holography. Digital Signal Processing This course is an introduction to DSP concepts and implementation. Main topics of this course are (i) discrete-time signals and systems; (ii) z-transforms; (iii) Sampling and reconstruction, (iv) Transform analysis of LTI systems; (v) IIR filter design; (vi) FIR filter design; (vii) The discrete Fourier transform and (viii) The Fast Fourier transform and applications. Digital Communications This course includes digital communications at the block diagram level, data compression, Lempel-Ziv algorithm, scalar and vector quantization, sampling and aliasing, the Nyquist criterion, PAM and QAM modulation, signal constellations, finite-energy waveform spaces, detection, and modeling and system design for wireless communication.

195

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EEN425

Robotics I Transform Theory for Engineers

EEN423

Course Description

Course Code

EEN446

EEN448

EEN456

EEN465

EEN470

EEN474

196

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EEN475

EEN477

EEN478

EEN481

EEN484

Course Name

Course Description

Satellite Communications Fundamentals of satellites, orbital mechanics, propagation and link calculations, system hardware for space and ground segments, multiplexing and multiple access techniques, Link budgets, Fundamentals of signals and noise associated with satellite communications. Transmission concepts, carrier-to-noise ratio and signal-to-noise ratio, Satellite digital transmission rates with respect to line codes, intersymbol interference, pulse shaping Systems and equalisation, bit energy-to- noise density and error probabilities.-------------Information Information measures and their properties: entropy, divergence, mutual information, channel Theory & capacity. Shannonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s fundamental theorems for data compression and coding for noisy Applications channels. Applications in communications, statistical inference, probability, physics. Wireless Communication & Networks General information about wireless communication and networks telecommunication industry. Wireless communication and networks with a focus on telecommunications engineering, issues faced in industrial applications and Wireless responses to the needs of providers of wireless communications and network industry. The Communication course includes study of path loss, fading models, digital modulation, adaptive modulation, & Networks multi-user communications.Image Processing This course aims to give a broad background into techniques used in image processing and analysis. The topics covered include image transforms, image interpolation, Image enhancement and Filtering in spatial and frequency domains, image segmentation and brief Processing introduction to rigid and non- rigid image registration.This course will introduce the basic principles in artificial intelligence research. It will cover simple representation schemes, problem solving paradigms, constraint propagation, and Artificial search strategies. Areas of application such as knowledge representation, natural language Intelligence processing, expert systems, vision and robotics will be explored Power Electronics Modeling, analysis, and control techniques, design of power circuits including inverters, rectifiers, and DC-DC converters; analysis and design of magnetic Power components and filters; and characteristics of power semiconductor devices. motion control Electronics systems, power supplies.Electrical Machinery Electromechanical energy conversion principles. Forces and torques. Electrical AC machine fundamentals, Synchronous Machines, Steady-State Operating Characteristics, Machinery Polyphase-Induction Machines, Performance calculation from tests. Solar Energy and Photovoltaic Systems Solar energy potential, solar radiation, Photovoltaic effect, conversion of solar energy into electrical energy, Solar cells, basic structure and characteristics, The equivalent circuits of solar cells, Solar cell arrays, PV modules, PV generators, Energy storage alternatives for PV systems, Power conditioning and maximum Solar Energy power point tracking (MPPT), Inverter control for stand-alone and grid-connected operation, & Photovoltaic Stand-alone PV systems, Grid-connected (utility interactive) PV systems, Modeling and Sys. simulation of complete stand-alone and grid-connected PV systems-------------Antennas and Propagation Antenna and propagation fundamentals, Friis transmission formula, radar equation, Maxwellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s equations for radiation problems, antenna parameters, simple radiators, array theory, mutual coupling, wire and broadband antennas, aperture radiators, scattering and diffraction, multipath propagation and fading, antenna measurement Antennas and techniques, surface-wave and ionospheric propagation, microwave and millimeter-wave Propagation propagation. Prerequisite: EEN348 Electromagnetic Theory II. Antennas and Propagation Deriving EM fields from current sources, Antenna characteristics, Microwave Hertz Dipole, linear antennas, the magnetic dipole, other antenna types, Arrays and their Circuits patterns, introduction to array design principles, atmospheric propagation. Power Supply & Energy Transmission General structure and basic elements of an electric power system, Balanced and unbalanced set of generated voltages, Balanced circuit analysis, Electric power in a sinusoidal balanced system, Electric power in a non-sinusoidal balanced system, Three-phase power and energy measurement algorithms in balanced and unbalanced Power Supply power systems, Power transformers and their equivalent circuits, Effect of secondary current & Energy in and the reactanceâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s of the power transformers, Engineering aspects of transformer analysis, Transmission Short-circuit and open-circuit tests of transformers..----------------

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

Course Description

EEN546

Power System Analysis & Protection Per-unit system, Transmission line characteristics. Line inductance, line transposition, Capacitance of the transmission lines. Earth effect, Analysis of power systems networks and methods of solution, Load flow and short circuit analysis, Symmetrical three-phase faults, Symmetrical components, Power system stability analysis, Power System Economic operation of power systems, Current and voltage transformers. Overcurrent Analysis & protection, Differential protection and its application to generators, Transformer and bus bar Protection protections. High Voltage Techniques Representation of power systems with protection zones, Generation of High d.c. Voltages, Generation of High Alternating Voltages, Generation of High Impulse Voltages, Generation of High Impulse Currents, Measurement of High Direct Current Voltages, Measurement of High a.c. and Impulse Voltages, Measurement of High d.c., a.c. and Impulse Currents, Overvoltage Phenomenon and Insulation, Coordination in Electric Power High Voltage Systems, Non-Destructive Testing of Materials and, Electrical Apparatus, High Voltage Techniques Testing of Electrical Apparatus.This course covers the fundamentals of wireless cellular/mobile/personal communications, systems. The topics covered include: radio propagation, digital modulation, and error control; access methods: spread spectrum, FDMA and TDMA; antenna diversity, multi-input, multiMobile Communications output systems. Active Filter Types of analog filters and their frequency-response specifications. Active RC, Gm-C and SC Design filter configurations. Electrical and physical design of active filter circuits. Plot the voltage transfer curve and extract the static parameters and noise margins of a given MOS inverter, build the transistor-level logic gate realizing a given Boolean function, calculate the propagation delays and rise/fall times of a given MOS inverter or gate, design transistor-level combinational and sequential digital circuits using classical (standard CMOS) Cmos Digital as well as alternative approaches (transmission gates, dynamic logic), determine the static Integrated and dynamic power consumption of a given MOS inverter or gate, analyze and design MOS Circuit Design memory cells (ROM, SRAM, DRAM) satellite communication systems, transponder characteristics, modulation for non-linear satellite channels, filtering, satellite link design, link budget calculations, mobilesat - mobile terminal characteristics. Propagation characteristics of fixed and mobile satellite links, channel modelling. Digital modem design, speech codec design. Antennas, Satellite-based Satellite Communications cellular systems. Error control codec design, multiple-access techniques

EEN547

Applied Electromagnetic Theory

EEN486

EEN488

EEN516 EEN517

EEN519

EEN565

EEN575

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EEN556

This course covers the fundamentals of applied electromagnetics by emphasizing physical understanding and practical applications in Electrical and Computer Engineering systems. The MOS transistor (device physics, characteristics, second-order effects, models), Amplifier Microelectronic stages (basic stages, Differential amplifier) Current mirrors, Output stages, Frequency Analog Circuit response of amplifiers, Noise, Feedback, stability and compensation, Operational amplifiers, Design Various analog blocks: Comparators, analog multipliers, oscillators. This course introduces the basic theories and methodologies of digital image processing. Topics include intensity transformations for image enhancement, two-dimensional discrete Fourier transform, spatial and frequency domain linear image filtering, nonlinear image Advanced filtering, binary image processing, edge detection, image segmentation, and digital video Image processing basics.This course makes extensive use of MATLAB as an analysis, design, and Processing visualization tool. Electromagnetic Circuits. Properties of ferromagnetic materials. Single-phase and threephase transformers. Principles of electromechanical energy conversion. Linear and non-linear Advanced systems. Singly and multiply excited electrical machines. Electromagnetic fields created Topics in by AC electric machine windings: pulsating and rotating machines, equivalent circuit, and Electrical steady-state analysis. Synchronous machines: equivalent circuit, steady-state analysis. DC Machinary machines.

197

Course Code

EEN581

EEN584

EEN586

EEN588

198

EEN601

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EEN603

EEN638

EGL101

EGL102

Course Name

Course Description

Transmission line equations, Smith chart, impedance matching techniques, scattering parameters, transfer parameters, directional couplers, and cavity resonators. Wave propagation in metal waveguides and dielectric wave-guides; optical fibres, optical integrated circuits, Microwave and applications to optoelectronic systems. Selections from periodic propagating structures, Theory coupled mode devices, and high-speed circuits for wireless communications. Power and energy in alternating-current circuits. The balanced polyphase circuits. Sinusoidal steady-state analysis. Sinusoidal steady-state power calculation. Balanced three-phase Power Supply circuit. The single and three phase power transformers. The RMS values, active, reactive, and and Energy distortion power in polyharmonic conditions. The. Power cables and their applications. Fuses, Transmission switches and relays. Basic structure of electrical power systems. Electrical characteristics of transmission lines, transformers and generators. Representation of power systems. Per Unit System. Symmetrical three-phase faults. Symmetrical components. Unsymmetrical faults. Balanced Polyphase Circuits. Matrix analysis of power systems networks and methods of solution. Load flow and short circuit analysis. Economic operation of power systems. Transient stability analysis. Current and voltage transformers. Overcurrent protection. Comparators and static relay Power System circuits. Differential protection and its application to generators, transformers and bus Analysis and bars. Motor protection. Pilot wire protection of feeders. Introduction to distance and other Control protection systems. Generation of high voltages. HVDC vs. HVAC systems, Cockroft-Walton cascade rectifier. Transformer cascade. Marx generator for impulse voltages. High voltage dividers. High voltage test technique. Electrical breakdown strength of gaseous, liquid and solid insulation. High Voltage Dielectric properties of electrical insulation. Complex permittivity and dielectric response Techniques functions. Multi-Dimensional Signal Processing, Non-Linear Estimation, Image Coding and Reconstruction, Adaptive Parameter Estimation, Array Signal Processing, Simulation of Advanced Computer Communication Networks, Adaptive Filtering and Estimation, Spread Spectrum Topics in Communications Systems, Digital Radio Communications, Optical Communications. Advanced Topics in Electronics Advanced Topics in Electronics Project Evaluation and Management Fundamentals of planning, scheduling, and management of different projects. Review of Gantt chart, PERT, CPM and generally the network planning systems, construction contracts and delivery methods, estimating fundamentals and concepts, activity duration and network calculation, fundamentals of project controls, costs, schedule Project and resource control, applying the real projects related to power and electrical fields such Evaluation and as power plants and transmission lines by using the M.S. Project and P3 (Primavera Project Management Planner). Development of Reading Skills The main aim of this course is to prepare students for the academic reading and writing tasks they will do within their Faculties. To this end, Students will study the techniques that will enable them to produce academic essays in a range of specific styles. They will learn how to write about graphical information and how to Development of incorporate supporting examples into their essays. They will also develop reading speed and Reading Skills proficiency, increase vocabulary and improve comprehension skills. Development of Writing Skills The main aim of this course is to provide effective development of the skills acquired in EGL101. Students will master speaking and argumentative skills by taking part in discussions of the topics covered in the reading assignments. They will develop critical and analytical thinking at a higher level. Acquire profound knowledge of the necessary reading and writing techniques aiming to prepare them for more in depth research work with materials of their Majors. Continue to prepare students for the academic reading and writing tasks they will encounter within their Faculties. They will learn how to include Development of secondary data within their writings. They will also develop reading speed and proficiency, Writing Skills increase vocabulary and improve comprehension skills.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code ELIT101

ELIT102

ELIT103 ELIT104

ELIT105

ELIT106

ELIT107

ELIT108

ELIT110 ELIT113

ELIT201

ELIT202

ELIT204

ELIT205

ELIT206

ELIT207

Course Description

Speaking Skills I The aim is to improve the students’ listening and speaking skills through Speaking Skills different activities; such as, exposure to authentic texts, reading comprehension, speaking; I listening to poetry; speaking tasks through active student participation. Speaking Skills II The course aims to introduce activities to improve the students’ listening Speaking Skills and speaking skills; Students will be expected to produce speaking activities and oral II presentations. Reading Skills I The aim is to improve the students’ reading comprehension skills through exposure to authentic texts and help them establish the link between vocabulary, language Reading Skills I structure and meaning. Reading Skills Reading Skills II The course aims to improve the students’ skills in understanding and solving II authentic English texts which are structurally and semantically more complex. Grammar I The aim is to improve the student’s ability to use the language; teach the language structure, show the relation between the structure and vocabulary and raise student awareness Grammar I to get the meaning through the structure. Grammar II The course aims to improve the student’s language skills at the text and context level; It also aims to assist students in making a connection between context and text style, Grammar II establishing language structures and to use them in context to produce a text. Writing Skills I Types of writing paragraphs and structure of paragraphs, writing techniques, analysing, making the plan of a paragraph, summarising comment and answering the exam Writing Skills I questions as paragraphs. Writing Skills II The course aims to improve the students’ skills in various types of paragraph Writing Skills and composition writing that include explanation, comparison and contrast and cause and II effect relationships. British History A study of the cultural history of England, in the context of Western civilization. In keeping with this, the development of the British society and literature from the early ages until the 19th century is covered through the study of major social, political and historical British History developments and their reflections in the literature of the relevant periods. Turkish: The teaching of writing, sentence structure and grammar of the language. Organization of Writing paragraphs. Special emphasize on writing styles. Critical Reading Gaining a deeper understanding of the reading texts, backing statements and Critical ideas with credible evidence, finding logical reasoning and arguments in a text, justifying the Reading thesis statement and evaluating texts critically . American American Culture and History American history and culture from colonial to contemporary History and period with reference to social, political, philosophical and scientific developments are given Culture by means of a thorough study of the several issues for demonstration. Literary Theory and Criticism I A historical survey of literary theory and criticism: the classical Literary Theory tradition with emphasis on Aristotle, Renaissance and neoclassical criticism, humanism and and Criticism I classical realism, the development of modern criticism. Literary Theory and Criticism II An overview of twentieth century literary and criticism Literary Theory starting off with Russian formalism, Marxism, reader responses to criticism, structuralism, and Criticism Ii post-structuralism, modernism and post- modernism. Introduction to Literature Understanding the basic concepts in literature; analysis and Introduction to criticism; introducing different ages and schools in literature, analysis of some samples of Literature I representative master pieces. Mythology Readings in the major mythologies of the world. Examination of the nature of myth with emphasis on relevant anthropological considerations and on the use creative Mythology writers, past and present, have made of mythological themes Life and Society in Britain The social structure (class, nationalities and ethnic groups, identities), family structures, town and country cultures, customs and traditions, education Life and system, National Health Service, working Britain (employment, unemployment, unions), Society in and the forces of law and order (the police, the army, paramilitary organisations, the traffic Britain administration) in contemporary Britain are explored.

199

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ELIT203

Course Name

Course Code

ELIT208

ELIT209

ELIT301

ELIT302

ELIT303

ELIT304

200

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ELIT305 ELIT306

ELIT307

ELIT308

ELIT309

ELIT401

ELIT402

Course Name

Course Description

The Short Story In this course, first, the origins of the short story from the Middle Ages to the beginning of the twentieth century is dealt with. Then, the characteristics of the short story as a modern genre is established through the works of Poe, Chekhov and Maupassant, the forerunners of this genre. Finally, along with representative texts by major twentieth century The Short Story British writers, short stories by outstanding American, European writers are studied. Literary Research Techniques Research techniques, its general terminology, the ways of using the library and electronic sources, as well as how to choose a topic (how to focus), conduct Literary source research (bibliography technique), prepare a working bibliography (on bibliography Research cards), note cards, and an outline; and write a rough draft in the proper essay format (footnote, Techniques quotation, etc) by using the MLA style sheet constitute the main work in this course. British Poetry and Prose I The brief survey of the historical, social, cultural and literary British Poetry developments from the AngloSaxon period to the end or the Renaissance covering the and Prose I exemplary poetry British Poetry and Prose II The course aims at a detailed study of British poetry and prose writings within the literary and social contexts of the 17th and 18th centuries with reference British Poetry to major literary figures and their works,. The course also aims at enabling the students to and Prose II develop a critical approach to the texts studied. British Novel I Students will read and discuss works by canonical and sub-canonical authors and innovators of the novel during the semester. Through so doing we will study not only the important figures in the novel’s development but also the main novel genres produced as the novel developed. This course aims at developing the students’ interpretive strategies of early British Novel I English novel.British Novel II The development of the British novel from the early 20th century to the 1900s is studied through the appreciation of novels by major British novelists ranging from Virginia Woolf to George Orwell and William Golding in the light of the social, political, British Novel II scientific and philosophical developments of the period. British Drama I After providing an introduction to the rise of theatre in England, the characteristic dramatic seen in the Middle Ages, that is mystery, miracle and morality plays, are handled with reference to representative works. Next, the Elizabethan period, and the developments in drama and theatre are dealt with. The examination of the Jacobean period British Drama I and finally, the Restoration period and developments in drama and theatre are explored. British Drama British Drama II British plays written between the 19th century and the 1960s and their II critical awareness of drama. Translation I The aim of the course is to introduce the students to preliminary principles of translation and to develop their translation skills through the translation of various texts with the help of different sorts of dictionaries. In addition, the course also aims at improving the Translation I students’ command of English and Turkish. Translation II The aim of the course is to introduce the students to preliminary principles of translation and to develop their translation skills through the translation of various texts with the help of different sorts of dictionaries. In addition, the course also aims at improving the Translation II students’ command of English and Turkish. American Drama An intensive thematic and technical study of representative texts from the 1920s to the present by writers like E. O’Neill (Desire Under the Elms), T. Williams (The Glass Menagerie), T. Wilder (The Skin of Our Teeth), A. Miller (All My Sons), L. Hellman (The Children’s Hour), L. Hansberry (A Raisin in the Sun), E. Albee (The Zoo Story) and American S. Shepard (The Curse of the Starving Class) will be carried out within the framework of Drama relevant literary theories. British Poetry and Prose III This course studies major samples of poetry and prose from British Poetry Romantic and Victorian periods within the context of the historical, cultural and socioeconomic and Prose III backgrounds of both periods. British Poetry and Prose IV The course aims to offer a comprehensive knowledge of 20th Century British poetry and prose through the study of works representative of the literary British Poetry achievements of the time, and also to enable the students to develop a critical approach to the and Prose IV texts studied.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code ELIT403

ELIT404 ELIT405

ELIT406

ELIT407

ELIT408

ELT203

ELT205

Course Description

British Novel III The aim of this course is to introduce the students to the philosophical, cultural, and social developments of the first half of the 20th century as well as the aesthetic and literary movements that influenced the emergence of the Modern novel in Britain. British Novel IV This course aims to teach English novel from the 1950s to the present with an analytical approach for understanding the contemporary British novel. Major technical innovations, writing modes and themes that have emerged in the novel, especially after the 1960s, will be introduced within the context of post modern social formations, fictional and theoretical developments and cultural debates in England. The course aims to develop the British Novel Iv studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; analytical ability to interpret the texts of contemporary novels. British Drama English Drama III British plays written between 1960 -1980 and their critical awareness of III drama. English Drama IV The course is concerned with the study of major developments in British British Drama drama from the 1980s to the present times with reference to specific dramatists and their IV works. American Poetry This course studies the poetry of major American poets who have influenced American the development of American poetry to teach the students important characteristics of Poetry American poetry and its development from the beginnings to the present. American Novel The aim of the course is to introduce the changing attitudes in American American novel by explaining the changes in the American cultural background and the changes in the Novel novel techniques. Linguistics I This course gives an introduction to the basic concepts in linguistic analysis; understanding the nature, structure, and use of language by way of awareness raising activities, error analysis of language learnersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; production, case studies, and comparative analysis of native and target languages. The topics under investigation are the components of language as a system: linguistic competence and performance, branches of linguistics, types of grammar, language universals, creativity of linguistic knowledge, arbitrariness of language, sign languages, artificial languages and animal communication; brain and language:, lateralization and handedness, evolution of language, human language processing models, research on language and disorders (e.g., dichotic listening, split brain, WADA); phonetics: acoustic, auditory and articulatory phonetics, speech organs, phoneme, vowels and consonants, IPA, diphthongs, tripthongs, manner and place of articulation; phonology: sound patterns, assimilation, dissimilation, linking, consonant clusters, silent letters, suprasegmentals, stress and intonation; semantics: componential analysis, entailment, semantic relations, sense and Linguistics I reference, collocational meaning. Linguistics II This course is a continuation of Linguistics I. An elaboration on further topics in linguistics is presented by way of awareness raising activities, error analysis of language learnersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; production data, case studies, and comparative analysis of native and target languages. The topics under investigation are: morphology; free and bound morphemes, compounds, inflectional morphology, derivational morphology, morphemic analysis, morphological typology of languages, analysis of the internal hierarchical structure of words, morphophonological variation; syntax: word categories, phrase and clause structure, transformational-generative grammar, government and binding, minimalist program, argument structure, theta- roles; pragmatics: deixis, implicature, conversational maxims, speech acts and politeness. Sociolinguistics; dialects, register, style; discourse: criteria for textuality, types of cohesive devices, discourse connections, functions, the discourse situation, Linguistics II institutional discourse, and similar topics. Approaches to ELT I This course presents basic issues and processes in ELT course design. It focuses on identifying the difference among approach, method and technique and the significance of these concepts in course design. A critical overview of methods and approaches taking a historical perspective is presented: Grammar Translation Method, Direct Method, Audio-lingual Method, Silent Way, Community Language Learning, Suggestopedia, Communicative Approach, the Natural Approach. Student teachers discover and synthesize Approaches to classroom application possibilities of such methods through designing micro-teaching of Elt I activities associated with them. British Novel III

201

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ELT204

Course Name

Course Code

ELT206

ELT301

202

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ELT302

ELTM501

ELTM502

ELTM503

ELTM504

Course Name

Course Description

Approaches to ELT II As a continuation of Approaches to ELT I, this course focuses on current issues and practices in ELT course design, selecting the appropriate approach suitable to learner needs based on current distinctions such as ESL, EFL, EIL, ESP, EAP. It outlines current foreign language teaching trends such as constructivist approach, content-based instruction, task-based instruction, problem-based teaching, multiple intelligences, whole language approach and corpus-based applications of language teaching and designing microteaching of activities associated with them. This course aims to raise awareness of issues of culture and classroom second/foreign language learning, of technology use in language classrooms, and of the need for developing communicative and intercultural competencies Approaches to for the language learner and teacher of the globalized world and designing micro-teaching of Elt II activities associated with them.-------------Teaching English to Young Learners I This course gives an overview of the difference between young learners (K6) and learners at other ages (in terms of learning of language structures, skills and subskills) and misconceptions about young learners. The aim of the course is to help student teachers identify learner styles (e.g.: visual, auditory) and strategies (e.g.: meta cognitive, cognitive, socio affective) of young learners and developing activities (e.g.: puzzles, stories and games, simulations) and audio visual aids (e.g.: pictures, realia, cartoons, puppets, songs) for the teaching of vocabulary, language skills and structures; select and sequence teaching points and adapt and evaluate materials according to the cognitive and affective development and language level of the learners; to outline classroom management Teaching techniques necessary for teachers of young learner classrooms; to emphasize the importance English to of collaborative learning and interaction through group and pair work, and of ways to Young Learners encouraging young learners to respect each otherâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s learning styles and strategies, and sharing I responsibility for self and others learning. Teaching English to Young Learners II This course is a continuation of Teaching English to Young Learners I. The intent of the course is analyzing how to design young learner course syllabuses focusing on the applicability of different syllabus types (e.g.: story-based, contentbased, theme-based, task-based) and the effective ways to make use of child literature within Teaching a chosen syllabus. Analysis and discussions of video recordings of young learner classrooms English to with reference to classroom management, presentation of language and practice in class are Young Learners utilized. Student teachers design a course and/or materials for a chosen syllabus type teaching II activities and assessment practices for a diverse range of young learners (K-6).--------------Methodology & Practicum Overview of the range of methodological approaches to language teaching. Practical training in current approaches (particularly the communicative approach and task-based learning). Teaching the four macro skills and integrated skills at various levels. Designing and implementing classroom tasks and interactive language teaching. Materials Elt development and language teaching technology. Classroom observation and classroom-based Methodology teacher training. Observation and evaluation of studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; teaching skills, both in simulated and Practicum and classroom environments. Language Testing The course presents a practical approach to language testing. Although the theoretical background will be discussed, the focus will be on what useful and reliable instruments are available for classroom language teachers. There will therefore be considerable Language practical work on constructing tests and analysing test results. The course will also involve Testing some basic statistics using SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences) computer program. Materials Development & Evaluation Reviewing methods of evaluating language teaching Materials materials and adaptation techniques and applying evaluation and adaptation criteria to Development materials currently employed; determining appropriate discovery procedures for developing and Evaluation effective language teaching materials through applied research. Syllabus Design The course provides teachers with tools and techniques for analysing and improving the syllabuses with which they work. It also provides concepts and procedures for teachers to develop their own syllabuses, outlining theoretical issues and practical considerations. It includes analysis of the following areas: socio-political and institutional aspects of course design; learner profiles and needs analysis; goals, aims and objectives; Syllabus content selection, grading and sequencing; choice of tasks and activities; assessment and Design evaluation procedures.-

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

ELTM505

Second Language Acquisition

ELTM508

Discourse Analysis

ELTM540

Seminar

ELTM550

ENE201

ENE202

ENE301

ENE303

Second Language Acquisition The course presents theories of how learners learn languages. It involves a critical evaluation of research and its theoretical basis in second language acquisition and learning, together with its implications for classroom practice. The aim of this course is to extend the participants’ knowledge of research into the theories of SLA and to explore the various pedagogical implications. Topics will include the nature and scope of SLA research and theoretical models, error analysis, contrastive analysis, universal grammar, inter-language, automaticity, discourse analysis, affective factors, individual differences, and the role of formal instruction.Discourse Analysis Discourse Analysis is concerned with the description of written and spoken language in use. It aims to identify systems and patterns within discourse and to relate these features to the context in which language is produced. This module will focus on English language data and will introduce some principal issues in the description of discourse, such as conversation structure, exchange structure, coherence and cohesion in text, and the organisation of information. The module comprises two complementary components: i) an outline of the main approaches to the description of discourse, and ii) workshop sessions applying these approaches to naturally occurring samples of language, including political interview, classroom and clinical interaction, personal anecdote, scientific and academic text. Seminar

Master’s Thesis Master’s Thesis Introduction to Fluid Mechanics Definitions, physical properties. Hydrostatics, forces on plane and curved surfaces, buoyancy, hydrostatics in moving and rotating containers. Introduction Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions, derivatives, rate of deformation, flow lines. System and to Fluid control volume approach, Reynolds transport theorem, principles of conservation of mass, Mechanics momentum and energy, Bernoulli equation. Dimensional analysis. Principles of Energy Systems Engineering This course studies energy systems which utilize various energy sources including both renewable and non-renewable fuel. System components Principles of and operations of thermal, hydropower and nuclear generating stations, as well as biofuel Energy Systems reactor, fuel cell, wind turbine, solar electric and solar thermal power. Sustainability of energy Engineering sources, cost-benefits and their social acceptability. Electromechanical Energy Conversion Electromagnetic circuits; properties of ferromagnetic materials. Single- phase and three-phase transformers. Per Unit System. Principles of electromechanical energy conversion: Linear and nonlinear systems; singly and multiply excited, translational and rotational systems. DC machines: Theory, generators, motors, speed control. Electromagnetic fields created by AC electric machine windings: pulsating and rotating magnetic fields, emf induced in a winding. Induction machines: equivalent circuit, Electromechanical steady-state analysis, speed control. Synchronous machines: equivalent circuit, steady-state Energy Conversion analysis, stability. Single-phase induction machines. Special electrical machines.--------------Renewable Energy Technology The course content includes: energy technology, renewable energy in a sustainable future, the physics and science behind climate change, and why renewable energy is necessary for the future. Students will understand different types of renewable energy technology, how they work, their advantages, disadvantages, and limitations. The types of renewable energy and technology studied include: wind energy, solar (thermal and photovoltaic), hydro-electric, bio-energy, tidal power, wave energy, geothermal energy, ocean thermal, fuel cells, heat pump systems, and high voltage DC energy transport. Renewable The availability and integration of these energy types and technologies are also studied to Energy understand how renewables can work as a compliment to and replacement for conventional Technology technologies. Alternative Energy Technologies Develop an understanding of the alternative energy sources and their uses. Now more relevant than ever, Alternative Energy covers the basics Alternative of electricity, how to generate electricity from renewable resouces, how to store energy, non Energy electrical systems, energy consumption and conservation. Learn to understand why alternative Technologies and renewable energy is so important and how to go about it.

203

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ENE302

Course Description

Course Code

ENE305

ENE306

ENE401

ENE402

ENE403

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

204

ENE404

ENE405

ENE406

Course Name

Course Description

Petroleum & Natural Gas Technologies The course provides a comprehensive grounding in all aspects of the oil and gas industry. After a broad overview of the distribution of petroleum resources and the organisations that constitute the industry, it introduces the techniques used to detect and assess the commercial viability of deposits. Next, it looks at the extraction process and the technologies used to process, store, transport and refine oil and gas. Finally, Petroleum & it explores the processes of selling, trading and marketing gas and petroleum products, before Natural Gas finishing with a survey of environmental and geopolitical risks and opportunities, and an Technologies assessment of the industry’s future. Electrical Energy Transmission and Distribution Overhead lines and underground cables; Electrical transformers; generators and excitation systems; transmission system steady-state operation; Energy control of power and frequency; control of voltage and reactive power; power system faults Transmission analysis; fundamentals of power system stability; substations and protection; power system and Distribution economics and management.Graduation Project I Students prepare projects for graduation in the final semester in the Graduation most important fields such as alternative energy sources, solar energy, power generation and Project I control in the different fields of energy engineering. Graduation Project II Students prepare projects for graduation in the final semester in the Graduation most important fields such as alternative energy sources, solar energy, power generation and Project II control in the different fields of energy engineering. Power Electronics & Motion Control Systems This corse examines the application of electronics to energy conversion and control. Topics covered include: modeling, analysis, Power and control techniques; design of power circuits including inverters, rectifiers, and DC-DC Electronics & converters; analysis and design of magnetic components and filters; and characteristics of Motion Control power semiconductor devices. Numerous application examples will be presented such as Systems motion control systems, power supplies.Energy Saving Types, combustion in boilers, performances evaluation, analysis of losses, energy conservation opportunities. Boiler efficiency calculation, evaporation ratio and efficiency for coal, oil and gas. Steam System : Properties of steam, steam leakages, steam trapping, condensate and flash steam recovery system, identifying opportunities for energy savings. General fuel economy measures in furnaces. Induction furnace, performance evaluation of a furnace. Cogeneration : Definition, need, application. Waste Heat Recovery : Classification, advantages and applications, commercially viable waste heat recovery devices, saving potential. Energy Efficiency in Electrical Utilities : Electric motors, Aircompressors, reciprocating vs screw, compressor efficiency, efficient compressor operation, leakage test, factors affecting the performance and savings opportunities. Lighting System : Choice of lighting, luminance requirements, and energy conservation avenues. Energy conservation in Energy Saving Buildings:building envelope, insulation, lighting. Energy and the Environment This course explores the connections between energy and environment policy. The role that energy plays in our modern world. The basic grounding in the physical, environmental, technological, economic and political aspects of energy systems. Calculation the energy content of a wide variety of systems such as speeding cars, toasty houses and hot tubs, wind, solar illumination, gasoline, and hot dogs. We will apply these concepts to the various energy production schemes and usages found in our lives. Today’s dominant energy sources, supply lifetimes, alternative energy sources, environmental impacts, and the future of energy in our world. This semi-quantitative course is meant to provide a scientific foundation for understanding the energy issues so that the student will be able to Energy and make informed decisions regarding—or even participate in—the ongoing debate surrounding Environment this important societal issue. This course is about the principles, components and conceptual design principles of wind energy conversion systems. the The main objectives of this lecture are: (i) to outline the historical development and the state of the art in wind turbine technologies; (ii) to outline some of the ideas that shape the wind industry; (iii) to outline the main components of a modern wind turbine; (iv) to outline the main site assessment criteria and financial feasibility Wind Turbines analysis for wind turbine projects.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

ENE411

Bioenergy

ENE415

Automatic Control in Energy Systems

ENE416

Modern Thermodynamics for Energy Systems

ENE417

Thermodynamics II

ENE420

Nuclear Energy Technology

ENE421

Electromagnetic Theory

ENE423

ENE424

Environmental Impact of Energy Systems Wave and Tidal Energy Conversions

Energy from Waste Benefits of converting waste to energy, Thermodynamics & steam Generation. Combustion & boiler firing theory, Boiler design & heat transfer. Boiler water chemistry, Steam turbine plant & steam system. Characteristics of MSW (Municipal Waste Combustion) Fuel, MSW compared to fossil fuels. Mass-burn designs: Rotary combustors, combustion process, Air pollution control equipment, Ash treatment and testing; Transport and loading systems, Material recovery. Principles of plant operation; Operator training; Upset conditions; Operating procedures; Troubleshooting; Basic plant economics.Automatic Control in Energy Systems Pole-zero analysis, stability of feedback systems by root locus and real- frequency response methods. Design methods of Bode and Nichols. Introduction to advanced topics in automatic control theory, state variable methods. Linear Servomechanism theory and design principles. Study of control systems components and mathematical models. Amplifiers, DC servomotors, reaction mass actuators. Accelerometers, potentiometers, shaft encoders and resolvers, proximity sensors, force transducers, piezoceramic materials, gyroscopes. Experimental determination of component models and model parameters. Design problems for power systems. Advanced computer modeling and analysis of power systems. Application of modern systems and control theories. Modern Thermodynamics for Energy Systems This course will focus on developing physical and mathematical insight into the properties of matter and the interactions between molecules, which govern macro-scale processes relevant to energy engineering. Thermodynamics at the smallest scales to derive models for larger scale processes ranging from phase changes, surface wetting, combustion, adsorption, and electrochemistry. The link between classical thermodynamics and statistical analysis for calculating properties and process behavior. Combined statistical approaches with molecular level simulations. Investigation processes relevant to engineering design using fundamental computational approaches.Illumination Engineering Radiation; spectra, wave, and particle nature of light; physics of light production, light sources and circuits, luminaires; science of seeing, color theory, control of light, measurements, light and health, lighting calculations. Internal Combustion Engines Engine types and their operations. Thermochemistry of air-fuel mixtures. Ideal models of engine cycles. Gas exchange processes. Engine fuel metering and manifold phenomena. Combustion in gasoline and diesel engines. Pollutant formation and control. Engine friction and lubrication. New technologies and alternative fuels Nuclear Energy Technology Introduction to nuclear energy. Atomic and nuclear physics; the interaction of radiation and matter. Nuclear reactor operation; reactor components, nuclear cycles, neutron diffusion and moderation. Reactor shielding. Fuel reprocessing and waste disposal. Reactor licensing and safety. Economics and environmental concerns. Electromagnetic Theory Introductory electromagnetic field theory and Maxwell’ s equations in integral and differential forms; uniform plane waves in linear media; boundary conditions and reflection and transmission of waves; guided waves; transmission lines and Smith chart; electrostatics. Environmental Impact of Energy Systems Environmental issues that are caused through energy conversion: Ozone depletion, global warming and air quality issues., infrastructure and cost impacts. Products of Combustion. Heath and Environmental Effects of the Primary Pollutants. Secondary Pollutants. Global and Regional Effects of Secondary pollutants. Global Warming. Impacts of Global Warming. Solution for Potential Global Warming. “Power” in the Environmental Protection. Acid Rain. Ozone and Environment. Evaluation the potential environmental Offshore Energy Wind energy, wave energy, thermal energy, tide and ocean current energy and also sun energy; trajectories of oceanic technologies; economics of oceanic energy; sustainability attributes.

205

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ENE419

Internal Combustion Engines

Course Description

Course Code

ENE432

ENE435

ENE438

ENE440

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

206

ENE441

ENE444

ENE445

ENE452

ENE455

Course Name

Course Description

Programmable Logic Controllers Fundamental principles of Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs). PLC hardware, number systems and codes, fundamentals of logic, PLC programming, wiring and ladder diagrams, programming timers, and programming counters. Programmable Program control instructions, data manipulation instructions, math instructions, sequencer Logic and shift registers, PLC installation and troubleshooting, process control and data acquisition, Controllers computer-controlled machines and processes.Energy Policy Public policies related to energy, and how the energy industry responds. Topics covered will include theories of the state, monopoly and regulation, public choice, organizational behavior, international agreements, and innovation. Application these theories to major current and historical issues in energy policy, such as ethanol, climate change, energy Energy Policy security, the role of oil companies in the world oil market. Project Planning and Scheduling Study of the concepts used in planning and scheduling of projects in both industrial and construction applications. Sizing the project to get initial figures for development cost, required resourses, completion time, and production costs. Scenarios for project execution. Refining the initial estimates, determining the detailed requirements for project completion, getting buy-in from the team, establishing individual commitments, and Project documenting the detailed plan. Documenting the project tasks and milestones in a time-line Planning and format, tracking planned vs. actual results, and communicating plans and results throughout Scheduling the project lifecycle. Solar Energy & Photovoltaic Systems This course teaches how photovoltaic (PV) systems operate, how to determine the size of a PV system needed for a certain application, how to Solar Energy install and connect the PV system to the electrical grid. This is an intensely hands on course & Photovoltaic and prepares the student to take the electrical portion of the Florida Solar Contractor License Systems exam. Prerequisite to this course is the understanding of DC and AC electrical theory. Energy Efficient Building Design Fundamental concepts of green building design and delivery. Various systems used in green buildings. Testing any of the decisions that have to be made in designing and constructing a green building, from materials selection to considering the use of natural systems for wastewater processing. The course addresses both institutional and residential structures and emphasis is placed on understanding practical working systems Energy used in the structures. Cost/benefit analyses so the student will be able to write justification Efficient proposals for green building projects. Basic foundation to make decisions regarding the Building design, construction and maintenance of a green building. Selection of sustainable building Design materials and products to considering the use of natural systems for wastewater processing. Systems and Control Introduction: what is a control system. State equations and examples. Nonlinear systems and linearization. Laplace transform review. Transfer functions, Block diagrams and interconnections. Time response: derivation in state. Second-order systems. Stability of LTI systems: asymptotic. Open-loop v.s. closed. Routh criterion. Nyquist stability Systems and criterion. Frequency response and Bode Design Examples. Pole placement. Exact tracking Control problem. Asymptotic tracking problem. Robust tracking problem. Optimization of Energy systems linear and nonlinear program based optimization algorithms that are specially suited for the design, analysis and operation of electric power systems, power processing devices, machines and transformers. Geometric programming. New generation optimization techniques. Simulated annealing, Genetic Algorithms, Bayesian statistics. Examples applied to heat transfer problems and energy systems such as gas and steam power Optimization of plants, refrigeration systems, heat pumps and so on. Generation expansion planning, bulk Energy Systems power supply systems, hydro-thermal scheduling, power converter design optimization.Fuels and Combustion Liquid fuels. Gaseous fuels. Combustion. Solid fuels. Study of the Fuels and principles of combustion including stoichiometry and energy calculations of the principal Combustion fuels used in ceramic engineering such as coke,coal, oil and LPG. Feedback Control Systems Linear feedback control systems, their physical behavior, Feedback dynamical analysis, and stability. Laplace transform, frequency spectrum, and root locus Control methods. System design and compensation using PID and lead-lag controllers. Digital Systems implementations of analog controllers.-

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

ENE461

ENE464

ENE470

ENE471

ENG101

ENG102

ENG103

ENG106

ENG202

ENG203

Course Description

Hydrogen Energy Systems History, background of hydrogen, its uses. Methods of hydrogen production. Acceptance of hydrogen as fuel. Modes of storage and transportation. Pipeline transportation of Hydrogen. Cost reviews (hydrogen versus hydrocarbon transportation). Hydrogen Safety considerations. Pipeline system design features. Pipeline conversion. Hydrogen Energy Systems pipeline construction considerations Electrical Field Analysis: experimental and computational methods, electrical breakdown in gasses, Townsend’s breakdown criterion, Paschen’s law, Streamer or “Kanal” mechanisms, breakdown in non-uniform field and corona, electrical break down of dielectric liquids and solids, insulating materials, dielectric measurements, generation and measurement of high AC, DC and impulse voltages and currents, electrostatic generators, testing transformers and High Voltage series resonant circuits, impulse voltage and current generator circuits, sphere and uniform Techniques field gaps, electrostatic generating and peak voltage measuring voltmeters. Energy, Solid Fuels- Structure and Petrography of Coal, Sampling and Analysis, Classification and Storage of Coal, Liquid Fuels- Origin, Composition and Physical Processing of Crude Petroleum, Tests on Liquid Fuels, Natural Gas and Liquefied Petroleum Gases, Flue and Fuel Fuels Gas Analysis, Secondary Fuels, Energy Conversion with Combustion, Atmospheric Pollution, Chemistry Mass and En. Balances. Introduction to Mechatronics, Microcontrollers and Event Driven Programming, Introduction to Sensors and GPS, OpAmps (non-ideal), Comparators and Statics, DC Motors, Stepper Motors and Gears, Timers, Modular Software in C, Noise Isolation, A brief history of Introduction to Robotics, Effectors and Actuators, Role of Sensors, Control Architectures and Feedback Mechatronics Control, Subsumption Architecture, Reactive, Deliberative and Hybrid Control, Behavior and Robotics based control and Emergent behavior, Adaptive Behavior and Robot learning. An introduction to basic aspects of computing, operating systems, computing environments, Introduction to networks and tools. This course provides a background of tools using DOS and Windows Computers environments for word processing, spreadsheets and databases. In this computer programming course, students learn how to solve problem using computers. The concept and notation of algorithms. Problem analysis, development of algorithms and their implementation in a procedure-oriented language. Topics include the integrated programming Computer environment (editing, computing, debugging), data types, operators, input/output structured Programming I programming, program control, passing parameters and arrays. In this computer programming course, students learn how to solve problem using computers. The concept and notation of algorithms. Problem analysis, development of algorithms and their Reading and implementation in a procedure-oriented language. Topics include the integrated programming Writing Skills environment (editing, computing, debugging), data types, operators, input/output structured II programming, program control, passing parameters and arrays. Understanding the purposes and commands of AutoCAD, creating new shapes altering them and adding new entities to them. Modifying objects placing notes and specifications on Computer objects, drawing solid objects, Isometrics, The user co-ordinate system, 3D commands, solid Aided Design bock building, plotting AutoCAD drawings. Understanding the purposes and commands of AutoCAD, creating new shapes altering them and adding new entities to them. Modifying objects placing notes and specifications on Computer objects, drawing solid objects, Isometrics, The user co-ordinate system, 3D commands, solid Aided Design bock building, plotting AutoCAD drawings. Fundamentals Introduction to Industrial Engineering (IE), brief history of IE, related disciplines, production of Industrial systems design, production systems design, production systems control, quality control, total Engineering management, operations research, decision sciences and systems. Overview of basic semiconductor mechanisms. The electronics of metal-semiconductor Physical contacts, pn junctions, bipolar transistors, and MOS field-effect transistors. Properties that Electronics are significant to device operation for integrated circuits. A continuation of the development of discipline in program design, implementation and in Computer programming style. Topics include algorithms, recursion, and classical data structures. An Programming II additional language will be introduced.

207

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ENG103

Course Name

Course Code

ENG204

ENG205

ENG206

ENG304

ENG401 ENG503

208

ENG504

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EPA101

EPA102

EXAM505

EXMA501

EXMA502

Course Name

Course Description

A general overview of operations research, with selected applications from engineering and management systems and interdisciplinary areas. The methodology of mathematical modelling and its relation to problems in industrial, commercial and public systems. Introduction to linear programming: the simplex method, duality, sensitivity analysis and related topics. Network models and project scheduling. Number systems and codes, Binary, hexadecimal and octal systems, Boolean algebra and logic gates. Basic theorems, truth table, canonical and standard forms, Simplification of Boolean functions. Application of Boolean algebra to switching circuits, Minimisation of Boolean functions using algebraic: Karnaugh map, and tabular methods, Design of combinatorial Logic Circuit circuits with MSI and LSI; decoders, encoders, multiplexers, and demultiplexers, Design programmable logic devices, flip-flops topics covered in this course. Sequential logic circuits, state diagrams, applications of flip-flops, synchronous and asynchronous counters, shift registers, memories, interfacing, introduction to microprocessors Digital Systems and microcomputers, integrated circuit technologies. (Prerequisite: ENG205) Importance of engineering economy in industrial practice. Engineering economy related concepts, Present value of money, compound interest formulas, present worth methods, Engineering payback period, internal rate of return, capital cost, Benefit/cost rate, evaluation of alternative Economics investment projects, mathematics of inflation, risk analysis. Engineering Ethics This course is designed to stimulate the moral imagination of students. It helps students to recognize ethical issues and think ethically about the possible outcomes of making decisions. Engineering It also helps developing analytical skills on how to analyse an ethical situation and use neutral Ethics techniques to make an ethically optimal decision. Programming The students will achieve the capacity to understand their own body, to strengthen the muscles, Languages work the flexibility of all the body, and build the stamina needed. The body is the main tool of the dancer, so, by learning and understanding it in the best Modelling and possible way, the dancer will be able use it well, to allow progress on the dance techniques, Optimization improvisation and creative classes. English for Performing Arts I English for Performing Arts I English for Performing Arts II English for Performing Arts II Analysis of modern management theories. Development of organizations. Dynamics of organizational behaviour and relationship to effective administration. Models of communication, motivation, and leadership.The course covers the benefits derived from Business entrepreneurship and importance of social responsibility and business ethics as another goal Management of business. Seminar in Financial Management Basic principles and analytical techniques relating to corporate financial management. Topics include overall financial analysis, planning, and Seminar in control; sources and uses of funds; capital; operational and financial leverages; working Financial capital management; inventory and portfolio management; long-term investment decisions; Management timing of financial policy. This course is part of the graduate core The objective is to enable students to understand performance evaluation managerial decision-making. Topics covered: Relevant costs and revenue in short-term decision making, break-even and cost- volume-profit analysis; master budget, standard cost-variance, capital Seminar in budgeting; quantitative techniques for long term and short-term decision making, cost Mnagerial center and profit center operations; responsibility accounting; performance measurement, Accounting responsibility center performance, gross profit analysis and transfer pricing.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

EXMA503

EXMA504

EXMA506

EXMA507

EXMA508

EXMA509

EXMA510

FIBA500

FIBA601

Course Description

Microeconomic environment of business: The working of competitive markets. Demand and supply. Products, markets cost and revenue. Profit maximization under perfect and imperfect competition. The firm in the factor market. Government, firm and market. Macroeconomic environment of business: National income, employment and inflation, International trade, the Business balance of payments, exchange rates, money and interest, economic ideas, Keynesian and Economics Monetarist expiations of business activity. Analysis and evaluation of major personnel management problems in the United States Seminar including human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building in Human the personnel function to meet needs of developing organisations, developing career paths Resource and training programs and policies. Evaluation of the personnel functions and of personnel Management performance and development of systems for this purpose. This course will establish the role of information systems in organisations and how they relate to organisational objectives and organisational structure. Basic concepts, covered in depth in subsequent courses, are introduced: the systems point of view and organisation, information flows, and the nature of information systems. Students will gain a knowledge of the basic Seminar in Mis techniques and skills in representing system structure. The scope of marketing management. Organizing the marketing function. Establishing Cases in marketing objectives. Buyer behaviour and market segmentation. Environmental analysis and Marketing marketing strategies. Marketing research and marketing information systems. Advertising Management and sales promotion. Cases in Behaviour Theoretical statements of individual and group behaviour and types of leadership Leadership and in organizations will be examined in this course. Student presentations and discussions will Organization include detailed treatments of organization design, change, and reorganization, as well as Behavior inter-organizational relationships. This course enables students to understand the issues and challenges faced by managers responsible for strategic management. It introduces students to concepts and methodological approaches and tools relevant to the analysis of the strategic position of the organization. The Strategic course teaches students how to develop and implement strategies and policies, and their major Management operational implications. Cases in Advertising and Promotion Advertising and promotion techniques used by advertisers, investigations of media and their Management importance in development of advertising and promotion campaigns. Cases in Global Business Enterprises To understand globalisation and basic economic model that relies on; presenting the main reasons why globalisation is promoted (nature of multinational enterprises and their role in globalisation). Basic reasons of creating economic Cases in Global blocks and consequences of this development. To understand why nations trade; characteristics Business of foreign markets and their impact on business decisions, including role of government, Enterprises cross boarder transactions, cultural and regional influences Financial Management Basic principles and analytical techniques relating to corporate financial management. Topics include overall financial analysis, planning, and control; sources and uses of funds; capital; operational and financial leverages; working capital management; Financial inventory and portfolio management; long-term investment decisions; timing of financial Management policy. This course is part of the graduate core. Theories of This course is intended to introduce new doctoral students to the foundations of financial Final Decision decision making, including some mathematical foundations. In addition, students will be Making introduced to basic empirical research skills and resources in Finance.

209

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

EXMA511

Course Name

Course Code

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

210

Course Name

Course Description This course covers the basics of financial instruments and the markets in which these instruments trade. The course consists of two sections with similar structures: fixed income securities and derivative securities. Each section begins with a set of concepts, introduced through a reading notes with a problem set at the end. Then, each section moves to applications. In the applications, case studies are used to introduce advanced securities and institutional features of the markets in which these securities trade. The common theme among these cases is how these securities accomplish risk transfer. The cases all require the student to analyze a new security. The students therefore develop a general framework for analyzing new financial instruments. The course is concerned with the effects of monetary institutions such as Central Bank and policy actions on economic variables (such as inflation and interest rates) that are of importance to individuals and firms. Monetary Policy is considered by many to be of critical importance to the economy. The class will consist of three parts. In the first part, we will study money and related variables such as inflation and interest rates. The second part of the course examines monetary policy. Once we understand the relationships between money, interest rates, and inflation, we can ask what the optimal interest rate policy is, and how to implement it. The third part of the course examines interesting monetary episodes in the US and across the world. The objective of this course is to provide the principles of asset valuation and financing in competitive global financial markets. The course is organized around the three main ideas in Finance: The time value of money, Diversification and risk, Arbitrage and hedging. The time value of money is a basic determinant in the valuation of assets such as bonds, stocks, futures, and options. The classes on diversification and risk provide a thorough grounding in the trade off between risk and return given by modern portfolio theory. In discussing arbitrage and hedging, we demonstrate how to hedge market risk, interest rate risk, and foreign exchange risk. This involves using futures and options.

FIBA602

Financial Markets and Instruments

FIBA603

Monetary Theory and Policies

FIBA604

Global Financial Management

FLGT101

Flight I

First step of Flight, PPL Flying Phase

FLGT201

Flight II

Second Step of flight, PIC Flying phase

FLGT202

Flight III

Third step of Flight, PIC Flying Phase

FLGT301

Flight IV

Fourth step of flight, CPL/IR

FLGT302

Flight V

Fifth step of flight, CPL/IR

FLGT401

Flight VI

Sixth step of flight, Night Flight

FLGT402

Flight VII

GAS101

Tourism and Hospitality Math

GAS102

Principles of Marketing

GAS103

Principles of Nutririon

Seventh step of flight, Multi Engine Flight This is a comprehensive hospitality mathematics course, designed to provide students with the essential numeric skills required for Hospitality and Tourism management. The course content includes percentages, menu pricing, yield and price factors, profit and loss statements, algebra, simple and compound interest, hospitality and tourism statistics, and weight/volume conversions between the Imperial and Metric systems. This course serves as an introduction to the basic concepts and practices of modern hospitality to student’s knowledge. It will have a balance between theories-concepts and practicesapplications. An integrative approach will be used to discuss the major marketing decisions hospitality marketing managers face in today’s global marketplace. Principles of persanal health, energy requirements and calculations, carbonates, oils, protein, vitamins and mineralts; nutrician among the lifecycle and exercise, nutrician and health, nutricious element loss reduction, health Diet schedule, dietary menu engineering. Introduction to the food and beverage industry and management. The food and beverage department and organization structure. Hygiene, sanitation and security. Nutrition, menu service, kitchen production, bar knowledge and service, food and beverage marketing, host relationship and dealing with complaints. Nutricious micros, chemical and biochemical factors. Nutricion deteriations control techniques. Nutricous changes and micros, organ’s changes. Health and hygiene important factors for staff, kitchen and transport sanitation. HAACP concept.

GAS104

GAS105

Food & Beverage Management Sanitation and Personel Hygine

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

GAS106 GAS107 GAS108

GAS109

GAS110

GAS201

GAS202

GAS203

GAS204

GAS207

GAS208

GAS301

Course Description

The course provides a scope of behavioral concepts and ways to determine the strategic implications of customer behavior for marketers in tourism and hospitality industry. The course engages student to get familiarized with the realities and associations of buyer Consumer behavior in hospitality marketing. This course provides understanding of buyer behavior that Behaviour can alleviate strategic decision making in hospitality operations. English in This cource will introduce English Tourism terminology where sutendts will be able to Hospitality I understand and develop their reading and speaking skills. English for This course will introduce English Tourism terminology where students will be able to Hospitality II understand and develop their reading and speaking skills. Investigation of the development of food production and consumption with effect of historical economical, social, political and control factos. Outline the Acient era until Rannasience History of Food changing cultures and eating habits, food conversion, food presentation and consumption & Beverage style. Kitchen and organization, management and leadership, kitchen management and productivity, other departments and relationships, organization and responsibility, kitchen planning. Kitchen ingredients planning, inventory. Kitchen health and hygiene, food transport and Kitchen hygiene, sanitation, food poisoning and health. Standard recipies, cooking management, food Management consumption elements, hunger, appetite and attractiveness. Food and beverage classifications and functions, organization structures, service planning and marketing, food and beverage cost control, the benefits of control for business’s. food Food & and beverage cost control and stages. Developing costing for food and beverage standard Beverage Cost receipies, cost calculation. Statistical calculation and reflection in report writing of food and Control beverage events. Definition of food and beverage menu engineering. Menu types, age groups and industry Menu Planning related menu planning. Health related menu planning. Special features of Menu planning, & Design menu contents, menus and selling, menu design and pricing. Principles of the restaurant business. Restaurant development and cost control analysis. Restaurant Restaurant management planning, organisations management and control process’s. restaurant Management business marketing, selling, finance and human resource application. Theoretical presentation of North, Central and South America, Australia and New Zealand cuisine’s materials and food processing. Description on the effect of the present century and access to world markets from communicating with the global processes of development, Modern Cuisine change in dietary patterns of people and focuses on food options. The course introduces students to practical applications of culinary arts to include all salads, salad sauces, meze, canapi and cold appertisors. Preperation and presentation techniques. General food preparation and cooking principles. Soup, vegetable, a variety of pastry ingredients, meat and poultry preparation and production. Soup, vegerable, a variety of pastry ingredients, meat and poultry preparation and cooking principles. Garnish, presentation and preparation. This course builds on Part I and extends kitchen practice to provide a broader Culinary understanding and experience in the preparation of starters and the main courses and deserts Practice II for a variety of international menus. The general framework of European Cuisine (İtalian,French, Mid Europe). The main Traditional ingredients used in European cuisine and the development of skills in the preparation of these European ingredients throught application, the main history of this cuisine and cultural elements and the Cuisine marriage of these foods in presentation and organization. Introduction to history, traditions and preparation of alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks. Meals and snacks that are compatible with drinks. Beverages used in the kitchen to prepare Beverage meals. Bar management and General information about drinks. General information about Industry and soft drinks. Information about the alcohol and beverage industry and the management of Production manufacturing. Marketing in Food & Beverage Food and beverage sectorial marketing functions and management. Marketing definitions and Management management of food and beverage. Insident and subject analysis management.

211

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

GAS205

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

Course Description

GAS302

Anatolian Cuisine

GAS303

Restaurant Structure and Design

Applications of examples of the rich Anatolian cuisine from different areas and its traditional kitchen and how it is applied to date. Restaurant interior and design. Kitchen principles, production and service area design and structure. Electric and other energy resources management. An outline of requirements depending on Menu, selection and purchasing. Importance of ambiance and suitablity. Tableware requirements. The course will focus on Food decoration, the world is changing and has the influence of being decorative the meal, now it’s not enough to make delicious meals. It’s also important to present in a best possible way, the course will show and give opportunity to be like a painter or a sculptor, in the kitchens to decorate the food art on the plate not just only good cooking. The main rules of pastry production. Introduction to the main varieties of pastris, preparation and presentation.

GAS304 GAS305 GAS306

GAS307

GAS308

212

GAS309

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GAS310

GAS401

GAS402 GAS403 GAS404

GAS405

GAS406

Food Styling and Photography Introduction to Pastry Cake Decoration

Introduction and description on decorating cake and presentation of desserts and pastries. Introduction to the education of food in society and the complex relationships between cultures. Food consumptions and religious identities and also the interaction between cultures. Food, Culture Food selection and food production cultures, the effects of technological developments in and Society their relations with social developments. Introduction to Human Resource Management & its policies and planning’s. ıntroduction to job analysis, job descriptions, job requirements. Description on labor market and employment. Description about the procedure of selection, recruitment, training, team building and Hrm in development, employee evaluation, discipline, pricing, hospitality industry and industrial Hospitality relations. The foundation requirements of understanding types of Grapes, Wine and Wine making. Wine World map of winemaking and traditional wine information. Introduction to different types Production & of wines, quality and tasting skills. Food and Wine combining, usage of spice and wine in Tasting food production and aroma. The main framework of the food industry is outlined. An identification to Cafes , bars, Fast Food taeaways and franchise business’s are analysed on the main restaurant set up and costing. Management Marketing, selling, finance and human resource management are generally applied. Definitions of events, purpose of the sector and the factors that must be considered in events planning. Time planning and management, calendar planning and coordinating, target Events audience, venue inspection, marketing material, events itinerary program development, Management media relations, monitoring and evaluation. Description of goods and services, special features about restaurant and service department, service personnel, properties of professional stages and their features, description of materials used in the service department, dining tables, chairs, plates, cups, table linen, napkins and preparation in restaurant service procedures & description hot to attend customers, types of Serving breakfast, room service, banquets and protocol service, the definition of the bar, bar service, Techniques general information about the bat and drinks. Catering An explanation of Banquet food production, table d’hote food production, pre-prepared food Service production and industrial food preparation and production. The definition and description of fusion cuisine in the world through the examples and Fusion Cuisine applications and experimental production techniques. Modern Turkish cuisine and the influence of kitchens in the 19th and 20th century. The Traditional Ottoman kitchen culture. Techniques utilized in the kitchen, food ingredients, food customs Turkish Cuisine and traditions. The modernization of the Ottoman kitchen. Food in Literature and The aim of the course is to describe the food connection to the film and literature. Study about Films the books and films which has been written and filmed on food.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

GAS407

International Rules and Regulation in Food Production

GAS408

GAS420

GAS421

GAS422

GAS423

GCC302

GCC303 GRA121

GRA201

GRA202

GRA221

Rules and regulations of the international nutrician legislation and systems. Also introduction of ethics of geneticly modified foods, food important companents, micro security and regulation responsibilities are included. The graduation project will be based on what they have learned in their educational period and what they implement in their education. Students can choose a topic either single or in group Graduation according to their field using appropriate methods and techniques. The graduation projects Project will be evaluate by the project committee consisting of a faculty member of the program. Purchase & The course will focus on food and beverages equipment and the processes related to the Selection of purchase of war materials and services. Description about the production identification, Food Products supplier, selection, ordering, delivering, storage and handling processes. The course will give a introduction to ready combinations of war materials and food technology, food spoilage factors and control, physical methods of food preservation, chemical Sanitation and biological methods of food preservation, techniques of food preservation, industrial food Technology processing technologies, the principles of quality control of foods. Introduction to entrepreneurship and entrepreneur. Description on the differences between the role of the entrepreneur and the importance of business success. Description on entrepreneurship and small-medium sized operators(SMEs) and the new trends. Creating new innovation and ideas and inventions, initiatives and risks through examples of successful Enterpreneurship venture. Ancient era until Rannasience era is discussed under four main heading( Europe, Far East, Near East and America) for the development of civilasations. The development of historical History of factors of important political, social, economic and intellectual. Projections of Europe, Far Civilazation East and Near East cultures and the evaluation of culinary arts and good culture. The importance of community service; identification and proposing projects for possible solutions to current problems or an educational issue in society; organize, present, or participate Community in panel discussions, conferences, conventions, and/or symposia; voluntary work in various Service social responsibility projects. Gaining required skills and knowledge for the implementation Applications of community services in schools. Evolution of science since the ancient near east civilizations. Development of science in Ionic-Helene, Islamic-Turk periods. Scientific developments since the Renaissance “in the History of West” Astronomy. Development of Mathematics, Physics, Medicine and Biology during and Science after the Renaissance. 20th Century revolutions in science and technology. Lettering & Typographic design systems, the aesthetic functional and conceptual use of lettering for Typography I printing, typographic uses of various visual media and technical methods. Lettering & The artistic and technical problems of typographic design, typographic layout techniques, Typography II letterform design, portfolio studies on logos and signs. (Prerequisite: GRA 121). This course introduces students to the field of “Graphic Design” through exercises on poster design, logo, logotype, brochure, bulletin, book cover and web design. The course aims Graphic Design to provide the basic information about these design processes and improve the ability to Studio I communicate ideas through a simple and effective visual language. (Prerequisite: PA102). This studio course enables students to develop their observation, imagination, creativity, visual sensitivity, and working knowledge of design elements by solving a series of visual communication problems with a variety of media and materials. Students extensively use Graphic Design computer as a tool to create, modify and present visual messages effectively. (Prerequisite: Studio II GRA201). Students obtain experience using software to design illustrations and page layouts with the support of their understanding on design principles and strategies. Five programs are focused Computer on: Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, and InDesign. Experiences on using this software are Applications required. Additionally, Flash and Dreamweaver will also be taught. Emphasis of this class for Graphic is placed on producing sophisticated and professional design work as well as broadening Design students’ experience on applying software. A cooperative learning environment is encouraged.

213

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

GRA122

Course Description

Course Code

GRA222

GRA223

GRA242 GRA267 GRA268

GRA300

GRA301

214

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GRA302

GRA323

GRA333

GRA340

GRA342

Course Name

Course Description

This course introduces students to fundamental concepts, principles, and practices of 3D digital modeling. Students are given instruction in 3D modeling techniques including: production of geometric and organic surfaces and forms using NURBS, polygon construction and sub-divisional surfaces. The primary 3D modeling and rendering software used in this 3d Modeling course will be Maya which is a commercial standard for 3D modeling In this course, students will be introduced to and develop vector (linebased) graphics using industry-standard application(s). Topics covered will include examining the theory behind vector graphics, investigating the advertising and print industryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s use of this type of graphic, creation of graphics from simple to increasingly complex, as well as development of a Vector Design portfolio of vector art. The evolution of graphic communications from prehistoric times until the invention of movable typography. The origins of printing and typography in Europe. The impact of History of industrial technology upon visual communications. The growth and development of modern Graphic Art graphic design. History of Turkish graphic art. Basic Ways of interpreting a subject through pictures. Black and white and color illustrations. Illustration Interpretation of graphic subjects through pictures. Commercial In the class, the students will learn to use their fineart and design skills in dijital environment Illustration and then creating ready to use illustrations to be used in print and broadcast media. A field based learning opportunity for professional work experience outside the classroom. Summer Students choose full time work in an area of specific interest as a link to the professional Internship world of Graphic Design. This course covers products that constitute the visual identity design of a brand or corporation, as defining parts of a whole. Through assignments and theoretical lectures, the course aims at advancing the understanding of marketing communications of a corporation/brand that is Graphic Design advertised via means of mass communication. Students are encouraged to develop their own Studio III styles and further their visual thinking ability. (Prerequisite: GRA202). The course is a study of design, advertising and the promotion of a product line with an emphasis on product and consumer relations. With theoretical approaches and practical assignments, Graphic Design the course is a study of the structures of marketing communications of a corporation/brand Studio IV that is advertised via means of mass communication. (Prerequisite: GRA301). This course introduces students to time-based graphics through animation. The focus of the course will be on developing a beginner-to-intermediate vector and bitmap animation for film, animation, video, digital media, and the web delivery and related presentation applications. Students will learn to design effective timeline sequences incorporating vector-drawing techniques, twining, frame-by-frame animation procedures, bitmap imagery, typographic techniques and basic scripting. Design theory for interactive media is coupled with hands-on experience for creating visually rich animations, broadcast and presentations. This course is Motion intended for students who desire intermediate-level study in animation and time-based motion Graphics graphics. In this course, the parallel approach to the design culture in national and global advertising Advertising campaign will be undertaken. Explanatory concepts in the course of the major brands, creative Design and Art ideas, concept, advertising, graphics, copywriting, commercials, strategic planning, campaign Direction applications will be examined and research issues. This course provides the students with tools to analyze works of art and design. It aims to introduce students with the major ideas, concepts and methods of analysis involved in semiotics and communication studies. With particular emphasis on visual culture, several important concepts will be examined and put into critical use in analyzing as well as designing new works. These concepts include the sign, paradigm, syntagm, redundancy, entropy, code, Design denotation, connotation, myth, metaphor, metonymy, ideology, representation, pastiche, Semiotics parody, encoding / decoding, and taste. The course introduces the basic principles of packaging techniques, three-dimensional drawing and a variety of materials used in packaging. Through assignments, students learn Packaging & to design suitable packaging for the product, choose the right materials and calculate the Label Design efficiency of the designed sample for multiple assembly production.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

GRA351

Advertising Photography

GRA392

GRA400

GRA401

GRA402

GRA412 GRA452

GRP001 GRPS001

HCA101

HCA103

HCA104

HCA105

Primarily suitable for course, design and media research, opinion and concept sketches are based on photographs of the design. Shooting and after shooting process. Students explore the ways in which exhibition and environmental graphics enhance the Exhibition and experience of the user community through interactivity with form and space. Working Environmental individually, and in teams, students will design and build scale models of their concepts for Graphics assigned projects. Students are required to pursue an internship with a logical Graphic Design firm, whose work is directly related to that student’s intended area of professional concentration. Interns will observe and participate in all office procedures permitted by their place internship. Students Summer with prior documented work experience in the field may be granted an exception from the Internship II internship requirement, with the approval of the Graphic Design Program Director. The course focuses on advertising and promotion of a product line with an emphasis on product and consumer relations. The aim of the course is to teach technical and theoretical information Graphic Design through assignments and to study the marketing communications of a corporation/brand that Studio V is advertised via mass communication. (Prerequisite: GRA 302). The course aims at advancing the subjective relationship that the student has developed with design processes. The project topic should be approved both by the student and Graphic Graphic Design Design Department Thesis Jury. The project consists of solutions to the design problem at Studio VI hand, a written report and a presentation to the jury. (Prerequisite: GRA401). This course focuses on preparing students for entry into professional practice. Tasks include preparation of a final portfolio, presentation of the portfolio, constructing a resume, ways and Portfolio & means of self-promotion, the interview process and guidelines for freelance employment. Presentation Must be taken in the final semester before graduation (Prerequisite: ARC 401) Comic Book In the class, the students will learn to use their fine art and design skills according to the script Design to create comic book. The graduation project must be original and revel the student’s ability in investigation and analysis and have a practical application in the world of their profession. The project should Graduatıon be on a subject decided upon both by advisor and student. It should be defended by the Project candidate in front of jury. It is graded on success or fail basis. Graduation The score of operations management cases about operation management will be discussed. Project Seminar Also student presentation and analysis will be covered. This course helps the students recognize the qualities of accounting systems and its functions, to analyze the financial tables and gain information on the financial status of businesses; can General arrange general financial tables, gain application skills relevant to the content and functioning Accounting I of asset accounts controlled by profit and loss accounts. This course introduces the students to the following topics: General purpose financial statements communicating information about the business corporation’s performance and position for users external to management. The course partially emphasizes how the accountant processes and presents the information and includes exposure to recording transactions, adjusting balances and preparing financial statements for service and merchandise firms according to established rules and procedures. In addition, the course examines major elements of the General statements such as cash, receivables, inventory, long–lived assets, depreciation, payroll, Accounting II bonds, and other liabilities and stocks. Introduction to The students are expected to gain knowledge and skills on theories of microeconomics and be Economics I able to do analyses in micro-economics. This course provides information on the basic concepts in mathematics and how these Mathematics concepts are applied to business sciences. The students also gain skills on logic, judgment for Business and application. This course introduces the students to the following topics: Basic concepts in business management; stages of business establishment; classification of businesses according to their General legal structure; explanation of management theories and functions; marketing; production; Business human resources; basic concepts in accounting and finance; assessment of a business from Studies these perspectives.

215

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

HCA102

Course Description

Course Code HCA106

HCA107

HCA108

HCA201 HCA202

HCA203

HCA204

216

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HCA206

HCA208

HCA301

HCA302

HCA303

HCA304

Course Name Introduction to Economics II General Principles of Law General Principles of Management Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations Administration Law

Course Description Introduction to Economics II is a built up from HCA 103 where the students are expected to gain knowledge and skills on theories and practice of macroeconomics and be able to do analyses in macro-economics. Through this course, the students are able to define law; are knowledgeable about enforcement and its varieties, sources of positive law, specialties of law, and the concepts of rights and debts. This course provides the students with knowledge and skills related to the following topics: basic concepts, themes and approaches in management; planning, organizing, direction and inspection in organizations

Human Resource Management in Healthcare Organizations course introduces the students to the concepts, functions, techniques, methods and approaches in human resource management; analysis of human resource functions within health organizations; inquisition of applications within health organizations are the topics covered in the course The students are informed on the legal structure of public administration and its functions as well as the characteristics of administration law. The students gain knowledge and understanding of health services; types of health Management organizations; factors affecting health status; aims and functions of health organizations; of Healthcare differences between health organizations and others; management characteristics of health Organization I organizations; internal and external duties of health organisation managers, in this course. Through this course, the students gain knowledge and skills on: definition of business and commercial business, their legal structures and functions; concept of valuable documents, legal specifications of contracts and their types; limits of contract rights; consumer rights and Business Law their protection; revenue law in business. Management of Healthcare Organizations II Organisation of health systems; organisation Management of hospital management; hospital personnel, their duties, work principles; basic principles, in Healthcare concepts and techniques most frequently used in hospital management; types of services Organizations in clinics and polyclinics and their working styles and organisation, are among the topics II covered in this course. Public Finance The economic properties of the activities undertaken by public sector; public revenue and expenditure and its types, effects and distribution; basic specifications of Finance budgeting by the public sector, constitute the contents of this course. Production The students are competent in following areas at the end of this course: Production management; and Process production functions and duties of production managers; importance of product and service Management design; production area design; office and work system design; importance of capacity in Healthcare planning; planning of material requirements; management of stock control; recognition of the Organization importance of performance and productivity in health organizations. Through this course, the students learn how marketing is applied in health organizations, and its benefits to the organisation. They also gain knowledge on marketing strategies and how Marketing in to generate solutions to problems encountered while marketing is carried out. In addition, the Healthcare students learn how to use public relations and marketing activities with the aim of organizing Organizations the relationship between health organizations and their environment. Financial This course covers the following topics: Financial aims in health organizations; financial Management organisation and its functionality specific to health organizations; management of business in Healthcare capital; capital budgeting; methods of financing through external and internal resources and Organizations I their applicability to health organizations. Financial This course spans the topics: management of budgeting types encountered in health Management organizations; comparisons with business budgets; basic techniques of analysis of financial in Healthcare tables; applications on health organisation data; cost analysis; balance analysis and advanced Organizations techniques in profit planning and their application in health organizations.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

HCA305

HCA306

HCA307

HCA308

HCA309

HCA311

HCA401

HCA403

HCA404

HCA405

HCA406

Quantitative Techniques in Healthcare Management I Quantitative Techniques in Healthcare Management II Cost Accounting in Healthcare Organizations I

Course Description In this course, the students learn the techniques used in decision making, problem modelling and solving; they can model duality problems as linear programming models; they learn the techniques for decision making, resource planning and control; they gain the knowledge and skills for using computer supported model solutions and analyzing the results, generating suggestions for solutions of decision problems, and for explaining application and developments and making interpretations.

This course is an in-depth continuation of HCA305 and the topics covered therein. The students gain knowledge regarding the aims and stages of establishing financial accounting systems in health organizations; financial specifications; financial accounting; methods of financial accounting and financial accounting systems, as well as understanding the use of these techniques in hospitals. The students learn the use of SPSS for data analysis; and gain knowledge and skills for the statistical techniques such as correlation and regression, logistic regression, variance Statistics in analysis, factor and cluster analysis, discriminate analysis, time-series analysis and gain n Healthcare understanding of the method of modelling structural equality; and apply these techniques in Management II their professional life. This course covers the topics of: Areas of use of statistics in health services; central tendency Statistics in measures; measures of distribution spread; calculation of global mean safety margins; Healthcare generation of tables and graphs; types of distribution; parametric and non-parametric tests Management I and how and when they are applied. The students gain knowledge on : Concepts, theories and approaches in organizational Organizational behaviour; factors identifying individual behaviour; dynamics of group behaviour; Behaviour in variables of organizational systems; environmental factors affecting organizational status in Healthcare organizational behaviour; analysis of variables in organizational behaviour and evaluation of Institutions its application in health organizations. In this course, the students learn the general concepts and principles of economy and how these concepts and principles are applied to the health sector. In this context, the role of health economy within the health system and its importance with respect to other organisation is also studied. Other topics covered throughout this course include finance systems for health Economy for services; supply and demand in health services and factors that influence it; analysis of the Healthcare relationship between health services and economic development. Strategic Management This course is designed to facilitate learning about basic concepts in strategic management; in Healthcare situational analysis and interpretation of results; development and evaluation of alternative Organizations strategies; selection of strategies and its implementation. Grouping of the products of health technology and their descriptions; stages of management; management of technological needs in health organizations and determination and direction Technology of needs; internal or external supply of needs; demand evaluation; feasibility and benefit Management analysis; technical services within the organisation and functioning of service units; in Healthcare maintenance, repair, calibration and technological risk management, are the topics forming Organizations the contents of this course. Communication Skills in This course provides an understanding of the communication process and its basic elements; Healthcare communication theories; factors affecting interpersonal communication and the skills required Management for the application of these concepts to healthcare management. Healthcare This course includes: comparative analysis of health policies in different countries; factors Policies and that shape and influence health policies; the stages of research, planning, application and Planning evaluation for healthcare management. Case This course provides the students with the opportunity to identify the problem through Discussions systematic use of problem solving and analytic skills; and to choose the appropriate methods in Healthcare for generating solutions in large group discussions, relevant to the issues or scenarios they Management would potentially face at workplace.

217

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

HCA402

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

HCA407

Quality Management in Healthcare Organizations

HCA408

Field Practice

HCA409

HCM506 HCM507

Health Tourism Health Tourism

HCM501

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

In this course, the students gain an understanding of quality in health services; the importance of continuously improving quality; how and why customer/patient perception should be measured; the distinction of structure, process and outcome measures; models of basic quality improvement methods. The students combine and develop their theoretical gains with practical skills through this application. The students are expected to gain knowledge on the following topics for this course: themes of law for health; relevant parties; resources; international documentation; public and private restructuring in health and related duties, authorities and responsibilities; law related to health matters; status of health rights from the perspective of sectors of society; legal specifications, structure, parties, and inadequacies of health contracts; duties and responsibilities of doctors and other healthcare personnel; organisation of patient rights.

Research Methods in Healthcare A course on international health care systems. The course utilizes Roemerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Model of Health Systems to examine resource allocation, management and health outcomes. The structure and functioning of national health systems based on geographic location and governance in developing and developed countries (democracies, monarchies and communist nations). Comparative Resource allocation across the continuum of nations and relationship to national health needs, Health System health status and longevity are examined This course is intended for graduate students and is about learning how to manage in health care organizations (HCOs). At the end of this course, students will understand; How health services are governed and organized, particularly in non-profit organizations, How health care organizations assess and adapt to change, How performance control systems work in HCOs, constraints/opportunities in shaping organizational performance and managerial careers, use Managing of evidence-based management in health care. Students will also learn to manage themselves Healthcare better with others on team projects, and improve their critical thinking and their skills in Organizations written and oral communication This interdisciplinary course will explore interconnections among ethics, law and health care by examining classic legal-medical ethics cases, legal rules and ethical principles, controversial issues such as access to health care, beginning of life issues, patientsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; rights, Healthcare Law end-of-life issues, disorders of consciousness, and organ transplantation. Special attention will and Ethics be given to ethical conflicts, as well as the roles of ethics consultants and ethics committees Human This course provides students with the basic skills and application of human resource Resource management in the health care delivery field. It discuss the current issues in human resource Management management in healthcare, such as employee turnover, training quality employees, achieving in Healthcare higher quality with greater efficiency delivering health care services, recruiting and managing Organizations a diverse workforce This course addresses aging related problems from the biopsychosocial domains through creating strength-based interventions that capitalize on the older personâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s existing skills, Approach resources, and adaptive capacities. By integrating concepts from various disciplines such as In Wellness aging theories, health promotion and wellness, as well as management and leadership in aging & Health services, the course attempts to prepare the student to deal with the above described problems Promotion on an individual (micro) as well as systems (macro) levels Infection control and waste management This course explores the application of marketing theories to health care industry. Emphasis in healthcare is placed on methodologies for developing organizational strategic plans using the marketing organizations approach

HCM500

218

Law for Healthcare Research Methods in Healthcare

Course Description

HCM502

HCM503

HCM504

HCM505

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

HCM508

Quality Improvement Ä°n Healthcare Organizations

HCM509

Patient Safety

HCM510

HCM511

HCM512

HCM513

HCM514

HCM516

HPSY510

HPSY530

HPSY550

An introduction to the process of quality improvement in health care organizations. The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with the principles of quality assessment, quality assurance, continuous quality improvement, and the measurement of health status and patient satisfaction. It is anticipated that students will complete the course with knowledge of how to measure and improve quality in health care organizations. Patient Safety A survey of the managerial, financial, political, legal, and ethical issues involved in the provision of long-term care through institutional and non institutional settings. This course focuses on the ul1derstanding of the public policy issues which influence the organization and delivery of long term care services. Key strategies associated with the design and maintenance of a system of long term care services will also be examined. This course is designed to facilitate learning about basic concepts in strategic management; situational analysis and interpretation of results; development and evaluation of alternative strategies; selection of strategies and its implementation

In this course, the students learn the general concepts and principles of economy and how these concepts and principles are applied to the health sector. In this context, the role of health economy within the health system and its importance with respect to other organisation is also studied. Other topics covered throughout this course include finance systems for health Health services; supply and demand in health services and factors that influence it; analysis of the Economics relationship between health services and economic development. Financial This course covers the following topics: Financial aims in health organizations; financial Management organisation and its functionality specific to health organizations; management of business in Healthcare capital; capital budgeting; methods of financing through external and internal resources and Organizations their applicability to health organizations. This course includes: comparative analysis of health policies in different countries; factors Healthcare that shape and influence health policies; the stages of research, planning, application and Policies evaluation for healthcare management The scope of this course includes: Financing systems of healthcare services; health insurance and refund systems; historical development of insurance; scope of insurance; voluntary Health insurance selection; healthcare services for the insured and its effects on health; structures of Insurance health insurance; private and social insurance; service use of health insurance systems and its & Refund effects on health; effects of compulsory and private health insurance and cost-share on the use Systems of health services (hospital, doctor, dentistry and psychiatry) and on health This course introduces the historical development of civilisations around the world, in terms of culture, economy, religion and politics. The course also focus on the rise and fall of the first civilisations such as Mesopotamia, Ancient Greece and Macedonia, Egypt, China, Roman Empire, early mediavel states of the Western Europe, Byzantium, The Crusaders and Islam, Renaissance and Reformation periods, the Ottoman Empire, geographical and scientifi World History discoveries, transformation of Europe and the relations between the rise of the Nation State & Civilizations and the development of culture. Reviews the philosophy of science, the logic of scientific research reports and types of validity; examines experimental, quasi-experimental, and correlational designs, critical thinking in reviewing research findings, formulating researchable questions, literature reviews, sampling methods, and integrated research strategies; and overviews univariate and multivariate statistics, time series, and research integration tools such as meta-analysis, as Research well as how to use major statistical software packages, especially SPSS, including formatting Design and and input of data, variables identification, analysis and interpretation of results, and graphical Analysis presentations Overviews ethical issues in scientific research, including such issues as treatment of subjects, Legal/Ethical informed consent, and confidentiality; and examines legal and ethical issues in professional Issues work through analysis of case studies Examines the basic anatomy of the nervous system, normal and dirordered physiological functions, neurobiological bases of behavior, and introduces contemporary brain scanning Psychophysiology methodologies

219

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

HIS104

Long Term Care Administration Strategic Management in Healthcare Organizations

Course Description

Course Code HPSY551

HPSY552

HPSY553

HPSY554

HPSY555

HPSY556

HPSY557

HPSY558

220

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HPSY559

HPSY560

HPSY562

HPSY563 HPSY580 HPSY590 HS101 HS102

Course Name

Course Description

Examines approaches and methods of the study of brain mechanisms underlying behavior, including such topics as behavior in invertebrate and vertebrate systems, biological clocks, Behavioral brain mechanisms of fear and anxiety, physiological adaptations to stress, sexual differentiation Neuroscience of brain and behavior, and regulation of food intake and body weight. In-depth review of theories of adult brain function and neurodevelopment, effects of traumatic brain injury, vascular disorders and dementia, and basic principles and methods of Neuropsychology neuropsychological assessment. Examines psychological factors in physical disorders and medical complaints, including consideration of such topics as lifespan development and geriatric changes, personality Psychosomatic factors, issues of lifestyle, stress and coping mechanisms, as well as psychosocial and Medicine socioenvironmental factors Organizational Practical training in managing various types of groups including families, and major issues in Dynamics and organizational dynamics involved in organizing and managing groups, as well as working in Group Training group and corporate settings. The Future Overview of special topics and trends in health psychology, and discussion of ethical and of Health other issues on the forefront of science, and evolving unification of science and spirituality in Psychology higher individual and societal development. Overview of epidemiologic concepts and methods, including definitions, measures of disease frequency, designs (cohort, case-control, cross-sectional and experimental studies), biases Epidemiology and confounding; and brief introduction to clinical applications examines the relationship between drug-induced changes in behavior and brain chemistry, Psychopharmacology basic neuropharmacology and determinants of drug action, and pharmacologic treatment. Advanced Training Intensive practical training in best practicies in the provision of direct services in wellness, in Health psychoeducation, medical treatment adherence, stress management, assertiveness training, Psychology anger management, sleep hygiene, pain management, diet and nutrition, and planning and Practice I referrals to professional human services adjunct to medical treatment Advanced Training Intensive practical training in best practices in the provision of direct services, updating skills in Health from the first level course, and incorporting body work, rehabilitation and geriatric services, Psychology addictions treatment, pregnancy issues and parenting training, and planning and referrals to Practice II professional human services adjunct to medical treatment. Emphasizes practical training in interpersonal communication and conflict management, professional consulting and team building, and basic skills in teaching including building Interpersonal Communication, respect and receptivity, and effective performance evaluation and feedback; training; includes training in preparation of research reports, formats and presentation styles, Powerpoint, Consulting/ Teaching sensitivity in responding to questions and working with the media. Services Practical training in management of the provision of direct services in a health promotion Planning, setting, including treatment planning and evaluation, clinical record-keeping and issues of Reporting, and confidentiality, reporting to clients and to administration, processes of effective evaluation Evaluation and feedback, as well as financial considerations such as efficiency and budget maintenance. Examines health issues related to community social patterns, and the effects of environmental factors in health promotion and disease, including such areas as extended family dynamics, community culture and cultural diversity, design of living and work facilities, neighborhood Community recreational services, suburban sprawl, and ecological factors of healthy, sustainable living Ecology practices Master’s Internship Master’s Internship Master’s Thesis Master’s Thesis The aim of this course is to familiarize the students with the structural systems of the human Anatomy body, the inter-relationship of the structures within these systems and the related terminology. Growth and In this course the students will understand the normal sensory, motor, cognitive and Development psychosocial processes of human development and the factors which affect them.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code HS103

HS104

HS105

HS106

HS107

HS108

HS115

HS203

HS205

HS301 HS302

HS303

HS305

HS402

Course Description The aim of this course is to provide the students with a sound understanding of the functional characteristics of the human body, the functional principles of the systems comprising the human body and the principles of the unified functioning of these systems for homeostasis.

Physiology SelfKnowledge and This course relates to the understanding of characteristics of human behaviour, development Communication of self- assessment instinct, basic theories and principles of communication and providing the Methods students with the ability to implement this knowledge in their professional and social lives. The aim of this course is to introduce the fundamental topic, theories and branches of psychology to the students; provide the skills for an objective and scientific approach to human behaviour. In addition, basic and historical approaches in psychology, the fundamental topics of learning, motivation, social cognition, personality, sensation and perception, attention will Psychology be studied during this course. This course will provide knowledge for the students on topics such as social theories, Sociology and urbanization, community development, sociological disciplines and general community Health issues. Microbiology The students will gain knowledge on the factors causing disease, their properties, and the and mechanisms of their functions; the immune system; characteristics of immunisation and Parasitology treatment. The students will gain knowledge on the factors causing disease, their properties, and the Microbiology- mechanisms of their functions; the immune system; characteristics of immunisation and Parasitology treatment. In this course, the student would learn about the biochemical reactions in the human body that guide the physiology and would gain an understanding of molecular underpinnings of Biochemistry the metabolism. This course will include topics such as: real numbers, definitive values, number scales, integers, coordinates, functions, limits: change ratio, tangents, differentials and differentiation, Basic graphical presentations; maxima-minima problems, quadratic equations, matrices, double Matematics variable quadratic inequalities: two-dimensional quadratic programming, geometry. Medical Biology The aim of this course is to inform the students on Mendelâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Genetics, chromosomes and Genetics genetic inheritance, population genetics and congenital diseases. Medical Terminology In this course, the students gain knowledge on : properties of medical terms in formation; roots, prefixes and suffixes; analysis of the terms with these properties; Medical most frequently used anatomic, diagnostic, operative and symptomatic terms; international Terminology classification of diseases. Through this course, the students gain knowledge on concepts related to medical documentation; main properties of medical documents; importance, contents, usage, methods of arrangement and the areas of use of medical records; contents and archiving of patient files Medical and the required properties of archives; responsibility of medical records and their legal status Documentation with respect to confidentiality, safety and secrecy. Professional In this course the students will gain knowledge on the fundamental ethical concepts and be Ethics able to evaluate the situations they encounter from an ethical perspective. First Aid and Through this course, the students will gain knowledge and skills necessary for the application Emergency of life-saving procedures in cases of emergency. Through this course, the students are expected to understand the fundamental concepts in statistics and the use of statistics in health science, and be able to evaluate statistics in the Biostatistics literature and research. Through this course, the student is provided with the opportunity to understand epidemiological methods, general characteristics of epidemiological research and to scientifically evaluate Epidemiology previous research This course provides an understanding of the development of management, its basic principles, Health relevant legislation and management processes so that the students are able to adapt these Management concepts to health management.

221

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

HS208

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

HS403

Education

HS405

Research Methods

IE303

Fundamentals of Work Study

IE307

Operations Research I

IE308

Operations Research II

IE311

Engineering Statistics

IE312

Production Systems

IE314

Manufacturing Systems

IE401

Industrial Engineering Project

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

222

IE402

IE405

IE407

IE410

IE412

Graduation Project Production Planning and Control Quality Planning and Control

System Simulation Production Information Systems Management

Course Description This course is designed to facilitate studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;: Understanding of the concepts of learning and education; learning of educational methods; ability to recognize the techniques and equipment necessary for the evaluation of learning needs and outcomes; ability to use this knowledge in their own life and in patient education. The aim of this course is to ensure that students understand the basic concepts, principles and methods involved in the research process; formulate the basic steps involved in a planned research; and gain the ability to read and understand related literature. Designing workstations and plants by using methods study charting techniques such as operation process chart, flow diagram, flow process chart etc. Measurement of standard times for each operation by applying work measurement techniques such as stopwatch time-study, predetermined times systems, work sampling, standard data. Optimisation techniques for modeling and solving real-world problems. Definition of different kind of models, the methodology used to develop a model. Linear programming, duality, transportation techniques, assignment methods, sensitivity analysis, 0-1 integer programming, game theory. Queuing theory which is used to determine the optimum number of service stations, dynamic programming, project planning methods such as CPM, PERT, introduction to simulation, nonlinear programming, computer applications of operations research techniques. (Prerequisite: IE307) Descriptive and inferential statistics, organising data, calculating mean, standard deviation, mode, median and range. The normal distribution, the standard normal distributions, central limit theorem, the normal approximation to binomial distribution hypothesis test, t-test, goodness of fit, regression and correlation. (Prerequisite:MT207) Introduction to Integrated Manufacturing Production System (IMPS), The ten steps to IMPS. Manufacturing Systems, New and Old. The Design of Manned Manufacturing and Assembly Cells. The Rapid Exchange of Tooling and Dies. Integrated Quality Control. Integrated Production and Inventory Control. Technology Introduction to mfg. attributes of mfg. products; metal casting; bulk deformation and sheet metal working processes; Machining and Joining processes; mfg. of semiconductor devices; mfg. systems; competitive aspects of mfg. processes; Computer Integrated mfg.; Numerical Control and Robotics; Reliability and Quality Control; Flexible mfg. Systems. Each student will select a project about one specific subject of industrial engineering and prepare a scientific project. Subjects will be chosen by consulting with an advisor. If it is possible students may be required to write a program for their project and apply it to a real system chosen from either service or manufacturing sector. Each student will study for a specific area of industrial engineering and prepare a report. The student will analyse the results and make deductions and offer solutions for implementation of industrial engineering techniques in companies. Sales forecasting techniques,inventory models, material requirements planning, master production plans, bills of materials, economic production quantity, just-in-time production systems, job loading and scheduling. Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean and R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality control circles, total quality management. (Prerequisite: IE311 ) Definition of simulation, difference between simulation and other optimisation techniques, parameters and constants used in simulation, simulation methodology, simulation techniques, probability distributions commonly used in simulation and some applications by using computerised simulation packages. The role of knowledge based technologies and computer systems in production information systems. Strategic role of information systems in management of organisations, Major types of information systems,Analysis and design of information systems.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

IE416

IE417

IE418

IE440

IE445

IE447

IE456

IE470

IE474

IE488

Course Description

Introduction to investment analysis, items that must be included and analysed while preparing feasibility reports by using engineering economy principles, analysing product life-cycle Investment and finding break-even point for a specific investment project and applying for incentive Analysis certificate. Definition of ergonomics and its importance in human-machine systems, designing the best combination of human-machine systems, human antropometry, learning curve, environmental Ergonomics conditions in a plant, calculation of rest times. Definition of project, project management basics, management process, phases of a project, procurement, project planning and scheduling, critical path and critical activities, Project project control, PERT approach, time/cost trade-off, project organisation, controlling, risk Management management, examining the project. Human capital concept; people, productivity and the quality of working life; evaluation of human resource management; analysing and designing jobs; determining human resource requirement; recruiting; screening and selecting employees; staffing; orienting and training employees; identifying and developing management talent; appraising employee Human performance; managing careers; compensation management; assessing the costs and benefits Resource of personnel activities; international dimensions of human resource management. human Management resource information system Fundamentals of supply chain management and enterprise resources planning (ERP); aggregate production planning: static, dynamic, non-linear and lot-sizing models; operations scheduling: flow-shops and job- shops; materials management and materials requirement Supply Chain planning (MRP); capacity resources planning (CRP); distribution system management; Management implementation of manufacturing management strategies. An industrial survey of renewable energy sources. The urgent need of substituting conventional An Industrial energy resources with renewable energy sources and systems. Recent developments and Approach to current global situation both industrially and technologically. Looking to the future in a Alternative changing world. Physical and mathematical approaches. Economical and environmental Energy Sources aspects. Industrial safety in technological applications. An industrial survey of renewable energy Industrial sources. The urgent need of substituting conventional energy resources with renewable energy Safety and sources and systems. Recent developments and current global situation both industrially Technological and technologically. Looking to the future in a changing world. Physical and mathematical Applications approaches. Economical and environmental aspects. Basic definition of quality assurance. The role of the Quality Assurance Manager and the relationship between ISO 9000 and Total Quality Management. Planning and performing audits on activities, Human relations in auditing, Principles of auditing, audit management, Conducting audits, Reporting audits, Quality system surveillance, A draft model and workbook Quality Control to prepare your quality policy manual, A draft model and workbook to prepare your required Systems operating procedures. The course is designed to introduce the managerial functions related to planning, organising, staffing, leading and controlling engineering organizations. The topics to be covered include Management techniques of management, the matrix system of management, motivation, appraisal systems for Engineers and participative management. This course is designed to stimulate the moral imagination of students. It helps students to recognize ethical issues and think ethically about the possible outcomes of making decisions. Engineering It also helps developing analytical skills on how to analyse an ethical situation and use neutral Ethics techniques to make an ethically optimal decision. Introduction to the underlying principles and applications of the emerging field of nanotechnology and nanoscience. Intended for a multidisciplinary audience with a variety of backgrounds. Introduces tools and principles relevant at the nanoscale dimension. Discusses current and future nanotechnology applications in engineering, materials, physics, chemistry, Nanotechnology biology, electronics and energy.

223

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

IE460

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

IE510

Advanced System Simulation

IE517 IE518

IE540

Advanced Human Resource Management

IEA104

Internship

IEA200

Physical Electronics

224

IEA202

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Advanced Ergonomics Project Planning and Management

IEA203

IEA204

IEA205 IEA207

IEA209 INS102

Course Description Simulation, difference between simulation and other optimisation techniques, parameters and constants used in simulation, simulation methodology, simulation techniques, probability distributions commonly used in simulation and some applications by using computerised simulation packages. Ergonomics and its importance in human-machine systems, designing the best combination of human-machine systems, human antropometry, learning curve, environmental conditions in a plant, calculation of rest times. Project management process, phases of a project, procurement, project planning and scheduling, critical path and critical activities, project control, PERT approach, time/cost trade-off, project organisation, controlling, risk management, examining the project. Human capital concept; people, productivity and the quality of working life; evaluation of human resource management; analysing and designing jobs; determining human resource requirement; recruiting; screening and selecting employees; staffing; orienting and training employees; identifying and developing management talent; appraising employee performance; managing careers; compensation management; assessing the costs and benefits of personnel activities; international dimensions of human resource management. human resource information system Internship Overview of basic semiconductor mechanisms. The electronics of metalsemiconductor contacts, pn junctions, bipolar transistors, and MOS field-effect transistors. Properties that are significant to device operation for integrated circuits. Overview of basic semiconductor mechanisms. The electronics of metal-semiconductor contacts, pn junctions, bipolar transistors, and MOS field-effect transistors. Properties that are significant to device operation for integrated circuits.

In this computer programming course, students learn how to solve problem using computers. The concept and notation of algorithms. Problem analysis, development of algorithms and their implementation in a procedure-oriented language. Topics include the integrated programming Computer environment (editing, computing, debugging), data types, operators, input/output structured Programming I programming, program control, passing parameters and arrays bipolar small-signal amplifiers are discussed in depth, including differential current-source biasing. Single and multiple stage transistor amplifiers. Operational amplifiers. Feedback amplifiers, 2-port formulation, source, load, and feedback network loading. Frequency response of cascaded amplifiers, gain-bandwidth exchange, compensation, dominant pole techniques, root locus. Supply and temperature independent biasing and references. Selected applications of analogue circuits such as analogue-to-digital converters, switched capacitor Electronic filters, and comparators. The laboratory builds on the concepts presented in the lectures and Circuit I provides hands-on design experience and help with the use of computer aided design tools Introduction to design of feedback systems. Properties and advantages of feedback systems. Feedback Time-domain and frequency-domain performance measures. Stability and degree of stability. Control Nyquist criterion. Frequency-domain design. Root locus method. Compensation techniques. Systems Application to a wide variety of physical systems Quality Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean and Planning & R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality Control control circles, total quality management Circuit Theory Electrical Measurements & Instrumentation Fundamentals of Insurance

analysis, trsnsfer functions Errors theory, accuracy analysis and evaluation. System of units. Standards. Measuring methods and procedures. Electromechanical instruments. Instrument transformers. Potentiometers DC and AC bridges. Oscilloscopes. Electronic and Digital instruments. Transducers and sensors The basic principles of insurance: terminology, policy structure and the key forms of insurance, reinsurance and its purpose.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code INS201

INS202

INS204

INS206

INT102

INT131

INT201

INT221

INT241

Course Description

This course covers aspects of accounting that are specific to the field of insurance and, more Accounting for particularly, are critical to the supervisor in understanding and assessing the business and Insurance operations of an insurer. Structural reforms of EU banks and the regulation of shadow banking, scope of financial European market regulation in the European Union; crisis management for financial institutions in Banking the EU: recovery and resolution for systemically relevant financial institutions; aspects of Framework financial crime with a focus on the Market Abuse Directive. History of risk management; Asset-liability management in banks and asset managers; Statistics for Risk: Mean, Variance, Correlation, Skewness; Basic rules of probability; Risk Probability Distributions Useful for Risk and Financial Models; Linear Regressions and Risk Management Modeling Fundamentals. This course covers some of the most essential techniques for working well with broking clients and catering to their service plans. It also helps students understand the features, Insurance classes and risks of general insurance products, and the role of a general insurance broker Broker & Agent in the insurance industry; broking portfolio management tasks such as new business, claims, Skills renewals and changing client service plans. This course introduces students to the basic concepts, to the philosophy and theory of interior design, establishing a foundation for the design practice. Throughout the course, students will become familiar with the process of design, the language of design, and the various presentation techniques and design methodologies employed by architects and interior designers. This will be achieved by several projects and class activities, discovering outstanding architectural and Introduction to interior design projects from around the world. This course develops a personal understanding Interior Design of interior design by integrating the extracurricular interests of the students into the design Studio process. (Prerequisite: ARC101). The course applies the vocabulary gleaned from the basic principles of design; scale, mass, texture, balance, rhythm, to the design of an interior space. The result is applied to the Principles of understanding of a meaningful example of interior space. The selected topic is then explored Interior Design in the class through model making, sketching, collage and color drafting exercises. In the first design studio students combine their knowledge, skills and interior design understanding in order to develop a small-scale residential project. This project focuses on the application of basic design elements and principles, understanding human anthropometrics and human needs in space, comprehending functional/spatial requirements and developing Interior Design and applying conceptual design ideas in three dimensional spaces. (Prerequisite: INT102 and Studio I ARC112). The second design studio develops a deeper understanding of accessibility and functional qualities, structural systems and the proper choice of furniture and materials within a small-scale and multi-functional working environments. The project is achieved through Interior Design programming, space planning, and complying with codes and regulations, applying the Studio II conceptual ideas related to working environments. (Prerequisite: INT201). In this course students are asked to focus on detail design and representation. They are therefore considering different designerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s approaches, materials and techniques, and the sustainability issues, understanding the importance of the communication between the designer and constructor, describing of the materials and the way they can be used as design Interior elements. The course allows each student to solve the problems with appropriate solutions Detailing expressing his/her personal aesthetic approach. (Prerequisite: ARC112). The aim of the course is to give the students the instruments and methodology to understand and recognize interior design styles with their philosophy. The course analyses the history of these different fields as a whole, from the industrial revolution to the present time, by studying Contemporary the influence of society, art, economy, political events and scientific and technological Interior Design discoveries. (Prerequisite: PA142).

225

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

INT202

Course Name

Course Code

INT252

INT300

INT301

INT302

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

226

INT353

INT361

INT372

INT400

Course Name

Course Description

This course aims at introducing students with understanding and knowledge of impacts of built environments on people and natural environment. The course focuses on the role of spatial designer in designing buildings, building environments and interior spaces that benefit from natural resources, provide maximum comfort levels, limit environmental damage and Environmental energy consumption. The topics covered in the course are climate and climate change; bioControl climatic design; comfort levels of buildings; use of natural resources and passive and active Systems systems in heating, cooling and lighting, and water and waste management in buildings. Off campus study gives an opportunity to students to demonstrate the interrelationship between theoretical principles of interior design as a profession and their application in practice. The goal of the first internship is to provide effective professional preparation for students through field experience. The cooperative relationship between the business and academic learning should be enhanced. The student intern is responsible to keep a journal/diary of their daily experience. The internship is usually scheduled in summer for duration of twenty four (24) working days. The purpose of this assignment is to initiate the student into an awareness of Internship I professional firms and to provide an overview of on-site learning. (>1st year) In the third design studio, students work on a small-scale hospitality project. In addition to solving problems of a more complex program, larger square meters and larger number of users compared to previous projects, students will also consider the issues of sustainability and universal design. At this level, they are expected to provide evidence-based solutions Interior Design related to project topic; develop creative design solutions and use communication media Studio III effectively. (Prerequisite: INT202). The fourth design studio is an advanced studio course in which students will be working on a large scale educational facility. They will be working on a multipurpose area which includes several levels of circulation patterns, different facility areas and furnishing and material Interior Design requirements. This project focuses on proper site analysis, different client/user needs, project Studio IV budgeting, and application of conceptual design ideas properly. (Prerequisite: INT301). Interior This course gives students a general knowledge about the soft and hard landscape elements Landscape in micro scale; and the skills to carry out interior landscape planning and design in relation to Design larger scale and exterior space. (>1st year) This course aims at introducing students with knowledge and skills of designing barrier free environments that respond to various human needs, especially people with challenges. The course focuses on human anthropometrics, ergonomics of space, universal design and accessibility issues. The course further develops on generating design concepts that dismantle Human Factors physical and cognitive barriers to mobility, orientation, hypersensitivity and multiple in Design challenges in buildings and open spaces. (>1st year) The goal of the course is to give students an understanding of the importance of Restoration and Conservation in the field of historic environment sensitivity and consciousness. Students should become familiar with of the Historic heritage and related bodies, and the architectural tools required to work with a historically valuable building. In addition, this course provides a Principles of practical guide to measured surveys of historic buildings with special emphasis on recording Restoration & the fabric of historic areas and producing accurate scaled drawings of selected buildings. Conservation (>1st year) The summer training program is designed to expose students to a collaborative, professional office environment and a team of experienced design professionals. The goal of the second Internship is to provide effective professional preparation for students through office experience. The cooperative relationship between the business and academic learning should be enhanced. Students will be exposed to both the creative and business environment. Assignments will vary and include project research, site visits, sketching, computer production, design reviews, and assisting on marketing proposals. The student intern is responsible to keep a journal/ diary of their daily experience. The internship is usually scheduled in summer for duration of twenty four (24) working days. The purpose of this assignment is to initiate the student into Internship II an awareness of professional firms and to provide an overview of office culture. (>2nd year)

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

INT401

INT402

INT403

INT413

INT414

INT481

INT482

Course Description

In the fifth design studio, senior students will demonstrate an advanced level of knowledge, skills and creativity through the design of a large scale cultural/sports facility. At this level they are expected to conduct a comprehensive research about project topic and issues covered; generate flexible design ideas, and present development process and final outcomes Interior Design of the project through various communication media, including hand and digital drawings. Studio V (Prerequisite: INT302). The final studio course of interior design program aims at developing the personal design view of each student through independent study. It is also aimed at developing concepts related to socio-cultural, economic and environmental needs of the society through spatial design. Therefore, the project topic will be proposed by the students, through a research project which they will have conducted in previous semester in Graduate Research & Preparation Course. Students are expected to develop evidence based creative design solutions demonstrating their knowledge and skills that they have learned during their interior design education. The basic issues that need to be considered during the project are accessibility, sustainability, cultural diversity, health and safety, durability and innovation. An essential part of the studio is the project thesis, which should include an advanced research about the above mentioned issues as well as visual and verbal explanation of development process of the project. Presentation Graduation techniques used to express design ideas and overall communication skills are also significant Project aspects of the senior level project. (Prerequisite: INT401 and INT403). This course deals with the development of an individual general study and research by the student on a specific topic of her/his own choice/interests which goes to the primitive draft and initial issues about the final project. The research encompasses the following stages: subject definition, data gathering and classification, information interpretation relevant case/ Graduation sample studies, programming and planning (denoting to activities), spatial perceiving, and Research and technical information, site/field analysis and environmental fitting which shall be presented Preparation as a research report. (Prerequisite: INT302). Student will have the opportunity to work on individual projects, using simple eco friendly materials and methods which do not require a workshop environment. The course will include an introduction to historical and contemporary context and key concepts on architectural model making. Students will develop basic skills to produce models and understand the Model Making importance of experiments and practices. (>1st year) This course provides students with practical hands-on experience in using professional architectural modeling software (e.g., 3DStudioMax, Maya, Rhino, etc.). The course introduces advanced methods in 3-D modeling and architectural representation. The course Advanced covers the process of creating, manipulating, and communicating through digital architectural Digital models. Students will learn to create algorithms using Grasshopper and Python in Rhinoceros Modeling in 3D, while exploring parametric modeling, performance simulation, data visualization, and Design workflow automation.(>1st year) This course deals with basic concepts of environmental aesthetics. This course explores the aesthetic experiences of the built environment from a philosophical perspective and includes detailed discussion on such topics as how is aesthetic appreciation of nature similar to and different from appreciation of art objects?; what criteria may be used to evaluate beauty in nature and in the built environment?; how is our aesthetic engagement with the environment Environmental related to our embodiment, and how do the non-visual senses contribute to aesthetic Aesthetics appreciation? (>1st year) Project Management course is designed to build and expand the foundation of knowledge needed by successful managers by examining the organization, planning, and controlling of projects and by providing practical knowledge on managing project scope, schedule and Project resources. Topics include project life cycle, work breakdown structure and Gantt charts, Management network diagrams, scheduling techniques, and resource allocation decisions. (>2nd year) This course provides students the knowledge of the social, political, economic and legal aspects of interior design practice. This course includes topics on professional laws and regulations Professional such as contracts, bonds and insurances, professional partnerships, human relations in the Practice profession and occupational health and safety issues. (>2nd year)

227

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

INT455

Course Name

Course Code

INT484

INT532

INT534

228

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

IRE102

IRE201

IRE204

IRE206

IRE208

IRE301

Course Name

Course Description

In this course students shall study various major theories, methodologies and skills for understanding the real meaning of main issues about the business and marketing. They will get involved with the real world and real situations in micro scale through the actual/virtual networks to learn about the macro scale business and marketing events. It starts with the basic information about the monetary systems up to “WTCA” and other national and international Business and economic institutions; and will continue with the social and economic policies such as: Marketing “WIN,WIN,WIN” policy. (>1st year) The main objective of this post-graduate course is to contribute to the critical enhancement of a chosen creative practice, based on the premise that for a creative practice to be optimally relevant to its time and place, the practitioner needs sound levels of both conceptual and technical skills. The course will be student-driven and it will therefore require rigorous engagement on the part of students. The students will be introduced to some key contemporary ideas, asked to research them in relation to their practice, and to present their findings for group discussion and review. Students will be encouraged to research and develop their own design ideas to be both conceptually and technically relevant in the broader socio-cultural and Critical Practice political context. The main objective of this post-graduate course is to contribute to the critical enhancement of a chosen creative practice, based on the premise that for creative practice to be optimally relevant to its time and place the practitioner needs sound levels of both conceptual and technical skill. The course is student-driven and therefore requires rigorous engagement on the part of students. Some key contemporary ideas are introduced. Students research these in relation to their own practice and present their findings for group discussion and review. Thinking in Students are encouraged to develop their own design philosophies to be both conceptually Practice and technically relevant in the broader socio-cultural and political contexts. This course introduces students to the structures and processes of international politics and surveys the major global issues of our time - nations, categories, and principles of international relations. The course focuses on the functions of the modern nation-state system and the Introduction to patterns of conflict and co-operation in contemporary international relations. The purpose of International the course is to provide students with a basic understanding of how the international political Relations system works and help them develop their own perspective on global issues. Issues and concepts in comparative politics, political socialisation and culture; political recruitment and structure are reviewed. Interest groups and interest articulation as well as Comparative political parties, government and policy making are considered. The course also focuses on Politics I the politics, cultures, and political systems of the major European countries. This course deals with the history, culture administrative and political structure of various countries. The aim of this program is to enable the students to use the concepts of comparative politics in order to analyse the concrete political backgrounds of countries of different Comparative economic and political settings. Case studies such as England, France, Germany, Japan, Politics II Russia, China and America This course examines important features of politics; economics, society and culture in developing nations and focuses on common problems associated with political modernisation, economic development and social change in Asia, Africa and Latin America. Through Third World comparative analysis, the course also attempts to develop generalisations about key problems Politics and prospects in various regions of the developing world. This course provides an analysis of the three important theoretical debates of international International relations: Idealism / Realism, Traditionalism / Behaviourism and Realism/Neo-realism. Relations The course also addresses the central assumptions and key concepts of various theories in Theory international relations, with emphasis on concepts propositions and, the current critique. This course focuses on the role played by international organisations in world politics. Most attention is given to international governmental organisations, such as the United Nations, the European Union, and other regional organisations. Non-governmental organisations from multinational corporations to the International Red Cross are discussed as well. The course International investigates the extent to which all these organisations contribute to the development of a Organisations peaceful and just community of nations.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

IRE302

IRE304

IRE305

IRE308

IRE309

IRE312 IRE317

IRE404

IRE405

Course Description

The course mainly concentrates on the effects of World War II on the politics and economics of the Balkans. The course also focuses on recent conflicts and developments in former Yugoslavia such as wars in Bosnia and Kosovo as well as the future EU prospects of the Western Balkan states. This course will cover the modern history of the countries in the Caucasus and Central Asia which obtained independence following the breakdown of the Soviet Union in 1991. These include the present states of Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Georgia in the Caucasus, and Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan in Central Asia. The first part of the course will provide a historical background necessary to understand the problems of the post-Soviet period. The second part will analyze the radical transformations in the region following the collapse of the Soviet Union and subsequently will focus on major The Caucasus regional conflicts such as the Karabagh issue between Azerbaijan and Armenia and the 2008 & Central Asia War between Georgia and Russia. The course will focus on the formation of the modern Middle East, the legacy of the Ottoman Empire and the impact of colonialism, Arab nationalism, the ideological struggles, the oil politics, the power of stereotypes, tradition and modernization. The objectives of the course are to provide a deeper understanding of Middle Eastern politics with specific references to the regionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economy, culture and society. Considering recent developments in the region, the course aims to study Middle Eastern politics within a broader context of international system, History & regional economic developments and bilateral relations among the regional countries, the Politics of the Middle East and World Politics after 11 September and future prospects in the PalestinianMiddle East Israeli problem. In-depth study of issues related to global security of the XX-XXI century: proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, arms control and disarmament, international terrorism, regional Global Peace & conflicts, oil and energy problems in Politics, etc. The course will examine major trends, Security challenges and future prospects in the mentioned areas. The nature and role of international law in the interaction of states. The basic terminology of international law. Problems of interpretation and enforcement. The relation between law and International power; treaties and the legal basis of diplomacy, international organisations, international law Law and war, human rights under international law. This course is an introduction to ways of thinking critically about foreign policy analysis. It will examine some historical as well as current cases to question the statist approaches to foreign policy. The course aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of foreign policy Foreign Policy formulation by evaluating the role of different actors and organizations in the definition of Analysis national interests. Diplomatic Diplomatic Protocol diplomatic corps, attending formal events and planning formal tables, Protocol organizing formal visits and diplomatic writing skills. The course examines the central dilemmas and assumptions about Turkish foreign policy; past, present, and the near future. The course gives a very detailed analysis to the historical Turkish background such as foreign relations of the late Ottoman Empire and Republican Turkish Diplomatic Foreign Policy, as well as most contemporary and challenging issues of Turkish Foreign History & Policy including Turkey-European Union relations, Cyprus Problem, Human Rights and Foreign Politics Kurdish issues. Background of the European Union: Europe before and after World War II. The political framework of the European Union. Economic integration of the European Union, the social European framework of the European Union, the external relationship of the European Union. The Union Studies Single European Act. European Union beyond Maastricht. This course studies the Cyprus problem, initiating from discussions regarding to history of Cyprus, the Ottoman Rule, the British Rule, Republic of Cyprus to analysis regarding to 1974 Turkish Peace Operation and afterwards. The course also focuses on relatively contemporary International issues including the establishment of the TRNC, the Annan Plan and the future while Politics of examining possible solutions to it and looks at the role of the international powers in finding Cyprus a solution. History & Politics of the Balkans

229

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

IRE403

Course Name

Course Code

IRE408

IRE411

IRE412

IRE415

IRE417

230

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

IRE419

IRE420

IRE421

IRE422

IRE423

Course Name

Course Description

This course looks at the economic/cultural/political and religious aspects of conflict and examines some theories, which prescribe solutions to these problems. The purpose of the course is to assist students in clarifying their own substantive views on conflict studies and Conflict Studies dispute settlement. Specifically, the students will have broader and detailed knowledge about & Dispute Palestinian-Israeli conflict, Cyprus problem, Human Rights issues and Kurdish Problem. The Settlement students are advised to take this course in their graduating year. This course is a survey of current developments, issues, and problem areas of international Post Cold War relations in the post-Cold War era. The specific attention is given to the changing concept of International security, new security agenda, and the emergence of complex issues, rise of ethnic conflicts, Relations and the post 9/11. This course is a good application of international relations theories into real life. Students will be able to see how theory is and has been applied to real life by the only super-power of Us Foreign our time. How has the international system changed, and what are the effects of this on states Policy today? What role did the US play on this change? These questions will be answered. This course aims to provide a comprehensive understanding of political, economic and security issues that influence relations between Turkey and the EU. The course will analyse major breakthoughs in Turkey-EU relations with a particular emphasis on the role of European institutions, notably the European Commission and the Council, on Turkey’s relations with Turkey-Eu the EU. Major issues regarding Turkey’s EU candidacy and future membership will also be Relations examined. International Conflict Case Studies The course aims to explain historical progress and International contemporary issues about chosen states conflicts. Presentations will be done by students on Conflict Case the conflicts such as Middle East conflicts, proxy wars by super or great powers, power and Studies energy wars. This course aims to set the basics for students to cultivate methodological and analytical skills to design and conduct a research in the field of political science. Firstly students are provides with an awareness of the various traditions and approaches of political science research. Secondly they explore different research methods and their applicability. The course also Research enables student by setting the necessary foundation to progress to more advance texts in the Methods areas of qualitative and quantitative research methods. This project aims to give the students an opportunity to conduct a small scale research on the Graduation study of International Relations. This will involve critically analyzing a particular case and Project using a theoretical framework to investigate an aspect of the case more fully. This course will firstly compare and contrast the geographical and historical backgrounds of Turkey & Greek while highlighting their political develoment, political economy and institutional arrangmetns. Subsequently we will shift our attention to areas of friction between the two countries, most notably the Cyprus Problem and the disputes over the Aegean Sea, Greek-Turkish and a discussion of the reasons why therse problems have become so entrenched. The course Relations will also analyze the impact of these problems on Turkey’s relations with the EU. The purpose and objective of this course is to provide an understanding about the relations between the European Union and the Mediterranean Partners. Specifically, the past, continuity, and problems in the emerging of Euro-Mediterranean Partnership is discussed along with European and Southern partners responses to this partnership. The course also includes discussions regarding to the problems & paradoxes within the Euro-Mediterranean Partnership, changing concept of security and its relevance to the European and Southern EuroPartners, the socio-economic disparities in the Mediterranean and obstacles on sustainable Mediterranean development and the Spread of Radical Islam and Terrorism, illegal immigration, oil, Relations environmental problems. In this course we will compare and contrast political development, political economy, modernization, and state-society relations, as well as institutional arrangements of major Far Eastern countries. The Far East is defined as a geographic region containing two major History and powers (China and Japan) and some other medium-level powers. Topics of the course will Poilitics of the include geographical, historical, and cultural backgrounds of the Far Eastern states as well as Far East their government structures, electoral systems, and decision-making processes.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code IRE425

ISMA500

ISMA503

ISMA504

ISMA521

ISMA573

ISMA601

Course Description

The course aims to teach diplomatic communication skills, correspondence methods like writing letters, talking, body language, negotiation and teaches diplomatic terms. This course will establish the role of information systems in organisations and how they relate to organisational objectives and organisational structure. Basic concepts, covered in depth in Management subsequent courses, are introduced: the systems point of view and organisation, information Information flows, and the nature of information systems. Students will gain a knowledge of the basic Systems techniques and skills in representing system structure. Data This course will introduce the student to the concepts and terminology of data communications, Communication network design, and distributed information systems. Equipment, protocols and transmission Systems & alternatives will be discussed. The communications environment and regulatory issues are Networking also introduced. Properties of algorithmic languages, scope of variables, binding time subroutines and coroutines. Data abstraction, exception handling and concurrent processing. Programming and Advanced scripting languages will be discussed and examples will be drawn from the pool of languages Programming available in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s computer software industry. This course introduces strategies for developing information system applications and presents the development life cycle as a basic concept in managing applications. The life cycle phases leading to the determination of requirements and the development of a general logical design are studied. Theoretical concepts are applied in the development and implementation of an Information operational system from its logical design. The process of planning for change is described Analysis and and the post-implementation or feedback phase of the life cycle of systems development is System Design reviewed. This course introduces students to the powerful features of Oracle database management Advanced systems. Students learn how to create and manipulate objects and store, retrieve, and Database manipulate data. Upon completion of the course, students will be able to: retrieve, insert, Management update and delete records; control data and user access; use SQL and PL/SQL; and handle Systems blocks, cursors and runtime errors. Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence This course will continue the mathematical development of algorithms in AI and machine learning from Programming Languages. Advanced Prerequisites are multivariable calculus, linear algebra, probability theory, and programming Topics in experience. The lectures will not follow any particular textbook, but there will be many Artificial handouts and suggested readings. Grading will be based on class participation and two Intelligence substantial course projects Advanced Topics in Software Systems This course is to study research trends in embedded systems with emphasis on sensor networks. An embedded systems is a system that interacts with its environment and the correctness is subjected to physical constraints imposed by the environment. Sensor networks are becoming the essential aspect of embedded system. The course will centre around the following themes: localization and coordination, modeling and analysis, networking, programming paradigms and supports, resource management, security, validation and certification. The class will identify a few sensor network applications and then explore design and implementation issues in-depth as group projects. The part of class time Advanced will be devoted in discussing and exploring the design alternatives and refining implementation Topics in plans of the group projects. Students are expected to participate in the following ways: In-class Software presentation of selected papers and/or source code, and doing a group project that involves the Systems detailed design and prototype implementation of sensor network applications. Diplomatic Correspondence

231

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ISMA602

Course Name

Course Code

ISMA603

ISMA604 ISMA630

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

232

JRB501

JRB502

JRB532

JRB533

JRB601

JRB603

Course Name

Distributed Computing

Course Description In the past few years, peer-to-peer (P2P) computing has not only dominated the headlines, but it has inspired a new wave of distributed systems research. Pioneering systems such as Napster, Gnutella, and SETI@home harness the vast storage, network, and computing resources at the edge of the network, and they provide large-scale, robust, and self-organizing services using unreliable nodes. Peer-to-peer research efforts such as CAN, Chord, Pastry, and others have taken these basic ideas and addressed some of the challenges in a more principled way. Many open problems remain in this area of distributed systems research, particularly those that result from extreme scale, heterogeneity of capabilities and participation, unreliability, and decentralized administrative structure. Key questions include what applications and services are appropriate for peer-to-peer architectures, as well as how to provide them. Can we top music swapping and searching for extraterrestrial life? Advanced Programming The goals of this course are to gain a better understanding of the issues of querying, integrating, and otherwise sharing data across the Internet and the WorldWide Web. Data integration is perhaps the best- studied instance of this problem, and we focus on it for much of the semester. We begin with a study of relational query processing as a foundation, and then move on to answering queries using views and adaptive query processing. We also examine architectures for larger-scale or richer data exchange: widearea data sharing (as proposed by projects such as Mariposa in the 1990s and Piazza today) and sharing with very expressive data definition formalisms (the Semantic Web). Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query-driven: publish- subscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as sourceforge.net), and versioning based systems. Finally, we hope to investigate several efforts to support data exchange scenarios that are not merely query-driven: publish-subscribe, groupware applications, collaborative web sites (such as Sourceforge.net), and versioning based systems.

Advanced Programming PhD Seminar in MIS The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student During this course birth of mass communication systems, how they reformed by political cultural legal and economical factors within a specific period, liberal and critical within the historical period, negative- positive approaches at mass communication will be explored. Moreover, relationship between communication world and its practices within different Mass historical process and social changes, media-ideology, media-culture, media-democracy Communication relationship will be examined; mass communication systems of countries like France, Systems England, Germany and USA will be explored. Communication, freedom, media law and freedom of information at political regimes, legal Communication regulations both before and after 1982 Constitution at Turkey mass media, practices of media and Law law in TRNC, rights of ideas, copyright and likes will be hendled during this course. The advancement of the Turkish Press in the TRNC and Turkey, the situation of the press Current regarding technological developments, responsibility of the press in socio-economic Problem of development, relationship between state and media, problems of finance, personnel, Press and management, market and distribution, BasÄąn Ä°lan Kurumu and its responsibilities, legislations, Manipulation monopolisation and censorship will be investigated during the course. Reasons of differences at the presentation of news that occur according to the politics of broadcast of TV institutions, radio, and newspaper-journal will be examined. By using Frequency, categorical, evaluator and any other analysis techniques; certainty, solving suspicion and to enrich the reading is forming the main purpose of the course. In addition to this various news even its topics will be analysed, number of news, column regulation, News Analysis picturing and typographic peculiarities will be investigated New Communication This course will look existing local visual andsoud communication systems and analyze how Systems approaches and procedures can be adapted to existing ones. In every aspect of communication an in any communication application there are a number of Philosophy of disciplinary philosophical approaches that need to be adhered to. These will be looked at and Communication developed to a point where they run parallel to each other.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

JRB604

Media and Ethic

JRB608

Media Economics

LAW102

English Legal System and Method I English Legal System and Method II

LAW103

Constitutional Law & Administrative Law I

LAW104

Constitutional & Administrative Law II

LAW101

LAW107

Legal Research and Writing I

LAW110

Legal Research and Writing II Communication & Study Skills I Communication & Study Skills II

LAW201

Criminal Law & Procedure I

LAW202

Criminal Law & Procedure II

LAW108 LAW109

This course will look at the role that ethics plays informing people, changing their thoughts and efecting public opinion. This will be further emphasized by seminars on the role of ethics in communication. Like most organizations, the media thrives on the current economic atmosphere in regards to the communication sector, taking into account the norms set by the countryâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s economic and market conditions. In this course, the supply of media products related to free market economy, the structure of the demand; market entry barriers, production inputs and cost analysis, market structure appropriateness to monopolization in the media with the labor and employment, and issues such as the situation of the media business in the face of economic crises are handled The concept of law; classification of the law; sources of law, including Parliament, the courts and the European Community; the structure of the court system; jurisdiction of the courts both civil and criminal; Appeals in civil and criminal cases; statutory interpretation:-canons of construction and aids to interpretation; the operation of the doctrine of precedent:- theoretical foundations, and the doctrine as applied in individual courts; civil procedure. Introduction to the jury system; Legal personnel; The Judiciary; Appeals; Unmet legal need and funding legal advice and assistance; Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR). The nature of constitutions; the nature and sources of British Constitutional law; conventions; the sovereignty of Parliament;; European Community law and domestic law. The House of Commons; the House of Lords; Parliamentary privilege; the Royal Prerogative; The Executive; Delegated legislation; local government; the protection of fundamental human rights; civil rights and freedoms- freedom of the person; freedom of expression; freedom of assembly and association. Nature, scope and sources of administrative agencies and procedure, relationship between administrative law, the rule of law, separation of powers and delegation of powers; Delegated legislation: its nature, forms, making and control thereof Judicial review of administrative action - principles; remedies; tribunals and inquiries; parliamentary commissioner for administration and others; the legal liability of the Crown and local authorities. Morality and the law; theories of punishment-discuss the advantages of each of the following theories (a) deterrence (b) incapacitation (c)rehabilitation (d)just dessert; war crimes; types of punishment; (1 )community service orders (2) probation. Introduction to legal theory; jurisprudence; what constitutes a valid legal system; legal positivism- is there a moral justification for law; legal principles; natural law. Provides students with knowledge and skills in researching legal materials and undertaking legal writing on the basis of such materials. In particular, students will undertake practical exercises, be shown methods of manual search and electronic retrieval methods for collections of written laws and law reports, and law textbooks, journals and encyclopaedias. Students will receive instruction and practical experience in reading judicial decisions; both reported and unreported, on written constitutions, legislation and subsidiary legislation. Detailed understanding of writing a legal answer with legal authorities. Learning effective study skills, time management. Constructing Letters, Presentations, Debates and Interviews. The students will learn the factors that work towards effective Communication with others. Much of this course focuses on the application of this knowledge to lawyer-client relationships. Persuasion skills also play a predominant part. Crime and the criminal law; fundamental principles of criminal liability; general defences; participation in a crime; Inchoate(incomplete) offences; Offences against the person: unlawful homicide; non-fatal offences against the person, including sexual offences; property offences; offences against public order. Objects of procedure; detection of crime and arrest; the criminal courts; a prosecution; summary trial; cases proceeding to the crown court for trial; adjournments; bail and sentencing; the crown court; the youth court; appeal procedure.

233

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

LAW106

Legal Philosophy I Legal Philosophy II

LAW105

Course Description

Course Code

LAW203

LAW204

LAW205

LAW206 LAW207

234

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

LAW208

LAW209 LAW210

LAW301 LAW302

LAW303 LAW304

LAW305

Course Name

Course Description

Introduction; offer and acceptance; termination of offer; certainty of terms; considerationbasic principles; part payment of debts and promissory estoppel; intention to create legal relations; Law of contractual terms; exclusion and limitation clauses; unfair contract terms act unfair terms Contract I regulations. Misrepresentation; misrepresentation Act 1967; Mistake- common mistake; mutual mistake; unilateral mistake non est factum; duress; undue influence illegality contract in restraint of Law of trade; discharge by frustration; discharge by agreement; performance; breach; remedies: Contract II damages, injunction restitution. Part 1: Evolution of the European Union -Historical background; forms of economic integration; the European Community- foundations and principles; Part 2: Institutional Structure and Law -Making - The institutions of the communities; the law-making process; Part 3: The Community Legal System -Community legal method; sources of community law; the supremacy of community law; using community law before national courts; Infringement actions before the European Court of Justice; actions for annulment before the European Court Introduction to of Justice; references to the European Court of Justice under Art 234 EC; other proceedings European Law I before the European Court of Justice. Part 4: The Law of the Common Market: The Four Freedoms: Common Market; Free Introduction Movement of Goods-costumes duties and internal taxation; quantitative restrictions; Free European Law movement of Persons; freedom of establishment and services; tree movement of capital. Part II 5: the nature of the common policies; social policy; competition policy. Legal Introduction to basic book-keeping; introduction to solicitorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s accounts; basic receipts and Accounting payments; trust money; regulatory compliance. Case study; sale of Goods Act 1979 s.13 - correspondence with description; relationship between s.13 and express terms/representation; Sale of Goods Act s.14(2) as amended by the Sale and Supply of Goods Act 1994; Merchantable/ satisfactory quality Sale of Goods Act s.14(3) -fitness for purpose; Consumer remedies; acceptance of goods; damages; exclusion clauses; privity; collateral contracts; manufacturer`s guarantees; negligence; consumer protection Act; Consumers, consumerism and consumer law; evolution and theories of consumer law- modem and post modernism; advertising control- criminal law: trade description; civil liability; advertising standards authority; nature of advertising -law Consumer Law and discourse. This course will examine marriage, dissolution of marriage, nullity of marriage, separation, legitimacy and legitimating of children, custody, guardianship, maintenance and adoption of Family Law I children, as provided under legislation, common law and equity and custom. The course will consider distribution of income and property between family members, and Family Law II the recognition of overseas orders and decrees relating to family. Historical background and general principles of liability; negligence - duty of care, standard of care; causation and remoteness of damage; nervous shock; occupiers liability; contributory Law of Torts I negligence, damages. Trespass to the person and Wikinson v Downton; Trespass to land; nuisance; Rylands v Law of Torts II Fletcher and fire; Defamation; malicious falsehood. Introduction to the types of property rights in land; proving title and tenures and estates; legal and equitable rights in land and the 1925 legislation; the creation of equitable interests; the equitable doctrine of notice; registration of land charges (unregistered land); registration of Land Law I title (registered land); requirements for a lease; obligation in leases; overview / revision Old -style and new-style trusts of land; the operation of new- style trusts of land; coownership; Land Law II adverse possession and easements; restrictive covenants; mortgages Introduction: classification of trusts and the requirements for validity of an express private trust; Express Private Trusts: the requirement of certainty; the formal requirements; the requirement for the trust to be validly constituted; the requirement for the trust to take effect within the relevant perpetuity period; the requirement for the trust to satisfy the beneficiary Equity and principle; Implied Trusts: resulting trusts; constructive trusts Express Public Trusts: charitable Trusts I trusts.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

LAW311

Equity and Trusts II Law of Evidence & Civil Procedure I Law of Evidence & Civil Procedure II Cypruslaw Package I Cypruslaw Package II Cypruslaw Package III

LAW312

Research Project

LAW313

Criminology

LAW306

LAW307

LAW308 LAW309 LAW310

Employment Law

LAW315

Environmental Law

LAW316

Human Rights Law

LAW317

Conflict of Laws

LAW318

Revenue Law

Introduction: Duties and powers of trustees/ rights of beneficiaries; duty of investment and powers to invest; power to maintain and to advance; other duties and powers. Rights pf Beneficiaries: right to seek variation of the trust; right to sue trustees for breach of trust- the personal claim; right to sue accessories to breach of trust -the personal claim; right to trace trust property- the propriety claim; Trust administration: outline of relevant tax law rules. General principles; pre-action conduct of litigation; debt recovery actions; limitation; issue and service proceedings; defendant`s response; default ,and summary judgments; statements of case; parties; interim applications; case management.

Small claims track; fast track; multi -track; disclosure; witness and expert evidence; offers and payments; trail and appeal; costs; matters arising after judgment. Constitution; court system; rent-lease; land law; family law; wills; work law; road traffic law Civil Law Suit- procedure law; Evidence Law; prescription law; Oaths; Explosive Material Law; Weapon Law; Media Law; Bills of Exchange Law; Cyprus Law Torts Law; Contract Law; Criminal Law; Criminal Court Procedure; Sale of Goods Law; Sale of Vehicles Law; Drugs Law; Antiques Law. Enables students to extend their research skills and their knowledge and understanding of an aspect of the law, which is of particular interest to them under the supervision of a member of staff approved by the Law Faculty Board of Studies. Criminology involves a study of the phenomenon of crime and will involve a consideration of the following areas: the definition and nature of crime; the justification and theories of punishment; the various schools which provide perspectives on the understanding of the aetiology of crime; the treatment of the offender and crime prevention and control. The contract of employment: formation; obligation of parties, express and implied; termination and suspension of the contact and remedies for breach; restraint of trade; apprenticeship, Statute affecting employment terms in regard to formal requirements, wages, notice of termination; suspension, lay-off and redundancy; hours of work, rest days and holidays; children, young persons and women; the employment tribunal. The employer`s responsibility for the safety of employees; negligence and breach of statutory duty; health and safety at work. This course will examine in general the laws which regulate land use, water use, biodiversity, national and cultural heritage, protected areas, air and marine pollution. The course also, considers the role and effect of environmental impact reports and of environmental litigation. The cultural and historical background of human rights shall be analysed together with the developments in the domestic and international protection of such rights. The Course will cover the United Nations world system and the United Nations Charter, the major international and Regional Human Rights Conventions and other related Instruments. The European Convention on Human Rights and the European Protection System will be dealt with in detail. Where a foreign element (such as nationality, place of accident) is involved in private law cases, conflicts of jurisdiction and questions as to the applicability of the foreign law may be involved, The course examines the basic principles of private international law including recognition of foreign judgments, and internal conflicts within the UK, that is, conflicts between UK law and foreign law. Studies the law relating to direct and indirect taxation in the UK as well as Cyprus. The principle forms of direct taxation, particularly income tax, rent tax, turnover tax, property tax; value added tax and the principle forms of indirect taxation particularly customs duty excise duty. In addition, the course considers the impact of international treaties and agreements relating to taxation.

235

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

LAW314

Course Description

Course Code

236

LAW319

Medical Law

LAW320

Intellectual Property Law

LAW321

Transport Law

LAW322

Jurisprudence of Law

LAW323 LAW324

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

LAW325

LAW326

LAW327

Maritime Law Cyprus Law Package IV

Course Description This course examines overlapping issues in law and medicine in medical, legal and philosophical contexts. The aim is to study a variety of problems of life, death and consent to treatment. Students are expected to argue about problems from a variety of viewpoints, including ethical argument. The issues considered will include the following: issues of life: e.g. the new reproductive technology; Medical treatment -e.g. consent to treatment; issues of death- e.g. euthanasia. The introductory aspects of this course cover both industrial and intellectual property, namely: 1- patents, trade secrets, trade marks, trade names, passing off, copy rights and registered designs; 2. General survey of forms of industrial and intellectual property- need for protection; nature of protection; comparative advantages of each form of protection; 3 - Copyright: International Conventions- main works protected namely unpublished works, literacy works, dramatic and musical works, sound and TV Broadcasts. Ownership of copyright: authorship, joint authorship; commission works; Assignment; Licences; Infringement of copyright remedies for infringement & sanctions. The Press and copyright. World Intellectual Property Office (WIPO) - Geneva; relevance to developing countries. Provides an understanding of the laws relating to air, land and water transport in the Cyprus region. Contracts of carriage of persons and goods and statutory regulation of such contracts are examined. The course also considers the systems of licensing of carriers established in the region, and the impact of international agreements and treaties upon the transport of goods and persons. Examines fundamental questions about: the nature of law and the relationship of law and morality, politics, culture, tradition and custom. Analysis of law and legal system is provided around questions such as what makes law a law? Are laws rules? What is a legal right or legal obligation? The institutional concept of law and the judicial and legislative process and the law are also critically analysed; reasoning in the law with special reference to statutory interpretation, judicial administration. This course will be an introduction into trade by sea and the legal rules involved to facilitate this important means of trade. The main analysis will be of Bills of Lading and the Carriage of Goods by Sea Act and Liabilities.

Legal Writing and Drafting Skills This takes the legal writing undergraduate courses further. Writing like a lawyer and also as an academician is what we will experiment, by using different techniques, concentrating on Advanced the best use of English language in getting our message forward as simply and efficiently as Legal Research possible.Emphasis will be placed on research techniques and sources that students will need and Writing to rely upon in their practice of law. This course examines those areas of law as applicable to the sporting arena and sports players. The course shall begin with an examination of the history and cultural importance of sports. It shall go on to debate the extent of the role of law in sports and whether this is in fact desired. Two opposing arguments shall be displayed. The domestic and international system of solving sporting disputes shall then be analysed, focus being placed upon CAS, its internal and appeal system. Elements of employment and contract law in so far as it applies to sports players shall be examined. Analysis of ports Agents regulations, most notably FIFA agent regulations shall take place; in addition to stadium liability and sports playerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s tortuous and Sports Law criminal liability rules. Aviation law is the branch of law that concerns flight, air travel and associated legal and business concerns. The international nature of air travel cannot be denied and thus an analysis of the international and also European regulations will take prominence. Students shall examine and seek an understanding of the International Civil Organisation and its role in this Aviation Law regard.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

LAW328

LAW329

LAW330

LAW331

LAW332 LAW401

LAW403

LAW404

LAW405

LAW406

LLM501

Course Description

Hospitality Law is a study of the law relating to the foodservice, travel, and lodging industries. That is, it is the body of law governing hotels, bars, restaurants, spas, meeting and convention planners and country clubs. Hospitality law encompasses a wide variety of legal practice areas. The legal areas of study shall include contracts, employment law, and tort law with particular attention being paid to the application of the law of negligence in this particular Hospitality Law sphere. The course “International Criminal Law” deals with the issues of contemporary international criminal law and procedure. It comprises the topics on the sources of the international criminal law, criminal jurisdiction of states and immunities, mutual legal assistance in criminal matters and extradition, international criminal justice, individual criminal responsibility for genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes and the crime of aggression. A special emphasis is made International on the use of Socratic method, case studies and combination of individual and collective Criminal Law exercises. The aim of the course is to highlight the changing legal regime and for the students to be able to identify the rights an investor may have in a given circumstance and to be aware of any Settlement of relevant public international law principles. The second aim is to focus on the sui juris trade Commercial dispute settlement within the World Trade Organisation and NAFTA which is a corollary of Disputes the autonomous law of international trade generated by WTO and NAFTA respectively. The course will provide students with a detailed understanding of the nature of transnational crimes, such as drug trafficking, money laundering, terrorism and torture, and the treaties that create obligations for States with respect to their suppression. The course will also cover the mechanisms of state co-operation with respect to transnational crimes, such as extradition and mutual legal assistance. It will finish by providing students with a study of the various Transnational international bodies dedicated to promoting inter-State co-operation and the suppression of Criminal Law transnational criminality such as INTERPOL, and the UNODC. This course explores the relationship between law and culture - a topic that has become increasingly relevant through globalisation, a perceived ‘clash of civilizations’, and the problems of an effectively multicultural society. After having taken this course students will understand the main distinctions between legal and socio-scientific approaches to social problems and disputes. They will have become familiar with the answers to the question how law and culture are related one to the other. This will enable them to better understand and Law and participate in debates about rule of law, human rights, and cultural defence, both orally and Culture in writing. Classification of companies; registration of companies; memorandum of association; articles Company Law I of association; contractual capacity; share capital; shares; loan capital. Floating charges - Insolvency aspects; floating charges and transaction avoidance in Company Law insolvency; shareholders` rights and duties; directors; directors` duties; directors fiduciary II duties; care and skill / statutory duties; minority protection; the company in liquidation. Transfer of property; passing of risk; mistake and frustration; insolvency: the validity and Commercial effectiveness of retention of title clauses; the statutory implied terms: the right to sell; the Law I condition of goods; duties of the parties and remedies. Title conflicts in sale transactions; introduction to agency relationship; creation of the Agency Commercial relationship and the importance of the agent`s authority; the types of agency relationship; Law II creation of the agency relationship; the relationship between principal and agent Public Topics will include some of the following: introduction to the nature of internationa11aw and International its historical development; sources of international law; the relationship between international Law I and municipa11aw; the subjects of international law. Public The concept of sovereignty and state recognition; state jurisdiction; the acquisition and loss International of territory; state responsibility; treaties and other international legal agreements; the pacific Law II settlement of disputes; the use of force; international institutions; human rights. Modern We will concentrate on legal research methods, including classic research through law books, Research as well as more modern research through the Internet and other research means, including Methods Westlaw, Lexis/Nexus etc

237

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

LAW402

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

LLM502

Alternative Dispute Resolutions

LLM503

Legal Writing

LLM504

Comparative Constitutional Law

LLM5053

European Union Law III & IV

LLM506

Public International Law III

LLM507

Private International Law III

LLM508

Company Law III

LLM509

International Environmental Law

LLM510

Telecommunications Law

LLM511

Cyber Law

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

238

Course Description This course will deal with the advantages and disadvantages involved in resolving disputes through other means than litigation. Accordingly, we will analyse arbitration, mediation, negotiation, conciliation, fact-finding etc. Writing like a lawyer and also as an academician is what we will experiment, by using different techniques, concentrating on the best use of English language in getting our message forward as simply and efficiently as possible. This course will introduce students to the comparative study of the Constitutions. The main areas covered are “ the characteristics and sources of the Constitutions “ the Legislature “ the implications of membership of the European Union “ the Executive and Administration and their controls These courses provide an introduction to the law of the European Union (EU). EU law is a newer legal system with some of the characteristics of international law combined with some features of a national legal system based on a written constitution. In addition to studying the areas of social and economic life in which the EU has exclusive or shared power to act, a large part of the course will deal with the relations between EU and national law. The social, political and economic context of the EU and the legal rules and judicial decisions will be analysed. This course concerns legal relations between states as well as the role of the United Nations and other international organisations and, in the fields of human rights and international criminal law, the rights and duties of individuals. Students will be expected to have a grasp of basic principles of international law, including its sources, jurisdictional immunities, treaties and state responsibility; and of the application of those principles in such fields as international environmental law and the law of the sea. Public international law is important not only to provide an informed understanding of international affairs but also to increase the working understanding of the practitioner in a modern legal environment in which rules made at the international level have a growing impact domestically. The private international law, also known as the conflict of laws, is the body of rules applied by the Courts to cases with a foreign element. It may be used to answer three questions: whether the Court should hear the case at all (jurisdiction) where it does hear the case, what law should apply to determine the substantive issue (choice of law) whether a judgement, decree or award of a foreign Court or tribunal should be recognised and enforced in England and Wales. Despite statutory implementation of a number of International Conventions and Law Commission reports, many issues on private international law are answered by reference to case law. This course deals with the way in which the law regulates companies and the facilities that the law offers to those in business such as limited liability and transferability of shares. It is also concerned with the corresponding burdens that they shoulder, such as duties of disclosure, compliance with statutory procedures and common law duties and the dynamics of the relationship between the shareholders, who own the company and the directors who manage it. The European Union policy of harmonising the company law of its members and the legislative changes of the United Kingdom will be analysed. The students will also be exposed to learning the skill of interpreting complex statutes and develop a critical analysis of the reasons for the change. This course aims to provide students with an understanding of the legal and administrative framework that regulates decision-making concerning the environment. It deals with legislation relating to town and country planning, certain special controls designed to protect the environment, and the basic statutory regime concerning the control of pollution. It is intended to give students an understanding of the legal concepts, processes and techniques which have been developed and the problems involved in defining and enforcing environmental standards, the way of making official decisions affecting the environment and the methods by which these decisions can be challenged. This area, which is heavily regulated by international law, will be analysed in light of EU regulations, and other laws in the UK, USA as well as the TRNC The regulation of the Internet via international law and the possible legislation to avoid internet-related “crimes” will be discussed.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

LLM512

LLM514

Maritime Law International Business Transactions Public Policy Development and Legislation

LLM515

International Business Crimes

LLM516

International Insurance Law

LLM513

LLM517 LLM519 LLM520 LLM521

LLM531

This course will be a thorough search into trade by sea and the legal implications involved to facilitate this important means of trade. This course discusses international trade as regulated by the EU, NAFTA, and other international organisations/instruments in light of the case law that has accumulated over the years.

This course will be an exercise in drafting of legislation and public policy in various areas. This course will address the law of transnational business and white collar crime. In todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s global economy, and particularly in light of the recent worldwide financial crises, international white collar crime is an increasingly relevant and important facet of international business law. In this course, we will consider substantive crimes (e.g., international tax and moneylaundering crimes); relevant procedural doctrines (e.g., extraterritorial jurisdiction); the role of international organizations in enforcing the law; and some of the important policy issues and challenges posed by international business crime. This course will examine insurance contract law - including the basics of insurance techniques - on a comparative basis. It will focus on the different legal systems of the EU`s Member States including the common law system and harmonization within the EU. The first part will give a general introduction into Insurance Contract Law and into the several insurance contracts and their wordings. It will also cover the specialities of property, liability, life, disability, accident and health insurance. The second part will deal with the activities of insurance agents and brokers. The third part will consist of a description of the particular requirements of extra contractual obligations between Insured and Insurer, focusing upon the duty of utmost good faith owed between the parties. A course in law as it applies to international business transactions in the global legal environment. Study of inter-relationships among laws of different countries and the legal effects on individuals and business organisations will take place. Topics include agency agreements, international contracts and regulations of exports and imports.

Graduation Project The student is required to work with an approved advisor to prepare a well-researched and Masterâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Thesis organised thesis in a topic to be approved by the Faculty. International Human Rights International Human Rights This course is designed to provide student with an overview of various legal concepts and Legal principles impacting business. This course concentrates on the legal aspects of business Environment of ownership and management. Legal issues will include contracts, sales, consumer law, agency Business and employment law, property, risk management, environmental law. The course will review the law and practice of international commercial arbitration as one of the key approaches to international alternative dispute resolution. The classes will cover a brief history of international commercial arbitration, the appointment and role of the partyappointed arbitrator and the chairman, jurisdictional issues, the role of national court systems, the organization of an international arbitration, provisional relief and interim measures of protection, discovery and production of evidence, the conduct of hearings, the tribunal`s International deliberations and award, annulment and enforcement of awards, and the responsibilities of Arbitration Law international arbitral institutions.

239

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

LLM523

International Business Law Graduation Project

Course Description

Course Code

LLM532

MARC501

MARC502

MARC503

240

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MARC506

MARC542

MARC545

MARC550

MARC554

Course Name

Course Description

International investment law is emerging as a distinct and important field of international law. International investment law addresses the regulation of the behavior of sovereign States towards foreign investors; issues such as the rights and obligations of international investors and also the rights and obligations of the host states. This Course will analyse the aim and evolution of the law of investment. We shall focus on examining the rapidly evolving treaty law establishing international efforts to regulate foreign investment by the United Nations, WTO, OECD and World Bank. We will go on to look at Bilateral Investment Treaties and analyse the case-law on the treatment of foreign investment. We shall also examine the way in International which investment disputes are solved - particularly focusing on the World Bank’s International Investment Law Centre for the Settlement of Investment Disputes (ICSID). This module is designed to encourage material and conceptual explorations toward innovation in a chosen field, for developing new perceptions, sharpening of awareness, and new ways of seeing in architectural design. Developed innovative abilities in methods of design Architectural in architecture will be coupled with enhanced verbal and visual communicative skills for Design Studio I practicing effectively in the contemporary architectural design arena. Continuing the research-based approach to design and innovation of MARC501, students are Architectural expected to extend their Scientific and artistic flexibility and adaptability in developing and Design Studio proposing methods of architectural design that are applicable in different contexts, scales and II spaces.(Prerequisite MARC501) Continuing the research-based approach to design and innovation of MARC502, students are expected to extend their Scientific and artistic flexibility and adaptability in developing and Architectural proposing advanced methods of architectural design that are applicable in different contexts, Design Studio scales and spaces. Their studio research in this course need to be related to or form part of III their thesis project.(Prerequisite MARC502) This course prepares students to clearly articulate in an academic writing format the kinds of commitments and procedures including a projected time-line he/she has developed for an expected healthy outcome in their practice-based research and design. This course aims to assist students in the process of realising their aim in both conceptual and technical terms. Seminar This course aims to prepare students for thesis writing and it is finalised by submission of a in Thesis written proposal and an oral presentation to committee of 3 (including the Supervisor) and the Research student must receive a Pass in order to proceed to the final stages of the thesis. This course offers students ways and means by which to further develop their understanding of the principles and theories of aesthetics in architectural design, interior design and urbanism. In this course the students will explore theories of aesthetics with a focus on environment whereby environmental aesthetic considerations will be examined. Reflecting on the effects and influences of globalization on architectural practices, as well as engaging in Aesthetics and group discussions will enrich our understanding of the intersections between local and global Architecture concerns. This course endeavors to engage the Master’s students of architecture in the processes of gathering and analyzing historical and theoretical discourses in the field of architecture of Modernism. The candidates will work toward further sharpening their own research skills, data collection, its interpretation and evaluation within their own social, cultural, political and Research professional context. The students will be equipped with skills in the critical analyses of the in Modern material collected in relation to architecture of modernism, subsequently contributing to the Architecture further development and understanding of the field of Modernist Architecture. New mapping cities are not only a different way of representing the cities but feeling them. New possibilities are arising with the era of Information Communication Technology (ICT). The course involves a personal and group research about the new territorial and urban expressions. The work-space will be sample cities with specific attention to their public and Mapping Cities social uses. Students are encouraged to apply respective technology an eventual tool to be Applications developed in their respective Master thesis. The main purpose of this course is to identify how far existing planning systems and practices are able to support the sustained development of urban areas and prepare them to withstand Place and both foreseen and unforeseen changes. The course will introduce an alternative perspective to Resilience planning introducing the “resilience thinking” for the creation of “resilient cities”

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code MARC592

MARK500

MARK601

MARK602

MARK603

MARK610 MARK630

MAT101

MAT102

ME102

ME201

ME202

Course Description

Errors theory, accuracy analysis and evaluation. System of units. Standards. Measuring methods and procedures. Electromechanical instruments. Instrument transformers. Potentiometers DC and AC bridges. Oscilloscopes. Electronic and Digital instruments. Transducers and sensors Marketing Management The scope of marketing management. Organizing the marketing function. Establishing marketing objectives. Buyer behaviour and market segmentation. MarketÄąng Environmental analysis and marketing strategies. Marketing research and marketing Management information systems. Advertising and sales promotion The course aims at helping Ph.D. candidates develop an appreciation for the intellectual growth of marketing as a discipline. Students will have an opportunity to view the historical Advanced growth of the field from an economic to a behaviorally based discipline. By studying multiple Marketing articles on each topic, students will gain an understanding of the way academic knowledge is Theories developed as well as being exposed to contemporary social science methods. This course examines important concepts, principles, and theories from the various social sciences in order to describe and explain consumer behavior. Students are encouraged to ask questions and to relate the course material to their own buying experiences and discuss these in class. The purpose of the course is to study the process of consumer choice, its determinants Theory of and its implications for marketing programs and public policy. When the students complete Consumer this course, they should be acquainted with personal, social and situational factors affecting Behavior consumer purchase decisions and understand how these influences can be measured. The purpose of this course is to aid Marketing Ph.D. candidates to study and understand recent articles published in the area of integrated marketing communications both in regard to their theoretical background as well as to their research methodology. The topics covered start with a general ethical point of view in all consumer communications. Then, the measurement of the effectiveness of integrated marketing communication as a broad topic area is studied. Furthermore sponsorships, use of databases in consumer communications, direct marketing, as well as the more recent phenomena of opt-in communication(permission marketing Integrated communications) and the increasing importance of word-of-mouth communication with Marketing Communications todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s consumers will all be studied as part of integrated marketing communication tools. This course attempts to provide innovative interpretations of traditional commerce theory Current Issues for the field of Marketing. Current research articles and Cases are used to provide a current in Marketing interpretation of the traditional marketing concepts. PhD Seminar in Marketing Seminar in Marketing The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student Business Mathematics I Revision of essential algebra for calculus. Polynomials, rational Business expressions, straight line. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities. Functions; limits; Mathematics I continuity; derivatives: techniques of derivatives; applications of derivatives. Exponential and logarithmic functions. Derivatives of exponential and logarithmic functions. Business Applications of exponential functions ant derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite Mathematics II integral, applications of integration. Functions of several variables, partial derivatives. Exponential and logarithmic functions. Derivatives of exponential and logarithmic functions. Applications of exponential functions ant derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite Linear Algebra integral, applications of integration. Functions of several variables, partial derivatives. Freehand sketching techniques, use of scales, model representation. Orthographic projection. Dimensioning and sectioning. Solid. Modeling. 3-D drawings. Assembly and working Engineering drawings. Tolerancing. Threaded parts, keys, springs, rivets, piping layouts. CATIA is Drawing introduced and used throughout the course with coverage of advanced modeling tools. Introduction The mechanical engineering profession, mechanical design, technical problem-solving to Mechanical and communication skills, forces in structures and machines, materials and stresses, fluids Eng. engineering, thermal and energy systems Simple stress and strain. Equilibrium, compatibility and constitutive relations, state of stress Strength of and state of strain with emphasis on two dimensional problems. Bending and shear stresses. Materials I Shear and bending moment diagrams by integrating and section method. Deflection of beams. Thesis in Architecture

241

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MAT102

Course Name

Course Code

ME203

Materials Science

ME204

Manufacturing Technology I

ME205

Statics

ME206

Dynamics Summer Practice II

ME300

ME301

242 ME302

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

ME303

ME304

ME305

ME306

ME307

Course Description Introduction to materials science and engineering. Atomic structure and interatomic bonding. Crystal and amorphous structures inmaterials. Imperfections in solids. Thermally activated processes and diffusion in solids. Mechanical properties of metals. Phase diagrams and transformations. Engineering alloys. Polymeric materials. Ceramics and composite materials. Corrosion. Electrical, thermal, magnetic and optical properties of materials Introduction and Overview of Manufacturing. the Nature of Major Materials. Mechanical & physical properties of materials. Dimensions, Surfaces, and their Measurement. Engineering Materials used in Manufacturing. Overview of casting technology, and metal casting processes. Shaping Processes For Plastics and Polymers. Rubber-Processing Technology. Introduction to rigid body mechanics, equivalent force systems. Concepts of moment, couple, resultant. Equilibrium; Free body diagram; equations of equilibrium. Structural analysis; trusses; beams. Properties of surfaces. Area moment and cancroids; moment and product of inertia; principal directions. Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies: absolute motion, relative motion. Kinetics of particles: equation of motion, work-energy and impulse-momentum. Systems of particles. Kinetics of rigid bodies: Eulerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s equation, plane motion of rigid bodies, kinetic energy of rigid bodies. Introduction to the dynamics of vibrating systems.

Summer Practice II Properties of pure substances, phase change, equation of state. Concepts of energy transfer by heat, work and mass. Entropy. 1st and 2nd law of Thermodynamics and their applications to common thermal devices such as heat exchangers, turbines, compressors. and nozzles. Basic power and refrigeration thermodynamic cycles: Otto, Diesel, Brayton, Rankine and vapor Thermodynamics compression. refrigeration cycles. Powder Metallurgy and Processing of Ceramics and Cermets Fundamental of Bulk forming; rolling, extrusion, drawing, forging. Sheet metal forming; Bending, Cutting, Deep Drawing, and others. Machining operations and machine tools;Turning, Milling, Drilling, Planing and shaping, Boaring, Broaching and gear manufacturing. Cutting-Tool Technology. Heat Manufacturing Treatment Of Metals. Surface Processing Operations. Joining and Assembly Processes; Technology II welding, brazing, soldering, and mechanical assembly. Production planning and control. Concept of continuum. Properties of fluids: density, viscosity, surface tension. Forces on submerged surfaces. Integral and differential forms of mass, momentum and energy conservation equations. Solutions of simple viscous flows. Dimensional analysis and Fluid similitude. Viscous flow in pipes and ducts. Flow past immersed bodies, boundary layers, lift Mechanics and drag, and turbulence Engine types and their operations. Thermochemistry of air-fuel mixtures. Ideal models of Internal engine cycles. Gas exchange processes. Engine fuel metering and manifold phenomena. Combustion Combustion in gasoline and diesel engines. Pollutant formation and control. Engine friction Engines and lubrication. New technologies and alternative fuels. Torsion of circular shafts. Combined stresses. Buckling, Stress and strain in axial loading. Strength of Torsion. Pure bending and transverse loading. Stress and strain transformations. Design of Materials II beams for strength. Deflection of beams. Columns. Energy methods Principles of heat transfer and their applications. Heat conduction in stationary systems. Transient Heat Conduction. Heat transfer associated with laminar flow and turbulence flow of Heat Transfer I fluids in forced and natural convection Fundamentals of Motion and Vibration. Free Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom Systems without dampers and equivalent systems. Free Vibration of Single Degree of Freedom Systems with viscous and coulomb dampers. Harmounically excited vibration of a single degree of freedom vibration. Determining the equation of motion of a 1 DOF system using energy methods. Vibration under general forcing conditions. Two degrees of freedom system. Theory of Determining the equation of motion of systems using Lagrange method. Determination of Machines Natural frequencies and Mode shapes.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code ME308

ME309

ME310

ME401

ME402

ME403

ME404

ME405

MFA501

MFA502

Course Description

Fundamentals of machine component design. Stress analysis. Materials. Static stresses. Elastic strain, deflection, and stability. Failure theories, safety factors, and reliability. Impact. Fatigue. Surface damage. Introduction to design of machinery; Kinematics, Kinetics, and the desing process. Fundamental of Kinematics; Degree of freedom, Types of motion, Grashof condition. Graphical and Algebraic Position analysis in various linkages. Graphical and Analytical analysis of velocity in linkages. Velocity Analysis with Instant Centers. Graphical and Analytical Acceleration Machine Analysis in fourbar linkages. Corriolis acceleration in linkages. Cam design with velocity and Design I acceleration analysis. Gear trains ; Gear types, Gear tooth, simple and compound gear trains. Introduction to Newtonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s law of motion and dynamic models. Dynamic force analysis for fourbar and fourbar slider-crank linkages. Static and Dynamic balancing in mechanisms. Engine dynamics and engine design; equivalent masses, and inertia and shaking forces. Flywheels and balancing the single cilynder engine. Multicylinder Engine design, the crank phase diagrams and shaking forces and tourques in two stroke and four stroke engines, Machine balancing engines. Dynamic force analysis of cam followers and measuring dynamic force Design II and accelerations. Design or research projects are assigned including application and synthesis. The projects including prototype production are especially encouraged. Students may work alone or as a Graduation team. Supervisors and jury members grades the projects by considering the studies during the Project I semester, project report and presentation Design or research projects are assigned including application and synthesis. The projects including prototype production are especially encouraged. Students may work alone or as a Graduation team. Supervisors and jury members grades the projects by considering the studies during the Project II semester, project report and presentation Design of threaded fasteners, power screws, rivets, springs, bearings, gears, shafts, clutches, and brakes. Analysis and design of machine elements. Helical, bevel and worm gears. Shafts Machine and associated parts, keys, pins, splines, couplings, clutches, brakes and fly wheels, belts, Elements II chains, torque converters. Introduction to automatic control. Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems. Response Control analysis using Laplace transform method. Transfer functions and block systems. Feedback Systems control systems. Typical actuators and transducers. Control law. Quality Introduction to quality control, statistical process control, sampling techniques, mean and Planning & R charts, determining sample sizes, mean and standard deviation charts, run tests, quality Control control circles, total quality management 1D and 2D steady-state conduction. Transient conduction: Lumped capacitance analysis, multidimensional effects. Convection: thermal boundary layer, boundary layer similarity and Reynolds analogy. Heat transfer in external flows: flat plate, cylinder in cross-flow, sphere. Internal flow: hydrodynamic and thermal considerations, convection correlations. Free Heat Transfer II convection. Radiation heat transfer. Heat exchangers. This course is deigned to encourage material and conceptual explorations toward innovation in a chosen field, for developing new perceptions, sharpening of awareness, new ways of Art & Design seeing. Developed innovative abilities in the field will be coupled with developed verbal and Stdio I visual communicative skills for practicing effectively in the contemporary art & design arena. The sharpened conceptual and material skills in Studio I will be put in practice toward developing a solo graduation project in this more advanced course. Students will be expected to be able to develop artistic flexibility and adaptability in relation to exhibiting in a gallery, private or public space. In order to develop a healthy and robust artistic sensibility and practice relevant to our time there will be intense conversational critique sessions on one to one and group situations. We believe that ultimately the most valuable critic in the art world is the artist/designer himself/herself. However the collegial environment provided by our team members prepares the right physical and psychological space within which journey to artistic Art & Design maturity can be taken. Successfully concluding Studio II is a punctuation to be followed by Stdio II the life-long artistic engagements. Machine Elements I

243

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ME406

Course Name

Course Code

MFA505

MFA506

MFA510

MFA512

MFA515

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

244

MFA516

MFA518

MFA524

MFA592

MGMT500

Course Name

Course Description

In this course students are introduced to contemporary topical issues, such as the relations between environment, design and society, so that they could fully appreciate the importance of viewing their practice within the broader socio-cultural, political and spatial context. Master candidates will be expected to research in a critically engaging way, of a topic relating Art Design & to environmental issues of our time, and present their findings and evaluations within their Environment area of art & design practice. This course prepares student to clearly articulate in an academic writing format the kinds of commitments and procedures with a projected time-line he/she has developed for an expected healthy outcome in studio practice. This course aims to assist students in the process of Seminar realising their aim in both conceptual and technical terms. With this course the aim is to enhance students’ understanding of the importance of engaging in the activity of drawing through which ideas can be generated and ideas can be scrutinised in that visual media. One can derive pleasure from simply drawing observationally and imaginatively that can be energising toward artistic maturity. Students will be expected to do numerous observational and imaginative drawings and be open to cross-disciplinary critique sessions where by they can register and evaluate their own progress in developing fertile Drawing grounds for though and practice. Interfacing the This course aims to extend the conceptual, practical and experiential parameters of your Local and the chosen practice in relation to interactivities between local and international trends in the fields International of art and design. This course introduces students to theories (and theories where ever necessary), design and processes (methods) of art and design research relating to their course project. This is a substantive part of the MFA program focusing on practice and issues pertaining to application Research and operation of art and design methods. Enhancing and fine-tuning of knowledge in research Methods in Art skills, and working towards increasing students understanding of the style, form and discipline & Design of art and design enquiry is the main learning objective. The main objective of this post-graduate course is to contribute to the critical enhancement of the chosen creative practice, based on the premise that for a creative practice to be optimally relevant to its time and place, the practitioner needs sound levels of both conceptual and technical skills. The course will be student-driven and it will therefore require rigorous engagement on the part of students. The students will be introduced to some key contemporary ideas, asked to research them in relation to their practice, and to present their findings for Critical group discussion and review. Students will be encouraged to research and develop their own Reading & design ideas to be both conceptually and technically relevant in the broader socio-cultural and Writing political context. This is an advance course that looks at the 3D design and space relationship where the definition of sculpture is constantly evolving. It is expected that students engaged in this course will have sound prior knowledge of the differences and similarities between 2D and 3D art objects and their relationship to each other - however prior knowledge is not a preSculpture and requisite. Students will learn how to engage in thought and material experiments in relation to Installation sculpture & installation and viewers’ reception of them. In this course students are introduced to the area of research in history of human ideas in their expression, preservation and change over time. Studying in the history of ideas involve interdisciplinary research that looks at intellectual, philosophical, literary and artistic history History of Ideas of the production, development and dissemination of knowledge. This component of the course is the major part of writing which will culminate from the processes of research and critical evaluation of the area concerned. In this course the students are encouraged and assisted in the researching, developing and writing of their masters’ thesis. Through on going consultation and group discussion the students will be expected to demonstrate that they are intellectually and technically well-equipped to perform the writing Thesis in Art of the thesis. The thesis will clearly reflect the students’ depth of knowledge of their discipline and Design and topic and sound command of English academic writing. Research Methods Introduction to fundamentals of Research Methods and their applications Research in the management and economic areas. Special emphasis will be placed of effective report Mehtods and thesis writing and examples of good practice will be presented.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

MGMT502

MGMT503

MGMT505

MGMT507

MGMT508

MGMT509

MGMT512

MGMT542 MGMT544

MGMT552

MGMT601

Course Description

This course enables students to understand the issues and challenges faced by managers responsible for strategic management. It introduces students to concepts and methodological approaches and tools relevant to the analysis of the strategic position of the organization. The Strategic course teaches students how to develop and implement strategies and policies, and their major Management operational implications. Organizational Theory Analysis of modern management theories. Development of organisations and problems of leadership posed by organisational structures. Dynamics Organizatinal of organisational behaviour and relationship to effective administration. Models of Theory communication, motivation, and leadership Consumer Behaviour This course develops a theoretical understanding of consumer behaviour and consumption as well as the necessary critical and analytical skills for applying that knowledge to practical marketing situations. Also, the course reviews the roots of consumer behaviour research, the various schools of thought and examine particular theories, concepts and research, and assesses the implications of consumer behaviour and consumption Consumer for marketing in commercial and non-commercial contexts, public policy and consumers Behaviour themselves. Marketing Communication This course critically examines key aspects of marketing communications and associated theory and how diverse elements of the communications mix can be co-ordinated and managed to produce an integrated marketing communications plan. Marketing Students will develop insight and understand the process, theory, and social impact of an Communication advertising campaign. Human Resource Management Analysis and evaluation of major personnel management problems in the United States including human resource planning and development, assessment of future needs, building the personnel function to meet needs of developing Human organisations, developing career paths and training programs and policies. Evaluation of Resource the personnel functions and of personnel performance and development of systems for this Management purpose. Operations Management This courses introduces students to advanced techniques in the design of the product. Production systems and production control systems. The machine assignment problem, scheduling and sequencing, line balancing, location-allocation of new facilities, JIT Operations management, logistics, purchasing, total quality management, services and manufacturing Management operations management Legal Legal Environment of Business The effects of regulation in business decisions. Rule making EnvÄąronment of processes, administrative actions, antitrust, public policy issues, and ethical issues are BusÄąness examined. Social and political considerations in the legal system are analysed Legal Legal Environment of Business The effects of regulation in business decisions. Rule making Environment of processes, administrative actions, antitrust, public policy issues, and ethical issues are Business examined. Social and political considerations in the legal system are analysed International Multinational enterprises as global organisations with emphasis on their worldwide impact. Business Emphasis on providing framework for understanding broad issues rather than on questions of Management business management and administration. eCommerce Characteristic of internet and its boundaries, its effects in the international E-Commerce environment. Design of marketing program for internet use. New issues in e-business Functional and environmental differences between domestic and International Marketing. Focus on how multinationals are reorganising their international operations with transcontinental structures, international management, staffing and globally shared values design to enable their diverse production, and function to work together more coherently. Market International identification, product, price, promotion, and distribution channel decision across the Marketing countries. Incorporates reading lists, research projects, and seminar papers. Analysis of modern management theories. Development of organizations. Dynamics Advanced of organizational behaviour and relationship to effective administration. Models of Management communication, motivation, and leadership.

245

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MGMT512

Course Name

Course Code

MGMT602

MGMT604

MGMT605

MGMT606

MGMT607

MGMT608

Advanced Statistical Analysis

Advanced Research Methods Advanced Report Writing in Social Sciences Organizational Behavior Advanced Human Resouce Management Strategic Management and Business Analysis

MGMT615

Advanced Operations in Management Advanced Quantitiative Approach to Management Special Topics in Global Management

MGMT618

International Business Law

MGMT619

Advanced Project Management

246 MGMT609

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

MGMT610

MGMT623 MGMT630

Course Description This is a course in which the PhD students fully grasp the advanced multivariate analysis techniques and their uses in research. Topics include multivariate analysis of variance, loglinear analysis, factor analysis, discriminate function, canonical correlation, and an introduction to structural equation modeling and confirmatory factor analysis. Emphasis is placed on providing solid skill in the use of the major statistical software packages such as statistical A analysis by using SPSS. The course presents scientific principles and processes that make the research an applied science. Information collection, interpretation, and presentation for shaping objectives, policies, and planning. Application of the concepts, methods, and knowledge of quantitative and behavioural disciplines. Learning objectives are facilitated through individual or group research projects.

In this course special emphasis will be placed on effective report and thesis writing and examples of good practice will be presented. Theoretical statements of individual and group behaviour in organizations will be examined in this course. Student presentations and discussions will include detailed treatments of organization design, change, and reorganization, as well as inter-organizational relationships. The management of human beings in a complex organisation; recruiting, selecting, training, promoting & motivating human beings. Increasing personal loyalties & managing personnel to elevate individual contribution, increasing quality & lowering operational costs. The course presents conceptual frameworks and models which will assist students to analyze competitive situations and strategic dilemmas and gain insight into strategic management. This course will provide a synthesis of previous course materials within the business programmes. Class lectures are supplemented with case studies. Covers the advanced quantitative techniques in major production systems, including planning & control of projects, statistical quality control, MRP aggregate scheduling & line balancing, queuing theory, transportation models and simulation techniques. Also, deals with the main and contemporary OR methods and techniques and computer applications for managers. This is a course in which we deal with the advanced quantitative approaches, which can be used in establishing quantitative models of various systems. Thus, Advanced Forecasting Models, Advanced Inventory Models, Advanced Linear Programming Models, Advanced Network Analysis (CPM/PERT), Simulation techniques will be presented.

Research, presentation and debates about the new issues in global management. Case studies. This course covers international business transactions in the global political legal environment; study of interrelationships among laws of different countries and the legal effects on individuals and business organizations. Topics include agency agreements, international contracts and administrations, regulations of exports and imports, technology transfers, regional transactions, intellectual property, product liability, and legal organization. This course covers: The project team roles and method of project conflict resolution, plan and estimate percent complete for schedule and budget management, identify methods for schedule compression and/or recovery, develop Risk Management Plans, identify methods for budget and scheduling estimates, develop a resource histogram and balance resources, perform earned value analysis on an actively tracked project plan. This course surveys the field of quality management from a number of perspectives, including the classic works of quality pioneers and empirical academic studies. Linkages to organizational theory and issued related to resarch design in quality management will also be discussed

Advanced Quality Management PhD Seminar in Management The seminar paper will be prepared and presented by the student.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

MIL507

MINT501

MINT502

MINT503

MINT506

MINT592

MIRP501

MIRP503

MIRP511

Course Description

The nature and role of international law in the interaction of states. The basic terminology of international law. Problems of interpretation and enforcement. The relation between law and International power; treaties and the legal basis of diplomacy, international organisations, international law Law and war, human rights under international law. This course encourages material and conceptual explorations toward innovation in a chosen field, for developing new perceptions, sharpening of awareness and new ways of seeing. Interior Design Developed innovative abilities in the field will presented with developed verbal and visual Studio I communicative skills for practicing effectively in the contemporary art & design arena. . Interior Design Studio II aims at combining the innovative skills gained in MINT501 and interior design knowledge and skills of graduate students. This is a course focusing on evidence based design, in which the decision making process about the built environment relies on extended and credible research about the project topic. Based on a thorough combination of theory and practice, the course opens the way for personal development through a deeper Interior Design understanding of contemporary issues in the field, a substantial knowledge of technical issues, Studio II and creative use of presentation techniques.(PREREQUISITE MINT501) Building on the research-based approach to design and innovation of MINT502, students are expected to extend their scientific and artistic flexibility and adaptability in developing and proposing advanced methods in interior design that can be applied in different contexts, Interior Design scales and spaces. Their studio research in this course needs to be related to or form part of Studio III the master thesis project.(Prerequisite MINT502) This course prepares student to clearly articulate in an academic writing format the kinds of Seminar commitments and procedures with a projected time-line he/she has developed for an expected in Thesis healthy outcome in studio practice. This course aims to assist students in the process of Research realising their aim in both conceptual and technical terms. In this course the students are encouraged and assisted in the researching, developing and writing of their mastersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; thesis. Through ongoing consultation and group discussion the Thesis in students will be expected to demonstrate that they are intellectually and technically wellInterior equipped to perform the writing of the thesis. The thesis will clearly reflect the studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; depth Architecture of knowledge of their discipline and topic and sound command of English academic writing. The course examines and provides an analysis of the central assumptions and key concepts of main theories of IR. It surveys the development of contending theoretical approaches to international politics such as; the boundaries and content of the field, theoretical literature on the study of diplomacy and foreign policy analysis concentrating on the actors, institutions, concepts, structure, and the contemporary critique of the international politics. By introducing a variety of theories and approaches, along with structure, major features and development in Advanced Ir international system, this course aims to provide a comprehensive basis for understanding the Theory dynamics of world politics and advanced IR theory. This course compares and contrasts the geopolitics, historical development and political institutions of various countries with different economic and political settings. It also analyzes the factors which shape societal divisions and political cleavages such as class, ethnicity, Advanced race or religion as well as the major sources of debate in public opinion such as immigration, Comparative economic development models, xenophobia and foreign relations. Case studies include the Politics UK, France, Russia, China, Japan, Iran, Brazil and Germany. Capitalism is the dominant social, political and economic system initially emerged in Western Europe and later spread to the major parts of the world. The most prominent characteristic of todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s global political economy is that it is capitalist. The development of trans-national International corporation at the last stage of capitalism, has reached such a level that they are more Political powerful than nation-states. The objective of this course is to discuss the current trends in Economy world economy and to analyze the effects of globalisation. The course mainly concentrates on the effects of World War II on the politics and economics History and of the Balkans. The course also focuses on recent conflicts and developments in former Politics of Yugoslavia such as wars in Bosnia and Kosovo as well as the future EU prospects of the Balkan Western Balkan states.

247

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MIRP502

Course Name

Course Code

MIRP512

MIRP514

248

MIRP531

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MIRP523

MIRP533

MIRP538

MS501

MS502

MS590

MS601

Course Name

Course Description

This course will cover the modern history of the countries in the Caucasus and Central Asia which obtained independence following the breakdown of the Soviet Union in 1991. These include the present states of Armenia, Azerbaijan, and Georgia in the Caucasus, and Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan in Central Asia. The first part of the course will provide a historical background necessary to understand the problems of the post-Soviet period. The second part will analyze the radical transformations in the region following the collapse of the Soviet Union and subsequently will focus on major The Caucasus regional conflicts such as the Karabagh issue between Azerbaijan and Armenia and the 2008 & Central Asia War between Georgia and Russia. This course aims to provide a comprehensive basis for understanding the dynamics of Middle Eastern politics. Special attention will be given to important historical developments which shapes the regional dynamics such as the Iranian Revolution, Soviet occupation of Afghanistan, the Iran-Iraq war, the Lebanese Civil War, the Gulf War, Israel/Palestine conflict, and myriad of other crises. The Middle East as the focus of global interest as distinct from intra-regional problems will be treated accordingly, within an interactive framework with several layers of Middle East analysis - local/regional/global. This course examines the historical development, political institutions,and philosophical foundations of the European Union. Topics will include an examination of the theories of European integration such as neo-functionalism, liberal-intergovernmentalism, multi-level Policies & governance and social constructivism, studies of decision-making in the EU, and important Politics of the points of debates such as the monetray union, defense and security policies and the Unionâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Eu enlargement. As a nation, the state has always been problematic, particularly with regard to the workings of the international system. From Plato to Hobbes, from Hegel to Ernst Cassirer, some of the best minds of the Western world have tried to capture the essence of the problem. Thus, State and democracy also had a chequered history so far as its conceptual/practical development is Democracy in concerned, from Plato to Locke, Tocqueville and Popper. Now that democracy has established the Modern itself around the world, the tension between the state and democracy is increasingly subjected World to imperatives of the international system. The modern western civilization is characterized by capitalism, secular culture, liberal democracy, individualism, rationalism and humanism. This course is an attempt to explore the economic, social-cultural and political dimensions of the globalization and its impact on Globalization & the society. Attention will be paid on the crisis of modernity (crisis of the nation-state and of Modernity the western democracy) with its relation to the globalization movement. This is an introductory course on the theory and practice of international human rights. The full range of human rights issues-international, national and non-governmental- will be Contemporary covered. The course also analyses Human Rights Law, International Humanitarian Law War Human Right of Law in the context of human rights violations of the recent periods. The students are required to agree a Thesis subject early in their period of study with their advisor. Many will be able to settle the subject areas as they complete their undergraduate studies. Thesis I will be devoted mainly to research. Thesis II upon the assembly and presentation of results. The work of both Theses will be presented in the Seminar that will be Thesis I adjudicated by a jury in the final semester. The students are required to agree a Thesis subject early in their period of study with their advisor. Many will be able to settle the subject areas as they complete their undergraduate studies. Thesis I will be devoted mainly to research. Thesis II upon the assembly and presentation of results. The work of both Theses will be presented in the Seminar that will be Thesis II adjudicated by a jury in the final semester. This seminar is designed to promote research interest based on the studies in Master Theses. Master students must register and fulfill departmental requirements of the graduate seminar Seminar and complete their Master thesis after the seminar. The students are required to agree a Thesis subject early in their period of study with their advisor. Many will be able to settle the subject areas as they complete their MSc studies. Phd Thesis Thesis will be devoted mainly to research, contribution, assembly and presentation.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

MSPSY500

MSPSY501

MSPSY502

MSPSY503

MSPSY505

MSPSY506

Course Description

This course will deal with the conceptual frameworks offered by social psychology and the ways in which social psychology can be applied. It will explore important conceptual issues, including the levels of analysis we adopt, the nature of social knowledge, the self in social psychology, social influence, social cognition and attitude change, discourse analysis, the Current Issues social psychology of language, and the theory of applied social psychology. This module in Social will also deal with implementing social psychological theory and method in applied settings. and Applied These include organisational psychology, dealing with media coverage, equal opportunities Psychology issues, ethics, environmental design, terrorism, and discussing related psychological findings. This module will discuss, at advanced level: The cognitive system, conceptual systems, expectation, explanation processes, decision making. Motivation, self-regulating systems, goal setting, evaluation, feelings and emotions; The interpersonal system, interdependence, competence and emotional intelligence, social support, conflict and negotiation, interpersonal Applied Social communication; and Groups, and cultural systems, group conflict, social identification and Psychology culture. This module will include the following topics : Theories of organisation including classical, human relations, structural and systems models; Organisational development and organisational Advanced transformation, organisational change and change management, organisational culture and Organisational organisational climate; Diversity in the workplace, organisational learning, organisations as Psychology complex systems; and Organisational consultancy, leadership, and organisational behaviour. This module will examine advanced theory and research in intergroup relations. We will consider the nature of social categorisation processes and how stereotypes develop, persist and change. The module will then examine the relationship between intergroup perceptions and prejudice, and how intergroup relationships influence both variables. The module will examine how and why stereotypes and prejudice become manifested as discrimination and Advanced intergroup conflict, and then how groups become mobilised to perform collective action. We Topics in will study the motivational and social elements in intergroup relationships, social identity as Inter-Group a group member, and how these issues can be studied both in the laboratory and in real world Relations settings It is well established that health outcomes such as morbidity and mortality are strongly influenced by input variables such as age, gender, class and education. What is less clear is how those inputs and outcomes are linked - that is, the mechanisms and processes that mediate and moderate the relationships. Evidence has pointed to the importance of psychological processes, and the purpose of the module will be to explore the evidence in detail in an attempt to determine some of the causal links. The traditional areas of health psychology will thus be introduced within one explanatory framework which attempts to link the areas together rather than to treat them separately. The main areas for discussion will be as follows: defining health; social inequalities in health; life events and social support; knowledge, information, and communication; cognitive dispositions, including personal control and attitudes; stress and coping; appropriate and inappropriate behaviours. The module will also include a range of psychological and health principles will be examined within the context of Advanced formulating treatment and evaluation proposals or prevention programs designed to change Health social behaviours in relation to health issues, such as stress and coping strategies, drug and Psychology alcohol abuse, sexual behaviours, exercise and nutrition, and aged care. Advanced Developmental Social Psychology aims to provide students with a strong understanding of the theoretical accounts of major issues within the field of developmental social psychology (e.g. prejudice and stereotype development). Students will critically review recent research into the development of social cognition, with a focus on the theoretical Advanced integration of concepts from developmental psychology and social psychology, and the Developmental applied implication of the research under review. These Masters students should gain an inSocial depth understanding of childrenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s social development and how this knowledge can inform Psychology educational practice. This module will concentrate on the methodological definitions and related issues in Research Social Sciences and include validity and reliability in measurement; experimental, quasi Methods experimental, and correlational research designs in the laboratory and field; observational, for Social archival, and qualitative research methodologies; and the problem of bias in psychological Psychology research.

249

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MSPSY504

Course Name

Course Code

MSPSY507

MSPSY508

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

250

MSPSY509

MSPSY510

MSPSY511

MSPSY512

Course Name

Course Description

The aim of this module is to provide a postgraduate-level orientation to both basic and advanced contemporary statistical issues in psychology. The statistical techniques taught Advanced will include univariate and bivariate descriptive and inferential statistics; psychometric Statistics for techniques; exploratory data analysis; basic and advanced topics in ANOVA and ANCOVA; Social Studies multiple regression; factor analysis; and structural equation modeling. This module will provide an opportunity to study at an advanced level the literature on group processes and intergroup relations and to familiarize oneself with the current social and evolutionary perspectives on groups. The module builds upon knowledge of social psychology and biological psychology gained at undergraduate level. We shall consider, specifically, how social psychological and evolutionary theories in combination can explain group processes. Advanced Topics that will be addressed include group cohesion, intragroup and intergroup conflict, Topics in Group status and leadership, and group size. The module draws primarily on small group research Processes and in social and evolutionary psychology, but we shall also consider perspectives from other Inter-Group fields, such as economics and anthropology. This module will involve a great deal of student Relations presentation, participation and discussion. The course is designed to encourage a critical attitude to the media and will consider their influence on individuals and society in general. Throughout the course, the following concerns will be addressed: the nature of communication and problems in defining its effectiveness; the role of the media in providing information to its audience; the ideological functions of the media; media representations of minority groups or controversial issues and how these may influence people’s attitudes. The topics which will be discussed include: Conceptualisations of the media in terms of a system in context, and in terms of communication; interpretation of Contents and effects. The power and social context of the media. Conflicting views on children in the media; children as an active audience. Drama and story-telling in the media: cultural products; case studies of television drama production; images of blackness on television, perpetuating stereotypes? Propaganda through the media: war propaganda, election campaigns, encouragement of stereotypes. Presentation techniques: diffusion of messages, mediation of myths. Publicity and advertising: contexts, methods and mechanisms. Creating Social Psychology of social reality: the process of news selection and construction. The ideology of impartiality and balance. the Media This module will analyse the the HRM context from the perspective of social psychology.The Psychology toopics will include: Employee relations, Employment law and the management of human of Human resources;The Employee voice in union and non-union organisations; Recruitment and Resource selection; Performance management and reward systems; Work systems and Human resource Development policy options. This module will examine the topic of criminality from a broadly social psychological perspective. The evidence that consistent criminal tendencies can be reliably assessed is considered, and the extent to which personality factors can explain that consistency is evaluated. The concept of psychopathy will be explored before examining more generally the relationship between crime, law and moral judgement. Theoretical perspectives on the origins of the criminal tendency in childhood will be detailed and its abundant expression in adolescence highlighted and examined. The current emphasis on crime as reasoned action will be evaluated, highlighting the role of rationalisation and normative beliefs in the justification of both “blue-collar” and “white-collar” crime. The role of opportunism in criminal decisionPsychology making will be considered in relation to environmental factors and attempts to prevent of Criminal crime. The role of victims in creating, defining and reporting crime will be analysed, and the Conduct psychological consequences of crime for victims and potential victims are explored. This module analyses how individual minds deploy in richly structured contexts - communities, regions, ethnicities, cultures, nation-states, etc. and aims for an improved understanding of thought which requires description at both the psychological and cultural levels, and of how phenomena at the two levels interact. Major areas of discussion in this module will include: cross-cultural differences in reasoning, perception, and memory; culture and emotion; Cognition and evolution and culture; domain-specific/modular approaches to cognitive architecture; culture Culture and development; the epidemiology of representations.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

MSPSY513

MSPSY514

MSPSY515

MSPSY516

MT104

MT104 MT111

MT112

MT206

MT207

MT211

MT212

MT308 MT401

Course Description

The course will offer the student the opportunity for in depth study of a major topic area in the field of personal relationships. The list of topics will be revised frequently in order to ensure that it includes the most currently active and interesting issues within the field. Topics scheduled to discuss at present are: romantic love, sociobiological approaches to attraction and mate selection, loneliness, adult attachment and social support. The course will review the contribution of social psychological theories and perspectives, broadly interpreted to include micro-sociology, to the understanding of peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s representations, attitudes, choices and behaviours in the economic sphere. Rationality in The Social individual and collective decision taking; The scientific and lay representations of risk; Psychology of Trust in contemporary society; Consumer behaviour, fashion and the symbolic aspects of Economic Life consumption; and Equity and justice are amongst the topics to be discussed on this course This course deals with both the theoretical and practical aspects of designing thesis and successfully, writing and defending it. The purpose of the course is to assist students through Thesis the proposal and thesis writing processes. A seminar paper is the written analysis of a particular topic specified in the seminar. This course presents an excellent opportunity to exercise scientific writing before writing a thesis. Seminar It include the thesis proposal This course deals with subjects such as system of linear equations, matrices, determinants, introduction to eigenvalues and eigenvectors, dot product, cross product, vector spaces and Linear Algebra linear transformations. This course deals with subjects such as system of linear equations, matrices, determinants, introduction to eigenvalues and eigenvectors, dot product, cross product, vector spaces and Mathematics II linear transformations. Real numbers, functions, and graphs; limits and continuity; the derivative and differentiation; Calculus I extreme function values, techniques of graphing, and the exact differential. The definite integral and integration; computing areas; application of the definite integral; inverse functions, and exponential functions; and inverse trigonometric functions, and Calculus II hyperbolic functions. Computing anti derivative, rational functions. (Prerequisite: MT111) Study of ordinary differential equations. Standard solution methods for first-order equation. Higher-order forced linear equations with constant coefficients. Complex numbers; Laplace Differential transform. Matrix methods for first-order linear systems with constant coefficients. Series Equations solutions to second-order equations. Fourier series solutions. (Prerequisite: MT112) Theoretical definition of probability, various examples for probability, counting techniques, conditional probability, Bayes theorem, tree diagrams. Discrete and continuous probability distributions, mathematical expectation, standard normal distribution. Introduction to Probability inferential statistics. Organising data, calculating mean, standard deviation, mode, median Theory and range. Errors and accuracy; polynomial approximation; interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration; numerical solution of differential equations; least square and minimum Numerical maximum errors approximations; non-linear equations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Analysis matrices. (Prerequisite: MT112) Calculus of several variables, emphasising applications. Vector algebra, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, and vector calculus. Infinite series, and power series. (Prerequisite: MT Calculus III 112) Vector calculus. Orthogonal co-ordinate systems, Cylindrical and Spherical co-ordinates. Line, Surface, and Volume Integrals, Divergence and Stokesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; theorems. Complex numbers, Engineering and the theory of functions of a complex variable. Fourier series and boundary value problems. Mathematics (Prerequisite: MT211) Errors and accuracy; polynomial approximation; interpolation; numerical differentiation and integration; numerical solution of differential equations; least square and minimum Numerical maximum errors approximations; non-linear equations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors of Analysis matrices. (Prerequisite: MT112) Selected Topics Organised study of selected topics from the departmental consent. The special topics covered in Mathematics may vary from term to term. This course may be repeated. Advanced Topics in Personal Relationships

251

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

MT208

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

MT512

Advance Engineering Mathematics I Advance Engineering Mathematics II

MTE101

Elementary Calculus

MTHS101

Calculus I

MTHS102

Calculus II

MUD501

Urban Design Studio 1

MUD502

Urban Design Studio 2

MUD506

Seminar in Thesis Research

MUD541

History of Urban Form

MUD542

Theories and Methods of Urban Design

MT511

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

252

Course Description Selected topic in applied mathematics drawn from variety of areas: partial differential equation, tensor analysis calculus of variations, asymptotic methods, integral equation, advanced theory of transforms and distributions and numerical analysis. (Prerequisite: Instructor’s consent) Linear topological space, Banach and Hilbert Spaces. Algebraic structure groups, rings, fields, and extension of fields. Introduction to the theory of complex variable, analytic continuation of Riemann surfaces. Some special functions. Solving equations and inequalities. Cartesian Coordinate system. Linear equations: properties of linear equations, graphs, system of linear equations and solutions. Functions: Linear and Quadratic functions. Selected applications. Core Textbook: Course package Sets, numbers, concepts of functions, types of functions and graphs; increasing and decreasing functions; close defined functions, one-to-one functions and one function of the reverse, trigonometric functions, limit and continuity; extreme function values, techniques of curve drawing. Exponential and logarithmic functions. Limits and derivatives, derivatives of exponential and logarithmic functions. Applications of exponential functions and anti-derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite integral, functions of several variables, partial derivates. This module is designed to encourage material and conceptual explorations toward innovation in the field of urban design a chosen field, for developing new perceptions, sharpening of awareness, and new ways of approaching space and natural/built environnment in the area of urban design. Developed innovative abilities to provide methods of design in urbanism that will be coupled with developed verbal and visual communicative skills for practicing effectively in the contemporary urban design arena. The sharpened conceptual and material skills in Studio I will be put in practice toward proposing and developing a design methodology in this more advanced course. Students will be expected to be able to develop design skills through various theoretical grounds in relation to different urban contexts. Trans-disciplinary nature of urban design will be emphasized in studio in order to achieve a flexibility and adaptability in design as a main factor for sustaining private and public spaces. In order to develop a healthy and robust urban sustainability relevant to our time in student’s projects there will be intense conversational critique sessions on one to one and group situations. However the collegial environment provided by our team members prepares the right physical and psychological space within which journey to intellectual maturity can be taken. Successfully concluding Studio II is a punctuation to be followed by the life-long social post-professional engagements. This course prepares student to clearly articulate in an academic writing format the kinds of commitments and procedures with a projected time-line he/she has developed for an expected healthy outcome as a proposal for their theses and its relevant desıgn project. This course aims to assist students in the process of realising their aim in both conceptual and technical terms. This course provides an international history of urban development, from its origins to the industrial revolution. It explains and develops the concept of ‘unplanned’ cities that grow organically, in contrast with ‘planned’ cities that were shaped in response to urban form determinants. The course endeavors to engage the master’s in the processes of gathering and analyzing historical and theoretical discourses in the field of urban design. The candidates will work toward further sharpening their own research skills, data collection, its interpretation and evaluation within their own social, cultural, political and professional context. The students will be equipped with skills in the critical analyses of the material collected in relation to urban form, subsequently contributing to the further development and understanding of the urban space. This course covers the fundamentals of urban design theory and invites students to apply these theories to a specific neighbourhood design. The course surveys major historical and contemporary trends in urban design theory and practice, and introduces emerging theories on the future forces affecting the development and functioning of urban regions. The course is designed to provide a collaborative, interactive, and applied and community based environment for the development of spatial thinking and basic urban design literacy.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

MUD551

MUD581 MUD590

ND101

ND102

ND103 ND104

ND201

ND202

ND204

ND205

Urban Design and Development

Urban Theory Criticism Thesis in Urban Design Basic Approaches in Nutrition and Dietetics

Course Description This course examines the evolving structure of cities and the way that cities, suburbs, and metropolitan areas can be designed and developed. Various cities will be studied to see how physical, social, political and economic forces interact to shape and reshape cities over time. The course discusses leadership and direction to the design and development industry in urban context and the relation between state and local governments, architects, planners, designers, developers and other clients as stakeholders of projects that will shape our environment. In this course students are introduced to contemporary thorytical and topical issues, such as the relations between urbanism, urban space, urban development, environment, design and society, so that they could fully appreciate the importance of viewing their practice within the broader socio-cultural, political and spatial context. Master candidates will be expected to research in a critically engaging way, of a topic relating to urban issues of our time, and present their findings and evaluations within their area of urban design practice. Thesis

The students familiarize themselves with the profession of nutrition and dietetics during his course. They understand the duties, capabilities, responsibilities and the work ethics of the profession. In this course, the students will be provided with the knowledge about and the cognitive skills required for understanding the chemical properties of acids, bases, alcohols, Ethers, Organic Aldehydes, Ketones, Esters, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, amines, amides, Chemistry carbohydrates, proteins and lipids. This course will cover the fundamental topics in chemistry including: Structure of atoms, elements and their properties, molecules, chemical compounds, chemical bonds, chemical General equations and reactions, aqueous solutions, periodic table, gases and the electronic structure Chemistry of the atom. Introduction to With this course, it is aimed that the students will gain an understanding of the fundamental Nutrients theories related to nutrients, their types and their properties. This course constitutes of the following topics: Carbohydrate, protein, fat, vitamin and mineral content of nutrients; their chemistry, properties, sources, digestion, absorption and metabolism; requirements; problems of excessive and imbalanced intake; calorific values; Principles of energy expenditure, energy balance and imbalance problems; and relationship between Nutrition nutrition and health. This course is aimed at providing knowledge on the bodily functions of proteins, water-soluble Nutritional and fast-soluble vitamins, hormones and minerals, give details about their metabolism, give Biochemistry II details about biochemical and functional changes due to insufficient or excessive intake. This course is aimed at providing knowledge on the bodily functions of water (water and Nutritional electrolyte balance),carbohydrates and fats; give details about their metabolism, give details Biochemistry I about biochemical and functional changes due to insufficient or excessive intake. Food Microbiology This course aims to provide information about bacteria and other micro-organisms, gut flora, and Food disinfection, and sterilisation; diseases developing through nutrient intake; and the importance Safety of micro-organisms in the preparation and production of food and beverages. Introduction to food chemistry. Carbohydrates: Most important oligosaccharides and food polysaccharides. Proteins: characteristic representatives, nutritional value, preparation of hydrolysates, Maillard reaction. Lipids: Saturated and unsaturated fatty acids, essential fatty acids, food intake, fatty acid oxidation, cholesterol. Vitamins: Structure, Food Consistency, Role, Properties, Stability. Other nutrients and biotechnological substrates: terpenoids, steroids, carotenoids, lignans, anthocyanins, glycosides, alkaloids. Functional food components: flavonoids, polyphenols, other natural antioxidants, formation and defense of free radicals. Ions in food: representation, tansport, physiological effect of importance in technological processes. Water: structure, properties, interactions in food. Nutrition Supplements: Sweeteners, preservatives, colors, flavors, antioxidants, emulsifiers. Enzymes in food component transformations: proteases, lipases, glycosidases, nucleases, polyphenol Food Chemistry oxidases. Basic food chemistry.

253

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

ND203

Course Name

Course Code

ND206

ND208

ND210

254

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ND301

ND302

ND303

ND304

ND305

ND306

Course Name

Course Description

This course aim to provide information about the classification of businesses providing catering services, organization of the area for food and beverages, purchasing, receipt and storage of foodstuffs, managing quality in food and beverage service, give information about Introduction healt, safety and security in catering services, methods in catering services, give examples of to Nutritional foodservices (e.g. hospital catering, in-flight catering) and give basic of cost-control of food Services and beverages. This course mainly aims to develop student skills on education in nutrition, and their communication and presentation skills. Within this context, they will learn about individual learning and behaviour theories; motivational strategies, their analysis; application of the Nutritional techniques used in behavioural modification; cognitive-behavioural strategies; assessment Education and and discussion of individual learning and behaviour theories; as well as the development and Consultancy distribution of brochures related to nutrition. This course aims to provid information about pre-preparation , preparation and cooking methods, effects of cooking methods on nutrients, increasing nutrient content of food, the contents of the nutrients forming nutrient groups for food preparation (4 basic food molecules), balanced and sufficient diet, menu and menu planning (yield test, usage of claims), give basic features and division with different aspects (menu and normatives), give basics about Food foodservice systems and give informations about design of food service system (kitchen Preparation area). Out of this informationâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s students will be able to make their own menu for different and Cooking purposes. They will also practice their skills of meal preparation in the professional kitchen Methods using learned cooking methods. This course will cover an extensive knowledge base and will include the following topics: Nutrition during pregnancy and breastfeeding; importance of nutrition during pregnancy in mother and child health; Energy and nutrient requirements during pregnancy; nutrition in pregnant women; physiology of lactation and factors affecting it; energy and nutrient requirements during breastfeeding; nutrition in breastfeeding women; nutrition in breastfeeding baby; sufficiency of breast milk; factors preventing from breastfeeding; nutritional problems in pre-school children; nutrition of the baby in the first 4 months; baby food and formula Mother and food; nutrition of 4-12 month old babies, pre-school period; nutrition of 1-5 year old children; Child Nutrition nutrition of school-age children. The topics of: nutrition of premature babies, nutrition of undernourished babies, nutrition in diseases of absorption, nutrition in gastroenteritis and infective diseases, nutrition in Type I Insulin dependent diabetes, nutrition in congenital metabolic diseases, nutrition for the renal, muscular and nervous diseases, is covered in this course. The students will also Nutrition in gain knowledge on observation and examination in childhood diseases and enteral-parenteral Child Diseases nutrition in children and premature babies. The relationship between health and social sciences; social, cultural and biological factors Community and affecting health; population; understanding society structure; and structure of health systems Health I will form the knowledge content of this course. Main topics covered in this course, which mainly develop epidemiological skills, are: Prevalence and causes of health issues, methods of protection, risk groups in society, health Community and status of risk groups, and prevention measures for health improvement, planning, data Health II collection, analysis and report writing. Through this course, the students will be informed about : Definitions related to medical nutrition; relationship between nutrition and health; determination of nutritional status; Medical principles of dietary planning; the role and responsibilities of a dietician in clinical trials; Nutrition in medical nutrition in the treatment of obesity/thinness, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, Adult Diseases hypertension, diseases of the digestive system, inflammatory and infective diseases, and I burns. Medical Nutrition in The topics covered during this course are: Medical nutrition and trial diet in the treatment of Adult Diseases liver, gall bladder, pancreas, kidney, bone and joint, and nervous system diseases as well as II cancer.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code ND307

ND308

ND309 ND310

ND311 ND401 ND402

ND403

ND404

ND406

ND408

NH002

OT101

OT102

OT103

Course Description

This course covers the following essential topics in catering services management: Food Management of safety systems; hazard analysis and critical control points (HACCP), kitchen planning; the Food Services management structure of food and beverage in different organizations and their comparisons. Description and types of malnutrition; Methods used in the depiction of nutritional status; Main principles of enteral-parenteral feeding and their complications, indications, advantages/ disadvantages; enteral-parenteral products and their areas of use; calculation of energy and Nutritional nutritional element requirements in enteral-parenteral feeding; disease-specific nutritional Support support treatments; analysis of job implementation of nutrition teams in the hospitals; and Systems practical applications, are the main topics covered in this course. Legal This course covers the topics related to the legal aspects in the field of nutrition such as: Food Procedures for quality and properties; legal arrangements and provisions; factors affecting the efficiency of Nutrition food safety; food additives; chemical contaminations. Community Health Intership The students are provided with the opportunity to carry out a field study. Bussiness The students will be informed about the concept of business and environmental factors; Management social and ethical responsibilities of businesses; business investments; business management; Skills production management; marketing; human and financial resources management. Education at This course serves the purpose of unifying and reinforcing knowledge and skills by carrying Workplace I out applications in professional fields. Education at This course serves the purpose of unifying and reinforcing knowledge and skills by carrying Workplace II out applications in professional fields. The requirements for the graduation project ensures the student attains competence in Graduation carrying out a scientific study, writing reports and present findings related to the field of Project I catering services and nutrition and dietetics under supervision. The requirements for the graduation project ensures the student attains competence in Graduation carrying out a scientific study, writing reports and present findings related to the field of Project II catering services and nutrition and dietetics under supervision. Nutrition Related This course is aimed at providing knowledge on the characteristics of and protection Diseases specifications for the diseases related to nutrition. This course provides the students with the opportunity: to identify the problem through systematic use of problem solving and analytic skills; and to choose the appropriate methods for generating solutions in large group discussions, relevant to the issues or scenarios they Case Analysis would potentially face at workplace. Starting with the second half of the 19th century and coming to date; not a chronological presentation but rather dwelling into social political and economic reasons of events. To show how history functions as a social memory. Special emphasis is put upon national histories of National both Turkey and T.R.N.C., presenting ideas and principles of AtatĂźrk, the founder of modern History I Turkey. National History ll Continuation of NH001. The students familiarize themselves with the profession of occupational therapy during his Introduction to course. They understand the duties, capabilities, responsibilities and the work ethics of the Occupational profession; analyze daily-life activities, the basic logic of ergotherapeutic approaches in Therapy different diseases and understand the importance of teamwork. Theories of In this course, the students understand the importance and the philosophy of occupational Occupational therapy theories; paradigms; reference frames; therapy approaches; ergotherapy models and Therapy learn their practical applications. This course covers the topics of: the role of the occupational therapist in improving health Health and and wellness; health-related concepts; analysis of health and wellness related improvement Wellness strategies and the same in cases of functional limitations based on performance -centered Strategies human activity/ roles.

255

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

NH001

Course Name

Course Code

OT201

Activities in Occupational Therapy Nervous System: Structure and Function Performance Areas : Sensory-Motor

OT202

Occupational Therapy in Musculoskeletal Diseases

OT203

Performance Areas: Psychosocial

OT104

OT107

OT205

Daily Life Activities Performance Areas: Cognitive

OT206

Occupational Therapy in Psychiatry

OT207

Functional Insufficiencies in Musculoskeletal System

OT204

256

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

OT208

OT209

OT210 OT211 OT301

OT302

Course Description This course covers: Concepts related to activity directed at enhancing role performance; the role of activity analysis in the selection of therapeutic activity; therapeutic activity and exercise.

This course introduces the student to the structural properties of the human nervous system as well as informing about how life functions, sensory and motor activities are carried out. The students learn sensory systems and their relationship with daily life; the main principles of the theories and techniques of sensory unity; assessment methods in visual, sensory and perceptory dysfunction; and principles of ergotherapy, in this course. In this course, the student learns the ergotherapeutic approaches applied for the problems leading to different type of functional insufficiencies in the musculoskeletal system, with the purpose of improving performance. In this course, the students recognize psychosocial performance competence and analyze psychosocial status in cases of different functional dysfunctionality and disability, as well as learning how to assess these situations. The student understands the basic and instrumental daily-life activities; methods of assessing daily-life activities; and how to educate on daily-life activity in order to enhance independence, through this course. This course ensures that the students can define cognition; understand the effect of cognition on role performance; and learn the methods of cognitive assessment in ergotherapy and the therapeutic approaches. In this course, the students learn about psychiatric dysfunction and its effects on role performance in children and adolescents; evaluation of psychiatric functional dysfunction from the perspective of ergotherapy; activity-based therapeutic approaches directed at independent living. Through this course, the students are informed about traumatic, inflammatory, neoplastic, congenital and degenerative diseases which lead to insufficiencies in the functions of the musculoskeletal system. This course covers the topics of: Biomechanical properties of the body; musculoskeletal system; mechanical principles of movement and body mechanics.

Functional Kinesiology Basic Measurement and Assessment In this course, the students learn about assessment of posture, shortness, flexibility; methods Methods of evaluation of anthropometric measurements, normal joint movement and muscle strength The students learn the following in this course: Areas of use for supportive technology in various functional insufficiencies with a view to enhancing role performance; Selection of the appropriate supportive equipment and principles of organizing the environment; Introduction Supportive of simple and complex equipment and learning the methods of education with supportive Technology equipment. Sociology of This course covers the topics of disability; social status of the disabled, their social roles and Disability social interactions on the basis of cultural and social differences. This course informs the students about: The aetiology, pathology, epidemiology and clinical Neurodevelopmental indications of the development of dysfunction in the nervous system. Dysfunction In this course the students gain knowledge and skills in relation to the following topics: The complete health structure and societal roles of individuals with functional insufficiencies who wish to take up new employment or return to their previous employment; Ergotherapeutic Professional evaluation (work and environment) and therapeutic approaches related to the life-roles and Rehabilitation performance of such individuals.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

OT303

Occupational Therapy in Geriatric Rehabilitation

OT305

Orthotics and Biomechanics Preventative Occupational Therapy and Environmental Review

OT306

Occupational Therapy in Neurodevelopmental Dysfunction

OT304

OT404

Society Based Rehabilitation

OT406

Graduation Project

PA102

Introduction to Art Studio

PA103

2d Design

PA104

3d Design

PA111

Drawing I

OT307

OT308 OT401 OT402

This course covers the understanding of biopsychosocial effects of the aging process and their relationship with the functional competencies; and understanding ergotherapeutic evaluation and therapeutic approaches for the purposes of enhancing role performance, safety and life quality. This course informs the students about: Biomechanical properties, suitability, function, use, and maintenance of orthotic equipment used in various functional insufficiencies; patient education; and production of simple orthotic equipment. The students understand the ergonomic risk factors affecting role performance; learn planning and implementation of architectural barriers for access, safety factors, organisation of the environment and home adaptations; and gain information about the education of people according to ergonomic and biomechanical principles. Through this course, the students gain knowledge and skills in: Evaluation of the role performance in various neurodevelopmental dysfunctions; ergotherapeutic assessment and therapy approaches facilitating functional independence. This course is designed to develop the students’ skills in evaluation and planning of therapy approaches, decision making, problem solving and communication. This is achieved by carrying out analysis of case examples in small groups. In this course, the students gain knowledge and skills with respect to the relationship between movement and psychomotor development, emotion and behavioural patterns; body’s potential movement; enrichment of individual’s movement repertoire. With this course, the aim is to develop student skills in evaluation and therapy approaches used in the field of ergotherapy, through practical applications. With this course, the aim is to develop student skills in evaluation and therapy approaches used in the field of ergotherapy, through practical applications. In this course the students are expected to carry out literature searches relevant to evidencebased applications in ergotherapy; be able to evaluate and discuss relevant research scientifically, deontologically, ethically and legally and assess its validity and reliability. The aim of this course is to inform the students on ergotherapeutic theories, strategies, and evaluation and application techniques. Through this course, the students also gain knowledge and skills in planning and application methods for assessment and intervention in order to facilitate societal integration of the disadvantaged groups. The requirements for the graduation project ensures the student attains competence in planning and carrying out a scientific study, collecting data, analyzing the relevant literature, applying statistical analysis, preparing the results as a report and present it. This course builds on Foundation Studio, aiming to prepare students for the main areas of their interest, such as painting, sculpture, printmaking or ceramics. Students start building their thinking and practical skills in their chosen discipline areas. From this early stage students are encouraged to consider multidisciplinary engagements in developing their making-skills as well as in reading, writing and thinking. 2D Design involves studio instruction in basic design through projects and exercises in fundamental form and space concepts. Control of proportion, scale, and design relationships; development of problem formulation and sound bases for value judgement are inaugurated. Release of student’ potential creative capacities is the prime concern. This course involves study of basic elements and principles of 3-D design, theory, and their application to specific art/design problems. Construction of basic sculptural forms is addressed, enabling students to distinguish between 2D and 3D perceptions in relation to space and environment. Drawing is an important tool for artists and designers in any field. Not only a tool for visual representation, it is also a valuable tool for developing clarity of thought in relation to the subject/object in question. This course develops perceptual skills and introduces the basic principles of composition, form, line, perspective and volume.

257

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

OT403

Problem-Based Applications in Occupational Therapy Dance and Movement Therapy Clinical Education I Clinical Education II Evidence Based Occupational Therapy Applications

Course Description

Course Code PA112

PA131

PA132

PA141

PA142

PA201

258

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PA202

PA211

PA212

PA231

PA232

PA241

PA300

Course Name

Course Description

Explore ways to articulate and build visual space through the various conceptual uses of drawing. Techniques range from drawing the still life to abstraction.(Prerequisite: GRA 111). This is a non-technical course where students are encouraged to explore how the photographic image is constructed and circulated within the broader social, cultural and political context. Numerous contemporary photographers and their works are critically analyzed and evaluated in order to ascertain their worksâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; impact in society. Students are then asked to choose an area Photography of interest and produce their own photographic (digital and print format) images. This course provides students with a foundational understanding of color from the perspective of visual composition, and helps students to recognize how color choices can enhance or undermine an intended message. The class will explore the basic principles of color theory as Color Theory & well as its history and theorists. Students will learn to apply this information to the practice of Practice art and composition through projects and brief research papers. This is a course where through the analysis of fine art, architecture, design and popular arts History of Art such as movies, students understand and evaluate the importance of Western Modernism and and Culture subsequent contemporary art history and theory. History of Modern Art covers diverse artists and their work from 19th Century to our time in both the western and non-western world. This course aims for students to develop a good History of understanding of the diverse engagements that existed in the past, and the new ones being Modern Art forged in our own time, in the arts arena. This studio program builds on PA 102. Working in two and three dimensions will enhance studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; conceptual and technical skills in the discipline area they choose. For example, the design elements will be applied to painting and sculptural works with the introduction of color, formal composition, and execution of an idea. Similarly students will experiment with different mediums, techniques and styles enriching their repertoire of thought and practice. Art Studio I (Prerequisite: PA 102) A continuation of ART 201. There is emphasis on further exploration of methods and techniques, and their enrichment and refinement in 2D and 3D works. Students students from all the art disciplines will be encouraged to familiarize themselves with what is happening around them in arts within the broader social, cultural and political context (Prerequisite: Art Studio II ART201) This is a course that encourages students to experiment with different drawing materials and Advanced methods, in order to enhance their conceptual and practical abilities in registering what they Drawing I observe and imagine in the two-dimensional plane. (Prerequisite PA 112) The Advanced Drawing II course is to challenge our perceptions and preconceptions of the visual world around us. This is not simply drawing by observing and/or imagining objects Advanced unique in themselves but rather observing the dynamics of relations between objects and Drawing II surroundings. The focus of this course is on exploring mediums in the discipline of painting, such as pastel, watercolor, acrylics, oils. Equally important is developing a personal visual vocabulary Fundamentals whilst enhancing creative innovation and artistic expression. Topics include subject matter, of Painting composition, color, and the use of various materials. Constructing 3D art objects via experimenting with clay, plaster, found objects, paper, water, Fundamentals air, natural and industrial materials. This is a course to instigate the development of multiple of Sculpture sculptural forms including site-specific installations and time-based sculptures. This is a course building upon PA 141 & PA 142, to equip students with knowledge of current Contemporary discourses and artistic sensibilities. Apart from being a base for knowledge building, this Art course is also designed to foster the beginning of critical analysis of works of art. A preliminary field based learning opportunity for professional work experience outside the Summer classroom. In this context, students choose full time work/participation in an area of specific Internship I interest as a link to the professional world of Plastic Arts. Drawing II

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PA301

PA302

PA311

PA312

PA331

PA332

PA400

PA402

PA403

PA441

Course Description

This course builds on the previous PA 201 & PA 202 studio work. It consolidates previous semesters’ work exploring various methods and techniques in the student’s area of interest in 2D and 3D art-making processes (painting, sculpture, printmaking, etc.). In addition, students will be guided in projects that further develop their greater artistic awareness of processes of ‘making’. Students are also encouraged to critically evaluate their work. Ideas for installation work will be explored in tandem with conceptual and technical developments. (Prerequisite: Art Studio III PA 201, PA 202) This is an advanced studio program that extends technical and conceptual skills acquired in previous studio programs PA 201, PA 202, PA 301. Emphasis is given to conceptual and practical processes whereby students are urged to generate their own thoughts and raison d’etre in relation to their art and design work. Students will be exposed to a variety of notable contemporary and historical artists’ work for the development of their own repertoire in Art Studio IV artistic thought and processes. This is a course designed to expand the perceptual horizons in art-making. It involves experimenting with different materials and processes that may best suit the artist’s concept Experimental and the underpinning motive-s to be offered for publication/exposition. All the conceptual and Media practical skills learned to that point may be drawn upon as appropriate. This is a theorical course where students will be introduced to the field of semiotics in relation to analyzing visual signs and symbols. It will involve students in getting to know terms and terminologies used in visual communications. This will help to grasp the importance of clarity Visual Codes in the use of visual signs and sybols for effective communication. This is a practical course where the basic printmaking techniques and processes are taught. Also knowledge is acquired about the historical developments in printmaking, and printPrintmaking based artists and their work in the field are covered. This course aims to increase students’ perceptive sharpness in their production of art with the aim to reach out to a wider audience with their work. In other words, artists need to be intelligently, receptively and actively involved in the process of acquiring knowledge of the historical, social, cultural and political contexts within which their artistic sensibilities are formed and informed. Subsequently the student, while engaging in the complex web of sociocultural dynamics of his/her environment, will critically evaluate the production of his/her Art in Context work before submitting it to the public domain. Students are required to pursue an internship with an established artist, whose work is directly or indirectly related to that of the student’s intended area of professional concentration. Interns will observe and participate in all Office and studio procedures permitted by their place of internship. Students with prior documented work experience in the field may be granted an Summer exception from the internship requirement, with the approval of the Head of Plastic Arts Internship II Department. This is an advanced studio course following PA 301, with emphasis on student experimenting and exploring with selected materials, methods, processes and art forms in order to develop firmer bases toward consolidation of his/her graduation work. Student will be encouraged to engage in focusing-defocusing and again focusing on means and processes with mindfulness Art Studio V for discovering ways and means to refine his/her work to a higher degree of resolution. This open studio course allows advanced students to develop their strengths pertaining to their own interests as they work toward a cohesive body of work. Students have relevant Graduation reading and writing assignments, and complete a finished artist statement along with their art Project works. (Prerequisite: PA 403) This course is designed to give students the opportunity under guidance to research and Graduation develop their means and processes toward conceptual and material consolidation for their Research and final graduation work. Students are expected to demonstrate their self-directed research and Preparation present their findings for critical appraisal before embarking on the final graduation work. This course offers a historiography of the discipline of art history and an introduction to the methods of research used to analyze, interpret, and understand art and visual culture. Sessions are allocated to the critical analysis of formalist, iconographic, feminist, Marxist, Analysis of Art and semiotic approaches, among others. A significant portion of the course is dedicated to & Design current art historical theory and practice.

259

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PA401

Course Name

Course Code

PA442

PHIL101

PHR101

260

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHR102

PHR103

PHR104

Course Name

Course Description

This is a final theoretical course for enhancing students’ work by means of critical reading and evaluation of the prevailing discourses in the contemporary art world. Topics include: art context, environment, art activism, questioning of art historicity, etc. The student is expected to engage with reading, discussion and writing on the chosen topic-s, as this is seen as a Critical Practice significant part of an enrichment process of one’s artistic work with self reflexivity. This course provides an introduction to the fundamental concepts and argumentative strategies of philosophy. In the course students will understand and use basic concepts of philosophy, discuss philosophical problems, identify major subdivisions within the discipline Introduction to of philosophy, logically evaluate a philosophical argument and speak and write clearly about Philosophy philosophical issues, and identify core ideas of some influential philosophers. An introduction to fundamental topics in chemistry including measurement and units; atomic structure, molecules, ions, chemical formulas, aqueous solutions, thermochemistry, electronic configuration of the atom, periodic properties of the elements, basic concepts of chemical bonding, molecular geometry and bonding theories, gases, forces, properties of solutions, chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, acid-base equilibria and chemistry of the environment will be covered. There will be emphasis on the atomic structure and hybridisation with its implications for molecular geometry. Intramolecular covalent bonding and intermolecular weak bonding; with origins and relevance to ligand/receptor and substrate/ enzyme binding will also be covered. Structural factors that affect reactivity, basic organic nomenclature and functional groups will be covered briefly. Core Textbook: Chemistry: The General Central Science (12th Edition), Theodore E. Brown, H. Eugene H LeMay, Bruce E. Bursten, Chemistry Catherine Murphy, Patrick Woodward, Matthew E Stoltzfus, ISBN-13: 978-0321910417 General concepts in analytical chemistry will be presented. Chemistry of aqueous solution, solubility, selective precipitation, gravimetric analysis, acids, bases, buffer solutions, principles of volumetric analysis, acid-base titrations, carbonate-bicarbonate titrations, precipitation titrations, oxidation-reduction titrations and complexometric titrations are the main topics. Analytical Chemistry I Lab. Laboratory experiments of qualitative analysis of I-V group cations and anions, quantitative analysis by various titration techniques such as acid-base titration, carbonate-bicarbonate titration, oxidation-reduction titration and complex formation titration will be performed by the students. Core Textbook: Skoog, D.A., West, Analytical D.M., Holler, F.J., Crouch, S.R. (2013), Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, 9th edition, Chemistry I Brooks Cole Medical biology course introduces student to principals and modern concepts of biology. The main focus of the course is on cell and molecular biology which is essential to understand medical conditions. The main topics are scientific methodology, scientific research and assays, universal features of cells, internal organisation of the cell, membrane structure, cellular compartments, DNA and chromosome structure and function, genome, genetic diversity of genomes, DNA replication, repair and recombination, how cells read the genome, transcription and translation, control of gene expression, the mechanism of cell division, histology of tissue organisation, immune system and disorders, genetic disorders. Core Textbook: Cooper, G. M., Medical Hausman, R. E. (2013), The Cell: A Molecular Approach, 6th Edition, Sinauer, ISBN:978-1Biology and 60535-155-1 Supplementary Textbook: Russell, P. J. (2009), iGenetics: a Molecular approach, Genetics Pearson, 3rd Edition. ISBN-13: 978-0321569769 Basic reaction types, reaction mechanisms of functional groups, alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, benzene and aromatic hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, alcohols, ethers, epoxides, thiols, the carbonyl groups, aldehydes, and ketones, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, amines. Nomenclature and stereochemistry in organic and biological molecules. Central role and the important reactions of the carbonyl group in chemistry and biochemistry. The nature of aromaticity and the occurrence and role of aromatic nuclei in drug molecules. Core Textbook: J. McMurry “Organic chemistry with biological applications” ISBN 9780495391470 Supplementary Textbook: Jones, M., Fleming, S. A. (2014), Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, Organic W. W. Norton & Company, ISBN-13: 978-0393913033 Clayden, J., Greeves, N., Warren, S. Chemistry (2012), Organic Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Oxford, ISBN-13: 978-0199270293

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR105

PHR106

PHR107

PHR108

PHR200

PHR202

Course Description

Principles of Latin, professional Latin recipes with pre-fixes and suffixes, pharmeceutical relevancy of plants, nomenclature of Pharmaceutical Botany, Pharmacognosy and Pharmacology will be covered in addition to the information about pharmacy profession. Core Textbook: Moini, J. (2009), Pharmacy Terminology, Cengage Learning, ISBN-13: Pharmacy 978-1428317871 Supplementary Textbook: Frucht, S. S. (2011), Medical Terminology: Get Terminology Connected!, Prentice Hall, ISBN-13: 978-0131121126 The main topics are basic statistical definitions, types of data, descriptive statistics, classification of data, measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, tables and graphics, probability distributions, normal, binomial and poisson distributions, tests and graphs of normality, sampling, sampling distributions and sampling distribution of mean, confidence intervals, introduction to hypothesis tests, p and alpha values, decision making process, parametric and nonparametric hypothesis tests, correlations and regression analysis, multiple linear regression, factorial design: 2n and 3n design Core Textbook: Daniel W. W., Cross C. L. (2013), Biostatistics: A foundation for analysis in the health sciences, 10th Biostatistics Edition, John Wiley & Sons, USA, ISBN-13: 978-1118302798 This course will serve as an overview of the field of psychology and introduce the students to theories, methods, concepts, principles and issues in the study of human behaviour. Students are expected to develop competency and understanding of basic psychology such as scientific methods in psychology, biological psychology, sensation, perception, nature, nurture & human development, memory cognition and language, intelligence, consciousness, emotions, Behavioural stress and health. Core Textbook: Gerrig, R.J., Zimbardo, P.G. (2012). Psychology and life, Sciences 20th Edition, Boston, MA: Allyn & Bacon, ISBN-13: 978-0205859139 Anatomy, physiology and diseases of systems are covered mainly musculoskeletal system, nervous system cardiovascular system and physiology of blood, coagulation disorders and anemias are the main topics. Core Textbook: Paulsen, F., Waschke, J. (2013), Sobotta Atlas of Anatomy Human Anatomy, Vol 1,2 and 3, 15th Edition, Elsevier, ISBN: 9780723437321 Community Pharmacy Training: This training course includes focusing on compounded pharmaceuticals and related compounded medicines, essential processes for controlled substances and specific drugs (narcotics and psychotropic drugs). Furthermore, it consists of undertaking required skills regarding the process of dispensing prescriptions, review and Training I (in assessment of prescriptions in terms of rational drug use, identifying and solving drug related Summer) problems, therapeutic drug monitoring and counseling patients. Principles of spectroscopy (ultraviolet-visible region, fluorescence infrared atomic), chromatography (thin layer, paper and column chromatography, gas and liquid chromatography and electrochemistry (polarography, amperometry, potentiometry, conductometry) are covered Analytical Chemistry II Lab. Qualitative and quantitative analysis of organic and inorganic compounds are performed by using various chromatographic, spectroscopic and Analytical electrochemical techniques. Core Textbook: Skoog, D.A., West, D.M., Holler, F.J., Crouch, Chemistry II S.R. (2013), Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, 9th edition, Brooks Cole This course covers the introduction to dosage form, design and includes basic methodology relevant to pharmacy. A number of physical concepts such as phase diagrams, solubility, solutions, and kinetics are included. Relevant unit operations, pharmaceutical water and water purification methods are considered. Pharmaceutical Technology I Lab. Preparation of aromatic waters, oral solutions, syrups, elixir, oral drops, lemonade, infusions, mouth washes are performed. Core Textbook: Aulton, M. E., Taylor, K. M.G (2013). Aultonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Pharmaceutics, 4th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN: 978-0-7020-4291-1 Supplementary Textbook: Sinko, P. (2010), Martinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer/Lippincott Williams &Wilkins, ISBN 978-0-7817-9766-5 Rowe, C. R., Pharmaceutical Sheskey, P. J., Cook, W. G., Fenton, M. E. (2012). Handbook of Pharmaceutical Experiments, Technology I 7th Edition, Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN 978-085711027594

261

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PHR201

Course Name

Course Code

PHR203

PHR204

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

262

PHR205

PHR206

Course Name

Course Description

The main topics are water and pH, structure of carbohydrates, lipids, aminoacids, proteins and nucleic acids, enzymes including mechanism of action, enzyme kinetics regulation of enzyme activity, coenzymes, bioenergetics and oxidative phosphorylation. Core Textbook: Murray, R. K., Bender, D. A., Botham, K. M., Rodwell, V. W., Weil, P. A. (2012), Harper’s Illustrated Bichemistry, 29th Edition, McGrawHill, ISBN-13: 978-0071765763 Champ, P. C., Harvey, R.A., Ferrier, D,R.(2013), Biochemistry (Lippincot’s Illustrated Reviews), 6th Edition, Walter Kluver Health, LWW, ISBN-13: 978-1451175622 Supplementary Textbook: Nelson, D. L., Cox M. M. (2012), Lehninger principles of biochemistry, 6th edition, New York : W. H. Freeman, ISBN-13: 978-1429234146 Mathews, C. K, van Holde, K. E., Appling, Biochemistry I D. R. (2012), Biochemistry, 4th Edition, Pearson, ISBN-13: 978-0138004644 The main topics are metabolism of carbohydrates and its control, metabolisms of lipids and proteins and nucleic acids and their control, function and replication of information macromolecules, hormones and mechanism of hormon action and integration of metabolisms. Also special topics like vitamins, hemostasis and thrombosis, biological membranes and transport mechanisms will be discussed. Core Textbook: Murray, R. K., Bender, D. A., Botham, K. M., Rodwell, V. W., Weil, P. A. (2013), Harper’s Illustrated Bichemistry, 29th Edition, McGrawHill, ISBN-13: 978-0071765763 Champ, P. C., Harvey, R.A., Ferrier, D,R. (2012), Biochemistry (Lippincot’s Illustrated Reviews), 6th Edition, Walter Kluver Health, LWW, ISBN-13: 978-1451175622 Additional Resources: Nelson, D. L., Cox M. M. (2012), Lehninger principles of biochemistry, 6th edition, New York : W. H. Freeman, ISBN-13: 978-1429234146 Mathews, C. K, van Holde, K. E., Appling, D. R. (2012), Biochemistry, 4th Biochemistry II Edition, Pearson, ISBN-13: 978-0138004644 Pharmaceutical microbiology course aims to provide theoretical and practical knowledge essential for solving the problems encountered by community, medical and industrial pharmacists. Students will also obtain knowledge on saprophytic and pathogenic microorganisms. They will learn the importance of microorganisms regarding the individual, community and environmental health, learn the effects of microorganisms on pharmaceutical industry and the standards by which pharmaceutics are produced concerning microorganisms, handle microbiological control of pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, air and water, and identification of microorganisms isolated from them, have a knowledge on infections caused by microorganisms and antibiotics that are used for their treatment, handle in-vitro sensitivity tests for antibiotics and assays for microbiological activity, learn and perform the principals of sterilization, disinfection and antisepsis. Pharmaceutical Microbiology Lab Microscopy procedures, principles of sterilization, growth and in vitro culture procedures of microorganisms, analysis of gram negative/positive microorganisms, spore forming bacteria, diagnosis of mycobacteria, antibiotic susceptibility tests. Core Textbook: Hanlon, Pharmaceutical G., Hodges, N. (2013), Essential Microbiology for Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Science, Microbiology Wiley-Blackwell , ISBN-13: 978-0470665343 This course covers topics like active drug types, receptors and drug-receptor interactions, chelation, stereochemical factors, structure-activity relationships, dissolution, partition coefficient, ionisation, surface activity, bioisostereoism, drug metabolism, drug discovery, introduction to CNS drugs, general and local anesthetics, sedative and hypnotic drugs, tranqulizing agents and neuroleptic drugs, antidepressant and antiepileptic drugs, antiparkinsonian drugs, analgesic and antiinflammatory drugs Pharmaceutical Chemistry I Lab. The practical worknow are performed on synthesis of some drugs and pharmaceutical raw materials, laboratory safety, laboratory techniques like filtration, crystallization, extraction, distillation e.g., reaction types like esterification, acylation, nitration, bromination and diazotization. Core Textbook: Williams, D. A., Lemke, T. L. (2012), Foye’s Principle of medicinal Chemistry, 7th edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, ISBN-13: 978-1609133450 Pharmaceutical Supplementary Textbook: Cairns, D. (2012) Essentials of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, 4th Chemistry I Edition, Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN-13: 978-0853699798

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR207

PHR208

PHR209

PHR210

PHR212

Course Description

The students receive general information about pharmacy profession, stages of pharmacy education, pharmacist’s work areas and the role of pharmacist on public health and pharmacy, history of pharmacy profession, pharmaceutical industry and pharmacist, community pharmacist, hospital pharmacist, instuitions and organizations related to pharmacy, international relations in pharmacy education. Also overview of the subjects including the definition of pharmacy and the pharmacist, the application of computer in pharmacy, preparation of magistral formulation, determination of the drug requirements of the pharmacy, purchasing drug for the pharmacy, organisation and placement of the pharmacy according to the Turkish legislation and regulations, meeting the drug requirements of patients, obtaining knowledge about drug information studies and keeping the records in the pharmacy as well as evaluation of pharmacy’s relationship with the official and unofficial units are included. Introduction Core Textbook: Parthasarathi, G. Nyfort-Hansen, K. , Nahata, M. C. (2004). A Textbook of to Pharmacy Clinical Pharmacy Practice: Essential concepts & Skills. Orient Longman Private Ltd, ISBN: and Pharmacy 81-25026312 Supplementary Textbook: Lambert, A. (2006). Advanced Pharmacy Practice, Practice 3rd Edition, Cengage Learning (USA), ISBN: t3; 978-1131-3141 This course involves transferring knowledge about the mechanisms of alterations in human physiologic function and their effects on bodily functions throughout the lifespan Core Textbook: Hammer, G.D., McPhee, S.J. (2014). Pathophysiology of Disease : An Introduction Pathophysiology to Clinical Medicine, 7th Edition, Lange, ISBN-13: 978-0071806008 Anatomy, physiology and diseases of systems are covered mainly of respiratory system, gastrointestinal system, endocrine system, female and male genital systems, renal system, sensory organs, hearing and balance disorders, visual impairments, skin disorders, important infectious diseases and neoplasias. Core Textbook: Paulsen, F., Waschke, J. (2013), Sobotta Physiology Atlas of Human Anatomy, Vol 1,2 and 3, 15th Edition, Elsevier, ISBN: 978072343732 An interest in plants will be developed by demonstrating their role and importance in the prevention and treatment of diseases. This will be achieved by describing the diversity of plants and their classification. The anatomy and morphology of the plants used in the prevention and treatment of diseases will be the main focus. Core Textbook: Mauseth, J. (2012), Botany: An Introduction to Plant Biology, 5th Edition, Jones & Bartlett, ISBN-10: Pharmacology I 1449665802 An interest in plants will be developed by demonstrating their role and importance in the prevention and treatment of diseases. This will be achieved by describing the diversity of plants and their classification. The anatomy and morphology of the plants used in the prevention and treatment of diseases will be the main focus. Core Textbook: Mauseth, J. (2012), Botany: An Introduction to Plant Biology, 5th Edition, Jones & Bartlett, ISBN-10: Plant Biology 1449665802 The relationship between health and social sciences; social, cultural and biological factors affecting health; population; understanding society structure; and structure of health systems will form the knowledge content of this course. Core Textbook: Carter, J, Slack, M. (2009), Public Health Pharmacy in Public Health: Basics and Beyond, ASPH, ISBN-10: 1585281727 The aim of the course is to give knowledge on medicinal, useful and poisonous plants in a systematical order. The scientific names, distinguished charateristics, distributions, usages and economical values will be covered and rich flora and medicinal plants of Cyprus and Turkey will be introduced. Pharmaceutical Botany Lab. Information will be given on plant nomenclature, descriptions of plants, preparation of the herbal materials and their storage, general concepts on the identification of the medicinal plants, examination of roots, stems, methamorphosis, leaves, flowers, fruits, identification of Coniferae and Angiospermae plants and Cyprus and Turkish flora will be examined. Core Textbook: Upton, R., Graff, A., Jolliffe, G., Länger, R., Williamson, E. (2011). American Herbal Pharmacopoeia: Botanical Pharmacognosy - Microscopic Characterization of Botanical Medicines, CRC Press, ISBN: Pharmaceutical 978-1420073263 Supplementary Textbook: Heywood, V., Brummitt, R., Culham, A. (2007). Botany Flowering Plant Families of the World, Firely Books, ISBN-13: 978-1554072064

263

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PHR211

Course Name

Course Code

PHR213

PHR215

PHR217

PHR300

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

264

PHR301

PHR302

Course Name

Immunology Computer Program Applications into the Pharmacy Introduction to Pharmaceutical Technology

Course Description Introduction to immunology, antigen and antibody, cellular and humoral immunity, immünoprophylaxis, hypersensitivity reactions are the main topics. Core Textbook: Doan, T., Melvold, R., Viselli, S., Wallenbaugh, C. (2012), Immunology (Lippincott Illustrated Reviews Series), 2nd Edition, LWW, ISBN-13: 978-1451109375 Supplementary Textbook: Owen, J., Punt, J., Stranford, J. (2013), Kuby Immunology, 7th Edition, Macmilan, ISBN-13: 978-1464137846

This course is designed to inform pharmacy students about computer program applications to pharmacy practice, namely the programs used by the social security systems (Emekli Sandığı, Bağ-Kur, SSK) and pharmacy in use (farmakom, byte). Core Textbook: Course package Pharmaceutical dosage forms, drug research and legislation, patent, pharmacokinetic, bioavailability, stability, and incompatibility will be discussed and information on prescription and abbreviations used in prescription will be given. Core Textbook: Course package Hospital and /or Community Pharmacy Training: Determination of the drug requirements of the hospital pharmacy, purchasing drugs for the hospital pharmacy, organisation and placement of the pharmacy, meeting the drug requirements of outpatient and inpatient, obtaining knowledge about drug information studies and keeping the records in the pharmacy Training II (in as well as evaluation of hospital pharmacy’s relationship with the official and unofficial units Summer) are included in the content of this course This course comprises the biological origin of crude drugs, cultivation, collection, drying, stabilization of medicinal plants, chemistry of drugs of biological origin, inorganic compounds, organic acids, plant enzymes, lipids, carbohydrates, monosaccaride derivatives, isolation and identification of sugars in the plant material, homogeneus and heterogenous polysaccarides, tannins, classification, isolation and identification of glycosides, and drugs of biological origin containing the above constituents as well as their pharmacological actions and uses. Pharmacognosy I Lab. Demonstration on microscope, microscopial examinations in theory, quantitative microscopy (measurement in microscope plant cells and tissues, microscopical examination of powdered vegetable drugs, chemical identification of active constituents of saponins, antraquinids, cyanogenetic and cardiac glycogides, tannins, proteins and their chromatographic applications will be performed. Core Textbook: Evans, W.C., (2009), Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy, 16th Edition, Saunders Elsevier, ISBN-13: 978-0702029332 Supplementary Textbook: Heinrich, M. Barnes, J., Gibbons, S., Williamson, E. M. (2012), Pharmacognosy Fundamentals of pharmacognosy and phytotherapy, 2nd Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN-13: 978-0702033889 I The aim of the course is to train a pharmacist with knowledge of physico-chemical properties, sources, classification and detection of alkaloids and volatile oils belonging to different classes as well as the isolation from natural sources, pharmacologial activity, uses and biosynthesis and alkaloid containing drugs of biological origin. Pharmacognosy II Lab. The isolation techniques, quantitative and qualitative analysis, classification of volatile and fixed oils, quantitative analysis of volatile oils by volumetric and gravimetric methods, indice determinations and, TLC analysis of fixed oils, determination reactions of alkaloids, quantitative colorimetric analysis of Solanaceae alkaloids, quantitative analysis of total alkaloids of Cinchona, chromatographic analysis of alkaloids in medicine, isolation of caffeine from black tea and its pharmacopeal analysis, total qualitative analysis of herbal teas, project presentation will be carried out. Core Textbook: Evans, W.C., (2009), Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy, 16th Edition, Saunders Elsevier, ISBN-13: 978-0702029332 Supplementary Textbook: Heinrich, M. Barnes, J., Gibbons, S., Williamson, E. M. (2012), Pharmacognosy Fundamentals of pharmacognosy and phytotherapy, 2nd Edition, Churchill Livingstone, II ISBN-13: 978-0702033889

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR303

PHR304

Course Description

Adrenergic agents, adrenergic blocking agents, cholinergic agents, cholinergic blocking agents, cardiac glycosides, antiarrhythmics, antianginal and vasodilator agents, antihypertensives, antihyperlipidemics, coagulant and anticoagulant agents, antianemic drugs, trombolytics, antiaggregeting agents and diuretics are the main topics. Pharmaceutical Chemistry II Lab. Paper, thin layer, column and high pressure liquid chromatography techniques and their applications in drug analysis, separation of solid-solid and liquid-liquid mixtures, determination of some physical parameters such as density, boiling point and melting point, measurement of refraction index and determination of specific rotation, drug metabolism and pharmacopoeia analysis will be performed Core Textbook: Williams, D. A., Lemke, T. L. (2012), Foye’s Principle of Medicinal Chemistry, 7th edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, ISBN-13: Pharmaceutical 978-1609133450 Supplementary Textbook: Cairns, D. (2012) Essentials of Pharmaceutical Chemistry II Chemistry, 4th Edition, , Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN-13: 978-0853699798 The main topics are introduction to chemotherapy, antiseptics, disinfectans, antiprotozoal, antimalarial, antiaemobic, antileishmanial, antitricomonal, antihelmintic, ectoparasiter, antifungal, antiviral, antineoplastic, antibacterial antimycobacterial, sulfonamides, oxazolidindiones quinolones, antibiotics, digestive carminatives, antiemetics, antiacides and antiulcer drugs, laxative-purgatives, antidiarhetics, antiallergics, local anesthetics, vitamines, diagnostic compounds and hormones. Pharmaceutical Chemistry III Lab. Basic principles of quantitative analysis covering titrimetric methods such as neutralisation, oxido-reduction, complexometry, nitritometry and their application in drug analysis. Also spectrophotometric methods, derivative spectroscopy, quantitative analysis in drug mixture, the principles and applications of the chemical and instrumental techniques such as ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectroscopy of qualitative analysis and structural elucidation of drugs will be covered. Core Textbook: Williams, D. A., Lemke, T. L. (2012), Foye’s Principle of medicinal Chemistry, 7th edition, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, ISBN-13: Pharmaceutical 978-1609133450 Supplementary Textbook: Cairns, D. (2012) Essentials of Pharmaceutical Chemistry III Chemistry, 4th Edition, Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN-13: 978-0853699798 Rheology, colloidal dispersions, aerosols, suspensions and technological properties of emulsions, ointments transdermal drug carrier systems, suppositories and cosmetics are the main topics. Pharmaceutical Technology II Lab. Suspensions, sedimentation volume, redispersibility and particle size distribution analysis in suspensions, emulsions, liniments, viscosity of intravenous emulsions, HLB, ternary phase diagrams, ointments and drug release form ointments, suppositories and drug release form suppositories, vaginal suppositories’ formulations and properties of semi-solid systems will be covered all through the course. Core Textbook: Aulton, M. E., Taylor, K. M.G (2013). Aulton’s Pharmaceutics, 4th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN: 978-0-7020-4291-1 Supplementary Textbook: Sinko, P. (2010), Martin’s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer/ Lippincott Williams &Wilkins, ISBN 978-0-7817-9766-5 Rowe, C. R., Sheskey, P. J., Pharmaceutical Cook, W. G., Fenton, M. E. (2012). Handbook of Pharmaceutical Experiments, 7th Edition, Technology II Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN 978-085711027594

265

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PHR305

Course Name

Course Code

PHR306

PHR307

266

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHR308

PHR309

PHR310

PHR311

Course Name

Course Description

New drug delivery systems, parenteral solutions, water for injection, pyrogenity tests, parenteral preparations, contamination, GMP and quality assurance, ophthalmic, nasal and ear preparations, grinding theories and sampling methods, and methods of the particle size determination, the general properties of the powders, definition of preformulation importance and investigation of the organoleptic properties, excipients used in the tablet formulation, compression methods and applications, coating methods, gelatin capsules, stability, packing materials are the main topics. Pharmaceutical Technology III Lab. At the completion of this course, the student will have skills in sterilization techniques (aseptic technique, thermal sterilization), compounding sterile preparations, performing end-product sterilization using a filtration method, calculate the millimoles, milliequivalents, and milliosmoles of selected sterile solutions, calculate the quantities of materials needed to compound selected sterile preparations (including the ability to use E-values to prepare isotonic solutions), select proper drug containers and administration sets for sterile products, prepare labels for sterile drug preparations that fulfill legal requirements and help promote the proper use of the medication. Core Textbook: Aulton, M. E., Taylor, K. M.G (2013). Aultonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Pharmaceutics, 4th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN: 978-0-7020-4291-1 Supplementary Textbook: Sinko, P. (2010), Martinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer/ Lippincott Williams &Wilkins, ISBN 978-0-7817-9766-5 Rowe, C. R., Sheskey, P. J., Pharmaceutical Cook, W. G., Fenton, M. E. (2012). Handbook of Pharmaceutical Experiments, 7th Edition, Technology III Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN 978-085711027594 Drugs affecting autonomic nervous system, cardiovascular system, and renal conservation of water will be covered Core Textbook: Whalen K. (2014), Lippincott Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer, ISBN-13: 978-1451191776 Supplementary Pharmacology Textbook: Katzung BG, Masters SB, Trevor AJ (2014), Basic&Clinical Pharmacology, 12th II Edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8. Introduces the clinical use of medication in the prevention and treatment of disease and serves as a foundation for the delivery of pharmaceutical care. Rational use of available drugs, pharmacoecomics and pay-back system, pharmacogenetics, drugs adverse reactions, effects of drugs on biochemical parameters will be discussed. Core Textbook: Dipiro, J. T., Talbert, R. L., Yee, G. C., Wells, B. G. (2014), Pharmacotherapy: A pathophysiological approach, 9th Pharmacotherapy Edition, McGraw-Hill Medical, ISBN-10: 0071800530 Introduction to biochemical analysis, biochemistry of the circulatory system, bilirubin metabolism, liver functions and jaundice, and related disorders, biochemistry and disorders of immune system, blood biochemistry, coagulation, hematological disorders, biochemistry of the digestive system and its disorders, digestion of lipids and phospholipids and disorders of lipid metabolism, structure and functions of kidney, kidney function tests, renal diseases and the related biochemical data, renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, hypertension and coronary heart diseases and the related biochemical tests, biochemistry and the disorders of endocrine system, biochemistry and the complications of diabetes mellitus, cancer biochemistry are the main topics. Clinical Biochemistry Lab. Basic techniques in biochemical analysis, hematological tests, quantitative tests for carbohydrates, proteins and total lipids in blood and urine, determination of cholesterol and lipoproteins in plasma, liver and kidney function tests, determination of keton bodies and their metabolites in urine, enzymatic tests will be performed. Core Textbook: Crook, M. A. (2012), Clinical Chemistry and Metabolic Medicine, 8th edition, Hodder Arnold, ISBN-13: 978-1444144147 Marshall, W. J. and Clinical Bangert, S. K. (2012). Clinical chemistry, 7th edition, Edinburgh : Mosby, ISBN-13: 978Biochemistry 0723437031 Drugs used to treat diseases of central nervous system, autacoids, drugs affecting respiratory, gastrointestinal and endocrine systems will be covered. Core Textbook: Whalen K. (2014), Lippincott Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer, ISBN-13: 978Pharmacology 1451191776 Supplementary Textbook: Katzung BG, Masters SB, Trevor AJ (2014), Basic & III Clinical Pharmacology, 12th Edition, McGraw Hill, ISBN 978-0-07-176401-8. Information on general management human resources management, general accounting, Health and pharmacoeconomics will be covered. Core Textbook: Rascati, K. (2013), Essentials of Drug Economy Pharmacoeconomics Point, Lippincott Williams & Witkins, ISBN-10; 1451175930

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR312

PHR314

PHR400

PHR401

PHR402

PHR404

Course Description

Structure and functions of human body, definition and principles of first aid, basic first aid applications, evaluation of accident environment, transport of casualty, choking, coma, artificial respiration and heart massage, first aid in bleeding, shock, heat stroke, cold exposure epilepsy, bites, fractures, bandage and atelles, first aid legislation will be covered. Core First Aid Textbook: Course Package The main topics are origins and evolution of pharmacy through the ages, pharmacy in Turkey, History of famous pharmacists in the world, discovery of medicines, also notion and rules of deontology, Pharmacy and its history and evolution will be covered in the second part of the course. Core Textbook: Deontology Course Package Industry Training: Formulation designing studies, quality control and quality assurance studies of raw materials and products, manufacturing studies of different dosage forms, the studies of sales and marketing units, studies of approval file preparation for licensed and Trainning III generic products, studies concerned with GMP/GLP will be performed in the pharmaceutical (in Summer) industry. {[CD]\>*_C:Q_3:7} Applications of recombinant DNA in the pharmaceutical sciences biotechnology derived protein products, vaccines, monoclonal antibodies and pharmaceutical applications, formulation of pharmaceutical biotechnology products, gene therapy, and viral and non-viral gene therapeutics, cell culture, fermentation and bioreactor systems, usage of transgenic plants and animals for production of biopharmaceuticals, analytical methods used in pharmaceutical biotechnology, role of the pharmacists in dispensing and application of biotechnology products Pharmaceutical will be covered. Core Textbook: Groves, M. J. (2006). Pharmaceutical Biotechnology, Second Biotechnology Edition, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group, ISBN-13: 978-0849318733 Absorption mechanisms, physiological and pharmaceutical factors effecting bioavailability and bioequivalence and their calculations, in vivo correlations, compartment models and importance, definition and history of clinical pharmacokinetics, importance of pharmacokinetic models, absorption kinetics, first past effect, estimation methods of bioavailability and bioequivalence, distribution and elimination kinetics, distribution volume, estimation of total clearance, the effect of pathological situations on the pharmakokinetic parameters will Biopharmaceutics be covered. Core Text: Shargel, L, Wu-Pong, Yu, A. (2012), Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics Pharmacokinetics, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education Methods of particle size, reduction, grinding theories and sampling methods, the importance of particle size, determination methods of the particle size, the general properties of the powders, definition of preformulation importance and investigation of the organoleptic properties, excipients used in the tablet formulation, compression methods and applications, coating methods, gelatin capsules, stability, packing materials will be covered. Pharmaceutical Technology IV Lab. Boric acid tablet, aspirin tablet by direct compression, aspirin tablet by dry granulation, sodium phenobarbital tablet, aspirin-phenacetine-cafeine tablet, ascorbic acid tablet by dry granulation, acetaminophen tablet, ascorbic acid tablet by wet granulation, effervescent bath tablet, effervescent antiacid tablet, antiacid chewing tablet, sustained release aspirin tablet, tablet dissolution test, stability test of aspirin tablet, sugar coating and film coating of solid dosage forms and capsules, formulation designs will be performed. Core Textbook: Aulton, M. E., Taylor, K. M.G (2013). Aultonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Pharmaceutics, 4th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN: 978-0-7020-4291-1 Supplementary Textbook: Sinko, P. (2010), Martinâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Physical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Sciences, 6th Edition, Wolters Kluwer/ Lippincott Williams &Wilkins, ISBN 978-0-7817-9766-5 Rowe, C. R., Sheskey, P. J., Pharmaceutical Cook, W. G., Fenton, M. E. (2012). Handbook of Pharmaceutical Experiments, 7th Edition, Technology IV Pharmaceutical Press, ISBN 978-085711027594 Research Methods and Research techniques, preparing research aim, presentation of research subjects, literature Skills survey, evaluation of the literature will be presented. Core Textbook: Course package

267

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PHR403

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

PHR405

Pharmaceutical Toxicology

PHR406

Law, Ethics and Proffesionalism in Pharmacy Practice

PHR407

Pharmacognosy III

PHR408

Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care II

PHR409

Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Care I

PHR410

Cosmetology

PHR411

Pharmacy Management

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

268

Course Description History and principles of toxicology, toxicity tests, and absorption, distribution, and excretion and biotransformation of toxicants, classification mechanisms of toxic effects, mutagenesis and mutagenic agents, teratogenesis and teratogenic agents, carcinogenesis, carcinogenic agents, allergic reactions and immunotoxic effects, toxicological assessment of drug-drug interactions, hypersensitivity reactions of toxicants and idiosyncratic reactions, general approach to emergency management of poisoning will be covered. Pharmaceutical Toxicology Lab. Classification of poisons, qualitative and quantitative analysis methods of toxicant, isolation characterization and toxicity determinations of acidic and alkali drugs from biological samples, qualitative and quantitative analysis and assessment of their toxicities of non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, cardiovascular drugs and drugs with low therapeutic index in biological samples will be performed. Also knowledge about poison information centers in Cyprus and Turkey will be given. Core Textbook: Hayes, A. W., Kruger, G. L. (2014), Hayesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Principles and Methods of Toxicology, 6th Edition, CRC Press, ISBN-13: 978-1842145364 Supplementary Textbook: Lodola, A., Stadler, J. (2013), Pharmaceutical Toxicology in Practice: A Guide to Non-clinical Development, Wiley, ISBN-13: 9780470371374 Turkish pharmacy laws and regulations, business ethics, good pharmacy practice, pharmaceutical industry, hospital, pharmacy and patient interactions will be covered. Also, pharmacy legislation, recent acts and regulations, definition of social pharmacy, definitions of health, consumer behavior in prescreption and nonprescription drug choice, patient-physicianpharmacist communication, drug noncompliance and consequences will be covered. Core Textbook: Kosergarten, D. C., Pissano, D. J., (2006). Pharmacy and Federal Drug Law, McGraw-hill Global Educational Holdings, ISBN: 0-07-146809-9 This course is continuation of pharmacognosy II. Core Textbook: Evans, W.C., (2009), Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy, 16th Edition, Saunders Elsevier, ISBN-13: 978-0702029332 Supplementary Textbook: Heinrich, M. Barnes, J., Gibbons, S., Williamson, E. M. (2012), Fundamentals of pharmacognosy and phytotherapy, 2nd Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN-13: 978-0702033889 Respiratory system disorders cardiovascular system disorders, rheumatological disorders, infectious diseases, neurological-psychological disorders, geriatric disorders and the role of pharmacist on these disorders will be covered. Core Textbook: Walker, R., Whittlesea, C. (2011), Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics, 5th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN13: 978-0702042935 Supplementary Textbook: Alldredge, B. (2012), Koda-Kimble and Youngâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Use of Drug, 10th Edition, LWW, ISBN-13: 978-1609137137 Basics and principles of clinical pharmacy, drug usage in risk group patients and the role of pharmacist in, gastrointestinal system disorders and the role of pharmacist in hepatic disorders, renal disorders, endocrine system disorders will be covered. Core Textbook: Walker, R., Whittlesea, C. (2011), Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics, 5th Edition, Churchill Livingstone, ISBN-13: 978-0702042935 Production technologies, properties of dermatolological products, cosmetics which contain active substances, types of products, stability and effectivity tests performed in cosmetic products at standard basis (GMP, GLP etc.) of international regulations, and adverse effects of cosmeceutics will be covered. Core Textbook: Course package Supplementary Textbook: Swarbrick, J. (2006) Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical Technology, 3rd Edition, Informa Healthcare This course covers business management and accounting in addition to cost minimization, cost benefit, cost effectiveness and cost utility analysis of pharmaceutical products in medical field. Core Textbook: Rascati, K. L. (2013), Essentials of Pharmacoeconomics, 2nd Edition, Lippincott, Williams, & Wilkins. Philadelphia PA, ISBN-13: 978-1451175936 Dessella, S. P., Zgarrick, D. P. (2005), Pharmacy Management; Essentials for All Practice Settings, New York, NY, the Mcgraw-Hill companies, IP No. 0-07-141869-5

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR413

PHR415

PHR416

PHR417

PHR418

PHR419

PHR421

PHR422

Course Description

Information sources in drug information, clinical pharmacists’ counselling and monitoring, oral contraceptive use, clinical use of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs, drug information on anticoagulants, iron preparations, vitamins and minerals, determination and prevention Drug of drug interactions by the clinical pharmacist, drug information in pregnancy and lactation, Information clinical use of antifungal drugs, pharmacist counselıng in oral hygiene and care, drug-induced in Clinical nephrotoxicity, drug-induced hepatotoxicity, drug allergy are the main topics. Core Textbook: Pharmacy Malone, P. M., Kier, K. L., Stanovich, J. E. (2011), Drug information: a guide to Pharmacists, Practice 4th Edition, IP no. 212 .175.119.58 Introduction to rational drug use, role of pharmacists in rational drug use, drug dispensing, Patients Safety patient education, compliance, case studies are the main topics. Core Textbook: Warholak, and Medical T. E., Nau, D. P. (2010). Quality and Safety in Pharmacy Practice, McGraw-Hill Global Error Educational Holdings, ISBN: 978-0-07-160385-0 The main topics are quality assurance, quality control, organization and personelles, Good environment buildings and equipment manufacturing and process controls, packaging and Manufacturing labeleng controls, laboratory controls, storage and distribution, documentation, product Practice saving and recalling, validation, and calibration Core Textbook: Course package Patient oriented concepts, pharmaceutical care processes like, pharmaceutical care in hyperlipidemia, in gastrointestinal disorders, in diabetes, in upper respiratory tract infections, in rational antibiotic use, problems in antibiotic use in pain and muscle spasms, in hypertension, and clinical pharmacist’s role in herbal drug use, common skin disorders with clinical pharmacist’s approach are the main topics. Core Textbook: Cipolle, R. J., Strand, L. Principles of M., Morley, P. C. (2012). Pharmaceutical Care Practice; the patient-centered Approach to Pharmaceutical medication management Services, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Global Educational Holdings, Care ISBN: 978-0-07-175638-9 Personel, building and enviroment, supplying units, equipment, quality assurance, GMP, quality control, documentation, validation are the main topics. Core Textbook: Hiremath, S. Industrial R. (2008).Textbook of industrial Pharmacy: Drug delivery Systems, Cosmetics and Herbal Pharmacy Drug Technology, Orient Longman, ISBN-13: 978-8125033097 The main topics are role and value of the plant sources in human nutrition, vegetable products Nutrimental pertaining nutrition. Also various nutrimental plants in alphabetical order according to their Plants Latin names will be presented. Core Textbook: Course package Importance of R&D in API manufacture, importance of patent search in API manufacture, design and installation of an API, working safety, reactions utilized in organic synthesis, arrangement of reaction conditions, determination of the synthetic methods, separation and purification techniques after synthesis, sources, monitorisation and removal of impurities, quality controls applied to the APIs, methods for the production of aspirin, and acetaminophen, Manufacturing methods for the production of semi-synthetic penicillins, production methods of some newly and Quality Control of Active developed APIs, pormation of salts of the APIs and salt selection, crystal polymorphism in Pharmaceuticals APIs and hydrates will be covered. Core Textbook: Course package The main topics are introduction to adverse drug reactions and spontaneous reporting, history and importance of pharmacovigilance, the safety of medicines in public health programmes, necessity of national pharmacovigilance systems, establishment of pharmacovigilance system in Turkey (TUFAM), national reporting, PSUR, international pharmacovigilance data sources. Drug interactions introduction to pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics (ADME), drug interactions with antibacterial agents, antiviral and antineoplastic agents, anticoagulants, antihypertansives, antiplatelet and other drugs used in cardiovascular diseases, drugs acting in CNS, With drugs acting in endocrine system, drugs used to treat gastrointestinal disorders, Pharmacovigilance drug interactions with muscle relaxants and antitussive drugs will be covered in the second and Drug Interactions part of the course. Core Textbook: Course package Recombinant DNA technology production flow chart, cell bank and general information Protein about the preparation techniques, expression systems, fermentation techniques, fermentors Production by and bioreactors, up and downstream processes, separation and purification techniques for Recombinant expressed proteins and production related problems will be covered. Core Textbook: Zhu, Dna J. (2013), Protein Production by Recombinant DNA Technology textbook, Smithers Rapra Technology Technology, ISBN:978-1847359766

269

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PHR420

Course Name

Course Code

PHR424

Course Name

Cell Culture Techniques

PHR501

Training IV Graduation Project I

PHR502

Graduation Project II

PHR503

Oxidation and Antioxidation

PHR504

Training V

PHR505

Perfume and Perfumeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Chemistry

PHR509

Patient Education and Monitoring

PHR500

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

270

Course Description Introduction of cell culture, cell culture laboratory layout and equipment used in cell culture types and origins, cell bank systems, cell bank system applications, cell freezing and storage methods, cell bank system applications, cell viability and toxicity tests, tissue engineering are the main topics Core Textbook: Mather, J. P., Roberts, P. E. (2013). Introduction to Cell and Tissue Culture: Theory and Technique (Introductory Cell and Molecular Biology Techniques), Springer, ISBN-13: 978-0306458590 Industry Training: Formulation designing studies, quality control and quality assurance studies of raw materials and products, manufacturing studies of different dosage forms, the studies of sales and marketing units, studies of approval file preparation for licensed and generic products, studies concerned with GMP/GLP will be performed in the pharmaceutical industry. The student will prepare a project on specific topic under the supervision of an academic advisor will gain skills in writing a project report The student will continue on the same project specific topic under the supervision of an academic advisor will gain skills in writing a project report with the data obtained and be able to present the project as a poster or oral presentation in a scientific meeting. Free radicals, generation mechanims of free radicals, free radical-induced tissue and organ injury, the role of free radicals in physiological functions, free radical-induced diseases, the role of free radicals in aging, free radicals and cancer, antioxidant systems and exercise, endogenous antioxidants, exogenous antioxidants, experimental methods for oxidative tissue injury methods for antioxidants will be covered. Core Textbook: Course package Industry Training: Formulation designing studies, quality control and quality assurance studies of raw materials and products, manufacturing studies of different dosage forms, the studies of sales and marketing units, studies of approval file preparation for licensed and generic products, studies concerned with GMP/GLP will be performed in the pharmaceutical industry. Drug Analysis and Control Laboratories Training: Analysis of quality control API and of pharmaceutical product (method, materials and equipment, application, evaluation of data) will be performed. Parenteral Solution Laboratory Training: Organisation and management, working system, methods for the production of parenteral solutions and flow chart, quality control of raw materials and finished product are the main topics. State Organizations Training: Working systems, knowledge on the programmes used in this center will be covered. Definition of perfume, history of perfume, series of perfume, types of perfume, notes of perfume, chemical structure of perfume, perfume ingredients, aroma chemicals, fragrant molecules, making perfume, application of perfume (food, cosmetics and pharmaceutical industry) are the main topics. Core Textbook: Pybus, D., Sell, C. (1999). The chemistry of fragrances, Royal Society of Chemistry (Great Britain), ISBN: 085404528; 9780854045280 Patient education and itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s importance for clinical pharmacist, communication and patient counseling techniques, therapeutic drug monitoring, narrow therapeutic index drugs in monitoring and patient education, role of patient education in rational antibiotic use, patient counseling for antibiotics of different dosage forms, adherence issues and patient education in elderly patients, patient education in diabetes, patient counseling session for antidiabetic drugs, for different inhaler dosage forms, dosage forms with special usage instructions and patient education, patient education for OTC Drugs, patient education for antihypertansive drugs and general evaluation will be covered. Core Textbook: Navanno, R. P. (2008). Managed Care Pharmacy Practice, 2nd Edition, Bartlett Learning, ISBN-10; 0763732400

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PHR511

PHR513

PHR515

PHS201

PHS202

PHY107

PINS601

PINS602

Course Description

Historical background of drug design and discovery, drug-receptor interactions and bond types involved in these interactions, the role of water/lipid solubility in binding, distribution and metabolism of drugs, importance of stereochemistry in drug action, conformational flexibility, rigid analogues, importance of structure-activity relationships for new drug design and the role of acidity-basicity in drug effect, approaches used for the definition of lead compounds, design based on target macromolecules, endogenous molecules, analogue design, combinatorial chemistry, pharmacophore definition, lead compound modification and optimization, prediction of lipophilicity, ionization and steric parameters, pro-drug design, drug targetting and soft drug design, the drug design based on enzymes, enzyme inhibitors, toxic effects due to the functional groups and their corrections, examples of succesful Drug Design applications for rational drug design are the main topics. Core Textbook: Course package Drug license process and problems, safety evaluation during drug licensing, laws and regulations in drug licensing, documents required for application in drug licensing, preparation of a CTD file, CTD format for generics drug licensing, pharmaceutical dosage forms and quality control methods in drug licensing, bioavailability and bioequivalence studies in the CTD files, pharmaceutical dosage forms and quality control methods in drug licensing, importance of packaging materials in drug licensing, stability studies in drug licensing, Drug Licence general information about intellectual property rights and patents, patent and legal processes and Patent in the pharmaceutical sector are the main topics. Core Textbook: Course package Methods of preparing herbal teas, phytotherapeutics for mouth and throat disorders, for respiratory tract disorders, for cardiovascular disorders, hepatoprotective and choleretic phytotherapeutics, for central nervous system, gynecological, dermatological and rheumatism disorders herbal medicines, for gastrointestinal tract disorders, herbal medicines for urinary Phytotherapy system, herbal dietary products, analysis of phyto-pharmaceuticals in market, herbal Applied monographs are the main topics. Core Textbook: Course package Vectors, Motion and action laws. Dynamics and Newton`s laws of motion. Newton’s Law of universal gravity. Work and energy. Push and momentum, Rotation and angular momentum. Physics I Collisions, Heat and temperature. Coulomb’s law and electric field. Gauss’s law and electric potential. Capacitance and electric energy. Current and resistance, energy in the circuit. Magnetic field. Faraday’s law, inductance. Physics II Magnetic fields in matter waves sound. This course provides a basic grounding in elementary mechanics including kinematics of motion, Newton’s laws of motion and gravitation, the conservation laws of momentum and energy and collisions. The rotational dynamics of rigid bodies, equilibrium statics together with of inertia and angular momentum are also covered. Core Textbook: Giancolli, D. (2013), Physics For Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, 4th Edition, Pearson, ISBN-13: Physics 978-1292020761 As being distinct from natural science research, research methods and scientific lines in social and political sciences are concerned. Qualitative and quantitative, descriptive and normative Scientific approaches are analysed and historically dominant methodologies such as positivism, Inquiry in rationalism, empiricism, historical materialism, structuralism, theoricism, historicism among Political others are dealt with.( If this course has been studied before by student, student could take an Science elective one) Current and globally significant problems of global politics, law and economy is considered. The course allows the student to choose at least two issues which have global and continental Current Issues impacts or have a long standing effect in terms of regional and global conflicts with having in the World several parties and have become a subject of the international conflict settlement process. Politics and Strictly local and isolated issues are not the subjects of the course. ( If this course has been Economy studied before by student, student could take an elective one) Internationally conceived human rights issues and humanitarian international interventions, which has present novelties in international law, are considered. The course also deals with erosion of the nation-state sovereignty and authority and the re-emergence of natural law Current Issues school as exemplified in the concept of “human rights”, the rise of the international courts and in International tribunals, global consciousness of human rights violations. ( If this course has been studied Law before by student, student could take an elective one)

271

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PINS600

Course Name

Course Code

PINS603

PINS604

PINS605

PINS606

PINS607

272

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PINS608

PINS609

PINS610

PINS611

PINS612

Course Name

Course Description

Theoretical approaches of the Post-cold war period, post modern period and global era is dealt with. The course deals with the new political and political economy theories on state, globalisation, regionalisation and localization processes, constructivism, feminism, ecologism, Contemporary neo-liberalism, neo-conservatism, post-marxism, post-communist transition studies. It also is Political Theory concerned with the cultural and religious conflicts, identity politics, and so-called “clash of & Global civilizations”.( If this course has been studied before by student, student could take an elective Affairs one) Real politics as the earliest and still-dominant behaviour and theory in international relations and system are dealt with. Early realists, classical realists, neo-realists, structural realist Theory and theories, concepts of power politics, power balance and power struggle as regards the nationPractie of Real- states are considered. Criticisms of the realist approaches by liberal, conservative and Marxist Politics approaches are also the subjects of the course. Settlement Processes:Conflict areas in the global relations such as Kashmir, Palestine, Cyprus, Middle East, Afghanistan, among others, and dispute settlement processes are dealt Conflict Areas with. The course presents many methods of conflict management and dispute settlement and in the World differentiates the terms “management”, settlement”, “resolution” as for different methods and Dispute used by different theories in the area. The course is concerned with the Middle East as a region in which similar cultures, traditions and problems are witnessed. The course deals with each country in the region with their state traditions, religions, and revolutionary and reformist movements and sees it as a part of the Politics of the world politics, economy and diplomacy. Specific emphasis is put on the oil producing Arab Middle East countries, Iran and Turkey as well as the American military interventions to the region. Politics of Being an global actor in politics Europe as a whole and political life in European countries and Europe and its unionisation in the form of European Union is considered. The course analyses in details European power balance and searches within the European Union, its possible extension or constriction, Union problems of EU and its changing nature in the world political and economical system. American foreign policy course is the historical analysis of the USA’s foreign relations, foreign policy doctrines and interventions to and impacts on the world since the American Independence War. The course starts with the Monroe doctrine, American exceptionalism, American American isolationism, international liberal interventionism, Cold War era US and the postForeign Policy cold war American supremacy. Pacific as the newly rising centre of world politics and economy and Pacific Rim countries such Ppolitical as the US, Japan, China, India, Latin America, Indonesia, Australia and their interrelationships Economy of the are considered. The course also analyses the impacts of the region over Asia, Australia, Latin Pacific Region America, Us and Latin America as well as the all world economy and politics. Asia and its power centres such as Russia, China and India, Turkey, Iran, located between Europe and Pacific Ocean, which is the newly rising continent in politics and economy of the world, is considered. The course teaches that central Asia, Russia and China and the countries Global Politics within or close to the region are becoming the key players of the global politics and that new of Asia power centre of the global political economy is shifting to Asia. Political life of the Turkish speaking and ethnically Turkish origin countries from Turkey to Eastern Turkistan in China are analysed. The course also examines the power searches in the Political Life central Asia of the countries such as Russia, China, Iran, Japan, EU and Turkey as well as the in the Turkic connection of those republics to the Middle East to the east and west of the world as regards Republics energy resources. Balkans or the South Eastern Europe, which has been about to integrate to Europe and Atlantic Block and has specific national problems and historical connections with Turkey and Russia is considered. The course teaches that the Balkans live the problems which are inherited from the Roman, Byzantine and Ottoman Empires and have been under the impact of old and new Global Politics German expansionism. The course also deals with the post-Yugoslavian order at the heart of of the Balkans the region.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

PINS613

Issues in Turkish Foreign Policy

PINS614

Human Rights Politics and Law

PINS615

Political Geography and Geo-Politics

PINS616

Military History and Security

PINS617

Political Economy of Energy

PINS618

Sino-American Relations

PINS621

Politics, Global Business and Finance

Main lines, preferences and problems of Turkeyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s foreign policy such as Aegean Sea and Cyprus Disputes, Armenian-Turkey Dispute, Turkey-American and Turkey-Europe relations, Turkeyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s energy policy, among others, are dealt with. The course also examines power searches of Turkey under globalization towards the old Ottoman territories such as the Middle East, Balkans, Caucasia and also Central Asia, which is culturally and historically related to Turkish identity. Human rights issues, which becomes more international demand and problem today and which is not only an legal but also political issue and discourse, is analysed from its early formulations to present conditions. The course deals with that as a natural law principle, human rights are currently replacing the modern positive law regulations which have been enacted and implemented by the nation-state parliaments. The course connects the geography and politics at the inter-state and inter-continental levels to analyse the power politics among countries and present main problems and theoretical approaches in the area. The course offers the theories of geo-politics from its beginning, its connection to the rising national or imperial powers, military conflicts and specifically the ever-existing significance of certain regions and continents for power search and consolidation in history as examined by the classical theories of geopolitics. Military relations as one of the main determinants of inter-state relations and security strategies of the nation states and their collective security organisations are analysed. The course also introduces the history of wars, and the results of main historical wars, war technologies, militia, armies and the rise of modern armies as well as professionalization of warriorship, objective and subjective recognition of internal and external threads, the relationship between security and nationalism, globalisation of wars and anti-militarism. Energy problem of the industrialised and industrialising countries and global energy problems, which have the deep impact on politics and economy, are considered. The course analyses the question in relation to energy need, demand and security in the world in general and in some countries which develop rapidly and hence needs energy security in particular as well as energy exporting countries which have extreme economic, political and diplomatic advantages in the world political economy. The course also examines alternative energy sources to be developed and their possible impacts on the world politics and economy. Relationships between China as the newly rising power and the still dominant power of the world, the US, which begin to shape of the global relations, are considered. The course starts with the rise of Sino-American relations which emerged after the early 1960s during the international dĂŠtente period and developed into close economic relations after 1990s. Economic, political, diplomatic and geopolitical rivalry and cooperation of the ex-Soviet and present Russia and the USA, which have had always deep impacts on other nations and the globe as whole are analysed. The course also deals with the internal problems of each country, defence strategies, economic policies and influence zones in the Central Asia and power searches in the Middle East and Pacific Region as well as in the Indian Ocean. The course specifically deals with the Shanghai Cooperation Organization and its possible evolution into an economic and political union such as EU. Globalisation, which is possible with ever-developing information and communication technologies, is analysed in a political perspective. The course deals with the impact of rapidly developing information and communication technologies as symbolised by internet technology on the relations among people, states, firms, cultures and politics in general. Global business relations, firms, investments and strategies,which are closeley related with global politics and economy are analysed. The course analyses the impacts of globalization, foreign direct investments, multi-national companies, export-import relations over the nationstates, politicians and bureaucracies, legislation, environment, consumption habits, public finance and taxation.

273

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PINS620

Sino-Russian Relation Global Information and Communication Technology

PINS619

Course Description

Course Code

PINS622

PINS624

PIS625

POLS101

POLS202

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

274

POLS301

POLS302

POLS303

POLS304

POLS309

Course Name

Course Description

Globally produced, circulated and consumed information, which has deep impact on international politics is dealt with. The course concerns international media as a producer of global public space, global community and global politics and then analsyses the political International impacts of global media. It also deals with the political communication of the global firms, Communication states as well as the global understanding of the global conflicts, wars, environmental and Media problems, hunger, massacres and genocides. Student prepares several research projects and develops his/her thesis and presents thesis proposal. The course helps the student design and conduct high quality scientific research PhD Seminar with clear methodological and theoretical approaches. Start of writing of thesis. Student prepares several research projects and develops his/her thesis and presents thesis proposal. The course helps the student design and conduct high PhD Thesis quality scientific research with clear methodological and theoretical approaches. This course introduces students to the discipline of political science. Basic definitions of the political process and the fundamental concepts used in studying politics are discussed. The Intro. to course acquaints students with how political scientists think about society and provides a Political basis for more sophisticated research and understanding of empirical political theory, as well Science as skills for analysing political and social issues. This course introduces students to the discipline of political science. Basic definitions of the political process and the fundamental concepts used in studying politics are discussed. The course acquaints students with how political scientists think about society and provides a Introduction to basis for more sophisticated research and understanding of empirical political theory, as well Political Scien as skills for analysing political and social issues. An analysis of the concepts of politics through the writings of major political thinkers, History of especially Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Burke, Marx and Mill is Political presented. Special focus will centre on the foundations of modern authoritarian and democratic Thought politics. The course is a preparation to Contemporary Political Theory. Historical analysis of political and diplomatic relations between the great powers of Europe in the late XIX-XX century is presented and then the introduction of U.S. politics into the world power arena is included to the analysis. The emphasis is initially placed on the relations between Britain, France, Austria, Russia, Germany and the Ottoman Empire; the Eastern Question, German and Italian unifications, the Balkan Crisis, World War I and II. In the European second half of the course, the emphasis will shift to the post-World War II diplomatic events: Political the peace conferences and settlements, the creation of the European Community, the history History and political dynamics of the Cold War, and its European implications. This course provides a psychological analysis of the political process, with special attention Political given to political socialisation and alienation as the two important political stages, which Psychology needs the utmost psychological attention in order to be well understood. This course aims to give a detailed knowledge and understanding of the scientific analysis of major political events in Turkey. Political structure, political culture, political system, election systems, party systems, ideologies and the basic political tendencies within the OttomanTurkish Politics Turkish context is also be analysed from a sociological and historical point of view. Concepts and issues such as civil society, citizenship, nationalism, liberalism, conservatism, feminism, socialism, national-socialism, fascism, racism, sexism and other various new social Political movements and political ideologies is discussed both in theory and in actual practice. The Ideologies course also connects ideologies to a broader social and economic system. Human thoughts developing into ideologies, which fertiles into doctr?nes, is a fundamental Analysis of process in human livings. This process is circumscribed with paradigms constituting material Articulations and non material components. Films possess, unique opportunities to articulate paradigmatic of Political constructions and present the ideologies, defining the codifications in human behaviour. Thought in Developing students competence to analyse political ideologies using visual and oratoric Films mediums, the cultural and paradigmatic environment is the primary aim of this course.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

POLS401

Political Sociology

POLS407

Global Political Economy

POLS408

Media Politics

POLS409

Nation State & Nationalism

POLS410

Gender Politics

POLS412

Theories of Democracy

POLS416

Theories of State

POLS417

Contemporary Political Theory

PRE101

Introduction to Communication

POLS414

P This course aims to give detailed knowledge and a required formation regarding fundamental subjects of political sociology to students from various programmes of the Faculty. In addition it aims to teach students how to reach the required knowledge and to equip themselves with the ability of analytical thinking. Another objective of the course is to re-examine political experience and the socio-political structure of various cases including Turkey. In accordance we will frequently try to understand the relationships between some sociological-political theories and certain aspects of our own societies in practice. This course discusses key international political economic issues using a case based approach. Topics: Economic and political challenges of trade liberalization for both industrialized and developing nations, the role of natural resources and foreign direct investment in economic development, regionalism, global capital flows and financial crises, strategic trade and competition. The course also deals with political globalization as regards economic globalization and the dissolution of international system into a global one. The course deals with the production of information, image and news within political and ideological processes and with the relationship between political system and media. The course also analyse how political system communicate with the citizens anf contribute to the formation of public space and how citizens impact on politicians, bureaucrats by implementing a public control system. This course covers nationalism and nation building in historical perspective. Ethnicity, national consciousness and ethnic nationalism will be analysed in an international comparative framework. The course deals with nationalism in the context of nation state and its building process and hence offers some aspects of state theories in general and social-cultural integration of people and citizens into a general social whole. The course concerns male-female relations and gender identities in political life and puts special emphasis on the development of feminist theories and shows that gender identities are socially produced and have impacts on civil society and political power. Gender politics also considers woman question and woman movements in particular. The course introduces conceptions of democracy from antiquity to modernity and postmodernity and deals with antique, liberal-plural democracy, social-democracy and socialist democracy, radical post-modern democracy. The course focus on liber theory of democracy and democratic institutions in particular. This is an introductory course on the theory and practice of international human rights. The full range of human rights issues-international, national and non-governmental- will be covered. The course also analyses Human Rights Law, International Humanitarian Law War of Law in the context of human rights violations of the recent periods. This course will focus on applying divergent theoretical approaches to analysis of the causes, consequences for resolvability of international environmental issues, and look at how these issues in turn affect the future of international relations. This course is designed to introduce the student to some basic aspects of the Turkish social structure; such as politics, system of norms and economy, population, modes of residence, social classes and family will be other important issues of concern. The course is concerned with the theories of state according to its classical, liberal, conservative, Weberian, Marxist and Post-modern conceptions and forcuses on the modern state, its functions and political-bureaucratic organization in particular, and its relation to society, law, economy and international system. Finally, the course concerns fordist, Keynesian, welfare and nation characterisitics which under change and dissolution. This course outlines the history of political thought of more recent thinkers, all of whom have reformulated classical political theories in the twentieth century, such as V. Lenin, Frederich Hayek, Antonio Gramsci, Hannah Arendth, Lousi Althusser, Michael Focault, John Rawls, Andre Gorz, Jurgen Habermas, Ralph Miliband, and Francis Fukuyama, Manuell Castells, and David Harvey. Introduces students to four core principles that undergird the study and practice of communication - communication literacy, research inquiry, theories and concepts, and community engagement. Principles discussed and developed in the context of international communication, political communication, and communication technology and society.

275

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

POLS415

Contemporary Human Rights International Environmental Politics Political Parties & Election Systems

POLS413

Course Description

Course Code

PRE102

PRE103

PRE106

PRE201

PRE202

276

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PRE203

PRE205

PRE206

PRE208

PRE209

PRE210

Course Name

Course Description

This course introduces students to the history of media and communication and to the stakes of historical inquiry. Rather than tracing a necessarily selective historical arc from alphabet History of to Internet or from cave painting to coding, the course is organized around an exploration of Communication key concepts such as literacy, publicity, temporality, visual culture, networks and information. This course examines the fundamental issues in the development of new markets for products and services globally. It provides a foundation for understanding the functional areas of business and how they contribute to the management of a firm. Students use this foundational knowledge to analyze cases and complete projects in order to gain an understanding of some Introduction to of the key issues affecting a wide range of the most important global industries. First-year Business and students can gain a better understanding the vast array of career possibilities available to those Management I who study business The course provides a review of management as an area of theoretical development as well as a field of practice. It comprises classical management theories and modern approaches to organisation and business. Main blocks of the course are functions of management, managerial Introduction to processes and interaction between organisations and their environment. The course includes Business and elements of organisational behaviour. Business cases are used as application of theoretical Management II concepts. The objective of this course is to introduce the student to the issues and concepts of political science.The aim of the course is to familiarize the students with the realm of politics.Many political terminologies and ideologies will be defined and analyzed. The ultimate objective Introduction of this course is to draw inquisitive conclusionsfromeach ofthisissuesand conceptsunder to Political the frameworkofdemocracy aswellasto prepare the student for further study intheareasof Science politicsandinternational relations. Introduction This course is an introduction to public relations practice. It is designed to give students a to Public fundamental understanding of how to research a communication problem and develop an Relations appropriate program while considering its legal and ethical contexts. This course introduces students with new conceptions and paradigms about mass communication and intends to give students a comprehensive grasp of the key controversies Communication which characterize media sociology,to understand culture and society and to involve Sociology application of theoretical concerns to actual cultural processes. This course is designed to guide students in creative writing through experience in three genres: short story, poetry, and creative non-fiction. The course includes analysis of literary Creative models (professional writings in each genre), individual and class criticism of work in a Writing workshop mode, and lecture on and discussion of literary techniques in each genre. This course compares the laws of communication applied in theTRNC,Turkey and in the world.Focus is also given to issues such as violation of personal rights, the right to answer(modification),EuropeanCross Border PublicationAgreement,as well asother issues Media Law such as the Article coded 3984. This course will develop and improve public speaking, argumentative, and criticalthinking skills in communication settings. Students will prepare and deliver speeches and participate Diction and in several of inclass debates and forums on current topics. Techniques will be taught to control Debate speech anxiety, and structure and organize information to present to a variety of audiences A one semester introduction to the principles of both micro- and macroeconomics. Microeconomics topics will include the basics of supply and demand, the behavior of consumers and businesses, and how markets operate. Macroeconomic topics will include the fundamental components of gross domestic product(GDP), the problems of inflation Introduction to and unemployment, the impacts of government fiscal and monetary policies, and economic Economics I growth. This course introduces students to the field of advertising design. Advertising problems are presented and students are encouraged to develop solutions that areoriginal, unexpected Advertising andpersuasive. Students are presented with advertising problems and develop appropriate Design solutions that are original, unexpected and memorable.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

Statistics I

PRE212

News Report Writing

PRE302

Theories of Mass Communication

PRE303

Research Methods of Social Sciences

PRE304

Organisational Communication

PRE305

Introduction to Journalism for Pr

PRE306

Media Planning

PRE307

Organisational Behaviour

PRE308

Consumer Behaviour

PRE309

Human Resources Management

This course is an introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include: elementary principles and applications of descriptive statistics, elementary probability principles, probability distributions, estimation of parameters, hypothesis testing, linear regression and correlation, and ANOVA. Scientific calculators with two-variable statistics capabilities may be required. News Writing and Reporting I, is a skills-based immersion in the world of journalism. Students will learn the foundations of journalism and the craftâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s two main components â&#x20AC;&#x201C; reporting and writing the news. A discussion of significant factors related to communication theory. Contemporary theories of mass communication, the mass media, audience analysis, and the role of mass communication in society will be among the topics examined in the course. Students elect to examine an aspect of mass communication that is of interest to them, and present their findings in research papers and projects. This course will provide an opportunity for participants to establish or advance their understanding of research throughcritical exploration of research language, ethics, and approaches. The course introduces the language of research, ethical principles and challenges, and the elements of the research process within quantitative, qualitative, and mixed methods approaches. Participants will use these theoretical underpinnings to begin to critically review literature relevant to their field or interests and determine how research findings are useful in forming their understanding of their work, social, local and global environment . An analysis of organizational communication theories and methods and a study of organizational culture and communication patterns. Includes practice in the analysis of organizational communication problems and an introduction to interventions and methods of communication training. This course examines contemporary issues related to the news paper industry and to print journalism and relationships between news production, journalism,media and society.The course aim is to show students interrelation between PR and Media organizations and duties of PR practitioners as media relations practitioners. At the end of the semester, students will understand the role of public relations in society as well as in various organizations. In this course you will explore the role of a media planner in advertising media agencies. In particular, you will examine the complexity in negotiating media investment, identifying dynamics between media buyers and sellers. Theories that underpin the development of media plans for multiple media will be a focus. You will develop the necessary skills and tools to investigate audiencesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; media exposure and to evaluate media plans. You will also examine and use media applications that support strategic media decisions. Students examine the behaviour of individuals and how they interact with each other in different workplace organizations. Topics include an orientation to organizational behaviour; individual behaviour; individual and behavioural processes; team processes; organizational dynamics; and organizational processes. Students develop an appreciation for the influence consumer behavior has on marketing activities. Students apply psychological, social and cultural concepts to marketing decision making. Topics include the importance of consumer behaviour and research; internal influences such as motivation and involvement, personality, self-image, life-style, perception, learning, attitude formation and change, and communication; external influences such as culture, subculture, social class, reference groups and family, and the diffusion of innovations; and consumer decision making. This course examines the role of the human resource professional as a strategic partner in managing today?s organizations. Key functions such as recruitment, selection, development, appraisal, retention, compensation, and labor relations are examined. Implications of legal and global environments are appraised and current issues such as diversity training, sexual harassment policies, and rising benefit costs are analyzed. Best practices of employers of choice are considered.

277

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PRE211

Course Description

Course Code

PRE311

PRE401

PRE403

PRE404

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

278

PRE405

PRE406

PRE408

PRE516 PRE520 PRE520

Course Name

Course Description

This course provides an introduction to all aspects of marketing, including strategic marketing planning, marketing research, product planning and development, promotion planning, distribution and pricing. It provides an understanding of the theories of the marketing mix Marketing variables, and a practical application in the context of the marketing management cycle Management processes of research, planning, organization, implementation and control. This is an advanced course in the field of Marketing which focuses on the role of promotion (a.k.a. Marketing Communications) efforts in our society and how they can be used by organizations to further their Marketing objectives. Emphasis will be on the practical Promotion application of learning gained in earlier courses, including the development of an Integrated Management Marketing Communications (IMC) campaign Public Relations Campaigns is a capstone course that introduces students to the process of campaign development, management, and evaluation using the principles and strategies of public relations and agency management. Recreating real-world professional settings, this course marks your transition from student to professional. The aim of this course is to help you master the elements of a strategic communication campaign through direct experience as a practitioner. The course is designed from a professional perspective and makes use of extensive reallife examples. You will be working with a real-world client, which implies I expect you to conduct yourself like professionals in your interaction with me, your teammates, and your client. This also means that you will be evaluated on the quality, creativity, and Pr Campaign professionalism of your work product. To initiate and improve relations with media; to write press releases and to arrange news briefs; to control publicity.The importance of opinion polls and promotion are also discussed regarding publicity.The students will be able to acquire expertise and professional skills in class room interactive discussions.The means of publicity such as campaign, promotional Publicity marketing, media planning will also be discussed. This course introduces students to product/service promotion and advertising. Students will gain a basic understanding of the components of an advertising agency; strategies, media Advertsing choices, budgets, production analysis, proposals and presentations. Professional ethics will Workshop be addressed. This course focuses on the theoretical and practical techniques used in selling goods and services in a business-to-business (b-to-b) environment. Emphasis is given to developing practical skills in presenting goods and services to prospective buyers. Attention is devoted to the art of persuasion as a life-skill and to the need to develop professional relationships in business. The importance of the sales professional in the business community and the need Personal for ethical behaviour is emphasized. The overriding sales philosophy is relationship focused Selling and the customer approach is consultative. This course will combine practical and theoretical aspects of ethics, in the context of advertising, publicrelations, journalism and massmedia entertainment.The objective of this Communication course is to discuss successes and failures of a wide variety of ethical dilemmas and their Ethics implications to the media and society. This course will combine practical and theoretical aspects of ethics, in the context of advertising, publicrelations, journalism and massmedia entertainment.The objective of this course is to discuss successes and failures of a wide variety of ethical dilemmas and their Media Ethics implications to the media and society. The dimensions of advertisement, social, legal and moral aspects, advertisement and communication theories, advertisement strategies, targets of communication, peculiarities of Adverting and message, media of advs, tones and formats of advs, marketing concept, marketing principles Marketing as main trade function and its peculiarities, marketing systems and marketing research, Management analysis, strategies and marketing programs will be hendled during the course Graduation Project Graduation Project Graduation Project Graduation Project

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PRE525

PS111

PS112

PSY101

PSY102

PSY103

PSY104

PSY204

PSY211

Course Description

General framework of advertisement, concept of critics, theory- critics relationship, critics about advertisement that are shown at mass media, their positions and quality wil be taught; in addition to this, scientific critics will be explined, and it is aimed to prepare discussion atmosphere about advertisement addressed to writer, text and visual material. Introduces classical mechanics. Space and time: straight-line kinematics; motion in a plane; forces and equilibrium; experimental basis of Newton’s laws; particle dynamics; universal gravitation; collisions and conservation laws; work and potential energy; vibrational motion; General Physics conservative forces; inertial forces and non-inertial frames; central force motions; rigid bodies I and rotational dynamics. Introduces classical mechanics. Space and time: straight-line kinematics; motion in a plane; forces and equilibrium; experimental basis of Newton’s laws; particle dynamics; universal gravitation; collisions and conservation laws; work and potential energy; vibrational motion; General conservative forces; inertial forces and non-inertial frames; central force motions; rigid bodies Physics I and rotational dynamics. Introduction to electromagnetism and electrostatics: electric charge, Coulomb’s Law, electric structure of matter, conductors and dielectrics. Gauss’s Law, Concepts of electrostatic field and potential, electrostatic energy. Electric currents, magnetic fields and Ampere’s law. Magnetic materials. Time-varying fields and Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction; magnetism General Physics and matter; basic electric circuits; AC circuits and resonance; Electromagnetic waves and II Maxwell’s equations. (Prerequisite: PS111) The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to the broad range of topics that are studied in the field of psychology. This course provides the student with a broad introduction to the field of psychology, one of the social sciences. Among the topics covered are gathering data on the causes and correlates of behavior, and key figures in psychology and their theories. This survey of psychology will acquaint the student with the major concepts and terminology of the discipline and give a better understanding of self and others. In the process students Introduction to will hopefully gain some insight into what makes people think, feel, and behave the way that Psychology I they do. This course is a continuation of PSY 101 and will cover the following topics: human development, health psychology, personality, psychological assessment, psychological disorders and treatments, and social psychology. The major aim of this course will be to Introduction to gain the knowledge of interpretation of the topics above in the light of major theoretical Psychology II approaches in psychology as cognitive, psychodynamic, behaviourist and socio-cultural. This course is a continuation of PSY 101 and will cover the following topics: human development, health psychology, personality, psychological assessment, psychological disorders and treatments, and social psychology. The major aim of this course will be to Introduction to gain the knowledge of interpretation of the topics above in the light of major theoretical Psychology II approaches in psychology as cognitive, psychodynamic, behaviourist and socio-cultural. The main objective of the course is to provide the mathematical background needed for psychological and psychometrical research and analyses. On successful completion of this course, all students will have developed knowledge and understanding of:Rational numbers Elemntary and their properties, Basic operations with numbers and algebraic expressions. Concept of Mathematics linear and quadratic equations, inequalities, their solutions and related applications. This course is designed for those who have no previous knowledge of APA Style®. This course will show students how to structure and format their work, recommends ways to English for reduce bias in language, identifies how to avoid charges of plagiarism, shows how to cite Psychology references in text, and provides selected reference examples. Biological This course is a survey of basic topics relating to the biological bases of behaviour, including Bases of topics relating to the physiology of neuronal and synaptic transmission, neurochemistry, Behavior neuro-endocrinology and developmental neurobiology Introducing students to research articles/journals, theories and hypotheses, expeirmental Research research, quasi-experimental research, non-experimental research, using design decision Design in trees, ethics, the research process, literature search, critical reading of the literature, and APA Psychology style and paper write-up. Advertising, Criticism and Analysis

279

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PSY102

Course Name

Course Code

PSY213

PSY218

PSY221 PSY240

PSY251

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

280

PSY284

PSY301

PSY312

PSY318

PSY321

Course Name

Course Description

Objectives of the course will be to help the students :Develop confidence in assessing, reasoning and defending beliefs and values of others .Appreciate importance of approaching Critical issues from different viewpoints and recognize complexity surrounding most controversial Thinking issues. Appreciate importance of critical thinking in public and private decision-making This course is designed to be an intensive investigation into statistical analyses commonly used in Psychology and other social-behavioral sciences. Psychology is a science. Science Statistics and requires specific methods that tests, confirms, or disconfirms hypotheses that provide Research supporting evidence or no evidence to a theory. One of the main goals of this module is to Methods I develop your skills in psychology research. Developmental Psychology is one of the largest fields of psychology which explores the changes in human behaviour and development from conception to death in the light of biological, psychological and social influences. The aims of this course are to understand Developmental the main theoretical and practical themes of human development from conception to late Psychology I childhood in the light of cultural and cross-cultural aspects. Clnical Contemporary practice of clinical psychology with emphasis on theories and techniques of Psychology I behavioural assessment and the management of psychological disorder. A historical overview of theories, methods, and research topics in social psychology, Topics to be covered include social perception, social attitudes and attitude formation and change, Social interpersonal attraction, aggression, altruism, authority, stereotypes, gender roles and Psychology I prejudice. A course designed to acquaint students with be theories of learning and related research. Primary concerns of the course relate to classical and operant conditioning, reinforcement and reinforcement schedules, discrimination ad generalizationA presentation of the scientific method as applied experimentally to the problems of psychology. The course focuses on the logic, principles and practices of modern science and how it is applied to understanding the nature of reality. Successful completion of this course will prepare the student for graduate Experimental work and advanced experimental concepts and also enable at a minimum to become an Psychology informed consumer of science. This course is a pre-requisite for PSY401. This course is designed to cover the basic processes involved in doing basic research for final dissertation during your senior year. You will initially select your topic of research, learn how to brainstorm, how to do a library search for empirical articles, how to fill out an ethics committee application, how to create a detailed outline, learn how to use specific editing features that will help you write your thesis, how to write a proposal, the difference between plagiarism and paraphrasing, how to fill out an advisor request form, understand the GAU dissertation / thesis writing guidelines & structure, apply Pre-Dissertation APA format writing, organize APA references - primary & secondary sources, and create the Elective general skeleton for the first 3 chapters of your dissertation. Ethics and In this course the principles underlying the so-called moral behaviour in the application of History of psychology will be discussed Äąn the light of world wide valid rules and regulations and history Psychology of psychology. This course is designed to be an intensive investigation into statistical analyses commonly used in Psychology and other social-behavioral sciences. Topics include Factorial Statistics and ANOVA,Hypotheses Testing,Repeated Measures, Multiple Regression, Trend Analysis, Non Research Parametric procedures, and the General Linear Model (GLM).Student will be exposed to Methods II various analytic philosophies. In addition, the course will be computer intensive (using SPSS). This course is designed to teach the basic tenants of cognitive psychology. Cognition is an area within psychology that describes how we acquire, store, transform, and use knowledge. In this course we will cover a brief history of how cognitive psychology developed, look at current issues in cognitive psychology, examine how we recognize visual and auditory stimuli, understand how we pay attention, investigate short-term and long-term memory, Cognitive look at memory strategies and metacognition, and finally complete the semester with mental Psychology imagery, cognitive maps, and use of general knowledge.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

PSY322

Course Name Developmental Psychology II

PSY337

Testing and Measurement Industrial and Organizational Psychology

PSY338

Health Psychology

PSY341

Environmental Psychology

PSY342

Psychopathology

PSY344

Clnical Psychology II

PSY331

PSY348

Counseling and Psychotherapy

PSY352

Social Psychology II

PSY380

Personality and Its Assessment Educational and School Psychology

PSY382

Cross Cultural Psychology

PSY361

A continuation of PSY 221. Informing students about current research methods in developmental psychology and advancing knowledge about theoretical frameworks and trends in the field focusing on Developmental psychopathology , Middle and late adulthood, Psychology of aging: death and bereavement . Basic principles in psychological testing and measurement will be covered in this course. Topics included in the course are test construction, reliability and validity indexes of tests, test standardisation. The course also emphasizes intelligence testing, aptitude testing, personality tests and inventories. The major aim of this course is to provide comprehensive understandings of what are the psychological processes and principles at working settings and how these are related to people’s working habits and behaviors This course aims to examine the theoretical perspectives in the developing field of health psychology. The course will examine recent research on the effects of psychological processes on health. Topics covered will include: health beliefs and attributions, stress, stress and illness, pain management, excessive eating and drinking, smoking and drug use, and the role of psychology in HIV and cancer treatment and recovery. This course aims to familiarise students with issues and developments in the study of major behaviour in relation to the physical environment. Theories and research procedures in the study of person-environment transaction will be surveyed. Topics of the course include environmental perception and cognition, environmental stressors, pollution, crowding, territoriality and personal space. This course is an overview of human problems ranging from minor problems in adjustment to severely disabling disorders; primary focus on research findings relevant to assessment, aetiology, prognosis and management. A continuation of the first part , it include basic psychopathological concepts, classifications of mental disorders, gaining knowledge and provided critique of different perspectives to clinical psychology including psychoanalytic and biological perspectives. The students will attend 3 hour theoretical lecture per week and 3 hour group research and active discussions per week. Thus course is a study of “normal” adjustment problems encountered in everyday life. Topics include fear and anxiety, sleeping difficulties, sexual adjustment, self-control, interpersonal relations, and adjustment at work, social adjustment, love, marriage, and parenting. This course analyses the factors affecting the aged individual. Emphasis is placed on physiological, cognitive, sensory, personality and interpersonal changes occurring with age. Major theories and approaches are discussed in the course. Also, some basic methods and techniques of counselling are introduced. Counselling in education, health centres, work settings etc. are also discussed. Basic principles of psychotherapies are covered under this course. Major types of psychotherapies, and applying psychotherapy to major mental disorders are discussed. This course is a continuation of Social Psychology I and as such includes topics of group and group processes, conformity, cooperation competition, inter group conflicts, helping and aggression. An emphasis is placed on the role of experimental and correlational research in social psychology. The course is about a critical examination of the theories of personality and an examination of the procedure and sampled instruments employed in personality assessment. Projective tests, personality inventories will be surveyed with classroom demonstration and application. Scoring and interpretation of test performance will also be practiced The field of Psychology of education is concerned with the psychological aspects of teaching and learning processes. The aim of this course is to explain the role of intelligence, personality and context on students performance and motivation in the educational settings. This course provides an overview of the basics of cross-cultural psychology, but organizes ideas in a way that students emerge from the class more “literate” in reading the often subtle, unaware operation of cultural factors in everyday life situations.

281

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PSY347

Psychology of Adjustment Psychology of Ageing

PSY345

Course Description

Course Code PSY401 PSY402

PSY449

PSY451

PSY455 PSY460

PSY467

PSY470

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

282

PSY471

PSY476

PSY477

PSY478

PSY479

Course Name Final Dissertation I Final Dissertation II

Gender Issues Drugs and Individual Behavior

Course Description Each student must complete an independent project which will exhibit his/her ability to perform scholarly research. The course comprise of the first three chapters. The student must also defend the dissertation in an oral examination. Continuation of PSY 401 This course will explore the range and historical development of different theoretical perspective, shifting themes and dominant methodologies in psychology as they bear upon issues of gender and sexuality. The controversies surrounding the nature of “femininity” and “masculinity”, issues of rape, pornography and violence will also be covered.

This course studies the effects of psychoactive drugs on behaviour and includes legal and ethical aspects of studying drug effects on behaviour. The aims of this course are to get knowledge about the etiology of child abuse, its typologies, consequences, intervention, prevention and treatment, the legal system, its prevalence in Child Abuse different countries, resiliency to abuse, and the issues related with the child abuse research. Forensic A psychological view of legal system is given. Mental Disorders and responsibility of mental Psychology patients for their acts are discussed. The aims of this course is to have a scope on the concepts of normality in human development, developmental risk, and risk mechanisms. A range of developmental disorders ( Pervasive developmental disorders, Mental Retardation, Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder, Developmental Learning Disorders etc) will be examined by means of early detection and prevention, Psychopathology diagnosis and intervention. Special This course will provide you with advanced knowledge and understanding of selected topics Topics in in social psychology. At the same time, it will be given some alternative and challenging Applied Social perspectives on these topics and will also apply social psychological theory and research to Psychology some contemporary social issues. This course provides an overview of the use of medications for treating mental disorders in adults. The emphasis is on practical application: what should I know about the medicines my clients are taking? How do I educate clients about their medications? What positive effects and side effects might I see in my patients taking medication? How can I better collaborate with medical practitioners and other mental health professionals? We use a case-based approach to review basic anatomical, physiological, and chemical characteristics of the nervous system to understand the rationale for using medications, along with their limitations and side effects. We’ll also explore related historical, social, ethnic and cultural factors. In addition, we look at how therapists can work effectively with family members, physicians, and other members of Psychopharmacology the collaborative mental health care team This course deals with the increasing role psychology plays in the criminal justice system. Areas covered include evaluation of eyewitness testimony, jury selection consultants, coping with pre-trial publicity, evaluation of attempts to detect deception (e.g., polygraphs, voice stress analysers, integrity tests, etc.), instant defences, competency evaluations, and evaluation Criminology of efforts to decrease recidivism. The aim of this course is to familiarise the students with cognitive processes of attention and memory. Topics to be covered in the course include factors relating to attention, short term Special Topics and long term memories, organisation and structure of long term memory, factors relating in Experimental to encoding, storing and retrieval of information. ıt involes disscusing new research areas in Psychology psychology field. Purpose of this course is to provide an introduction into Psychoanalysis as an applied area of study in psychology and enhance students understanding of the field. Students will explore Special Topics different ways psychoanalysis is applied to different areas of study such as media, politics, in Applied philosophy and review studies conducted in the field to enhance their critical skills and Psychology techniques. Introduction Aim of this course is to provide the students with the knowledge ofHuman Sexuality and how to Human Human Sexuality has emerged over the centuries.Different types of Human Sexuality with Sexuality different approaches towards it will be addressed and will be given full in detail.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

PSYC100

Intoduction to Behavioral Science I : Psychology

PUB102

Introduction to Public Administration

PUB203

Introduction to Law

Constitutional Law

PUB302

Turkish Administrative Law

PUB304

Programme Evaluation & Auditing

PUB305

Public Finance & Budgeting

PUB402

Comparative Public Administration

This course offers a broad introduction to social psychology, the scientific study of human social influence and interaction. It will be explored the various ways people think about, affect, and relate to one another. The course will cover topics such as the social self-concept, social judgment, attitudes, persuasion, conformity, aggression, helping behavior, prejudice, and interpersonal relationships. The goals of this course are to (a) improve your understanding of social psychological explanations for social influence and interaction and to (b) improve your understanding of the research methodologies commonly used to understand social influence and interaction. Fundamentals of public administration and public policy: concepts, principles, and procedures; bureaucracy and factors of its continuous growth. Introduction to public policy process, policy implementation, principles of management in public administration, and of leadership in public organisations, budgeting, programme evaluation, and relations between central and local governments (principles of federalism) is presented and then a brief consideration of power and information hierarchy in public agencies and enterprises and issues relating to public privatisation is offered. Introduction to legal concepts, social environment and legal institutions by analyzing, evolution of legal systems, and societies, formation of modern legal society; actual effects and impact of legal issues; encounters of individuals with legal conflicts; fundamental rights; Sources of laws; charters, constitutions, statutes, customs and usages, governmental regulations by laws; rights, obligations and privileges of individuals; the violations of individual rights by government; abuse of governmental powers, checks and balances of government, forms of government; separation of church and state; separation of powers, Executive, Legislative and Judiciary powers, public and private laws, international treaties; legal entities, law of European Union. In order for students to organize their time in preparing the classes in advance the following schedule will be observed during the semester. There can be changes in the schedule which will be announced in advance. A general and comparative introduction to constitutional law and public law for Turkey and other countries such as the USA, Great Britain, France, Germany, Japan. The course deals with the constitutional law as a political legal document as regards state and sovereignty, parliamentary democracy, liberalism and authoritarianism, citizen participation, plurality, and the principles of freedom and equality. Fundamentals of public administration and public policy: concepts, principles, and procedures; bureaucracy and factors of its continuous growth. Introduction to public policy process, policy implementation, principles of management in public administration, and of leadership in public organisations, budgeting, programme evaluation, and relations between central and local governments (principles of federalism) is presented and then a brief consideration of power and information hierarchy in public agencies and enterprises and issues relating to public privatisation is offered. Public programme evaluation and productivity improvement. Stages of scientific and practical development: efficiency, budgeting, management, privatisation, auditing, etc. Types of evaluation: front-end analysis, process evaluation, problem monitoring, impact evaluation, synthesis and auditing methods. Fundamentals: definition, objectives, measures, study plans, etc. Detailed study of the major three innovations: The Bottom Line, Inspectors, and Total Quality Management. Scientific, technical, ethical problems associated with programme evaluation. Fiscal functions and institutions in public sector. Typology of public budgeting process. Allocation, distribution and public choice: social goods and distribution. Structure of public expenditure and financial policy: expenditure evaluation, programmes and case studies. Principles of taxation: tax equity and tax incidence, excess burden Comparative study of public sector structures and reforms in the developed industrial countries (US, Canada, France, UK, Germany, Spain, Scandinavia, Holland, as well as countries of Central and Eastern Europe, and Turkey). Issues, pertaining to the “DPM” formula, developed by the Chicago School of economics - Deregulation, Privatisation, Marketisation, and their significance for public administration Different countries’ experiences with adapting their public structures and strategies to the constantly changing needs of growing economy and social problems.

283

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

PUB206

Course Description

Course Code

Course Name

PUB403

Local Government & Administration

QUAL600

Qualification Exam

REM500

Research Methodology in Education

RTC101

Introduction to Communications

RTC102

History of Communications

RTC103

Basic Concept of Rd-Tv

RTC112

News Report Writing

RTC201

Radio and Tv Programming I

RTC202

Radio & Tv Programming II

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

284

RTC203 RTC211

Camera Application Introduction to Economics

Course Description The course is concerned with the relationship between central and local governments; responsibilities of municipalities and other local administrative units in delivering services, generating resources, evaluating and controlling municipal programmes. It also considers democratic and participatory function of local governments as well as problems and theories of urban and regional politics. The doctoral qualification exam consists of written and verbal exams which aim at specifying the student’s ability in the related field and her/his tendency towards research. The written exam is covering material and subjects that student has been working on in different PhD courses and seminar. The questions for written will be taken from the given courses and the student’s research area and for the verbal exam student will present the final theses Proposal. The student who is unsuccessful in the doctoral qualification exam has one more right to enter the exam. If the student is once more unsuccessful in the exam, s/he is dismissed from the doctoral program . During the course it is aimed to teach students research methods and regulations, rules about the formal content in the field of communication. Through this, library, internet, observation techniques, sampling, preparing questionnaire, interview, content analysis, make statistics and to collect data via related field methods, writing report and presentation skills will be examined. After getting enough knowledge practicing will be expected from the students. The aim of the course is to achieve analysis of topical events through a communication view-point and promote basic concepts of communication science.The course is designed to provide students with a broad overview of the functions of communication. It will explore communication between individual people, in groups and in organizations.The purposes of mass communication will also be explored. History of communications will be studied vis-à-vis culture and communications relations. Within a study of the characteristics of mass communications, issues like institutionalization - in a historical perspective-,alienation,monopolization,globalization and identity will be studied This course intends to survey the development andorganization of the radio and television broadcast industries, industry laws, regulations, structure, economics, engineering and management functions of commercial, public, satellite, cable and alternative broadcastradio and TV stations and also aims to equip students to identify and demonstrate the terminology associated with radio and television stations including:advertising, ratings, regulations and also to synthesize and analyze the impact of the law and regulations associated with the radio and television industries. The following comprise the contents of study of this course:the structure of national and international news agencies as news production organizations;transmission of flexible information within universal flexible norms;news gathering techniques of news agencies;the divulging of news in the country and in the world;the transcription of news in conformity with newswriting techniques. The history ofTVand Radio will be analysed and studied chronologically, combined with other media influences from the past till today.The students will study broadcasting as well as differences betweenTVand Radio in terms of efficiency, focusing on each medium of communication.These issues will be discussed within programming and broadcasting formats. The course will introduce and teach students the technical components of television and radio broadcasting.Students will be encouraged to create programs where they can apply basic and theoretical knowledge already obtained in this course. The unit aims at teaching students the techniques of using camera and the steps of film and television programmaking.Thetopics will include:Television ProductionCameras;TelevisionCameraTypes:Studio cameras, EFP cameras, ENG cameras;CameraMovements: Pan-Tilt,Track, Pedestal,Optical movements with zoom lenses;Camera Placements:Highangle,Low angle,Normalangle;Framing:Extreme close-up, Mediumshot,Mediumlongshot,Knee shot, Long shot,Wideshot, Extremewide shot;Lighting: Generallighting, Lowkey,Normal, Highkey. Introduction to macroeconomics;introducingemployment,money,monetary&fiscal policies; andequilibrium.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

RTC214

RTC235

RTC304

RTC305

RTC306

RTC307

RTC308

RTC321

RTC332

Course Description

Film in General:Filmasanindustry,Filmasentertainment,Filmasart;PioneersofFilm: Magic,Painting, Photography;PeriodsandTrendsinFilmHistory:Silent comedy, Germansilent, Soviet masters, French impressionists,SoundinAmericanmovies,GoldenageofFrench History of cinema,English semi-documentaries, Post-warrealism, French new-wave,Italiannew-realism, World Cinema Periods in Americancinema, Asiancinema; NewApproaches. Considers how to use of the Turkish language , persuasion techniques, cuttractingi nterest, Diction and informing techniques,arousing interest, listening techniques, note taking, selecting topics, Debate broadening vocabulary and speaking techniques are all incorporated in this course. The unit aims at teaching the techniques of using a camera and the steps of film and television programmaking.The unit will introduce every aspect of shooting a film and television program including the basic television elements which are studio, camera,lightetc.The topics of the unit consists of:General aspects of television, Presentation styles of television,Functionsof television; StepsinDesigningTelevision Programs; ProgramDesignDuring Pre- production:Planning,Defining the target audience,Defining goals,Defining content and order;Defining program elements, Organizing technical elements,Screenwriting;ProgramDesignDuring Production: Functions of the production crew,Technical elements of a television studio,Interior and exterior shooting Techniques of techniques;ProgramDesignDuring Post-Production:Editing, Sounddesign, Broadcasting Tv Production I systems. Techniques of The students will be encouraged to apply basic theoretical knowledge already obtained in the Tv Production first part of the course.During the course the students will be able to shoot, edit and produce II a short film. Conversation & Techniques of Punctuation;Spellingrules; Vocabulary Misuse;Problemsin Expression;Writtenand Interview SpokenExpression; TextTypes, Theme: Selecting, Narrowingand Planning;Rhetorics. Concept of News Writing on Radio and TV.:Characteristics of newswriting characteristics,Textselection;ArticlesandEssays:Constructive elements in texts,General Radio & Tv purposes in texts;TextSelection: Distribution and historical classification in texts; Application Newswriting in Texts:Classification,Discussionson quality,A comparison of literary and non-literary texts. This course aims at introducing the theoretical and intellectual skills to be gained by the directors of a film orTVproduction to create a meaningful message.The main concentration of the course is to help potential film/TV screenwriters,editors and directors to experience the principles and techniques of editing as the most critical step in post-production process of a production which requires not only technical ‘ cut and splice skills’ but analytical and creative Applications of intellectual/artistic competencies related tothe”paper work” done before the production Assembling process. The unit is designed to develop presentation techniques in varied areas of Radio & Tv communicationandmedia. It aims to teach students the ways to present news and programs in Announcing radio and television. This course aims at introducing the theoretical, intellectual and practical skills to be gained by the designers and directors of any film orTVproduction team.The main concentration of the course is on the”paperwork”to be done in terms of a”project proposal”including all the intellectual and practical procedures before the production process begins. Students are expected to learn the functions and the functional/practical relationships between treatment, scenario/script,shootingscript,synopsis,cameracards,lightingplans,setdesign,location planning and editing script.At the end of the term students may be asked to prepare a”project Scenario proposals” as group/individual study outcomes. In this course the effects of mass communication on society,politics and cultural structure are all discussed. In addition,the political restructuring of mass communication,and the social effects Theories of ofTV will be analyzed.This course equally studies how a good communicator is required to use Mass Media news,journals,TV,radio,or internet as various, sources in creating communicative messages.

285

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

RTC312

Course Name

Course Code

RTC338

RTC339

RTC407

RTC410

286

RTC425

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

RTC427

RTC428

SOC104

SOCY100 STJ030

SYÖN102

SYÖN103

Course Name

Course Description

This theoretical unit is designed for providing information on rules and uses of advertisement in every aspect of communication.The course will introduce general definitions of advertisement and will enable students to understand the importance and strategies of advertisements,characteristics of advertisementt exts.The unit will provide a detailed Visual understanding of the ways of writing advertisements,The students will be able to earns and Advertising use creativity in advertisement texts and understand and evaluate the target audience of Techniques advertisements, This course aims to introduce research methods,related terms and techniques to the students. Research of In this context,approach to research,its stages,measurements and measurement devices as Mass Media well as scientific ethics will be studied. Communication,ArtandMusic:Importance,Definitions, Functions;History ofFilm Music:From silent to sound,Technical improvements;ScriptandMusicCollaboration;AnimationandMusic;PerformingArts andMusic;Music Music forRadioandTVCommercials;MusicDirectorsforRadioandTV;Synchronization of Music Programs of and Text; Synchronizationof Music and Image;SoundEffects: Definitions, Specifications, Radio & Tv Applications; Characteristicsof Sound. The course will provide a detailed background on the development ofTurkishCinema according to its historical periods such as:TheBeginningPeriod,TheatrePeriod,TransformationPeriod,TheFilmmakers History of Period,Contemporary TurkishCinema Period.During the course influential directors Turkish Cinema ofTurkishCinema and their films will also be viewed and analysed. What is Criticism? Methods of Criticism; Contemporary Narratives in Film: The process of forming meaning in narrative discourse, Meaning, Relationships between Author- reader and spectator-director,Text; Author Theory: Romantic aesthetics, Conditions that create the author concept and discussing authorship in Turkish movies; Structuralism, Feminist Theory; Film, Criticism, Film and Identification: Defining Identification,Processofidentification;ModernCriticism: Analysis Modernism,Modernism,artand daily life; PostmodernisminMovies; PostmodernCriticism. General Management Principles: Management Functions, Company functions; Organizational Structure in Television Companies; Finance in Television Companies; Broadcast Marketing; Tv Studio Broadcast Planning: Programdepartment, Audience research, Prime-time planning, Planning Management strategies against competitors; Legal Regulations for Television Broadcasting. The course aims at exploring the steps of documentary filmmaking.The course will consist of Documentary both theory and practice. After receiving a general background on documentary cinema, the Film students will be able to shoot, edit and produce a documentary film. This course provides an introduction to basic principles, concepts and theories of sociology, the Introduction to place of sociology among social sciences, and an examination of various culture, institutions Sociology and social places. The course aims at exposing the basic concepts of the discipline. It comprises the promotion of the basic concepts; the inculcation of the importance of sociological thinking; and the study of current and historical approaches and issues. Definition of sociology, its subject matter, Intro. to area and importance, history, the dynamics of modern society and its characteristics; new Behavioural approaches and arguments in sociology; techniques and methods in sociological research; Science : the process of becoming a society and related set-ups; culture and society are all topics to be Sociology studied. Internship - 30 The internship is compulsory for the students at the end of third year. Its period must be calendar days minimum of 30 calendar days and students are required to prepare a report. The structure of cell, tissue and organ system which produces human body. Movement base; Anatomy and movement axials; the functions of muscles during contraction. And the joınt movements Kinesiology which composed. Kineziyologic analyzes of sportive movements. Basis conception at physical education and sports. Aims of the course, philosophy, role of Introduction to physical education and sports and relations with other sciences. Future of profession branches Sport Sciences in physical education and other sports. The functions in Turkish Education and sports society.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

SYÖN106

Athletics II

SYÖN108

Basketball II

SYÖN109 SYÖN110

Athletics I General Gymnastics II

SYÖN111

Basketball I

SYÖN112 SYÖN113

Soccer II General Gymnastics I

SYÖN114

Handball II

SYÖN115

Soccer I

SYÖN116

Volleyball II

SYÖN117

Handball I

SYÖN119

Volleyball I

SYÖN121

SYÖN201

Camping Introduction to Sport Management

SYÖN202

Sport Physiology

SYÖN207

Basic Law

SYÖN209

Sport History

SYÖN210

Foreign Language IV

SYÖN211

First Aid

Defination of Athletics, history, classification of athletics, speed, middle and long distance running, walking and rules. Defination of basketball, history, basic positıons, pass, dripling, ribound, fake, individual and team defence, team offence, counterattack, game systems and rules. History of athletics, kinds of athletics, running, throwing, jumping, rules of competition of athletics. Defination of gymnastics, progress of gymnastics history, basic technic,tactic and ability, rules. Defination of basketball, history, basic positıons, pass, dribbling, rebound, fake, individual and team defence, team offence, counter attack, game systems and rules. Defination of soccer, history, basic positions, basic positıons, pass, dripling, sutting,goalkeeping, individual and team defence, team offence, counterattack, game systems and rules. To teaching and practices of basic gymnastic skills, by using group movements, basic gymnastic equipments. Defination hentball, history, basic positıons, pass, dripling, fake, individual and team defence, team offence, counterattack, game systems and rules. Defination of soccer, history, basic positions, basic positıons, pass, dribbling, shooting, goalkeeping, individual and team defence, team offence, counter attack, game systems and rules. Defination volleyball, history, basic positıons, service, pass, smach, block, falldown tehniques, individual and team defence, team offence, counterattack, game systems and rules. Defination handball, history, basic positıons, pass, dribbling, fake, individual and team defence, team offence, counter attack, game systems and rules. Defination volleyball, history, basic positıons, service, pass, smash, block, falldown tehniques , individual and team defence, team offence, counter attack, game systems and rules. To practice the knowledge about camping during camp activity. Basic Conception of Economy, micro-macro economic differences, different approaches at economy, basic conceptions of micro and macro economy, market, competition, presentationdemanding, the investigation of costumer,producer and cost conseptions. The function of cell, tissue, organs sytems that composed of human body, the adaptation of human organism to physical effort in short and long time periods. Energy sourcess, the physiological basis of training, fatique, regeneration, doping, noutrition, the evaluation of sportive performance at different areas. Description of sport psychology, basic conception, the aims of psychology, the progress of work areas of psychology in daily life, the affective factors which emotional and personality on performance, psychological training, competition, group diynamics in sports, and dynamics. The importance of organization on effective works, the living, improvement and adaptation of organization as a social asset at sports. The necessity of law, differences between rules that organizer social life and law rules, law branches, sources of law, the knowledge about law,rule and code. The meaning and importance of physical educationand sports history, historical improvement of physical education and sports at turkish people and world. The resource on sports history, the sources ofsport history. To do reading parts on the text which is avarage level , to expalin with reading and writting, dictation exercises, to improvement words fream, to use ,preposition, adverb, to use its in the sentence, to use tenses of verbals, The conceptions of mathematic calculation, letter writting, to tell natural or social happening. The defination and aims of hygiene ,improvements of hygiene, the respect of variety organs of body, the preventing from infection and deadly ilness, injuries and reabilition.

287

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

SYÖN205

Sport Psychology Sport Organizations

SYÖN204

Course Description

Course Code

SYÖN301

Sports Economy and Policies

SYÖN302

Sport Management

SYÖN303

Basic Accounting

SYÖN304

SYÖN305 SYÖN306 SYÖN308

SYÖN309

288 SYÖN310

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Course Name

SYÖN401

SYÖN402 SYÖN403

SYÖN404

SYÖN405

SYÖN406

SYÖN407

Course Description In the financial idea of sport, the general features of communal supply and demand. Consumption and investment concepts in sport, the contribution of economical and social evoluation from sport managers. The investment of sport financing, sport payments and analises of cost-advantage. Sport in economic mentality, general speciality for sports social supply and demand, consumption and investment of concept. The benefit of sports management on social and economic improvement. The sport management concept, the quality and feautures of sport management, models of sport management, the historical evoluation of sport in Turkey, the universal theory in management. In this lesson; the courses is for the students from sport management department. The courses are accounting concepts, accounting technics and financial tables. The objectives of the course is to achieve the students knowledge in the related topics. The science and research concept, objectives, features, basic research types and models, problem in reseachs, methods, finding and comment, consequences. The ways to achieve the knowledge, selection of suitable accountings and application of the selected accountings. The research suggestions and the technics of preparing a report.

Research Methods and Statistics Work and Social Security The determination of job and social securirty law , feautures of the topic, basic concepts, Law sportsman actions in the outline of job and social securşty law. The basic principles of law, branches and sources of law, main law, rules and regulations. Sports Law Sport law in Turkey, the rules, regulations and laws about sport, the international sport law. The basic concepts about sport business, the establisment of sport business,comparison of Sport Business basic business principles and sport business. General Training concept and basic principle, the effectiveness of training for the organism, parts of Training trainings, planning of training, exhaustion, micro, macro, year plan of training, loading and Theory basic principles, the ability selection in sport, the evoluation of biomotor abilities. The determination of sport sociology, basic concepts, evoluation, the relation with other sciences, the socail and economical encouragement, sport-education relation, sport; the free time activity, social mobility through sport, sport in the industrialization, urbanization, Sport Sociology amateurism, the socail qualification of sport activities. Budget and Description of budget, principles o budget, budget system and technics, description of Accounting in accounting, conception of ballance-sheet, revenue tableau, action period and total counting, Sport Society Budget and accounting actions at sport corporation. Understanding of total quality at menagement mentality, Basic conceptions of total quality Total Quality management. Elements of Total quality management. Total quality managements practices at Management sports areas. Sport The determination of marketing concept, basic features, the evolution in marketing, the Marketing strategy in marketing, the cost in marketing. Varieties of individual and qroups, Group dynamics, belief and attitudes at organizations, Management morals at organization, psychologic problems and complaints, motivation concept and Psychology motivation theory, leadership and leadership approach. Model Event Analysis in Sport Discussing the management of the proceeding when organizing sports events in sports Management I institution associations. Model Event Analysis in Sport Discussing the management of the proceeding when organizing sports events in sports Management II institution associations. The determination of public relations concept, objectives, historical evoluation. The techniques Public of public relations and the role of manager in public relations. The relation between sport and Relations public relations.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

SYÖN408

Sport Media

SYÖN409

SYÖN412

Sports for All Traditional Sports Management of Human Relation Sport and Recreation Internship

SYÖN414

Thesis II

SYÖN415

Thesis I

TFL101

Turkish as a Foreign Language I

SYÖN410

SYÖN411

TFL102

THEM590 THEM590

Course Description Explain the conception of sport and media , analyze of sport and media by social sides, importance of sport for personal and society sides, media for mass, duty and affects of sport for advertise and generalize to society, investigate of sport media in Turkey. The determination of lifelong sport, the historical evoluation, lifelong sport philosophy ,the determination of lifelong sport activities (jogging, cycle, swimming, walking) and application. Investigation of traditional sports which wrestler, oil wrestling, javelin, horse riding during history. Manpower planning, providing, applying and improving at organizations. İmportance of human resource, personnal strategies of sport organizing at public and private sectors. The internship is compulsory for the students at the end of fourth year. It’s period must be minimum of 30 calendar days and students are required to prepare a report. A continuation of Thesis I. An original study proving the competence of doing scientific research in the field of Physical Education and Sports within the framework of scientific methods and related regulations. The course is designed for students who have no previous knowledge of Turkish language. This course mainly introduces the student to Turkish language, through the development of the basic skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. The ultimate goal of the course is that students will gain awareness and appreciation of and insight into the Turkish culture. The course is designed for students who have previously taken TFL101 or have already a command of basic Turkish. Throughout the course, the students will be presented with learning opportunities for increasing their intermediate language skills: listening, speaking, reading and writing. This course focuses on the significant issues in Turkish history, political and legal systems, institutions and society. The ultimate goal of the course is to give students a foundation for a deeper understanding and appreciation into the Turkish culture.

Turkish as a Foreign Language II Thesis in Journalism Sand Broadcasting Thesis Thesis in Public Relations Thesis PhD Thesis

PhD Thesis

THEM690

PhD Thesis

THES500 THES520

Thesis Graduation Project

PhD Thesis Master Thesis for Business Supervised independent research on a topic approved by the student’s advisor and the head of the department or the coordinator of the program. It must be an original work. It must be deferred on the jury.

THES590

Thesis***

THES600

PhD Thesis

THM101

Tourism & Hospitality Maths

THM112

Statistics for Tourism

Wiriting and defence of an original thesis. Danışman ataması ve ilgili alanda akademik ilerleme sağlayıcı bir konuda tez çalışması yürütür. Doctoral thesis must be independent research on a topic approved by the advisor. It must be an original work. It must be deferred on the jury This is a comprehensive hospitality mathematics course, designed to provide students with the essential numeric skills required for Hospitality and Tourism management. The course content includes percentages, menu pricing, yield and price factors, profit and loss statements, algebra, simple and compound interest, hospitality and tourism statistics, and weight/volume conversions between the Imperial and Metric systems. This course is especially designed for tourism students. Statistical ideas and their relevance in practical life; preparing data for statistical analysis. Elementary probability, random variables, frequency distributions and sampling. Logic of statistical references; descriptive statistics, estimation and significance tests.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THEM690

289

Course Code

THM113

THM114

THM115

THM116

THM117

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

290

THM118

THM221

THM222

THM223

THM224 THM225

THM226 THM227

Course Name

Course Description

This course especially designed for the students in order to teach them hospitality language terminologies during 13 weeks. The special vocabulary requirements of the sector will English for be dealt and service related terminology and hospitality related examples will be used to Thm 1 enhanced students’ understanding and communication skills in the hospitality. This course is designed to increase academic writing skills in the hospitality industry. It explains paragraph structure and essay structure especially communicating with different organizations such as travel agencies, tour operators, regional and international hotels . It shows how to obtain unity, coherance and meaning by using words and phrases logically. It English for uses both theory and practice to help the students have confidence when constructing their Tourism 2 writing skills in the hospitality industry. This course takes a management perspective in introducing students to the organization and structure of hotels, restaurants, clubs, cruise ships, and casino hotels. There are chapters on Introduction to business ethics, franchising, management contracts, and areas of management responsibility Hospitality such as human resources, marketing and sales, and advertising. This course the relevance and importance of tourism economics in best tourism destinations and from a global perspective. Topics include demand and forecasting, supply, transport, The Business of taxation and infrastructure, evaluation and application for policy making, the role of travel Tourism and tourism intermediaries, and pricing principles. This course is designed to introduce the environment & historical setting of business; the organisational evaluation of business enterprise, both structural & legal; differentiation of business functions and the rationalisation of business operations. Students often assume the role of a manager is no different than that of a traditional “boss”-someone who hires/fires, Intro to doles out raises/promotions, and tells employees what to do. Management takes students Business beyond these preconceived notions by exposing them to the full spectrum of management Management practices and concepts that will help them succeed as managers in today’s business world. This course teaches the basics of food safety using the HACCP system, presenting the core Haccp & Tqm knowledge, skills, and abilities that retail food service employees need to prevent accidental Applications in or deliberate food contamination. This course covers HACCP’s standard operating procedures Tourism and seven principles work together. This course presents a systematic approach to front office procedures by detailing the flow of business through a hotel, from the reservations process to check-out and account settlement. The course also examines the various elements of effective front office management, paying particular attention to the planning and evaluation of front office operations and to human Front Office resources management. Front office procedures and management are placed within the Management context of the overall operation of a hotel. Tourism and This course focuses on clear and detailed coverage of accounting principles and procedures Hospitality geared to the hospitality environment of the new millennium. It provides current and future Accounting hospitality managers with the skills needed to face future industry challenges. This course is designed as a course text for students of ABTAC - the ABTA Travel Agent’s Certificate of Competence, as well as providing the underpinning knowledge needed for Travel Travel Agency Services NVQ levels 1, 2, and 3. It is also useful reading for GNVQ leisure and tourism, and Operations HNC/D and degree travel courses. This course introduces Fidelio OPERA module to students which is the most widely used Front Office front office programme in the hospitality industry. In order to gain more cmpetitive skills, Reservation students should understand how to make resevation, how to keep records, learn cashiering Application functions and other in house operations. Housekeeping This course is designed to provide students with the principles of housekeeping management Operations as they apply specifically to the hospitality industry and to teach HACCP hygiene principles. Food & This course provides students with practical skills and knowledge for effective management of Beverage food service operations. It presents basic service principles while emphasizing the importance Service of meeting and, whenever possible, exceeding the expectations of guests. Introduction to This course serves as an introduction to micro-economics: economics of the firm, resource Economics I allocation and prices; output and costs; market structures equilibrium and welfare economics.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

THM228

Nutrition & Sanitation

THM229

Business Accounting

THM230

Tourism Economics

THM331

Tourism Marketing & Sales

THM332

Beverage Culture & Restaurant Management

THM336

International Hotel Management

THM337

Hospitality Finance

THM333

THM334

This course begins by presenting basic food safety and food defense standard operating procedures, and explaining why they are so important. Next, it covers all elements of creating and using an effective HACCP plan, including: conducting hazard analyses, determining critical control points, establishing critical limits monitoring procedures, and corrective actions; verifying that the system works, and keeping records. This course is designed to develop the knowledge of the tourism students about accounting and bookkeeping, accounting statements, the balance sheet equation, effects of transactions on the accounting equation, mechanics of double-entry accounting, the general journal, posting of transactions, trial balance, adjusting entries and preparing statements, financial analysis using accounting data to control and evaluate monetary results of business activities. This course provides a comprehensive, in-depth study of the business tourism market worldwide, an analysis of the relevant theoretical issues and a detailed investigation of the practice of managing and organising facilities for the business travel and tourism market. Both theoretical and practical issues are illustrated by extensive case-studies and end-ofchapter discussion questions allow students to test their knowledge and understanding. This course is designed to help students understand the complexities of the relationship between marketers & customers, & to help them develop an understanding of how firms manage their relationship with customers. It tackles that task in three stages. In the first stage, an understanding of the nature of customers are developed. In the second stage, the marketing tools are explained that the marketer has at his/her disposal in order to manage the relationship with the consumers. In the third stage, the broader environment is explained within which the marketer operates. The first part of this course introduces students the history, science and varieties of alcoholic beverages which are essential for todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s hospitality manager. It is designed to teach wine by the grape, beers by the type of yeast used in fermentation, and spirits by breaking them into two categories (aged or non-aged and fruit or grain-based). The second part of this course is dealt with important issues of restaurant managers which includes how the business is planed and implemented and operated and how to overcome on-going challanges that are confronted in the restaurant business. This course is designed to provide the necessary knowledge, skills, and attitudes required to lead, supervise and manage foodservice workers. Students will learn both theory and practice of grill and bistro cooking, menu planning and costing, and principles of building menus, international cuisine, understanding and planning recipe structure, and the study of culinary terms. This course is designed to teach the scientific method & techniques used for the systematic gathering, recording & analysing data about problems related to marketing services, leisure and tourism industries. This course presents a systematic approach to human resources management in the hospitality industry. Students will analyze contemporary issues and practices, as well as employment laws that have an impact on the way people are managed. This course provides the background every hospitality student will need in todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s rapidly changing global marketplace. It introduces students to issues involved in planning, developing, marketing, and managing hotels in the international arena. It also gives students a solid foundation for understanding and managing cultural diversity in the workplace, and underscores the importance of protocol in international interactions. This course is designed to cover revenue management and its financial applications of the hospitality industry. It aims to teach the basic principles of both financial and management accounting as well as how to prepare monthly and annually financial budgets in hospitality operations. Class participants will develop the ability to interpret financial statements and construct cash forecasts, pro-forma financial statements and business plans. In addition, students will become aware of the problems that arise in determining the cost of any product or service and they will develop skills in capturing the relevant costs and revenues for decisiontaking purposes in hospitality operations.

291

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THM335

Ala Carte Culinary Practices 1 Marketing Research in Hospitality Human Resources in Hospitality

Course Description

Course Code

Course Name

THM338

Culinary Practices 2 (pastry & Dessert Practices)

THM339

THM423

THM424

THM425

THM426

292

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

THM427

THM428

THM441

THM442

THM443 THM444

THM445

Course Description

This course is designed to teach students how to prepare pastry and dessert items that are served on a menu. This includes a range of items from breads to croissants, tarts and cakes. Students learn the art of presentation and assist in special displays that are prepared on a regular basis. The course reviews all facets of the tourism industry regulations as they pertain to such areas as: tourism organization, investment and operations, the travel trade and the tourist. This Hospitality Law course has an international perspective but a local emphasis This course especially designed for the students in order to teach them hospitality language Hospitality terminologies during 13 weeks. The special vocabulary requirements of the sector will Language be dealt and service related terminology and hospitality related examples will be used to Terminology enhanced students’ understanding and communication skills in the hospitality. This course provides instructors with a tool to integrate the Internet into current travel courses. It gives a fun, easy-to-learn method of mastering the Internet by introducing the “NAVIGATE” method, a specific set of instructions that shows how travel professionals can use the Internet to their advantage. This course emphasizes the rapid evolution of both the E-Tourism travel and technology industries, and guides the student in the processes needed to stay on top Applications of these changes. This course provides basic information to students to distinguish right from wrong in the workplace based on moral values. It presents ethical issues in housekeeping, purchasing, marketing, front office, F&B, clubs, cruiselines, and entertainment, event, and meeting Hospitality management, among others. Issues in financial management, diversity, and research are also Ethics explored. Hospitality Facilities This course is designed to teach students how to keep every area of hotel property running Management & smoothly. It follows a systems approach to hospitality facilities issues, while also providing a Design summary based on functional spaces within a property. This course is designed to provide the principles of event and banqueting management. The Fundamentals student will learn how to formulate event tourism strategies for destinations. The planning of of Destination the Meetings, Expositions, Events, Conventionsand Banqueting will be the focus of study. Management Specific topics will include event studies, bid preparation, public and corporate sponsorship, and Marketing negotiations, and volunteer staff management. Convention Management This course is designed to provide the principles of event and banqueting management. The & Service student will learn how to formulate event tourism strategies for destinations. The planning of (marketing & the Meetings, Expositions, Events, Conventionsand Banqueting will be the focus of study. Sales Mgmt. Specific topics will include event studies, bid preparation, public and corporate sponsorship, Cur negotiations, and volunteer staff management. This course provides a comprehensive, in-depth study of the business tourism market Tourism Policy worldwide, an analysis of the relevant theoretical issues and a detailed investigation of the Planning practice of managing and organising facilities for the business travel and tourism market. International This course explores the management side of professional foodservice from a practitioner’s Catering point of view and covers management theory and practices, as well as the quality management Management movement. This engaging course offers a comprehensive introduction to the global environment that International businesses operate in today. It addresses the key issues and institutions within economic, Business political and legal frameworks, as well as the impacts of social, cultural, technological and Management environmental developments. Eu Applications This course is designed to explore EU laws in hospitality in various destinations in the in Tourism hospitality industry. This course is designed to understand revenue management’s key concepts and the selective Revenue application of its most effective strategies and tactics which have become the most critical Management issues for most of the hospitality operations.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

THM446

THM447

THM448

THM450

THM510

THM511

THM512

Course Description

This course introduces the student to the methodologies and tools used to control costs and purchase supplies. This course helps the student value the purchasing, planning, and control processes in the food and beverage industry. Primary focus is on supplier selection, planning, Purchasing & andcontrolling costs, with an introduction to the study of sustainable products and approaches. Cost Control Topicsinclude planning and controlling costs using budgeting techniques, standard costing, Analysis standardizedrecipes, performance measurements, and food, beverage, and labor cost controls. Hotel This course is designed to provide the students with a general understanding of the dynamics Operations of the lodging industry, and specifically the operations and management of todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s modern Management hotels and dynamic tourism industry. â&#x20AC;&#x153; The course explores the key factors and dynamic processes that influence tourist behaviour at International both the aggregate tourism market and the individual tourist levels. An understand of tourist Resort behaviour is used as the basis for marketing experiential products, of which tourism is a prime Management example. This course is a graduation project of THM students.This course looks first-hand at hospitality Graduation management and explores where managers work, what they do and the real differences they Seminar can make. The graduation project allows students to independently develop and conduct research academic/industry based oriented projects. Graduation projects should reflect in-depth knowledge about the research topic and reflect original work of the student. Students are required to evaluate related theories, justify appropriate research methods and techniques to Graduation analyze research topic as a whole. Students are also required to submit their written work and Project defend/present their projects in front of an academic jury. This course aims to teach latest applications of international business environment especially in Europe and in Near Middle East. The class covers key management techniques and strategic models within the specific international hospitality and tourism business context. It introduces current management ideas for a globalised economy in a way that is practically valuable to students. The international business environment is explored and alternative management paradigms relevant to the hospitality and tourism industry are presented. The aim of the class is to provide students with an understanding of the main strategic and operational management issues facing international hospitality and tourism firms. Students will learn to appreciate the Advanced depth and complexity of the difficulties faced, the variety of global and cross-cultural factors International influencing the choices and compromises that have to be made in these businesses, and the Tourism implications of those for the future viability and effectiveness of the organisations concerned. Business Students will be introduced to critical perspectives on hospitality and tourism management. This course aims to teach latest applications of international business environment especially in Europe and in Near Middle East. The class covers key management techniques and strategic models within the specific international hospitality and tourism business context. It introduces current management ideas for a globalised economy in a way that is practically valuable to students. The international business environment is explored and alternative management paradigms relevant to the hospitality and tourism industry are presented. The aim of the class is to provide students with an understanding of the main strategic and operational management issues facing international hospitality and tourism firms. Students will learn to appreciate the Advanced depth and complexity of the difficulties faced, the variety of global and cross-cultural factors Management influencing the choices and compromises that have to be made in these businesses, and the & International implications of those for the future viability and effectiveness of the organisations concerned. Business Students will be introduced to critical perspectives on hospitality and tourism management. This course is designed to develop a strong knowledge about how to prepare monthly and annually financial budgets and direct cash to investments in hospitality operations. Particular emphasis is placed on the accounting concepts and information employed in financial analysis and decision taking. Class participants will develop the ability to interpret financial statements and construct cash forecasts, pro-forma financial statements and business plans. In addition, students will become aware of the problems that arise in determining the cost of any product Hospitality or service. They will also develop skills in capturing the relevant costs and revenues for Financing decision-taking purposes in hospitality operations.

293

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THM511

Course Name

Course Code

Course Name

THM513

Hotel Marketing &sales Management

THM514

Resort Development Management

THM515

International Hotel Management

THM516

Human Resources in Hospitality

THM517

Accounting for the Hotel Operations

THM518

Hospitality E- Tourism Applications

THM519

Airline Data Management

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

294

THM520

Course Description This course serves as an advance learning of marketing in hospitality. Marketing’s critical importance in the service sector and the importance of embracing correct moves to create long-term relationship with customers of the hospitality industry are emphasised. Main concepts of hospitality will be enhanced with case studies. This course will have a balance between theories-concepts and practices-applications. An integrative approach will be used to discuss the major marketing decisions hospitality marketing managers face in today’s global marketplace. This course offers a complete approach to the operation of resort properties. Beginning with the resort concept and the historical development of resorts, the course then covers the planning, development, management, marketing, and financial aspects of the resort business. The course also examines the future outlook for resorts and the impact of the condominium concept, timesharing, technological change, “green” initiatives, and eco-tourism. This course is designed to develop students’ knowledge of the latest developments in global hospitality operations with the contemporary management principles. It provides a truly international perspective on the hospitality and tourism industries and provides a fresh insight into hospitality and tourism management. This course develops a critical view of the management theory and the traditional theories, looking at how appropriate they are in hospitality and tourism and in a multicultural context. The awareness of cultural environments and the specifications imposed by those cultures will underpin the whole class. HRM applications and effective control in various departments play a vital role in the overall management of hospitality operations. In this course, students learn how to control moral and ethical values of employers and teach customers satisfaction techniques in the hospitality industry.Written from a practitioners perspective, this straightforward and concise textbook introduces the student to the planning, organizing, influencing, and control functions associated with human resource management in hospitality and tourism organizations. The basis of this book is to present students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities that are required to become a middle level manager in the field of hospitality human resources. Accounting module aims to teach how daily routine operations transferred into guests file and requires effective control on financial operations in the hospitality industry. The class aims to provide students with the knowledge and understanding to enable them to make a systematic analysis of comparative financial accounting regulations and practice, in a context of institutional and cultural factors, with a view to analyze the policy issues facing those who regulate and those who apply financial accounting on a global basis. This course provides instructors with a tool to integrate the Internet into current travel courses. It gives a fun, easy-to-learn method of mastering the Internet by introducing the “NAVIGATE” method, a specific set of instructions that shows how travel professionals can use the Internet to their advantage. This course emphasizes the rapid evolution of both the travel and technology industries, and guides the student in the processes needed to stay on top of these changes. This course is designed to introduce electronic document systems which are an essencial part of efficient commercial aviation operations. An overview of the structure of aviation operations information and its implications, presenting a framework for dealing with operational information issues, lessons learned from taking particular approaches, and practical knowledge of current technologies. This course addresses human factors and standardization issues for electronic publishing and distribution within the aviation industry and presents safety-critical and security considerations that transfer to other domains.

Thesis Seminar Thesis Seminar

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

THM521

Catering Management

THM522

Planning Meeting & Conventions

THM524

Casino Operations Management

THM525 THM530

THM600

Timeshare Management Thesis PhD Seminar in Tourism and Hospitality

THM606

Service Operations Management

THM602

This course aims to teach latest costing applications for todays managers in the hospitality industry.Food and beverage in catering industry are at the heart of social lives, especially hospitality, in all communities and cultures. Understanding the roles that food and drink play across time and place exposes students to the value of social science discourse and how the outcome of such analysis can impact on all management functions within the international hospitality industry. Moreover, this course looks at historical and contemporary interpretations of culture from the perspective of food and drink. In doing so, the class seeks to establish what foods and drinks were produced and consumed in what areas, what systems of belief were built around certain foods, how food came to have political and social significance in the ways it is consumed, why food was important in literature, and how foods contrast across cultures, both historic and contemporary. Comparisons will be made between historical evidence and the modern world, and students will be encouraged to ask questions based on their own experiences of eating and drinking. The class will further consider food and drink in the context of contemporary trends within consumerism and address the impact of globalisation on the local delivery and authenticity of food and drink products and service within hospitality at a local and international level. The course focuses on aspects and skills involved in planning and managing of meetings and convention and provide students with an understanding of the meetings industry and with technical/professional skills required to properly execute and manage meetings, conference, and conventions. Focus will be on application of knowledge and techniques to real world situations. This course provides an overview of casino operations including the economics of the casino and its interface with hotels and other organizations and the practices and problems associated with the casino management such as staffing, security, controls, taxation, and entertainment. Students will study the history of gaming and gaming development, casino organization and operation, the mathematics of casino games, and casino management, as a part of the broader study of hospitality management. This course is designed to increase the knowledge of the hospitality students in the vacation sector to provide the key background information, explanation of the growth, the components to vacation ownership management and an overview of opportunities in vacation ownership management as vacation ownership is becoming a mainstream travel product.

295

Thesis

PhD Seminar in Tourism and Hospitality This course explores the nature of leaders and leadership from a variety of perspectives. Topic, include charismatic leadership, leadership characteristic, exercise of power, symbolic communication, gender challenges, and related themes. Leadership will be examined from the individual, small group and organisational prospective. Case studies further illustrate the application of course material. Students will assess their own leadership style and engage in leadership development activities. Class members will find opportunity to interact with hospitality leaders and to gain a better understanding of the dynamics of leadership behaviour. This course explores the dynamics of identifying implementing best practices to renew organisations and enhance performance. Once identified the course examines how to introduce planned change to implement the theory. Emphasis will be placed on the diagnosis and design of human resource initiatives to achieve improved organisational performance The objective of this course is to improve the understanding of the operations functions of service organisations. The course focuses on the role and the nature of service operations, the relationship of operations to other business functions and develop skills and provides techniques include service design, layout analysis, capacity management workforce management and quality management.

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

THM603

Leadership in Hotel Management and Human Resourse Yield Management for Tourism Industry

Course Description

Course Code

THM607

TLP101

TLP102

TLP103 TLP111 TLP212

TLP421

TLP422

296

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TRA101

TRA102

TRA103 TRA104

TRA105

TRA106

TRA107

TRA108

Course Name

Course Description

This students will gain a firm grasp of the strategic management process. In fact, as leaving the course; students will have the tools they need to conduct strategic planning in any organisation. Competitive Course assignments will include foundation readings from a text and supplementary articles, Strategy for classroom discussions and exercises case analysis examinations. The applications allows the Hospitality student to use strategic management to facilitate learning. The course also involves a large Industry research project that will result an a strategic plan for a hospitality company. Revision of essential algebra for calculus. Polynomials, rational expressions, straight line. Linear and quadratic equations and inequalities. Functions: limits: continuity: derivatives: Mathematics I techniques of derivatives: applications of derivatives. Exponential and logarithmic functions. Derivatives of exponential and logarithmic functions. Applications of exponential functions and anti-derivatives. Techniques of integration, definite integral, applications of integration. Functions of several variables, partial derivatives. Mathematics II (Prerequisite: MAT101) Introduction The environment & historical setting of business; the organisational evaluation of business to Business & enterprise, both structural & legal; differentiation of business functions and the rationalisation Management I of business operations Introduction to Introduction to micro-economics: economics of the firm, resource allocation and prices; Economics I output and costs; market structures;equilibrium and welfare economics - Introduction Introduction to macroeconomics; introducing employment, money, monetary & fiscal to Economics II policies; and equilibrium, inflation Introduction to Maritime Economics; utilization of the oceans, rights for the purpose of Maritime exploring, exploiting, conserving and managing the natural resources, carriage of goods by Economics sea. This course is designed to teach certain legal rules related to navigation, transportation and commerce on the high seas. Historrical development of mariteime rules, the United Nation Maritime Law Conventions on Law of Sea (UNCLOS) Basic elements of public speaking. Principles of effective speech and methods for developing Public communicative skills. Message preparation, overcoming stage fright, audience analysis, nonSpeaking in verbal communication, effective use of language, reading from text, objectives in speaking English I and choice of topics, planning and preparation of speeches, short oral presentations. Application of all theoretical approaches covered in TRA 101. Extensive discussions and Public practice with different communicative purposes: various types of informative and persuasive Speaking in speeches, addresses for special occasions, speaking in small groups and debates. Long oral English II presentations. The aim is to improve the studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; reading comprehension skills through exposure to authentic texts and help them establish the link between vocabulary, language structure and Reading Skills I meaning. Reading Skills The course aims to improve the studentsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; skills in understanding and solving authentic English II texts which are structurally and semantically more complex. Techniques and practice in recording the content of oral presentations in English. Understanding Listening and rapid speech, recording of details, and summarizing. Preparation for consecutive and bilateral Note Taking I interpreting. Techniques and practice in recording the content of oral presentations in English. Understanding Listening and rapid speech, recording of details, and summarizing. Preparation for consecutive and bilateral Note Taking II interpreting. The objective of this course is to compare and contrast Turkish and English within the framework of translation to understand the influence of one language on the other in terms Comparative of grammar and usage. This course shall provide the necessary basic skills, techniques and Structure I strategies involved in two-way translation. The objective of this course is to analyse complex structures of the language and to enable Comparative the students to perform translation activities via emphasis on usage and style regarding the Structure II structural aspect of English.

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

Course Code

Course Name

TRA110

Writing Skills in English I Writing Skills in English II

TRA201

Lexicology

TRA109

TRA202 TRA203

TRA204

TRA205

TRA206

TRA207

TRA208

TRA210

TRA301

TRA302

TRA303

TRA304

The course aims to improve the students’ skills in various types of paragraph and composition writing that include explanation, comparison and contrast and cause and effect relationships. The course aims to improve the students’ skills in various types of paragraph and composition writing that include explanation, comparison and contrast and cause and effect relationships. Although translation is never a word-for-word transfer process, words are the building blocks of language and translation. Thus, vocabulary is one of the major tools in both the comprehension and reformulation phases of translation. So as to facilitate the translation process, the translator has to have a good amount of vocabulary stored in their active memory, besides having a good command of the dictionary. This course aims at enabling translation students to have a comprehensive amount of vocabulary, to recall words readily, during interpreting especially, and to use the dictionary efficiently and accurately. Principal schools of linguistics in the 20th century. The basic concepts, principles and methods. Branches of linguistics with their fields of application; associations with other relevant disciplines. Linguistic analytical methods applied at both sentential and textual levels, followed by semantic analysis. General terminology and the formation of a Turkish terminology for linguistics.

A survey of western civilizations and philosophy reflecting Western thinking. This course aims at developing students` awareness and understanding of the terminology in Translation for the field of social sciences and concentrates on practice in the translation of topics such as Social Sciences international politics, international organizations, history, music, art, theatre, etc. Contemporary Western Understanding the basic concepts in contemporary western literature; analysis and criticism; Literature I introducing some samples of representative master pieces. Contemporary Western Understanding the basic concepts in contemporary western literature; analysis and criticism; Literature II introducing some samples of representative master pieces Brief history of translation. Theory and practice at the introductory level. Problems of Introduction to equivalence. Text types and relevant techniques of translation. Exercises and presentations in Translation class as well as written assignments. This course aims at combining aural comprehension of English speeches with the ability to translate the gist of what is heard into Turkish. Speeches on various topics shall be dealt with Introduction to to heighten the students’ awareness of register and intonation in oral translation and to expand Interpreting their knowledge of terminology. Structural features of Turkish. Principles of syntax, word derivation, and spelling rules. Writing Skills Conceptualization and techniques of written expression. Turkish usage and readings. in Turkish Presentations, written assignments, and class discussion. Public Extensive discussions and practice with different communicative purposes: various types Speaking in of informative and persuasive speeches, addresses for special occasions, speaking in small Turkish groups and debates. Long oral presentations. The aim of this course is to teach the basic concepts of semantics, the fundamental movements Discourse of philosophy and psychology, and discourse theory. Students study various texts of social Analysis sciences and literature Translation Introduction to theoretical reflection on translation and relevant current issues. Approaches Theory and specific to the cultural paradigm in translation studies in which context, situation and power Criticism relations are foregrounded. Translation of business language (English and Turkish) with emphasis on technical terms from economics, management, banking, commerce, insurance, and business law. Format, style and expression in business documents (contracts, proxies, etc.). Translation of articles Translation for from Turkish and English newspapers. Exercises and presentations in class as well as written Business assignments. This course aims at enabling students to acquire mastery in sight translation and consecutive interpreting. The techniques of effective listening, note-taking and memory development are Consecutive introduced to students. Speeches on various topics are dealt with for the practice of sight Interperting translation and consecutive translation.

297

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY

TRA209

Linguistics for Translation Western Civilizations

Course Description

Course Code TRA305

TRA306 TRA307

TRA308

TRA309

TRA310 TRA401

TRA402

298

TRA403

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

TRA404

TRA405

TRA406

TRA407 TRA408

TRK001

TRK002

Course Name

Course Description

Translation of legal English (English and Turkish) with emphasis on technical terms from the field of law. Format, style and expression in legal documents (contracts, proxies, etc.). Exercises and presentations in class as well as written assignments. Theoretical/practical introduction to the basic processes and strategies of simultaneous Simultaneous interpreting with a brief history of the profession. Simulated interpreting in translation booths. Interperting I Graded audio recordings of authentic conference material. On-Sight Training in the skills of ad hoc interpreting of written texts (English-Turkish, Turkish-English). Interperting Intensive practice with authentic conference material using terminology from different fields. Translation of medical English (English and Turkish) with emphasis on technical terms Medical from the field of medicine. Format, style and expression in medical reports and certificates. Translation Exercises and presentations in class as well as written assignments. Research Methodological approach to research. Designing a research project in translation studies: Techniques in selection, planning and techniques of research. Focus on interconnecting different theories Translation with appropriate research. Theoretical approaches to technical translation. Intensive practice with texts related to Technical science, technology and major industries. Exercises and presentations in class as well as Translation written assignments. Literary This course shall consist of written translation from English into Turkish of literary materials Translation I including literary articles, poems, short stories, screenplays and plays. Review of current information technology (IT) and its impact on contemporary communication. Various IT-related concepts (Internet, www, e-mail, Telnet, FTP, hypertext, browser, homepage, URL, etc.) and the use of computer technology in accessing information Information for translating/interpreting purposes. Software localization practices (various software Technology for translation and glossary maintenance applications, current international software localization Translators challenges/opportunities). Simultaneous Acquisition of professional skills in actual conference situations. Off campus training under Interpreting II the instructor`s supervision. Literary This course shall consist of written translation from English into Turkish of literary materials Translation II including literary articles, poems, short stories, screenplays and plays. This project will consist of a large-scale piece of translation from English into Turkish with Project in an intention to combine all skills learned and practiced during the program. Students will also Translation be required to analyse their project experience in an extended piece of writing. English-Turkish and/or Turkish-English translation of a recorded conference text, or a text on Project in interpreting (each of substantial length), or a scholarly research project, under the supervision Interpreting of a faculty member, on a topic related to interpreting Translation for Dubing and This course concentrates on synchronised translation for dubbing purposes. Students shall Subtitling work on authentic materials such as feature films, documentaries, and TV programs. Intercultural The importance of intercultural communication and its impact on translation and interpreting Communication business Identification of the position of the Turkish language among world languages. Turkishspeaking lands of the world; an account of historical development of Turkish as a language. The teaching of writing, sentence structure and grammar of Turkish. Special emphasis on Turkish I: explaining and teaching of writing styles. Classroom tasks of in-depth analysis of specimen Writing books by Turkish writers. Introduction and exposition of the Turkish Sentence structures and descriptive styles for the Turkish Ii: purpose of enhancing speaking skills. Written and oral specimen of Turkish language, student Speaking - centred tasks for the development of critical communication skills in Turkish. Translation for Law

TSES680

PhD Seminar

TURK 001

Turkish l.

Turkish l

TURK 002

Turkish ll.

Turkish ll

2017/18 Academic Year Catalog

299

GIRNE AMERICAN UNIVERSITY